ee Ore | ra SI ed 29 yA why pha
See Our Ree anh ee ke AH
ae ’ es cc s oa) “te oe
ee. itetren® nt Se reuters ;
“alt Lunar ead “oN gal
pines pers ane, \
aP ‘
er
‘ sm ? 3 wi. ~vwuUT HS ST
Pee T vrrageeet ree?
cent 00 aes
f 5 «AM
coe i eae aah, Lally Ahi | itt:
em | ein a i ie rt ea ie AR GINS
HT peneat ‘ TAGE Ane . N vit * we
ee Pr alaiil| Nn Lee ang’ %
WE A} | a Vor marge?
CAPRI di%y fa : | DinD Oh Oil Iie
RR OO RR ND hcl CU ClO
sngaetines tm Wate
: ae (i 4 ut LU « vy Aa} 5 as AN . XY, ;
WAS AAA. wr Ya isea~ 9 Se ~WR=wy
PRT eh aa ATT IAD.
ease Gy 1p | wax ' Ff { e wW*
cae & ant Nf AK peere: Lp i sh v VV ty | gi if ra on
nee Wy yy 8a"? HM ROMLET EEE LTE ET
2° ao. i wer. wl 4 es ee (ae
s ieisreactietny 8s SU Nl SimscMgMANNA eS g,
ogy, @ = Fie wy tin
oe y AfiNtyjel Nan a Tr ae es yo vy
< we
o "KAP Se! A ‘ai
wees i ae 1 Wee:
pre es _ ' ms. T anne: CAA - | cee Pe |
Pa a ‘ "i rae on: ¥ hed vas ; “e |
\nae=: NAA
Uvasacnane’ i olaeeh cd ieee
p $44 ar et 2 + MI INO gS z
wea ah
Aut
Ls — AANA ers?
Wine ptt aes ‘ShaSANaet aay Ai)
ae elk TM | TON cv9y itt ki ST Ni 1h, =
. | ampere ~ i] MWe oo amen. Anat 4 Pid < Vy,
nfiDincececesceess TIMPOCOEEE RENE "eater cet it i cette ig
) wine , Peg Wdaga- ude .
ahs vw N. see ‘
ittoee
x.”
|
TP
tid | on
Sy yettr cL ete apellg| tee
APN ARRRR agent VIMEO Nig ith tte ng
Ls 2” APs Pa Pygr : re © * ar > i y
Ge wanaanns” TTL EPL Tht ‘ sf? dy
4 wal r-> bs Se
| {Ue whee eg reer Piel 4 Sone
Md hook we SL
» ae RO AT aA alg “wt V Wy
Nan, « = OBR AM ee.” % » ore wey ny ot VE y ‘
ae. Ne CEN MAN ae ato N
L% pray ars Sian pi Ns a~ AL} AL AP pesa Ws de ya hy oe .
i ’ . ae b | ae Le | eb TT Ce es ee « 7 ) By / 7 3
Png hag : mre Jobb Aol Al, belek ete ey angie anne Ny MES LI yeh ron
| nary \ wnat yo MS pe : nouget geet A \ - ND. Ar’ we ae nee WA 9°
ak # any sree and iP needy qv Vets bees Peel ate hare Ahh u(t et ae ~we 8
PET we ae : : } a oe ‘VrlTe Wee nas Oe
a. ane 7 = = - ha _ a
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
« cocangeaeree: SOCLETY
fe ~
OF LONDON. ( Feo |
N LAGS AS Sv
2s] wise
1916, pp. 449-756,
witH 8 PLATES and 63 TEXt-FIGURES.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENTS PARK.
LONDON
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,
PATERNOSTER ROW. -
Joy JES) a8
OF THE
COUNCIL
AND OFFICERS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL
SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
1916.
Patron.
His Magesty Tur Kina.
COUNCIL.
His Grace Tar Duke or Beprorp, K.G., F.R.S., President.
THE Hon. Cecit Barine, M.A. |
AuFrepD H. Cocks, Esq., M.A.
tae Rr. on. THe Hart |
or Cromer, P.C., G.C.B.,
CrOLILKGIgg bolas, © aags |
President.
Cartes DrumMonp,
Treasurer.
ALFRED Hzra, Esq.
Cart. Huceu 8. GuLADSsroNsE, |
M.A.
SripNeY Freperic Harmer, Hsq.,
MvA.. Sc.D), (RRS) Viee=
President.
Cou. Sir WATER R. LAWRENCE,
Br., G.C.1.E.
Sir Epmunb Gites Lover, Br.,
Vice-President. |
Prof. Ernest W. MaAcBripe,
M.A., D.Se., F.R.S., Vice-
President.
Esq.,
PRINCIPAL
Gua Ava Ke.
Hsq., D.Sc.
EK. G. B. Meape-Watpo,
Ksq.
P. Caatmers: MircHewy, Ksq.,
Mies IDSie., IGibelDe, TAI RAS..
Secretary.
AuBaerr Pam, Hsq.
THe Hart or Porrsmoura.
OLDFIELD Tusomas, Ksq.,
KARAS:
AuBYN Trevor-Batryr, Hsq.,
M.A.
MARSHALL,
Antsoxy H. WiHINGFIELD,
Hq.
Arravurk Smita Woopwarp,
Ksq., LL.D. F.R.S., Vice-
President.
Hanry Woopwarp, Hsq., LL.D.,
F.R.S., Vice-President.
OFFICERS.
P. Caaumers Mircurity, M.A., D.Se., LL.D., F.B.S.,
Secretary.
Tey, Ity Je@om@oie, IR ISo4 IBAIbUS).
Curator of Mammals and
Resident Superintendent of the Gardens.
D. Sera-Survi, Curator of Birds and Inspector of Works.
Hpwarb G. BouLENGER, Curator of Reptiles.
Prof. H. Maxwenn Lurroy, Curator of Insects.
Prof. Henry G, Pummer, F.R.S., M.R.C.S., Pathologist.
Henry G. J. Peavor, Librarian and Clerk of Publications.
Joun Barrow, Accountant.
W. H. Coin, Chief Clerk.
LIST OF CONTENTS.
1916, pp. 449-756.
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
Mr. E. G. Boutencer, F.Z.S., Curator of Reptiles. Exhi-
bition of living specimens of the African Lungfish
(Protopterws GNMECteNs) ...21.0..ccceen neces seen dene ecsen yes
The Rev. H. N. Hurcutnson, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of
a model of the Dinosaur, Diplodocus carnegieét ......-.-
Mr. C. Tave Recan, M.A., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a rare
Fish, Ceutrolophus britannicus (Giinth.), and of a
Silver Ling (Wolva elongata) .........0.-...0ceseseee eee eee
Dr. R. W. Suuretpr, C.M.Z.S8. Notes on Albinism in
PATE Ta Canny e AvnitN Al Seles ate ele eeinsersl eteetslel lel tele eres etoscae
Dr. F.. DuCane Gopmay, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., and others.
Résumé of a Discussion on the results published in
the ‘ Biologia Centrali- Americana, with special
reference to the zoo-geographical relations between
Amine ri caerngaeAshiel Can) aaateericm ee aaa. eeiaaneaede © arti tea,
The Srcrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the months of May, June, July,
ATES, Aue! Sigpuewnloeie, WENO — .coocospenonocosdabceranese
Mr. AurreD Ezra, F.Z.8. Exhibition of living specimens
Oluhneertare UuuibiMoOs anal Cust seas seer: arene ener:
Mr. D. Seru-Susru, F.Z.8S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition
of Birds’ Eggs laid in the Society’s Gardens .........
Mr. D. Sera-Smirn, ¥F.Z.8., Curator of Birds, Exhibition
of skans/ of -various!mesbling biIrdS) 2 ....20....4-.00s.6+----
Page
539
539
039
p40
541
739
741
741
1V
Mr. R. I. Pococx, F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.8., Curator of
Mammals. Lantern Exhibition of some new and
little-known cutaneous scent-glands in Mammals
(Text-figures 1-12) ..........:. cess cece tees cee ee ns eeeeeees
The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the month of October, 1916 ......
Mr. Atrrep Ezra, F.Z.8. Lantern Exhibition illustrating
a shooting expedition in (Olesmirgall INGE: gooaccsoosocosonce
PAPERS.
16. On the Structure of the Skull in Chrysochloris. By
R. Broom, M.D., D.Se., C.M.Z.S. (Plates I. & IT.,
eval Aliebdnemieabomes) l=3)8)) Annponaacoas acobebEceddcoss525505500001
17. Fly Investigations Reports.—I. Some Observations on
the Life-History of the Blow-Fly and of the House-
Fly, made from August to September, 1915, for the
Zoological Society of London. By Wryirrep H.
CYAIBSIDIOINS - Gocco ndedoucasqneascoosncosodoo emus podnbaddéaapbonb66
18. Fly Investigations Reports.—II. Trials for Catching,
Repelling, and Exterminating Flies in Houses, made
during the year 1915 for the Zoological Society of
London. By Winirrep H. SAUNDERS ..................
19. Fly Investigations Reports.—II]. Investigations into
Stable Manure to check the Breeding of House-Flies,
made during the year 1915 for the Zoological Society
of London. By Winitrrep H. SAUNDERS
20. Fly Investigations Reports.—IV. Some Enquiry mto
the Question of Baits and Poisons for Flies, being
a Report on the Experimental Work carried out
during 1915 for the Zoological Society of London.
By Ottve C. Lopcr
21. Note on the Sternum of a large Carinate Bird from the
(2) Eocene of Southern Nigeria. By C. W. ANDREWS,
D.Se., F.R.S., F.Z.8,, British Museum of Natural
History. (Text-figures 1-4.)
Soo CCC aes i Cee ur ar ace)
a)
Page
742
755
755
449
461
465
481
bo
i)
i)
“N
30.
Sit
~yV
. On a Mammalian Mandible (Cimolestes cwtleri) from an
Upper Cretaceous Formation in Alberta, Canada.
By Arraur Sirs Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S.,
AVGIPAIS: (MLSs reieERee IE) seaqcognoB-. Boacsa sen ensseunes
._ A List of the Carabide (Coleoptera) collected in
Chopersk District, Province of the Don Cossacks,
South Russia. By V. Lursunix, Kiev, Russia ......
. A new Species of the Genus Platysma (Bon.) 'Tschi-
tscherin, from’China. By V. Lursunrk, Kiev, Russia.
. Notes on Species of the Genus Platysma (Coleoptera)
from Australia. By V. Lursanrk, Kiev, Russia......
. On a new Lizard of the Genus Phrynosoma, recently
living in the Society’s Gardens. By E.G. BouLeNcER,
eA Se Curator or Reptiless (Plate Is) -c.--5--.-.-
. Notes on the Development of the Starfishes Asterias
glacialis O. F. M.; Cribrella oculata (Linck) Forbes ;
Solaster endeca (Retzius) Forbes ; Stichaster roseus
(O. F. M.) Sars. By James F. Geum, M.A.,
INTIS) IDES, JAS” (Reyes Uh ad i); BS aaa eeoe asec
28. On Cryptostome Beetles in the Cambridge University
Museum of Zoology. By 8. Maurrs, B.A.(Cantab.),
F.E.S., Imperial College of Science and Technology,
London. (Text-figures 1 & 2.)
29, Notes on the Wasps of the Genus Pison, and some
‘allied Genera. By Rowtanp E. Turner, F.Z.S.,
The Early Development of Cucwmaria: Preliminary
Account. By H. G. Newrs, A.R.CS., F-Z8.,
Demonstrator of Zoology at the Imperial College
of Science and Technology. (Plates I. & II., and
Text-figure 1.)
Peer eee e tance eens srceeenesersersserereresresserere
Studies on the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a
Report upon a Collection from the Mammals and
Birds in the Society’s Gardens.— Part 1]. By Bruce
F. Cummuines, British Museum of Natural History.
Qlextenoumes: 1 3G.) eaeeenc aac ecco tans doesent:
053
567
591
631
val
Page
32. On Two new Species of Cestodes belonging respectively
to the Genera Linstowia and Cotugnia. By Frank
K. Brpparp, M.A., D.Se.(Oxon.), F.R.S., F.Z.S8.
(ext feumes 1A) e ac ncacaecemecie ese antcces: .suseeeeeete 695
33, Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr.
W. Feather in British Hast Africa, 1911-13. By
it -Colid ave pH Awonrre a ((Plateml\ i setts. eee 707
Alphabetical mist: ef (Contributors) Veb-dca.-22- eee eer eereee vil.
Mee a asrzt sine ae shel oso's ogafestis vas Sind orbs sata ldote Deelais Setstele oe eae ere een xii
ALPHABETICAL LIST
OF THE
CONTRIBUTORS,
With References to the several Articles contributed by each.
(1916, pp. 449-756.)
ANDREWS, CHARLES W., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Note on the Sternum of a large Carinate Bird from
the (?) Hocene of Southern Nigeria. (Text-figures 1-4.).
See GOD MAN Hy Ii CAN Mute ects te essere laces mee ase
Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., D.Sc. (Oxon.), F.R.S., F.Z.S.
On Two new Species of Cestodes belonging respectively
to the Genera Linstowia and Cotugnia. (Text-figures
TA NE MAINS, roca Get UGRt ) Wa uch aaah
Boutencer, Epwarp G., F.Z.S., Curator of Reptiles.
Exhibition of living specimens of the African Lung-
fishy (Protopteris) GT Mectems) | eens... ees ee eee eee
On a new Lizard of the Genus Phrynosoma, recently
living in the Society’s Gardens. (Plate I.)..................
Page
519
54]
039
Vill
Broom, Roprrt, M.D., D.Se., C.M.Z.S.
On the Structure of the Skull in Chrysochloris.
(Platesmigd WE vandi Mextattomresil 3!) mens.) ece cece
RS 22 A GrOD NVAINGS HY a8) oj QUAUNT ES yey ena rcs aceye cca sh oy ee nee
CumMINGS, Bruce F.
Studies on the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a
Report upon a Collection from the Mammals and Birds
in the Society’s Gardens.—Part IT. (Text-figures 1—-36.).
Ezra, ALFRED, F.Z.S.
Exhibition of living specimens of three rare Lutino
PAAR CTS hse cvecciencc RS terd Est TTT reas ees
Lantern Exhibition illustrating a Hoole, expedition
TU OLS TOUR G22 Leas Ss Hee a eA OSB anaue
Fawcett, Lt.-Col. J. Matcou.
Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W.
Feather in British East Africa, 1911-13. (Plate I.)
Gapow, Hans, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. See Gopman, F. D.
GEMMILL, JAMES F., M.A., M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.S.
Notes on the Development of the Starfishes dsterias
glacialis O. F. M.; Cribrella oculata (Linck) Forbes ;
Solaster endeca (Retzius) Forbes; Stichaster roseus
(OEE) Sansom (Blates 1. 10))\ eaters ener ae
Gopman, F. DuCans, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.Z.8., and others.
Résumé of a Discussion on the results published in the
‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ with special reference to
the zoo-geographical relations between America and
NGL aYeT ELM eee ON Hollen apace ech uo 00) ce NOR
Page
A449
541
643
~
i=)
bs |
541
1x
Hutcuinson, The Rev. H. N., M.A., F.Z.8.
Exhibition of a model of the Dinosaur, Diplodocus
CUT NECUC Umrraerarra HX ja trsiet deer ees ate see res carte ata disse wrehstarers
Lopes, Miss Oxtve C.
Fly Investigations Reports.—IV. Some Enquiry into
the Question of Baits and Poisons for Flies, being a
Report on the Experimental Work carried out during
1915 for the Zoological Society of London ..................
LutsHnik, V.
A List of the Carabide (Coleoptera) collected in
Chopersk District, Province of the Don Cossacks, South
BOMERSUIS SE pmmoet tree te kre Perey VAT RE ecg ea AO MAIR RS) Pl
A new Species of the Genus Platysma (Bon.) Tschi-
Lecherimerronmn hima wer se seme codices anon een cca ane nana: ae
Notes on Species of the Genus Platysma (Coleoptera)
TG RONT OIA NAO ISH DY CoH Olt We” eae AIREY i mere en ee ete POROUS dete A otc ee
MacBripg, .E. W., D.Sc., F.B.S., V.P.Z.S8. See Gopman,
Hi CAN Her ec castiah os tio cance muah Rete een een
Mauuik, 8., B.A.(Cantab.), F.E.S.
On Cryptostome Beetles in the Cambridge University
Museum of Zoology. (Text-figures 1 & 2.) ...............
MircHett, P. Cuaumurs, M.A., D.Se., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8.,
Secretary to the Society.
Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie
during the months of May, June, July, August, and
rSepremiben lO UGii7 5 ic ntanmmammes ttc cs Laae nein ree aac can)
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
dure the month of October ING y 2 saan eacccde seen
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, b
539
481
529
D3
Or
541
567
xX
Newru, Werserr G., A.R.CS., F.Z.S.
The Karly Development of Cucuwmaria: Preliminary
Account. (Plates I. & IL, and Text-figure 1.)
ree ese ere eee
Pocock, Recinatp J., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.8., Curator of
Mammals.
Lantern Exhibition of some new and little-known
cutaneous scent-glands in Mammals. (Text-figures
Reean, C. Tats, M.A., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of a rare Fish, Centrolophus britannicus
(Giinth.), and of a Silver Ling (Molva elongata)............
MSAD (COV LES IDOI hn cobtocss sossonndensseossecdseecin
Roruscuitp, Lord, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8. See GopMAN,
18, IDUKCOINSI eases ouces Dak Ree OSs att ae 2s ee RO
SaunpDERS, Miss WINIFRED H.
Fly Investigation Reports :—
I. Some Observations on the Life-History of the
Blow-Fly and of the House-Fly, made from August
to September, 1915, for the Zoological Society of London.
II. Trials for Catching, Repelling, and Exterminating
Flies in Houses, made during the year 1915 for the
Zoological) Society.of Wondours)-./5...2 eee ee
III. Investigations into Stable Manure to check the
Breeding of House-Flies, made during the year 1915
tor thepZoologicals Sociebyxor london sees ee eee
Scutarer, Wituiam L., M.A., F.Z.8. See Gopman, F.
JOGO. sooqadar Adda den Menara eden in occ wenadeeiabencaee
Page
631
or
oo
‘2
O41
AG]
465
~ 3xil
Page
Sera-Smire, Davin, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds.
Exhibition of Birds’ Eggs laid in the Society’s
Grated CIS meme Meee see as cess oes a aimee sctotsjniamals sabes ojciaie aietaiavs ahs 741
Exhibition of skins of various nestling birds ............ 742
SHuFELDT, Ropert W., M.D., C.M.Z.S.
Notes on Albinism in American Animals ............... 540
TurNER, Rowtanp E., F.Z.S., F.E.S.
Notes on the Wasps of the Genus Pison, and some
alle de Gre we raion, aecteryen or 47 oan Seas erence rasta felts e 591
Woopwarpb, ArtrHur Smiru, LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.
On a Mammalian Mandible (Cimolestes cutlerr) from
an Upper Cretaceous Formation in Alberta, Canada.
(A Mes qigi Tiedt Tags: 31h) | Saat corm ane penaronencnncer ae ane. a ero eepaeo nr ben: 525
IS Cen COD NEANG Ey. 00 1D) UC AINIE Olea aang taco ete ties vanteioeeitan ce 541
EN DEX:
1916.—Pages 449-756.
[New names in clarendon type. Systematic references in italics.
(z.8.L.) indicates additions to the Society’s Menagerie. |
Acadra rectistriaria, 726. | Anatoecus difficilis, sp. n., 654,
Acontia malve, 712. 659.
Afyocera brevivitta, 710. Jerrugineus: structure (Figs. 7,
Agathodes muscivalis, 739. | 11), 657.
Agonia, 571. icterodes: structure (Figs. 7, 10,
cherapunjiensis, sp. n. (Fig. 2), 12), 655.
Oijow obtusus: structure (Figs. 7, 11),
—— wallacei, d74. 658.
(Ekagonia) krishna, sp. n. Anisodactylus (Hexatrichus) peciloides
(Big. 1), 571. pseudoeneus, 531.
Agonum gracilipes, 530. Anisodera, 569.
-—— impressum, 530. Anisoderopsis, gen. n., 570.
sexpunctatum, 530. Anobostra radialis, 735.
—— (Idiochroma) dorsale, 530. Anomis sabulifera, 713.
Akantaka, gen. n., 583. Anticarsia irrorata, 728.
rufoornata amazonensis, 4/wa ‘ettensis, 714.
var. n., 583. _ Apisa canescens, 708.
Alyson, 598. Arctomys monax: albino, 540.
—.- ater, 619. Asphalisia tuta, 587.
Amara enea, 530. Aspidomorpha amabilis, 585.
stmulata, 530.
—— (Bradytus) apricaria, 530.
assimilis, O85.
australasie, 584.
—— ( ) consularis, 530. cincta, 535.
—— (——_) fulva, 530. —— duleicula, 586s.
—— (Celia) ingenua, 530. —— furcata, 585.
—— (Triena) plebeja, 530. inquinata, 584.
Amyna octo, 712. | —— micans, 586.
punctum, 712.
Anacassis cribruin, 581.
miliaris, 584.
natalensis, 585;.
Anatoecus, gen. n., 659. —— punctum, 584.
——— brunneiceps: structure (Fig. 8), | —— quinquefasciata, 585;.
658. —— st. crucis, 586. D
—— cygii: structure (Figs. 9, 11), 658. tecta, 584. ,
X1V
Asterias glacialis : development (PI. I.),
553.
Athetis horus, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 36),
710. |
—— pentheus, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 27),
late
Audea melanoplaga, 713.
Aulacophilus, 591.
eumenoides, 591.
—— jansoni, sp. n., 592. |
vespoides, 592, |
AVES:
Gigantornis eaglesomei: (fossil)
structure: systematic, 519. Hggs
laid in the Society’s Gardens, 741.
Paleornis, yellow variety, 741.
Nestlings from the Society’s
Gardens, 742.
Balearica regulorum (z. 8. L.), 789.
Batonota, 582.
Bembidion illigeri, 529. |
(Notaphus) semipunctatum, 529.
—— (Peryphus) andree, 529.
—— ( ) ustulatum, 529.
(Philochthus) biguitatum, 529.
Boarmia octomaculata, 729.
perse, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 18), 728.
subalbata, 729.
Botryonopa grandis, 569.
spectabilis, 569.
Brachinus incertus, 531,
psophia, 531.
Brevipecten clearchus, sp. n.
e (PI. I. fig. 31), 723.
cornuta, 723.
Calliphora erythrocephala: develop-
ment, ethology, bait, etc., 461-518.
vomitoria: baits, etc., 482-518.
Calosoma sycophanta, 529.
(Charmosta) denticolle, 529.
Calospiza aurulenta (z.s.1.), 755.
lunigera (z. 8. L.), 759. |
Calpe cerne, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 22),
723.
Caimptogramma natalata, 730.
INDEX.
Canistra irrorata, 579.
Capena, gen. n., 732.
Carabus granulatus, 529.
ei
Ol.
—_— chalyhea, d80.
Cassida capensis,
—— cincta, 585.
cribrum, 581.
decemguttata, 580.
decipiens, 587.
discoides, 580,
dorsata, 586.
JSarinosa, 587.
Jasciata, 577.
—— furcata, 585,
—— micans, 585, 586.
miliaris, 584.
nervosa, 581.
—— ngrovittata, 586.
normalis, 581.
octopunctata, 577.
pantherina, 580.
plecta, 589.
punctuin, 584:
quadrimaculata, 587.
quinguefasciata, 585.
st. crucis, 586,
— scalaris, 588,
—— similis, 579.
—— spinifex, 581.
strigata, 579.
| —— suturalis, 582.
tigrina, O86.
turrigera, 587.
variolosa, 582.
Catephia imesonephele, 721.
poliochroa, 719.
—— pyramidalis, 721.
sciras, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig.
719.
scylla, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig.
720.
serapis, sp. n. (PI. I. fig.
721.
sospita, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 32),
720:
Centrolophus britannicus, 589.
pompilus, 540.
Cephaloleia, 568.
cvimia, 569,
INDEX.
Cephaloleia nigricornis, 568.
proxima, 568.
Cercocebus aterrimus (z. 8. L.), 739.
Cercopithecus erythrotis (z.8. L.), 739.
Cervus hanglu (z. s. L.), 739.
Chadisra nubifera, 726.
Chalepus (Chalepus)
569.
Charidotis abrupta, 589.
Chelymorpha marginata, 582.
variolosa, 582.
Chilena donaldsoni, 733.
Chirida cruciata, 587.
scalaris, 588.
Chlenius (Chleniellus) nitidulus, 529.
(Chienites) spoliatus longipennis,
529.
Chloephaga meianoptera (z. 8. L.), 740.
Chrysemys mobiliensis (z. 8. L.), 739.
Chrysochloris asiatica: skull-structure
(Fig. 1 a), 450.
hottentota: skull-structure (Pls.
I., 10.; Figs. 2, 3), 449.
Cicindela germanica, 529.
maritima sahlbergi, 529.
Cidaria asteria, sp. un. (Pl. I. fig. 7),
729.
procne, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 8),
730.
Cimolestes cutleri, sp. n.: (fossil)
structure (Fig. 1), 525.
Cleora proximaria albescens, 728.
-Clivina collaris, 529.
CoLEnorTEra :
Hispine, Cassidinz : systematic, 567.
Conchyloctenia, 586.
tigrina, 586.
Connocheetes albojubatus (z.s. u.), 740.
Coptocycla balyt, 588.
circumdata, 589.
cruciata, 587.
flavoplagiata, 588.
gemina, 89.
judaica, 589.
—— placida, 588.
—— plecta, 589.
scalaris, 588.
Coronocanthus, 586.
Corsyra fusula, 531.
sanguinicoll as
XV
Cortyta balnearia, ale
fasciolata, 716.
—— minyas, sp. n., 715.
griseacea, form. n., 716.
remigiana, 715.
vetusta, 715.
Cotugnia margareta, sp. n., struc-
ture (Figs. 1-4), 700.
Cribrella oculata: development (PI. Il.
figs. 6-10), 554.
Ctenochira gemina, 589.
plecta, 589.
Ctenusa rectilinea, sp.n., 715. >
psamatha, form. n. (Pl. I.
fig, 21), 714.
Cucumaria normani: development
(Pls. L., II. figs. 1-5, 7-9), 631.
saxicola: development (Pls. I., IT
figs. 6, 10-15), 631.
Cymindis picta, 531.
Cynomis: albino, 541.
Cyon alpinus (z. s. u.), 740.
Dactylispa bipartita, 575.
| —— fulvipes, 575.
—— leptacantha, 576.
longicuspis, 575.
malayana, 575.
soror, 576.
—— spinosa, 576.
trifida, 576.
Dattinia aurora, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig.
29) Noa
—— orion, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 30), 735.
| —— perstrigata tithonus, form. n.
(PL. L. fig. 23), 734.
Deilemera glauce, sp. n. (Pl. I.
raise, II)), 708).
Dendrohyrax dorsalis:
(Figs. 7, 8), 749.
DivELOPMENT.
Insecta: House-Flies, 461-518.
EcuinopErMA: Starfishes, 553; Cu-
cumaria, 631.
_ Diachromus germanus, 531.
| Diomedea_ exulans:
| (Hig. 4), 528.
| Diota fasciata, 710.
scent-gland
fossil sternum
xXV1
Diplodocus earnegiei: structure, 539.
Dolichotoma colliculus, 579.
strigata, 579.
Dolichus halensis, 529.
Dollabella, ven. n., 675.
675.
Duomitus pindarus, sp. n., 733.
EcHInNoDERMA.
Development of some Starfishes, 553 ;
Cucumaria : development, 651.
Echoma normalis, 581.
Ekagonia, subgen. n., 571.
Elephas maximus: scent-gland (Figs.
9-11), 750.
Epactius limbatus, 529.
Epistictia matronula, 578.
Equus kiang (z. s. u.), 740.
Eistigmene griseata, 709.
Erwouoey.
Insecta: House-Flies, 461-518.
Eublemma admota, 712.
Eucestia neddaria, 729.
Euphiwsa harmonica, 714.
—— hermione, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 3),
714.
— ochreata, form. n., 714.
Eupsychortyx leucopugon (z. s. L.), 740.
Lutelia discistriga, 713.
Fannia canicularis;
518.
sealaris: baits, ete., 482-518.
Felis leo (z. s. u.), 740.
viverrina (z. s.L.), 740.
Pilides costivitralis, 735.
Fodina pentagonalis, 725.
Fulvaria striata, gen. et sp. n.
(PI. 1. fig. 10), 728,
Galactomoia berenice, gen. et sp.
Me CPM, Je Laker, NS), NG, ALF,
GEOGRAPHICAL.
Zoo-geographical relations between
America and Africa, 541.
testudinarius : structure (Fig. 2),
baits, etc., 482—
INDEX.
MammMatta :
sil) from Canada, 525.
Avus: Gigantornis eaglesomei (fossil)
from Nigeria, 519.
ReprintA: Phrynosoma brevicornis,
Cimolestes cutleri (fos-
from Texas, 537.
Insecta: Coleoptera: Russia, China,
Australia, 529-536; Pison, ete.,
distribution, 591; Heterocera from
B. HE. Africa, 707.
Giaura astarte, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 6),
(ale
Gigantornis eaglesomei, gen. et
sp. n. (fossil) structure (Figs. 1-3),
519.
Giria bubastis, gen. et sp. n. (Pl. I.
fic. 14), 717, 718.
Girpa circumdata, 729.
Glyphodes indica, 739.
sinuata, 735.
Gonophora chalybeata, 574.
hemorrhoidalis var. undulata, 674.
wallacet, STA.
(Lachnispa) modiglianit, 575.
Gracilodes caffra, 725.
Grammodes stolida, 715.
Harpalus eneus, 530.
psittaceus, 530.
smaragdinus, 531.
— (Acardystus) rufus, 531.
— (Actephilus) picipennis, 531.
—— (Amblystus) latus, 531.
—— (Harpalobius) froelichi, 531.
—— ( ——) hirtipes, 5381.
——- (Microderes) brachypus, 531.
—— (Ophonus) azureus, 580.
) sabulicola, 530.
—— (Pardileus) calceatus, 530.
—~ (Pheuginus) serripes, 531.
) servus, 531.
-—— (Pseudophenus) pubescens, 580.
Hemicentetes: occiput (Fig. 1 B), 452.
Heterorachis idmon, sp. n. (Pl. I.
fig. 9), 731.
Himatidium capense, 577.
GR
Tee
re
comptwimn, d7
Jasciatuin, 9
FS
7.
17
INDEX.
Hispa bipartita, 575.
- fabricii, 576.
—— fulvipes, 575.
— hemorrhoidalis, 574.
== loypsimusn. BHT
leptacantha, 576.
longicuspis, 575.
sanguinicollis, 569.
spinosa, 576. |
Flispella atra, 579.
FHispida trifida, 576.
Mispopria grandis, 569.
Hybosineta turrigera, 587.
Hylobates muelleri (z. s. u.), 741. |
Hypena derasalis, 720.
Hypodoxa erebusata, 732.
Ibidzcus, gen. n., 663. |
—— flavus, sp. n., structure (Figs. |
16-21), 665. |
platalee, structure (Figs. 15, 21), |
664. |
Idzea niobe, sp, n., 730.
Imatidium fasciatum, 577.
Induna albida, 731. |
—- lactea, 731.
InsmcTA.
House-Fly Investigations: develop-
ment, ethology; baits, poisons,
ete., 461-518; Coleoptera: syste-
matic, structure, 529-536; Hyme-
noptera: Pison, etc., systematic,
591; Anoplura, Mallophaga :
structure, systematic, 643; Hete-
rocera from B. H. Africa, system-
atic, 707.
Laccoptera quadrimacutata, 587.
Lacydes gracilis, 709.
Lama vicuna: scent-glands (Fig. 5),
TAG.
Lebedodes nevius, sp. n. (Pl. I.
fig, 24), 732.
Lecasia othello, gen. et
(PII. fig. 4), 724.
Leocyma candace, sp. n., 712.
Lepidosiren paradoxa (z. s. u.), 740.
Linstowia lemuris, sp. n.: struc- |
ture, 695.
sp. n.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. LII.
XVil
Lipeurus antitogus, 682.
burnetti : structure (Fig. 27), 682.
JSorjiculatus : structure (Figs. 48—
35), 682.
heterogrammicus, 681.
jejunus : structure (Fig. 26), 680.
secretarius, 682.
—-~ subsiqnatus, 680.
variabilis, 682.
Lissochila, 570.
Loxodonta africana:
(Hig. 11), 750.
Lucilia cesar: development, baits, ete..
461-518.
Lygropia amyntusalis, 735.
—— pasithea, sp, n. (Pl. I. fig. 16),
735.
Lyncestis amphix, 721.
unilinea, 722.
scent-gland
MAMMALIA .
Chrysochloris hottentota: skull-
structure, 449; Cimolestes cutleri
(fossil): structure, systematic, 525 ;
scent-glands in various Mammals :
structure, 742.
Maurilia arcuata, 712.
Mecyna polygonalis, 735.
Melasina recondita, '737-
Melittia hematopis, sp. n. (Fl. I.
fig. 1), 736.
Mesomphalia adspersa, 580.
chalybea, 580.
cribrum, 581.
decemguttata, 580.
vulnerata, 580.
ab. subpustulata, 580.
Metriona circumdata, 589.
flavoplagiata, 588.
gudaica, 589.
scalaris, 588.
Mola mola: ethology, 540.
Molva elongata: exhibited, 540.
Musca domestica: development, baits,
ete., 462-518.
Neomphalia adspersa, 580.
vulnerata, S80.
Neophilopterus, gen. n., 660.
52
XVilll
Neophilopterus incompletus: structure
(Figs. 13, 21), 660.
tricolor: structure (Fig. 14), 663.
Nephridia, 593.
canthopus, 621,
Nesopelia galapagoensis (z. s. L.), 739.
Notatragus melanotis :
(Fig. 6), 749.
scent-glands
Odontestra albivitta, 710.
Oma, 578.
denticula krishna, var. n.,
579.
Omaspides clathrata, 582.
Omoplata normalis, 582.
Onchocephala quadriloba, 571.
Ortholitha monotecta, 729.
Orycteropus capensis :
(Fig. 1), 742.
Otis tarda (z. s. .), 739.
Oxynodera colliculus, 579.
trrorata, 579.
scent-glands
Paleornis cyanocephalus: yellow var.,
7AL.
nepalensis: yellow var., 741.
torquatus: yellow var., 741.
Pandesma anysa, 716.
Paraceramius, 593.
koreensis, 617. |
Parapison, 598.
agilis, 616.
—— frenchi, 601.
obliteratus, 616.
ruficornis, 600.
rufipes, 616.
Pectinopygus pullatus :
(Fig. 36), 691.
Pericallia hecate,
fig. 19), 709.
Pericyma umbrina, 715.
structure
ap (Blea ||
Peridela berengaria, sp.n.(Pl.I. |
fig. 26), ‘727. |
novaria, sp. n.
721.
Phalera lavinia, sp. n.
fig. 20), 725.
(Pl. I. fig. 17), |
(Es
INDEX.
Philopterus acanthus: structure
(Fig. 24), 677.
asturinus: structure (Figs. 5, 6),
651.
athene: structure, 645.
brunneiceps, 653.
ceblebrachys : structure (Figs. 2, 4),
645.
communis, 676.
cursor: structure (Fig. 1), 645.
eygni, 653.
Serrugineus, 653.
—-~ humeralis :
674.
icterodes, 653.
lari, 677.
leontodon, 677.
- obtusus, 653.
pictus, 651.
—— platystomus, 650.
rostratus: structure (Hig. 3), 644.
semi-signatus, 676.
structure (Fig. 22
Phiyctenodes castalis, 735.
Phrynosoma brevicornis, sp. n.
(CEIG Ils), Bai 3 (CA 5 108) 78),
Physonota dlutacea, 582.
, var. cyrtodes, 582.
Phytometra chalcytes, 716.
Pionea nigripunctalis, sp. n. (PI. I.
fig. 2), 736.
—— xanthalis, sp. n., 736.
Piophila casei: baits, ete.. 482-518.
Piscus :
Centrolophus britannicus : exhibited,
539; Molva elongata: exhibited,
540; Mola mola: ethology, 540.
Pison, 593.
algiricum, 620.
—— allonymui, 622.
appendiculatum, 619.
— arcolatus, 629.
argentatus, 619.
— ashmeadi, nom. n., 625.
assimile, 620.
ater, 619.
atrum, 620.
auratus, 614.
aureofaciale, 628.
Pison aureopilosus, 624.
aureosericewm, 614.
aurifex, 612.
auriventre, 608.
australis, 607.
basalis, 615.
cameronii, 628.
chilensis, 629.
clypeatus, 623.
collare, 627.
conformis, 628.
congener, sp. n., 607.
constrictum, 627.
convexifrons, 629.
eressoni, 628.
decipiens, 612.
denticeps, 622.
dimidiatus, 603.
dives, sp. n., 608.
erythrocerus, 600.
eRe de ee ee ee
erythropus, 616.
—— exornatum, sp. n., 614.
—— exultans, sp. n., 615.
—- fabricator, 625.
—— fasciatum, 628.
--—— fasciatus, 620.
fenestratus, 603.
—— festivus, 603.
—- fraterculus, sp. n., 610.
—— fuscipalpe, 619.
-—— fuscipennis, 606.
—— glabrum, 626.
—— hospes, 628.
—— ignavum, 601.
—— impunctatum, 626.
-—— inzequale, sp. n., 6238.
—— inconspicuum, sp. n., 612.
— infumatum, 605.
—— insigne, 621.
—— insulure st. priscum, 602.
—— insularis, 626.
—— iridipennis, 622, 626.
—— javanus, 625.
jurini, 619.
kohlit, 624.
—--— levis, 628.
lagune, 625.
—— lutescens, sp. n., 604.
INDEX.
Pison maculipennis, 628.
xix
-—— mandibulatum, sp. n., 605.
—— marginatus, 609.
—— melanocephalum, 601.
—— meridionale, sp. n., 611.
—— montanus, 621.
—— morosus, 626.
—— nitidus, 603, 627.
obliquus, 604.
—— obscurus, 621.
orientale, 625.
pallidipalpis, 625.
—— paraensis, 628.
pelletier’, 603.
perplexus, 605.
priscum, 602.
—— pruinosus, 607.
—— pulchrinum, sp. n., 613.
punctifrons, 625.
punctulatum, 608.
—— punctulatus, 625.
—— rechingeri, 627.
regalis, 621.
——~ rhodesianum, 622.
—— rificornis, 602.
— rufipes, 602.
—— rugosus, 619.
—- scabrum, 608.
—— separatus, 610.
—— sericewm, 620.
—— simillimus, 609.
—— speculare, 624.
—— spinole, 607.
—— strenuum, sp. n., 606.
strictifrons, 626.
striolatum, 625.
suspicax, 620.
suspictosus, 629.
tahitense, 627.
tasmanicus, 607.
tibialis, 610.
transvaalensis, 622.
—— tuberculatus, 626.
variicornis, 629.
vestitus, 613.
virosum, 602.
westwoodi, 604.
— wollastoni, sp. n., 624.
Pison xanthopus, 621.
(Aulacophilus) difficile, 599.
-—— (
—— (Parapison) aberrans, 601.
—— ( ) caliginosum, 600.
— _ ( ) crasstcorne, 617.
—— ( ) erythrogastrum, 599.
—— (——) exclusum, 601.
— ( ) ésolatwm, 618.
—— (—) noctulum, 600.
—— ( ) pertinax, 599.
—— ( ) rothneyt, 617.
—— (——) simulans, 600.
—— (——) tenebroswm, 600.
—— (Prisonitus) argentatus, 619.
——— ( ) ruficornis, 602.
—— (——_) rufipes, 602.
—— (-——) rugosus, 619.
—— (Pisonoides) aberrans, 601.
—— (-——) agilis, 616.
) icarioides, 599.
—— ( ) brown, 617.
—_ ( ) caliginosum, 600.
—— ( ) difficile, 599.
—— (+—) erythrocerus, 600.
—— ( ) erythropus, 616.
— ( ) exclusum, 601.
—— ( ) icarioides, 599,
) koreensis, 617.
) noctulum, 600.
) obliteratus, 616.
) pertinax, 599.
) semulans, 600.
—— ( ) tenebrosum, 600.
—— (==) Chivers Gin, me, (GILT,
—— (——) isolatum, 618.
—— (——) rothneys; 617.
(
Pisonitus, 593.
argenteus, 619.
Pisonoides, 598.
brownt, 617.
Pisonopsis anomala, 62%),
argentinus, 629.
birkmanni, 629.
elypeata, 629.
pilosus, 629.
treangularis, 629.
Pisum, 593-
allonymum, 622.
) testaceipes, sp. n., 618.
INDEX,
Pisum constrictum, 627.
G29}
Platypria echidna, 576.
Pitthea triplagiata,
577.
Platysma mandzhuricum, sp. n.,
533.
nigrum, 580.
—— hystrix,
(Coronocanthus) quadrisuleatum,
536.
—— (——) sulcatum, 586.
—— (Macropecilus) sericeum, 530.
(Melanius) anthracinum, 580.
—— (Sarticus) habitans : structure, 535.
—— ( ) obesulum: structure, 535.
—-- (-—) rockhamptoniense :
ture, 535.
( ) saphyreomarginatum: struc-
ture, 535.
— (Sogines) punctulatum, 530.
Plecoptera polymorpha, 722.
—— —— polymnia, form. n., 722.
Pecilaspis decempustulata, 581.
nervosa, O81.
— pantherina, 580.
—— ——, ab. duodectmmaculata, 581.
Polydesma colutrix, 716.
Poppezea sabina, gen. et sp. n. (PI. I.
fig. 5), 722:
Potamocheerus chceropotaimus (z. s. L.),
741: scent-glands (Fig. 4), 745.
Prasinocyma wnipuncta, 731.
struc-
Prenea strigata, 579.
Prioptera decempustulata, 578.
octopunctata, 577.
- westermanni, 577.
Problepsis vestalis, 731.
Proruaca recurrens, 719.
Protoealliphora grenlandica: baits, ete.,
482.
Protopterus annectens (z. s. L.), 589.
Pseudomesomphalia chalybea, 580.
decemguttata, 580.
discoides, 580.
Pseudonysson, 593.
Jasciatus, 620.
Psophia crepitans (z. s. u.), 740.
viridis (z. s. L.), 740.
Pyrausta incoloralis, 736.
— sthenialis, 736.
INDEX,
Rangifer tarandus (2. s. t.), 739.
Remigiodes remigina, 715,
REpTiLtA.
Phrynosoma brevicornis: systematic,
537.
Rhabdometra plectaria, 730.
Rhea americana (z. s, 1.), 740.
Ehococassis flavoplagiata, 588.
Rhodometra sacraria, 730.
Rhodospiza obsoleta (z. s. 1), 741.
Ttisoba obstructa, 711.
Sarcophaga carnaria: baits, etc., 482- |
518.
Sarticus : strueture, 535.
Scrancia amata, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig.
25) io:
Secusio strigata, 709.
Selagdia narses, sp. n. (PI. I. fig.25), |
732.
Selenis nebulosa, 581.
spinifex, 581.
Semiothisa crassilimbaria, (26.
lataria, 727.
obliquilineata, 727.
semialbida, 727.
Silana farinosa, 587.
Solaster endeca: development (Pl. EI.
fig. 11), 560.
Stauropus critobulus, sp. n. (Pl. [.
fig. 12), 726.
Steropinus, subgen. n., 533.
Stethispa eonfusa, 569.
Stichaster roseus: development, 562.
STRUCTURE.
Mammatta: Chrysochloris hottentota
(skull), 449; Cimolestes cutleri
(fossil), 525; Cutaneous
glands, 742.
Avus: Gigantornis eaglesomea (fossil),
519.
Tysucra: Platysina (punctation), 5385; |
Anoplana, Mallophaga, 643.
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1916, No, LILI,
seent- |
Xxl
Struthiolipeurus, gen. n., 679.
asymmetricus:; structure (Fig. 25),
79. :
Sus scrofa: scent-glands (Figs. 2, 3),
145; (@. s. u.), 755.
Tachybulus, 593.
—— niger, 620.
Tarache epalinoides, 712.
psaliphora, 712.
—~ winbrigera, 712.
Taranga, 593.
dubia, 607.
Taveta syrinx, gen. et sp. n. (PI. I.
fig. 13), 718, 719.
Tephrina butaria, 728.
-——- deeraria, 728,
Terepene carolina: variation, 541.
Thlaspida formose, 588.
Thlaspidomorpha balyi, 588.
Thlaspidosoma dohrni, 588.
Timora fissifascia, 710.
leucosticta, 710.
Framinda viridaria, 731.
Trikona, gen. n., 583.
Ursus horribilis (z. s. 1.), 740.
VARIATION.
ManManra,ete.: Albinism in Ameri-
can animals, 540.
Aves: Paleeornis (yellow var.), 741.
VURMIDEA.
Linstowia, Cotugnia :
structure, 695.
Vulpes lagopus (z. s. u.), 740.
—-— zerda (z. 8. u.), 740.
systematic,
ZLamarada secutaria, 728.
Zinckenia fascialis, 735.
or
co
‘PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND-FRA
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.
eee
wg PRD
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
1916.
a PART III.
conTaininc Paces 449 ro 551, witH 3 PLATES
AND 8 TEXT-FIGURES.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK.
LONDON:
i MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,
| PATERNOSTER ROW.
SEPTEMBER 1916.
|
Orn [Price Twelve Shillings. |
hd
bist OF. CONTENTS,
1916, Part III. (pp. 449-551),
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICKS.
Page
Mr. E. G. Boutzneer, F.Z.8., Curator of Reptiles. Exhibition of living specimens of
the African Lungfish (Protopterus annectens) ........++escerseecsees was oneteraye on eo BS
The Rey. H. N. Hurcninson, M.A., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a model of the Dinosaur,
IDEAL OCT ROOT LATE UOT RELA oti OMIA S ab ocd OO BA oeniC GOD Ao ceC On casei oer 6 539
Mr. C. Tare Reean, M.A., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a rare Fish, Centrolophus britannicus
(Ginth.) and of a Silver Ling (Molva elongata) ......eeesssssee etches Re fesetuete etait 539
Dr. R. W. Suuraipt, C.M.Z.8. Notes on Albinism in American Animals °............ 540
Résumé of a Discussion on the results published in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’
with special reference to the zoo-geographical relations between America and
BASED TCA Ze tec ie ia eieie Seale ee cele Rate ae ee Cone eR aT eee A Eee iat ee Race Hp Sanic 541
PAPERS.
16. On the Structure of the Skull in Chrysochloris. By R. Broom, M.D., C.M.ZS.
(Plates 1, 10. ;and “Next-fowres dome swe cat blew sre aie < nie cole «ieee ened) ete
17. Fly Investigations Reports.—I. Some Observations on the Life-History of the
Blow-Fly and of the House-Fly, made from August to September, 1915, for the
Zoological Society of London, By Wintrrep H. SaunpERs .........-++-.++---. 461
Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.
4s ID IROOM, JP, Il
S
Mx. Pmx. PN.EC
1
R.B., DEL. MENPES PRESS, WATFORD.
SIU OS Chix SOCHLORIS HOLLEN hOmA:
ZS, Wie, IROOM. Jel, Wl.
MENPES PRESS, WATFORD.
SKULL Ok ChIRYSOCHLORIS OnmEN TOA:
R.B., DEL.
nominees
ar anian Wistifysem
© ensonle ITO AN
j } owe :
( FEB LT W2U }
SY w | RA
PROCEE DINGS onal MBe>
OF TITE
eens
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS .
OF THEA
* ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
PAPERS.
16. On the Structure of the Skull in Chrysochloris.
By R. Broom, M.D., D.Sec., C.M.Z.8.
[Received April 25, 1916: Read May 23, 1916. ]
(Plates I., I1.* and Text-figures 1-3.)
The examination of the Organ of Jacobson and the nasal
cartilages in the Cape Golden Mole, the results of which I
recently communicated to the Society t, showed that Chryso-
chloris is not, as has been generally held, an ally of Centetes, nor
indeed apparently of any of the small mammals which are usually
grouped together as ‘“Insectivora,” and that the Golden Moles
ought to be placed in an Order by themselves to which Dobson’s
name of Chrysochloridea may be applied. As the type is so
unique, it seemed worth while to make a careful study of the
skull.
Hitherto very little has been known of the skull of Chrysochloris.
Though the animal is not at all rare, it is not often seen unless
specially looked for, and probably only a very small proportion
of the inhabitants of South Africa have ever seen one, except
perhaps in a Museum. Most of the larger museums have a
number of skins and skulls, but, as is the case with many small
mammals, the cranial bones in the adult are so completely
* For explanation of the Plates see p. 458.
7 P.Z.S. 1915, p. 347.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XXXII. 32
450 DR. R. BROOM ON THE
anchylosed that it is impossible to do much more than speculate
on the structure. Dobson figures a nearly adult skull of one
species which reveals some sutures, but only a very young skull
could clear up most of the points in doubt, and until recently,
so far as I am aware, no very young specimens have ever been
obtained by any scientist. W hile residing at Stellenbosch, though
I collected many adult Chrysochloris, I only succeeded in setting
about half a dozen young specimens, and unfortunately I have
no specimens which would show the early condition of the
chondrocranium. Still, the skull of the newly-born Chrysochloris
hottentota, which I have examined, is in such an interesting stage
of development that it reveals clearly the nature of practically all
the cartilaginous as well as the osseous elements.
Prof. J. P. Hill has very kindly had the head of the young.
Chrysochloris hottentota sectioned for me by his laboratory
assistant, Mr. F. Pittock, and the facts revealed in the sections
have been confirmed and amplified by the study of a prepared
skull of a shghtly older Chrysochloris asiatica.
Skull of young Chrysochloris asiatica.
The skull measures in greatest length 13°5 mm., and the basal
length from the basioccipital to the premaxilla is 10°7 mm. The
maximum width is 9°5 mm., and height 7-5 mm.
When viewed from above, the large size of the brain region,
the narrowed orbital, and the short narrowed facial region give
the skull a shght superficial resemblance to that of a small bird,
The premaxille are small, irregularly squar e-shaped bones
which articulate by one side with the maxille and by another
with the nasals. They contain the already calcified points of the
three milk-incisors. ‘The premaxilla forms a distinct portion of
the hard palate behind the incisors and in front of the anterior
palatine foramina.
The maxilla forms the greater part of the hard palate. Already
the milk-canine, the three milk-molavs, and the first molar are
partly calcified. The maxilla forms about twice as large a part
of the side of the snout as does the premaxilla. There is a large
foramen for the large manillary branch of the Vth nerve. The
most remarkable thing about the maxilla is the way in which it
forms the jugal arch. There is no trace of a jugal bone, and the
whole arch is formed by a backward process of the maxilla which
runs back as far as the glenoid cavity and articulates with the
squamosal,
The nasals are relatively short. They measure 4°5 mm. in
length, and the greatest measurement across the two is at the
upper end, where it is 3 mm. In front the transverse measure-
ment is 2 mm.
The lacrimal is very small and cannot be satisfactorily made
out in this skull, though it can be detected in the sections of the
earlier stage.
SKULL OF CHRYSOCHLORIS. 451]
The frontal is relatively small, being only about half the size
of the parietal. There is a distinct orbital constriction.
The large parietals each form nearly a quarter of the upper
surface of the skull. Each articulates with its neighbour, and
with the frontal, squamosal, tabular, and supraoccipital.
The squamosal is of moderate size but very peculiarly shaped.
The upper squamous portion is much reduced, and behind the
glenoid cavity there is a long posterior descending process which
covers the petrosal and extends as far as the exoccipital. In
front the squamosal articulates with the maxilla, but forms
practically no part of the zygoma.
On the base of the skull the palatines, pterygoids, tympanics,
auditory ossicles, vomer, basisphenoid, and _ basioccipital and
exoccipital can be readily made out, but their relations and
structure can be better understood from the reconstruction of
the earlier stage.
Text-figure 1.
\| I / 1)
Wl,
\\
ANAL
\\Y
A. Occiput of young Chrysochloris asiatica.- X 4.
B. Occiput of young Hemicentetes sp. X 3°5.
For explanation of lettering see p. 458.
It is necessary, however, to consider more fully the structure
of the occiput, as it is unlike that of any other known mammal.
When the skull is examined posteriorly there is seen to be a
very small basioccipital, a pair of small exoccipitals, and a
relatively large supraoccipital, with no distinct interparietal.
The relations and shapes of these will be seen in text-fig. 1.
On each outer side of the supraoccipital is a rounded bone of
moderate size which I regard as the tabular. It is a membrane-
bone which articulates with the supraoccipital, the parietal, the
exoccipital, and partly covers the petrosal or periotic. At this
stage it does not quite reach the squamosal, but not improbably
in a slightly more advanced stage it may be found to articulate
with the squamosal. Whatever be the nature of this bone, it
quite certainly, as will be seen later, is not formed from any part
of the ear-capsule, and as it certainly occupies the exact position
of the tabular in Therapsid and other early reptiles, it seems
well to apply this name to it.- As a large tabular occurs in
32*
452 DR. R. BROOM ON THE
Cynodonts we may infer that the early mammals still retained
it, and possibly Chrysochloris and its ancestors have never lost
this ancestral character which all other known mammals have
lost.
The occiput of Chrysochloris is very interesting when compared
with its supposed ally Hemicentetes (text-fig. iL B). It will be
observed that the most striking difference is the entire absence
of even a rudimentary tabular, whose place is occupied by lateral
extensions of the suipraoccipital and parietal. There are also
considerable differences in the relative sizes of the other
elements.
Membrane-bones of the base of the skull of the newly-born
Chrysochloris hottentota.
The skull of the newly-born Chrysochloris hottentota is now
represented by 710 transverse sections. From sections 1 to 316
the series is complete and continuous. Here, unfortunately, the
block of paraffin has been placed in the microtome in the reversed
position and a wedge-shaped section of considerable thickness has
been removed. Between sections 372 and 373 about eight sec-
tions are missing. ‘Though these imperfections have increased
the difficulty of reconstruction, they have fortunately not resulted
in the loss of any fact of importance. In the reconstructions I
have made, the gaps have been restored, as can be done with
complete confidence, and the slight obliquity of the posterior half
of the skull corrected.
As there is nothing of importance to be seen on the upper side
of the skull that is not better seen in the slightly older dissected
skull, I shall confine my description to the interesting condition
of the base.
The whole palate is relatively shorter and broader than in the
older stage. The premaxilla is already well ossified, and has two
large open sockets for the Ist and 2nd developing milk-incisors.
The cavity for the third developing tooth is only partly formed
by the premaxilla, and partly by the maxilla. There seems little
doubt, however, that this 3rd tooth is also, as has been generally
held, an incisor. The palatine process is rather short, and there
is a fair ly large anterior palatine foramen.
The maxillar y bone has a very broad but rather short palatal
plate. There are distinct concavities for part of the 3rd milk-
incisor, the milk-canine, the three milk-premolars, and for the
Ist true molar. The dental lamina which is going to form the
2nd and 3rd molars is not at this stage supported by bone.
From the lamina of bone which forms the outer protection for
the dental germs, there is continued backwards the process of
bone which forms the zygomatic arch. There is no distinct
jugal.
The palatine is seen as a fairly large bone behind the
maxillary. The plates forming the secondary palate are well
SKULL OF CHRYSOCHLORIS. 453
developed, and form the bony borders of the wide choana,
Between the deeper portions of the palatines, the relations of
which will be better understood from the sections, is seen the
Text-figure 2.
Reconstruction of base of skull of Chrysochloris hottentota (newly born) showing
the membrane-bones. Portions of the right tympanic and the right basisphe-
noidal processes have been removed to show the underlying parts. X 12.
For explanation of lettering see p. 458.
vomer. Superficial to the posterior part of the palatine is the
peculiarly shaped pterygoid. The main part of the bone is
454 DR. R. BROOM ON ‘THE
continued backwards from the palatine. A long slender out-
ward process extends underneath the alisphenoid and in close
relation to it. Downwards and backwards there passes a strong
hooked process which supperts the soft palate. The general
shape will be readily understood from the restored figure
(text-fig. 2).
External to the pterygoid and poster ior to it is seen the large
bony ring of the tympanic. It forms about 4 of a ited 2
Lying between it and Meckel’s cartilage is seen the prearticular
or “goniale” of Gaupp; and immediately internal to the pre-
articular is a slender splint of bone which has not, so far as
I am aware, been previously observed in mammals. It may
represent the surangular of the reptilian jaw.
External to the ty mpanic is seen the developing squamosal,
It curves round the auditory region, and in the figure is seen
extremely foreshortened. In the slightly older skull the
squamosal passes much further downwards and inwards and
protects the whole of the posterior tympanic region which at
this stage is exposed.
Behind the auditory capsule is seen the developing tabular ;
it is in close association with the anterior border of the supra-
occipital.
Tn the figure given the only other membrane-bone seen is the
frontal, a considerable part of whose lower border is shown.
A large foramen shown is occupied by a venous sinus.
Chondrocranium and cartilage-bones of the newly-born
Chrysochloris hottentota.
Text-figure 3 shows a reconstruction of the chondrocranium,
almost all the membrane-bones having been removed. The most
striking general features are the great size of the occipital and
auditory regions, the very small size of the orbitosphenoid, and
the well-developed condition of the nasal capsules.
The internal structure of the nasal capsule is to some extent
revealed in the figures of sections given. In the reconstructed
figure the most inter esting feature shown is the primitive struc-
ture of Jacobson’s cartilage. Tt will be observed that there is,
as in marsupials and a few lowly-organised Kutherians, an outer
bar which is, however, not quite completely formed. There is a
small posterior nasal-floor cartilage.
The orbitosphenoid is unusually small and does not extend far
backwards as 1t does in marsupials and primitive Eutherianus.
tt has a foramen rotundum for the rudimentary optic nerve.
On the base of the posterior part of the nasal capsule is a
large membrane-bone of doubtful significance. Text-fig. 3 shows
the appearance of the bone as viewed from below after the
removal of the vomer, palatine, pterygoid, and alisphenoid.
In the figures of sections given (Pls. I., IJ., figs. 6-8) the
relations of the bone to the nasal capsule, to the orbitosphenoid,
SKULL OF GCHRYSOCHLORIS. ADD
and to the nasal septum, in addition to the relations to the
membrane-bones and the alisphenoid, can be fully understood.
Text-figure 3.
Reconstruction of base of skull of Chrysockloris hottentota (newly born) with the
membrane-bones removed. On the right side the auditory ossicles have also
been removed and part of the basisphenoidal process and the whole of the
alisphenoid. The posterior nasal-floor cartilage has also been removed from
the left side. X 12.
For explanation of lettering see p. 458.
Being above the alisphenoid, the bone is manifestly not one of
the pterygoid group of bones. It is much too far back to be the
456 DR. R. BROOM ON THE
homologue of the reptilian paired yomer; and it cannot be the
septomaxillary. It is no doubt the same bone as Parker found
in a number of mammals and referred to as the postero-lateral
vomer ; but it is no part of the true vomer. Considering how
very large a membranous ossification is formed in connection, as
we shall see, with the basisphenoid, one may think of the possibility
of this being a membranous exostosis in connection with the
presphenoid, though at this stage, and even in the later one
represented by the small skull dissected, there is no ossification
of the cartilaginous presphenoid. In the meantime I think it
safest to leave the significance of the bone as very doubtful.
The alisphenoid is fairly well developed but very narrow, and
much more like a columella cranii than in any other mammal
IT know. It is still mainly cartilaginous, though commencing to
ossify along the posterior border, and at its inner end there is
considerable ossification which cannot altogether be separated
from the ossification in membrane which is spreading out from
the basisphenoid.
The basisphenoid is chiefly remarkable for the large mem-
branous exostosis which forms a large process extending down-
wards and outwards. This process may be regarded as a
basisphenoidal process comparable to the basisphenoidal pro-
cess of many reptiles in having a true articulation with the
pterygoid.
The auditory ossicles are relatively large.
The general structure of the auditory region will be more
readily understood from the sections. The tegmen tympani is
feebly developed.
The most interesting feature of the occiput is the fact that
only a relatively small part of the supraoccipital is preformed
in cartilage. ‘The greater part is a membranous exostosis which
fills in the median portion between the two sides. It might be
argued that this median part is really the interparietal, but from
the condition seen in the later states it seems better to look on
the ossification as a supraoccipital in which only the lateral parts
have a cartilage basis.
Description of the more important sections.
As I have in my previous paper figured and described the
cartilages in connection with Jacobson’s organ, and as the
posterior part of the nasal capsule has a very complicated
arrangement of turbinals which would require for the complete
solution of its significance a much fuller comparison with other
mammalian types than is at present possible, I shall leave any
detailed account of the nasal cartilages till some future time.
Figures 1—6 (PI. I.) represent sections 131, 185, 238, 280, 302,
and 316 respectively, and show the general arrangement of the
nasal cartilages.
Fig. 1, which is through the middle part of Jacobson’s organ,
SKULL OF CHRYSOCHLORIS. 457
shows the small posterior nasal-floor cartilage. The anterior part
of the maxilla is seen inside the premaxilla.
Fig. 2 shows the small procumbent inferior turbinal. The
small developing 1st milk-molar is seen, and the very slender
lacrimal duct.
Fig. 3 is through the anterior part of the palatine. The
maxilla has the outer portion which protects the developing
3rd milk-molar no longer attached to the main part above.
Fig. 4 is through the plane of the rudimentary eye. The
moderately large lacrimal gland is cut across. The relative
positions of the palatine, maxilla with its zygomatic process, the
vomer, and the frontal are shown.
Fig. 5 is through the anterior part of the pterygoid, and
shows the relations of the palatine to the vomer internally
and to the pterygoid inferiorly.
Fig. 6 is through the posterior end of the vomer. Above the
vomer and the palatine is seen the problematic bone previously
mentioned. It is seen to be in close relation to the nasal cap-
sule and almost in contact externally with the spheno-palatine
ganglion. A large venous sinus is seen passing out of the
frontal bone.
Fig. 7 is a little posterior to the section shown in fig. 6,
but not quite in the same plane, as already mentioned. The
problematic bone is seen to be of large size, lying above the
pterygoid and the posterior end of the palatine.
Fig. 8 (Pl. II.) is through the anterior part of the Gasserian
ganglion. ‘The alisphenoid is cut down the middle. The lower
end is ossifying by exostosis. Below the alisphenoid is seen the
pterygoid. Above these two elements and below the posterior
end of the nasal capsule, is the large problematic ‘lateral vomer.”
Its upper outer angle is in close relation with the lower inner end
of the orbitosphenoid.
Fig. 9 is through the anterior end of the auditory capsule and
shows the cochlea in section. The basisphenoid shows part of
the lateral exostosis which supports the capsule. The tympanic
bone is seen cut across at both the outer and inner ends of the
long flattened tympanic cavity. Inside the upper end of the
tympanic is seen the curved prearticular or goniale which
embraces Meckel’s cartilage. Along the imner edge of this
prearticular is another slender splint of bone which may repre-
sent the reptilian surangular. Above the prearticular is Meckel’s
cartilage, and inside this latter is seen the small chorda tympani
nerve. Hxternal to Meckel’s cartilage is shown the large cartilage
which forms the articular end of the dentary, and above this is
seen the posterior end of the zygomatic process of the maxilla
and the anterior end of the squamosal. The section is through
the main part of the external auditory meatus, which is seen
surrounded by a series of cartilages belonging to the external
ear.
Fig. 10 is through the posterior part of the malleus. It shows
458 DR. R. BROOM ON THE
the relations of the squamosal to the parietal and maxilla, and
of the hyoid to the VIIth nerve and to the tympanic.
Fig. 11 is through the incus and the stapes. The stapes is
seen pierced by the large stapedial artery. The incus is large
and is seen mainly covered by the squamosal. The VIIth nerve
is seen cut in three places, the inner part being continuous with
the geniculate ganglion. Jn the lower part of the section is seen
the large ganglion of the vagus nerve.
Fig. 12 shows the tabular bone and its relations to the supra-
occipital, exoccipital, and auditory capsule. Whatever be its
significance, it has manifestly, as will be seen, nothing to do
with the auditory capsule.
Concluding observations.
The skull of Chrysochloris is in part a primitive, and in part a
specialised and degenerate type.
It is primitive in the structure of Jacobson’s cartilage, in
the feeble development of the inferior turbinal, in the simple
columella-like alisphenoid, in having a large maxillary zygomatic
process, in the possession of a large complicated pterygoid which
articulates with a large basisphenoidal process, and in the
possession of a distinct tabular bone.
It is degenerate and specialised in the rudimentary condition
of the orbitosphenoid, in the loss of the ectopterygoid inter-
parietal, and jugal, and the lack of development of a zygomatic
process of the squamosal.
The examination of the skull confirms the result of the
examination of Jacobson’s organ and its relations in showing
that Chrysochloris 1s not a near ally of Centetes, and that it
is not an Insectivore. Further, it is not allied to the Meno-
typhla, and ought to be placed in a distinct order Chrysochloridea.
Explanation of Lettering of Text-figures and Plates.
Art.D. articular head of dentary; A.S. alisphenoid; Awd. auditory capsule;
B.O. basioccipital; B.S. basisphenoid; #.A. external auditory meatus; H.O.
exoccipital ; #.J. foramen jugulare; F.R. fenestra rotunda; Fr. frontal; G.G.
Gasserian ganglion; G.X. ganglion of Xth nerve; Hy. hyoid; Inc. ineus; J.C.
Jacobson’s cartilage; .d.; Ug. lacrimal gland; Mal. malleus; Md. mandible; Wh.
Meckel’s cartilage; MWe. maxilla; Na. nasal; O. orbit; O.S. orbitosphenoid ;
P.A. prearticular; Pa. parietal; Pal. palatine; Pet. petrosal; Pmax. premaxilla ;
P.N.F.C. posterior nasal-floor cartilage; Pt. pterygoid; S.A. surangular; S.H.
saccus endolymphaticus ; S.O. supraoccipital; S.P.G.: spheno-palatine ganglion ;
Sq. squamosal; Sz. stapes; S¢.4. stapedial artery; 7b. tabular; Ty. tympanic ;
. Vth nerve; Vd. mandibular branch of Vth nerve; Vina. maxillary branch
of Vth nerve; VIL. VIIth nerve; Vo. vomer; V.S.F. venous sinus of frontal;
<. problematic bone at back part of nasal capsule.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES I. & II.
Figs. 1-12. Transverse sections of skull of newly-born Chrysochloris hottentota.
All sections are 15 times natural size.
SKULL OF CHIRYSOCHLORIS. 459
ADDENDUM (July 12, 1916).—After my paper had been com-
municated to the Society, Mr. D. M. 8S. Watson called my
attention to the fact that there is generally present in the
Common Seal (Phoca vitulina) a bone which also appears to be a
tabular. It has, of course, long been known that not infrequently
a distinct bone occurs in the corresponding region in the human
subject; and we may, I think, conclude that though most
mammals have lost the tabular there is a tendency for it to re-
appear by reversion in forms in which, owing to the configuration
of the brain, the occiput is largely developed.—R. B.
ON THE HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 461
17. Fly Investigations Reports.—I. Some Observations on
the Life-History of the Blow-Fly and of the House-
Fly, made from August to September, 1915, for the
Zoological Society of London. By Wuyirrep H.
SAUNDERS *.
[Received March 19,1916: Preliminary report read by Prof. H. Maxwett Lerroy,
November 9, 1915. |
Tre Biow-F iy.
The breeding-material used was raw meat—a mixture of beef
and mutton scraps. The meat was placed in pickle-jars, into
which the flies were introduced; the tops were covered with
muslin, and eggs were laid on the meat contained in these traps.
The temperature of the room in which they were kept varied
from 40—60° F.
Batches of Bluebottles (Calliphora erythrocephala) and Green-
bottles (Lucilia cesar) were watched and compared, and the
table given below shows very slight differences in the period of
metamorphosis. ;
Bluebottle. Greenbottle.
Ova laid, Sept. Ist—2nd. Ova laid, Aug. 24th.
,, batched, ,,. 2nd—3rd. ,, hatched, oul
Larve pupated, ,, 14th-l19th. Larve pupated, Sept. 4th—5th.
Flies emerged, ,, 27th. Flies emerged, ,, 15th—29th.
As batches of eggs were laid they were isolated, and, so far
as possible, the development was watched. The eggs were, as
a rule, deposited in little crevices in the meat. ‘The flies are
attracted to moist meat whether fresh, foul, raw, or cooked, but
they avoid dried meat.
Lgg-laying.—This was observed through a binocular dissecting
microscope. A fly which had been isolated in a test-tube with a
piece of meat deposited eggs within an hour after being captured.
The long ovipositor (about half the length of the body and a very
sensitive structure) felt the surface before the passage of each
egg.
~The eggs which I saw laid were placed parallel with one
another, and arranged in the typical compact little group.
In hatching, the egg splits longitudinally along a suture marked
by a white line. It splits first at the broader end, on the convex
side, which is in contact with the dorsal surface of the larva.
The rupture is brought about. by the pressure of movement
within, and begins with a narrow slit, which lengthens as the
maggot escapes. The empty shell very quickly shrivels.
* Communicated by Prof. H. Maxweut Lerroy, M.A., F.ZS.
462 MISS W. H. SAUNDERS ON THE
Maggot.—The larval stage lasted from 10 to 16 days in most
cases, but no moults were discovered.
Puparium.—tThe resting-stage covered from 8 to 13 days in
the Bluebottle, but the Greenbottle spent up to 24 days in that
condition.
Some eggs and maggots perished in a temperature of 38° C.
The last batches remained in the maggot stage for many weeks,
and they all succumbed at the beginning of November.
THe Housse-Fry (Musca domestica).
Eggs were laid on banana, either in cracks or crevices of the
pulp or under the loose skin.
As batches of eggs were found they were isolated in small
dishes. They were laid in material kept ina room where flies
were bred. The maggots fed on banana and a mixture of bread,
casein, and sugar moistened with water. Changes in growth
were observed, but, as in the Blow-fly, no larval moults could be
seen. The method of egg-laying and of hatching is similar to
that of the Blow-fly.
Some batches of eggs were divided, one half being kept at the
normal temperature of the room (40-60° F.) and the other at
38° C. (100°-4 F.). The results were as follows :-—
Temperature 100° 4 F. Temperature 40-60° F,
Batch 1. Eggs laid September Ist—2nd.
Hatched Sept. 2nd—3rd. Hatched Sept. 2nd—3rd.
Pupated ,, 7th—10th. Pupated ,, 15th.
Emerged ,, 12th—16th. Kmerged ,, 26th—27th.
Total 14 days. Total 25 days.
Batch 2. Kiggs laid September 3rd—4th.
Hatched Sept. 5th. Hatched Sept. 5th.
Pupated: ,, 12th. Pupated ,, 16th.
Emerged ,, 15th—16th. Kmerged ,, 28th.
Total 11 days. Total 23 days.
Batch 3. Eggs laid September 5th.
Hatched Sept. 6th. Hatched Sept. 6th.
Pupated ,, 13th. Pupated ,, 22nd.
Emerged ,, 15th—16th. Emerged ,, 28th—29th.
Total 10 days. Total 23 days.
Batch 4. Eggs laid September 6th—7th.
Hatched Sept. 7th. Hatched Sept. 7th.
Pupated ,, 14th—15th. Pupated) Wei 7 23rd:
Emerged ,, 16th. Emerged ,, 30th.
Total 9 days. Total 23 days.
HLOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 463
Conclusions.
The four batches of the House-fly show that the higher
temperature hastens development—38° C. appears to be the
maximum, the maggots cannot endure 40° C., and Blow-fly
maggots perish at 38° C.
The experiments serve only to confirm records previously
published.
The enquiry closed at the end of September, so that within a
month there was no opportunity of repeating and checking the
Blow-fly results, nor of observing hibernating habits with the
approach of winter.
It is interesting to note that the Blow-fly will breed together
with the House-fly in the mixture of bread, casein, sugar, and
banana, and it would be worth while following the investigations
through the winter with a view to clearing up points connected
with hibernation, etc.
y dame . sane aa aa i
a iA ; 7
ern at in a oat ;
shiek pry nee stg: artis pa
Pd RTCA RSL, ie EE Uta BR ag Ane Sie fal mal sate i
iit, ge geht) a meaniennee aa iat Bie fa i atin)
gash ak Bla AA aaa ih 00 ‘
POD abel? gee auiais arash ey ult watw bop, ial we pr
oon DAMEN: RRM alae cy 0a Ae ee
hoeie us if apie Niro POH ah i
eae e "Pao ideale Ke
coy ie fi Nir iret begets iis) aly Ny i 2 My
D pelle juibelieil FEU eia dah ea
Mea ae aon Tonks, ‘x Pri wiiwh: ONE. | ‘i
- Piet | a hers TOS be ee, io |
sa ei: ha ile acai wet oe
Pawlet Ai ae hy ae imme hid ni ee
Sloe vio ASthatg! SRO ce Iie on a eS
Beso ns GR dah ‘ia medi) ie aes
5 Ene: se Airs: La Pe ie eka bed isha
Fue ye pie AN Kegs in Bay tedinve bie.
cn een} is ss ee oe a abate ieee mh
tape a oee:: is sont oy
i Dace ie eM i Miriey
: cL 15 tates:
ON THE HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 465
18. Fly Investigations Reports—U. Trials for Catching,
Repelling, and Exterminating Flies in Houses, made
during the year 1915 for the Zoological Society of
London. By Winirrep H. Saunpers*.
[ Received March 19, 1916; Preliminary report read by Prot. H. Maxwetni LEFRoy,
November 9, 1915. |
The trials were made at a country residence in Kent during
August and September. House-flies were particularly numerous
in the kitchen quarters and in an outhouse where poultry-food
was prepared and stored. The living-rooms of the house were
practically free from flies.
An inspection was made to ascertain whether any breeding-
grounds existed on the premises. It was found that farmyard
manure dumped into & manure-tip produced a large number of
flies, though it was clear that the main source was beyond the
control of the householder. Pigs were kept on this manure,
which was allowed to accumulate for six weeks before being
moved and stacked on some land a few yards away.
No steps had been taken to check the increase of flies, and the
situation offered scope for testing under normal conditions the
remedies which from experimental investigations were most
promising.
Measures were taken :
1. To check the breeding of flies by treating the farmyard
manure :—
(«) In the manure-tip by watering the surface every four
days with Westoran, in the strength of one part to
twenty parts of water.
(6) Stacked for use in the garden by dressing the surface
with green oil and soil, in the proportion of one part
oil to forty parts of soil per 100 square feet of surface.
2. To destroy flies by poisoning and by attracting to traps.
Tria [.—TRappine. ’
Balloon traps baited with (1) casein, sugar, and stout ;
(Pin ne banana ;
(3) 55 ns water
gave the following results :—
* Communicated by Prof. H. Maxwetn Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.S.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1916, No. XX XIII. ao
466
MISS W. H. SAUNDERS ON TILE
Taste 1.—Mapweb Bait (casein and sugar in equal parts)
and stout. Moistened daily with stout.
Say | Servants’ | Poultry |
Day. Kitchen. | Hall. | Shed. | Total.
US 0) BIRO Soocae 4, Musca. | 6 Musca. 12 Musca. | 22 Musca. |
| | | |
Acres se Ee eee 2 VE 4, |) 46 8 Blow.
| |
BUND soonsc 42 Cs, OF oy | 128 op 97 op |
Ciheaes Sania 5) ass 2 ees LOS eT bes |
HRD soeese HO) 5 | Shy OP COmars |
| Ot hiees Mella re [os aby gy |
ae aaraa a yee | aad eo
Totalaee 131 Musca, 3 Blow.|154 Musca.| 77 Musca. | 362 Musca, 3 Blow.
:
TaBie 2.—Mapweb Bait and banana.
0 Servants | Poultry
Day. Kitchen. Tela. Shed. Total.
US 10) BIOL ssc0e 1 Musca, 6 Fannia,! 7 Musca. | 39 Musca. | 47 Musca, 6 Fannia,
1 Blow. 1 Blow.
AYN, coca 2 Musca. 1D oy, 10 = 24 Musca.
bth Biron Ce aie | OI ee, 88 3
6theeeee 6 ” 22 ” 10 ” 38 2
th ......124 3 Aon hve LO eeu OB
Ocheeee | Sieh, 1 on; Oa eee
Rotaliees 44 Musca, 6 Fannia,) 75 Musca. | 85 Musca. 204 Musca, 6 Fannia,
1 Blow. 1 Blow.
TasLE 3.—Mapweb Bait and water.
Mixed two days
previously ; moistened daily with water.
Kitchen.
2 Musca.
OV
13
3l
73 Musca.
Servants’
Hall.
13 Musca.
47
14
16
80 Musca.
Shed.
18
23
50 Musci
|
| Poultry
peer.
2 Musca. |
Total.
4 Musca.
36
61
L. 213 Musea.
HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 467
Triat I1.—Fiypaprer (Exrirmo).
Tested against Trial I. with the following results :—
Examined after two days :
TABLE 4,
1. Kitchen............ 52 Musca against 41 in 3 balloon traps... Bait and
stout... Il
Bait and
banana... 8
Bait and
water ... 22
2. Servants’ Hall... 135 Musca against 42 in 8 balloon traps... Bait and
stout ... 20
Bait and
banana... 1
Bait and
water ... 16
3. Poultry Shed ... 314 Musca against 18 in 3 balloon traps... Bait and
stout... 13
Bait and
banana... 3
Bait and
water) in.) 2
N.B.—Of the House-flies caught in traps 69 °/, were males.
TriaL IIJ.—Sprays.
Rooms were sprayed with the following (the windows were
netted for two days, then fly-papers were exposed) :—
1. Flybane (aromatic disinfecting oil).
2. Exol.
3. Army Spray.
TABLE 5.
Flybane.
Day after netting was removed :-—
Kitchen. Servants’ Hall. Poultry Shed.
102 Musca. 105 Musca, eggs laid. 40 Musca.
Kxol.
Two days after netting was removed :—
Kitchen. Servants’ Hall. Poultry Shed.
130 Musca. 250 Musca. —
Army Spray.
This preparation was arrived at late in the season (November),
when, under normal conditions, flies had disappeared. It was,
therefore, tested in some Army recreation-rooms, in a building
where flies were bred for experimental purposes. The conditions
were similar to those of ordinary cook-houses and dwelling-
33*
468 ON THE HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS,
rooms, food being served there which provided the usual
attractions,
(N.B.—The Army Spray is prepared from Professor Maxwell Lefroy’s
fonmula by Heppell & Co., Knightsbridge, who supply it at
30s. per gallon concentrated. The diluted spray for use costs
ls. 6d. per gallon.)
(RRP Vie EivaKcinE Re
Flykiller (treacle, arsenic, and water) was tested according to
recommendations by Berlese, who used it with great success in
Italy. Rags saturated with the solution were hung in places
out of reach of domestic animals, and the mixture was sprayed
on the roof, etc. Two applications were made, and the surround-
ing areas were carefully examined for dead flies the day after
each. None were found, and there was no decrease in the
number of flies which entered the house.
CONCLUSIONS.
From Trial IIL. :—
1. Flybane is effective in killing flies by contact, but it does
not act as a repellent. There are two objections to its use in
kitchens, wards, and dwelling-rooms. First, the parattin oil taints
food (although it is absolutely harmless); and, secondly, it leaves
a mans upon the window-panes, furniture, etc.
. Exol is effective in bringing the fies déwn—that is, 1b
ee them sufficiently to sweep them up within half an hour,
but about 50°/, finally recover.
It was found that all recoveries were made within 20 hours.
The Army Spray successfully kills flies by contact. Those
which fali never recover, although they may struggle for some
hours. It is not a deterrent.
Flies returned to the room sprayed with Flybane on the
following day and in two days after Exol. They continued to
be abundant after the manure treatments were made.
The fact that flies reappeared after the treatment of all farm-
yard manure decided that they were being bred on neighbouring
premises.
As regards poisoning, Flykiller proved a complete failure under
the particular conditions that it was tested, probably due to a
difference in climate.
Fly-papers were very successtul, and in comparing figures they
give better results than the traps.
Of traps the common balloon is the one which is recommended.
It should be baited with casein and sugar in equal parts (Mapweb
Bait), moistened with beer, stout, or banana. ‘To keep rooms
free from flies the most practicable procedure would be to spray
daily with the new Army Spray (absolutely harmless to food
and having a pleasant scent), and to set traps or fly-papers as
explained above,
ON THE HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 469
19, Fly Investigations Reports.—III. Investigations imto
Stable Nemes to rs the Breeding of House-Flies,
made during the year 1915 for the Zoological Society
of London. By Wrxtrrep H. SaunDErs *
| Received March 19, 1916: Preliminary report read by Prof. H. Maxwnii Lerroy,
November 9, 1915. |
INTRODUCTION.
An extensive series of experiments was made in June and
July for the purpose of finding a treatment for fresh stable
manure, which would be effective in checking the breeding of
House-flies, and which could be safely employed for agr icultural
purposes.
Owing to the increased price of borax, which before the war
was the only substance in use for the purpose, the need for a
treatment at a lower cost was pressing for military purposes, for
farmers, horticulturists, and manure contractors.
Many practical obstacles arose in working out the solution of
this problem.
Although many tons of manure were accumulated in artillery
and cavalry camps, it was impossible to get a sufficient quantity
conveyed to convenient trial-grounds owing to the difficulty of
transport. A small amount was purchased, and, later, facilities
were granted at the Army Veterinary Hospital, Woolwich, and
on market-garden premises at Brentford, where stable manure
was dumped. Experiments on manure, to test the action of
various liquids upon flies and maggots, were carried out at
Woolwich and at Brentford, and those on plants at the Royal
Horticultural Society’s Gardens, Wisley, at Messrs. Sutton’s,
Reading, and at the Horticultural College, Swanley.
This work on manure treatments was suggested and designed
by Professor Maxwell Lefroy, under whose guidance all the
experiments have been carried out.
A. MAnuriAL EXPERIMENTS.
Experiments on fresh stable manure were made along two
lines :—
1. To test the action of vapourisable liquids upon maggots
present in the manure.
2. To test the action of substances as repellents to flies
when applied to the surface of manure heaps.
Experimental heaps of definite sizes and shapes were con-
structed, and the strength of each application was in proportion
to the cubic area of the: manure,
* Communicated by Prof. H. Maxwett Lerroy, M.A.,, E.Z.8.
470 MISS W. H. SAUNDERS ON THE
The Application of Maggot Poisons.
The following liquids miscible in water were used :-—
Miscible Tetrachlorethane (Westoran).
Miscible Fusel oil 1 °/,.
ie Pyridene 10 °/,.
” ” 5 Wie
Soluble Tar oil.
Higher Pyridene bases.
Neutral Blast-furnace oil.
Miscible oil, Heavy.
op. baked
Methods.
1. Several small heaps, each of 10 cubic feet, were treated with
Westoran and Miscible Fusel oil. Each heap was 1 foot high
on a soil foundation, which was covered with peat-moss litter.
Results on the 3rd day.
Miscible Fusel
Westoran. Oil, 1%.
1. One quart of 1 oz. diluted to 40 ozs. Alive. Alive.
solution
mixed inti- 2 ozs. 55 55 ie Escaped.
mately with
the manure. 4 ozs. 35 a Dead. Alive.
2. Maggots put 1 oz. c 7 Alive. Escaped.
at 4 from
the bottom, 3 ozs. es 35 Many dead. Ag
one quart
of liquid 5 ozs. 5 we Dead. 33
poured on
at 3.
3. Control ...... a fe Bae “ie Escaped.
2. Typical span-shaped manure-heaps of 220 and 110 cubic
feet treated with Westoran and Miscible Fusel oil respectively.
1 quart of solu- ; Westoran. Miscible Fusel Oil, 1 %%/o.
tion to every In the strength of 2 ozs. In the strength of 4 ozs.
10 cubic feet in 40 ozs. water (59/9). in 40 ozs. water (10 9/9).
of manure.
Maggots put in Results.
three positions. In 24 hours maggots in In 24 hours maggots all
The liquid was the centre dead; living.
sprayed on as maggots near the top Third day some living,
the heap was pupated ; maggots at others pupated.
made up. the bottom, near the Fifth day all dead.
edge, alive.
3. 5-foot cubes of manure (125 cubic feet) were treated with
Westoran, Miscible Pyridene, Kerosene, higher Pyridene bases,
and Cresol.
Liquid poured down
a hole in the centre
in the strength of
25 ozs. diluted to
33 gallons with
water (=2 ozs. to
the quart per 10
cubic feet) = 5%.
Maggots put in six
positions.
Liquid sprayed as
stack was built in
the strength of
24 ozs. diluted to
45> gallons (= 14
- ozs. to 1 quart per
10 cubic feet).
Maggots put in four
positions.
HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 471
Results.
Westoran. MWiscible Pyridene.
In 24 hours :-—
All dead. All dead.
In 2 days :-—
Dead near the centre. Dead near the centre.
Higher Pyridene
Kerosene. pie Cresol.
; In 24 hours :—
3 lots dead. 3 lots dead. 2 lots dead.
In 2 days :—
4th lot dead. 4th lot dead. 3rd lot dead.
4, Two heaps, each on a 5-foot-square base, 5 feet high with
a 15-foot-square top, treated with :—
Miscible Pyridene 5 °/,, 1 quart to 2 gallons of water.
z Heavy, 2 quarts to 2 gallons of water.
Liquid was poured
down the centre
in the strength of
1 quart diluted to
2 gallons with
water. Maggots
were put in two
positions.
Results.
In a few days flies were emerging from both
heaps. ‘The heaps were opened, and the oil
was found to be concentrated in the centre.
Both were hot, and puparia were present in
the bottom edges of the heap and in the soil
under the edges.
The manure used for the above experiments was not fly-
infected ; maggots enclosed in gauze were put into the heaps.
The Application of Fly-Deterrents.
The following non-miscible liquids were used :—
Neutral Blast-furnace oil,
Blast-furnace Creosote.
Green oil.
Tar oil and Pyridene.
Mineral oil and Pyridene.
They were applied by :——
(a) Mixing with soil in the proportion of one part liquid to
forty parts soil,
The soil was piled into a cone, and the oil
472 MISS W. H. SAUNDERS ON THE
poured into a depression at the top and thoroughly incorporated
with the soil by the ‘‘ cone-and-quarter ” method. . The mixture
was spread over the surface of the manure, forming a layer 1 inch
thiek.
(6) Treating the soil on which the manure rested, as well as
the surface, by sprinkling the plain oil or spreading oiled soil.
(c) Sprinkling plain oil evenly over the surface of the manure.
Methods.
I. Three manure-heaps, each ona base 64 feet square, rising
to 8 feet in the centre, were treated with Neutral Blast-furnace
oil, Blast-furnace Creosote, and Green Tar oil mixed with dry
soil in the proportion of one part oil to 40 parts soil, spread
evenly over the surface, forming a layer 1 inch thick. Maggots
were put under the treated layer on the fourth day.
Results.
Neutral Blast-
Surnace Oil.
Living after 2 days. ~ Dead in 2 days. Dead in 24 hours.
Blast-furnace Creosote. Green Tar Oil.
JI. Four manure-heaps, each on a base 7 feet square, rising
3 feet to a top 3 feet square, were treated with :—
Green oil. )
Green oil and Pyridene. ¢4 gallon to 10 gallons of soil.
Neutral Blast-furnace ofl.)
Control.
The mixture was spread evenly over the surface. All the
manure was infected.
Results.
In three days larvee were found dead in the treated heaps. In
six days the Control] heap contained large maggots. The treated
heaps remained immune.
III. Four manure-heaps, each ona base 4 feet 6 inches square,
rising 18 inches in the centre, were treated with :—
a ene be :
1. Mineral oil and Pyridene. § a gall. spanisled ees buses
@ + gall. with 10 galls. soil on surface.
2. Mineral oil and Pyridene. 4 gall. with 10 galls. soil on surface only.
3. Tar oil and Pyridene...... + gall. with 10 galls. soil on surface only.
lo ‘] ne 1 . r
4, Woe oil endl Baniileno..... { + gall. with 10 galls. soil on surface only.
+ gall. sprinkled over base.
The manure contained many full-grown larvee, but the heaps
were too small to heat.
Results.
Flies emerged from the mineral-oil heaps through places where
straw prevented the treated soil from lying evenly. They were
HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 473
not seen emerging from the Tar-oil-treated heaps, and these
were covered: with muslin. Flies emerged later in small
numbers.
Tar Oil and Tar Oil and Mineral Oil and Mineral Oil and
Pyridene ; Pyridene ; Pyridene ; Pyridene ;
Top and Under. Surface only. Top and Under. Surface only.
Flies emerged, Few flies emerged, Many flies Flies emerged,
no pupz present pupe found in emerged, no some pups in
in the soil under- the soil under- pupe in the the soil.
neath. neath. soil.
Results show that the Tar oil prevents the maggots from
migrating into the soil below the manure-heap. While forming
a barrier to larve, and acting as a deterrent to flies, it does not
prevent flies which emerge from pup present in the manure
from escaping through gaps provided by the straw of long
manure.
N.B.—Maggots placed on soil mixed with (1) Green Tar oil, (2) Neutral
Blast-funace oil burrowed into it away from the light, and were
dead in ten minutes.
IV. Four manure-heaps, each on a base 64 feet square, rising
3 feet in the centre to a point, were treated with :—
Neutral Blast-furnace Oil.
Blast-furnace Creosote. ie gallon with 20 gallons soil.
Green Tar oil.
Control.
The treated soil was spread evenly over the heaps. Maggots
were placed in each and the temperatures recorded. In areas of
about 95° F. the larvee were dead in all but the Control heap.
Res wilitis:
In five days the Control heap was infected while the treated
heaps remaimed immune. Observations showed that conditions
were favourable to breeding, but that flies were repelled from the
treated heaps.
V. Five heaps, each on a base 7 feet square, rising 3 feet to a
top 3 feet square, were treated with :—
Neutral Blast-furnace oil. )
Blast-furnace Creosote.
Green Tar oil.
Miscible oil and Pyridene. J
Control.
rx gallon to 10 gallons soil.
Results.
Tn four days maggots were found in the heaps treated with
Blast-furnace Creosote and Miscible oil and Pyridene. These
two stacks were destroyed. For ten days no maggots were
found in the other two, although conditions such as moisture,
474 MISS W. H. SAUNDERS ON THE
temperature, etc. seemed suitable for breeding, and untreated
=?
manure in the same condition became infected.
VI. Five heaps of long manure on a base 7 feet square,
rising 3 feet to a 3-foot square, were treated with :—
Mineral oil and Pyridene...... 1 gallon with 40 gallons of soil.
” ” 99 ttn z ” 2) 20 » ”
Tar oil and Pyridene ......... Ghar » 40 o i
L 20
” D9 P| eiviedslafeyeleis 2 oy) pF oD) ”
Control.—Soil only.
Results.
In two days maggots were found dead on the surface of the
Tar-oil-treated heaps, and a live one was wriggling in the full
light on the top. In four days the heaps contained large dead
maggots, and the Control contained full-grown maggots and
puparia. Flies had evidently been laying in the Control. The
treated heaps were still free in ten days.
VII. Three manure-heaps on a base 7 feet square, rising
3 feet to a 3-foot square. The manure was long but not infected.
They were treated with :—
gall. sprinkled over the base.
gall. with 20 galls. soil on surface.
Tar oil and Pyridene 10 /p. Ditto.
Mineral oil and Pyridene 10%. {
tol tole
Results.
In five days the Control and Mineral-oil heaps contained
maggots, but none were present in the Tar-oil one. It was
warm, moist, and appeared very suitable. Observation showed
that flies came readily to the heaps and that Pyridene appears
to be attractive, but the attraction is temporary.
VIII. One large heap of mixed manure on a base 9 yards by
7 yards was treated with a watering of pure non-miscible liquids.
Seven gallons were used for a light watering. This was at the
same vate as that used in soil-treatment, showing that an appli-
cation of l-inch-thick treated soil at one part in forty is about
equivalent to a light watering with the liquid.
N.B.—There was a Control heap to each set of experiments which was
examined for eggs and maggots, and where the conditions proved
unsuitable for breeding no conclusions were drawn from the Control
heaps.
B. Puantr TRIALS.
All the substances used in the manurial experiments were
tested on plants in open plots, in pots, and in frames.
i. Pros.
1. At Wisley, Blast-furnace Creosote, Neutral Blast-furnace
HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. AT5
oil, and Green Tar oil were mixed with soil at the rate of 1 in 40,
and used with manure in the proportion of 10 gallons of oiled
soil to 100 gallons of manure. Ten barrow-loads of treated
manure was dug into each plot sized 44 feet by 8 feet. French
beans and turnips were sown.
Results.
Gross weight of crop in lbs.
Turnip. Bean.
Blast-furnace Creosote ............... 2434 204
Control sy. ess ace hinerae sek rcscugee te 270 16
Neutral Blast-furnace oil ............ 2155 18
(Gloraitanoll Solaabo ec aeanpHe seeecenobade sevens 2324 173
Grae IE OL sesogacsscnesne cou concudove 1705 18
2. At Messrs. Sutton’s, Reading, who supply the following
report, substances were tested on mustard, being a quick-growing
crop :—
Fifteen plots in all were treated, and the experiments were
carried out in two series, Series I. consisting of Plots 1 to 10,and
Series II., Plots numbering from 11 to 15. Each plot was about
1 square pole in area. The land on which these experiments
were conducted was previously under mangel plants, and all of it
had precisely a similar treatment.
Series I.—The heaps of dung for these plots were dug in on
June 26th, 1915, and the mustard sown on June 28th; the
following tables serve to indicate the character of the dressings
with which the dung was treated, the dates on which the seed
germinated in each plot, and the respective merits of the plots at
the dates mentioned.
Series [1.—The dung in this case was dug in on August 13th,
1915, and the mustard sown on the following day; the results
will be found in the tables already alluded to.
It is most satisfactory that in both series not a single crop
should have failed, and that consequently it may be assumed that
dung treated with the chemicals employed by Professor Maxwell
Lefroy may be used for manurial purposes without hesitation.
Series I,
Control No. 1 (untreated).
Aa. Miscible oil, Heavy ...... 24 ozs. diluted to 43 gallons.
Ab. 5 5 Pe east ne 48 Age (lavas 9 5
Ba. a oy WNEING osae 24 Ss i 45,
Bb. - # Sa? Rosa 48 53 5 9 es
Ca. * soni) ee bey heme ee 24, a 3 AL
Cb. ys PAIEN inn aco taney 48 “6 5 9 i
Da. s Spot ie pete 24, rr - 4h,
TOL ay Tee AS asaya! pnt Og ANE
Ea. Westoran or Miscible 24 Pe a 45s,
Tetrachlorethane.
476 MISS W. H. SAUNDERS ON THE
Dates of Notes. Notes to Trials.
July 5th, 1915. Germination showing in each and fairly general in all.
July 10th, ., “Control” and six following are all uniformly good and practi-
cally no difference between any.
Da and Db not quite so even as the preceding, not uniform in
growth, gappy. ;
Ea in much the same condition as ‘ Control.’
July 24th, .. No real difference between ‘ Control’ and six following lots.
Da and Db continue the least satisfactory.
Ea good lot and equal to ‘ Control.’
July 31st, ., * Control’ and six following lots still much alike.
Da the weakest, but not really poor.
Aug. 13th, ,, The plots were inspected by Professor Maxwell Lefroy and
Dr. Stenhouse Williams.
Series IT,
Manure received August 13th and plots sown August 14th.
Control No. 2.
Ac. Manure oil No. 1 with earth.
Be. oo) 33 No. 2 23 33
Ce. 39 33 No. 3 cy) 39
Dates of Notes. Notes to Trials.
Aug. 21st, 1915. All plots germinated satisfactouily.
Aug. 3l1st, ., Not much difference between ‘Control,’ Be, and Ce.
Ac not quite so strong.
Sept. 4th, ,, * Control’ and Be the two strongest.
: Ac the weakest.
Sept. llth, ., All four lots are good, but of the four Ac is slightly the
weakest.
Sept. 18th, ., Now all very strong and good, and little difference to be seen
between any.
II. FRAMEs.
1. At Swanley, melons and cucumbers were planted in frames
and grown on the French system. Each plant was planted in
soil over a cubic foot of treated manure. The treatments
were :—
Westoran. >)
Miscible Fusel oil 1% 5.
Miscible Pyridene.
Miscible oil, Heavy.
Miscible oil, Light. | 5 ozs. diluted to one quart
Kerosene. [ per 10 eubic feet.
Higher Pyridene bases.
Cresol.
Heavy Tar oil and Cresol. !
Neutral Blast-furnace oil./
Non-Miscible Tar oil. 5 ozs. to 10 cubic feet.
Non-Miscible Pyridene. 4 ozs. to 10 eubic feet.
Control.
HOUSE-FLY ENVESTIGATIONS. ATT
Results.
All the plants grew to maturity and bore normal crops, with
the exception of the Westoran-treated one, which died.
2. Melons planted in soil over one cubic foot of treated soil
and manure and grown in a French frame. ‘The treatments
Neutral Blast-furnace oil.
Blast-furnace Creosote.
Green Tar oil.
All gave normal results.
3. Melons planted in soil over a hot-bed of manure treated
with Westoran in the strength of 2 ozs. diluted to one quart
with water per 10 cubic feet. The plants were grown on the
French system, and the results were normal.
4. Cucumbers were planted in soil over a hot-bed of manure
treated with Miscible Pyridene 10°/, in the strength of 2 ozs.
diluted to one quart per 10 cubic feet. They were grown on the
French system with normal results.
N.bB.—In the case of 3 and 4 the manure used was treated a fortnight
previous to planting. In all the otber experiments the manure was
used immediately after treatment, so that nothing was lost. In
actual practice a certain amount would be lost before use.
Rous:
1. At Wisley, white mustard was sown in 7-inch pots on loam
and treated manure in equal parts. They were kept in a cool
frame and shaded.
The following chemicals were used in the proportion of 1 part
diluted to 3 with water. The experiments formed three series :—
l. Treated with 30 ¢.c. of the mixture.
2. oP] 2? 150 by) py
Bo ” ” 300 7 mr)
Results
Miscible oil, Heavy ..................... Rapid germination, ‘Good crop.
7 ae LTO VGN Water ativa tenet sae op 55 ee
Miscible Pyridene, Series 1 pide 5 53 ni,
” ‘ 9 9 Fa ut a ass 2 Uneven oH) Poor cA
Miscible Fusel oil, Series 1 ............ Pe ce seers
BA as en a Pal 3} 4, Uebrenin ss Good _,,
\AVSTWOMEND, TSISPIES IL aban sco sonce anne 5 % Sea
ns ee iranicl 3. poagon Jeraxaye m7 Poor ,,
Kerosene. ne
Higher Pyridene bases. |
Cresol. a Good a Good ,,
Heavy Tar oil and Cresol. |
Neutral Blast-furnace oil.
4.78 MISS W. H. SAUNDERS ON THE
The plants were grown for two months, and at the flowering
stage all the results were equal and even with the Control. The
Westoran treatment resulted in a checked thin crop, but the
plants reached maturity.
2. Cape Pelargoniums and Adiantums (maidenhair ferns) were
repotted from 60’s into 5-inch pots with equal parts loam and
treated manure. ‘The treatments used for mustard in Experi-
ment 1 were repeated on twenty-two species of Pelargoniwm and
on Adiantum henslowianum.
All grew quite healthily, and at the end of seven weeks the
treated plants looked as well as the Control.
3. At Swanley, melons were potted with a compost of equal
parts treated manure and loam, and grown in a temperature of
60-80° F. For each treatment 1 quart of liquid was used with
4 ozs. and 3 ozs. of the chemical.
Westoran at both strengths killed the plants, but those treated
with the following behaved normally compared with the Control.
They were kept until pot-bound :—
Miscible Fusel oil. . Heavy Tar oil and Cresol.
Miscible Pyridene 10° 9. Fusel oil.
Miscible oil, Heavy. Neutral Blast-furnace oil.
Miscible oil, Light. Tetrachlorethane.
Miscible Pyridene 5 %/p. Miscible Pyridene 15 °/) Molar.
Kerosene. Soluble Tar oil. |
Higher Pyridene bases. Blast-furnace Creosote.
Cresol. Green Tar oil.
Carbon Tetrachloride.
4. Cucumbers, for which the methods of No. 3 were employed,
were treated with :—
Non-miscible Tar oil,
Non-miscible Pyridene
with perfectly normal results.
CONCLUSIONS.
oe
The experiments show that the investigations led to two very
suecesstul treatments :—
1. The surface-dressing of manure with Green Tar oil or
with Neutral Blast-furnace oil and soil.
2. The application of Tetrachlorethane.
Both treatments successfully kill maggots in the manure and
are harmless to plants.
The Tar oil has a permanent effect in being resistant to rain,
while the effect of Tetrachlorethane lasts only while the liquid
vapourises, and in time the poisonous vapour escapes.
HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 479
The treatments began with the series of vapourisable liquids
which led to the surface applications. Although these treatments
are more satisfactory than any hitherto recommended, it is
admitted that there are still some doubtful points in connection
with the relation of the migration of the larve to the condition
of the manure due to chemical action other than changes in
temperature. For the early experiments infected manure was
not obtainable; maggots enclosed in gauze were placed in
different positions in the stacks. When House-flies became
abundant naturally infected manure was used.
The Tar-oil treatment is recommended for large accumulations
of manure, either in military camps or for horticultural purposes,
in the proportion of one part of oil to forty parts of soil. One
gallon of liquid mixed with forty gallons of soil covers 100 square
feet. The oils are products of the first distillation of tar. For
large quantities the price is ls. per gallon, making the cost of the
treatment 1d. per cubic yard for surface treatment only and 2d.
per cubic yard for treatment of the ground and of the surface.
The value of manure is ls. 9d. the cubic yard.
Treat the manure which is added to a heap every five days,
and if fresh ground is to be covered, when adding to a heap, oil
the ground first.
Maggots present in manure which is stacked on soil dressed
with a Tar oil cannot escape into the ground to pupate. The
manure ferments normally when treated with the oil, and the
maggots perish in the treated soil to which they are driven, or
they pupate in a stack which is cool (Experiment III.). That
a manure-stack treated with Green oil or with Neutral Blast-
furnace oil will remain immune to fly-attack has been confirmed
by Experiments II., 1V., V., VI., and VII., where in each case
the Control became infected.
That the treatment is harmless to plants is shown by the
results of Plant Trial I. (Plots) and III. (Pots) and Messrs.
Sutton’s Series II., Ac and Ce.
The vapour treatment with Tetrachlorethane, in the miscible
or in the pure form, is recommended for small quantities of
manure and for fresh manure used for hot-beds in the strength
of 2 ozs. to 10 cubic feet of manure.
Tetrachlorethane is a heavy liquid, specific gravity 1:6 and
boiling-point 147°C. It is non-inflammable and commercially
available. The price of pure Tetrachlorethane is 35s. per cwt.
and that of Westoran 52s. per ewt. That a manure-stack treated
with Tetrachlorethane will effectively kill maggots has been
proved by Experiments I., II., and IIL, and that used with
manure at 2 ozs. per 10 cubic feet is safe for plants, by Trials 3
(Frames) and Messrs. Sutton’s Series I., Ka.
It is worth noting that all the treatments have been tested in
intensive culture with satisfactory results at the strengths recom-
mended.
ON THE HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 481
20. Fly Investigations Reports. [V.—Some Enquiry into
the Question of Baits and Poisons for Flies, being a
Report on the Experimental Work carried out during
1915 ror the Zoological Society of London. By Ottve
C. emenm
[Received March 29, 1916: Preliminary report read by Prof. H. Maxwett Lerroy,
November 9, 1915. }
INDEX. Page
BartsmiowBlowatlics! eee eee eee eee ST
JEFNIER) OP JELOWSSATIES yaconenonancodesonsangocdovasosonesose ZAS)IL
TetorisavoIS) Aqove TNE Boasech suoban Gesbe nea ubendnsbocteoceoswond CXS
Caneall Swami on. const oso nssancorobeadusceacbesdesbenan BUR
INoteonekinpusa muscle n. kia eee Oils
Note on Proportion of Sexes in House-flies ......... 515
JOHSie CHE ANDRE WATNONIS oonscocsansancoce conogseosnceonvonane GUE
These experiments testing various substances on flies, were
made with the object of finding out which were the most suitable
to use as baits for traps, while others were tested as possible
poisons. The work was undertaken under the direction of
Prof. H. Maxwell Lefroy for the Zoological Society of London,
during the summer and autumn of 1915.
The experiments in connection with Blow-flies were made in
the Society’s Gardens, Regent’s Park; those on House-flies, at
Acton Lodge, Brentford; while the work on poisons was done,
for the most part, at the Imperial College of Science and Tech-
nology, South Kensington.
Barts For BLow-F.uigs.
The well-known habits of blow-flies, and their attraction to
dead and decaying animal matter, suggested three main lines of
enquiry for experiment on blow-fly baits :—
I. To try to find out whether any of the decomposition pro-
ducts or other organic compounds are attractive to blow-
flies when isolated, and used as baits.
II. To see which of the meaty substances are most attractive,
when, and under what conditions.
IlI. To experiment in a similar way with vegetable substances,
to see if they are at all attractive.
The flies used in these experiments were those which were
* Communicated by Prof. H. Maxweit Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.S.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1916, No. XXXIV. 34
482 MISS O. C. LODGE ON THE
most common at the Zoological Gardens during the early summer,
Viz. :-—
(a) Calliphora erythrocephala and \ m,. BI ye-bottles.
3 WOMMOTE ....-----<-6
(b) Zucilia corsa .........26..2000e The Green-bottle.
(c) Protocalliphora grenlandica (released from breeding-cage).
(d) Musca domestica ...........0++- The House-fly (scarce) *.
(e) Fannia canicularis .........++- The Lesser House-fly.
Fe ES COUUTIS Ss heme seas eres The Latrine-fly.
UL) ECO IMIG CHSC) ene cee Lp en sea ore The Cheese-fly.
(g) Sarcophaga carnaria ......... _ The Flesh-fly.
I. Methods and account of experiments with various
organic compounds.
In these experiments the usual method adopted was to soak
pieces of blotting-paper in the different substances to be tested,
and to place them inside or outside the wire gauze breeding-cage
(in which P. grenlandica were bred). At the same time, controls
consisting of similar pieces of blotting-paper soaked in water
were placed beside each. The results were compared, and a note
made as to whether the number of flies (if any) which came to
the chemicals was equal to, greater, or fewer than the number
which came to the controls.
The various substances used, classified according to their
attractiveness, are given below (A—E).
A. Substances found to be attractive to P. greenlandica.
Honey. Fructose (solution in water).
Cane-Sugar molasses. Levulose ,, 55
Beet ,, 5 Cane-Sugar ,, -
Lactose (solutioi in water). Urine (6 days old).
Maltose 3 as 5 (16 days old).
Glucose Ps ss Uric acid.
B. Substances found to be decidedly repellent.
Pipendine. Oil of Cinnamon leaf.
(Enanthol (weak). 53 3 bark.
Xylol. >> Sassafras.
Oil of Thyme. ; » Cloves.
a) aSsiae Camphor.
> Java Citronella. Amy! acetate.
; Ceylon Citronella. Methy! salicylate.
; Palma rosa. Anisole.
a Baye Citral (strong).
s Heliotrope. Ethy1] sulphocyanide.
; Lavender.
* Very few house-flies were seen in the Zoological Gardens during these experi-
ments, pronably because it was still early in the season for them; although they
were never at ali abundant there, even in August and September. ‘
HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 483
C. Substances deterrent, though in a less degree than those
given in B.
Pyridine. Carbon bi-sulphide.
p-Cresol. Aniline.
Naphthaline. Guiacol.
Phenetole. Toluene.
Hydrogen sulphide water. Urethane.
Quinol. Dimethylaniline.
Butyric acid. Vanillan.
Carvone. Ethyl acetate.
Quinoline. Allyl sulphocyanate.
Anethole. Ethyl] nitrite.
Ammonia (weak). Amy] nitrite.
Urine (fresh). Lactic acid.
Borneol (in ale.). Cedar-wood oil.
D. Substances which gave no definite results.
Methyl Indol. Methyl alcohol.
Tndol. 3-Naphthol.
Pyrogallol. Quinine sulphate.
Paraformaldehyde. | 3 Mono-methyl-uric acid.
Ammonium butyrate. Trimeth. HCl.
ss benzoate. Acetal.
os valerate. Uric acid (dry) + artificial musk.
a-Naphthaline. Ethereal extract of horse-manure.
Skatol (strong). NaOH + . &
5 (Gbay). Alcoholic _,, x s
Trimethylamine (weak). HCl es *
Urea. Precipitate by HCl from “NaOH
Tyrosine. extract of horse-manure.
Guanine HCl. Precipitate by NH,OH from HCl
Betaine. extract of horse-manure.
Dimethylamine.
Ki. Substances which gave the same results as the controls.
Valeric acid. Terpin OH (ale.).
Aspartic acid. Potass. salicylate.
Formaldehyde. Salieylic acid.
Tannic acid. Ethyl formate.
Leucine. Phenylacetic acid.
Stearic acid. Caffeine.
Oleic acid. Acetone.
Theobromine.
Nothing of much practical value was obtained from these
experiments. They gave, however, indications of the likes and
dislikes of the flies (P. grenlandica), and so appeared useful in
differentiating between the tastes of blow-flies; certain sub-
stances (A) were attractive, while others (B and C) were repellent
or distasteful in varying deer ees; others, again, gave no definite
results (D) or the same results as the contieells (E). Since these
experiments were made with one species only, i.e., P. gren-
landica, it does not follow that the results will be tr ne for other
34*
484 MISS O. C. LODGE ON THE
species also ; in fact, subsequent experiments showed that tastes
varied in different species of blow-flies, e.g., honey and sugar
were very attractive to grenlandica, but not at all to Lueilia and
Calliphora, although some of the substances gave similar results
with the different species. The essential oils tested were found
to be repellent to grenlandica, and in those cases where tests
were made with Lucilia, Calliphora, and Musca, they were seen
to be repellent to them also. They may, therefore, be found useful
as ingredients in sprays or unguents.
Experiments were also made to test the effect of certain
organic compounds, etc., on house-flies *.
The following methods of testing them were employed :-—
(1) In which pieces of blotting-paper were soaked in them and
exposed in sunny places in the greenhouse.
Substances tested. Results.
Ammonium butyrate ........................ Disliked by the house-fiies.
es EnzZOATED Soca. s sel 3 #3 bs
PAIN ACETAL Ce os yee eee oe eee, 35 i 35
Meth yIaind oles... seer cern ee = = 5
Trimeth. chlorhydrate ........................ PA 5 >
AER TII Eo ok: aera 6 tA eS WE et ae mS Be =
a Naphthsline gas 27 eee eee eee a 35 =
‘B-Naphthols2"---.-..... eos Seora ee 5 Pa =
Ethyl sulphocyamide [2-0-2 22-. 6-22. =e ar Bs MS
Bect-SuUsaeMOlASSES pees eee ee oe fe fe
Uirethaneieeres. 355. eho eee ae. gi 5 Pa
Guanmerki@ lee. 5 ee aoe ire tet 55 58 bs
Guanadine HCi (+ NaOH) .........0........ 35 ss ‘3
Trimeth. chlorhydrate (+ NaOH) ......... 3 S bs
W@ UGGS. ocse sce 255-222 ces 22-8 ose eee oem a ee Lewatlies Setibledtonau hs
Artificial musk ...:..........................-.. _ Disliked by house-flies.
(2) In which the substances were added to mixtures of casein,
sugar, and water, and exposed for two days on the bench
in the “ fly-room ” at the Imperial College (December).
All were harmless to the flies, nor were any as attractive as
the controls.
A summary of results is given below :-—
Substances tested. Results.
1255 .€.c) Casem 1) 222s ( :
12°5 c.c. Brown Sugar + ( _ A Very attractive throughout
ten iclc uWater, = ee Wit ssiiia Sica aa) ee whole expenments
(Control) 2 2.4..: (
PAA LOPS SalrOlap A seen a. ee eee nat EAC En ye!
P2idrops santaleAce 2 sie < Sue he 5 ; flies repelled at first.
= The account of these experiments testing certain organic compounds on house-
flies is placed here, so as to be available for comparison with the similar experiments
cu blew-fiies. .
HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 485
12 drops Hellibore+A.. eesecseceeee--e------ NOt very attractive, non-poisonous,
12 drops Pyrethrum Extract (Ale. ) A ae ee = .
Unattractire, until Xylol had
iPidraps Xylal yates ons. os se sae asco evaporated, when flies came
to feed.
( Unattractive at first, later
: a tew flies came.
| Repellentat first. Second day
6 drops Oil of Geraniel+ A
6 drops Oil of Thyme+A ........2..2..:.2---.<- when smell of thyme less,
a few flies came.
Bread soaked iniwaters:2 2-2 tee Very attractive while moist.
25 c.c. Casein .....- a
25 c.c. Brown ees
25 e.c. Water.. Rid ee aa Very atiractive.
gre
(Control)
12 drops Fusel O14 B.. meee eemeatees SLi Se tart yes
1 c.c. “ Army Spray 7+ a ae ae ~ , NON-poisonous.
(3) In which certain substances were tested against Bacterized
Blood*. These experiments were made in the green-
house in July. In some (a) a drop of the blood and
another of the substance to be tested were placed on a
piece of blotting-paper, side by side yet not touching,
while in others (b) the two drops were mixed.
( Vinegar.
! Propionic acid.
Absolnite alcohol.
95 %/, 2 Xylol.
Amyl e Methyl salicylate.
(a) } Carvone. (5) 5 Butyric acid.
Pyridine. Acetic ,,
Oil of Cloves. 1
Formic acid. i
| Acetal. j
lt was noticed that, generally, the house-flies disliked coming -
in contact with the chemicals, although they did not appear to
detect them from a distance. They fed greedily at all places
where they could get at the blood without touching the chemi-
cals. A few ilies, however. came for a short time a formic acid,
methyl salicylate, butyric and acetic acids.
Xylol was distinctly repellent, but after it had evaporated the
flies settled on the blood.
(4) Other experiments were also made with Dried Blood, one
day old, mixed with water and also with casein and sugar
baits, etc. It was found to have no special attraction
either for house-flies or blow-flies, apparently making no
difference to an attractive bait, nor rendering an un-
attractive one attractive.
* This Bacterized Blood (é.e., Blood prepared with putrefying Bacteria) was
found by experiment to be very attractive to bouse-fiies, and also when mixed
with casein, sugar, banana, and water. Apparently it had no special attraction for
blow-ilies (Lueil ia and Calliphora), either alone, or mixed with casein baits, with
or without shredded meat.
2
486 MISS O, GC. LODGE ON THE
Il. Methods and account of Eaperiments to find out when and
under what conditions meaty substances are most attractive
to blow-flies. (June and July.)
All these experiments took place out of doors, the baits being
exposed in sunny places in the Zoological Gardens ; for it was
found that even when a very attractive bait was placed in .the
shade, practically no blow-flies came to it, although they had
been swarming round it when it was put in the sun.
The different substances were at first placed in shallow dishes,
partially covered by glass plates, so that the flies could enter and
feed, and the smell diffuse into the air. Later, however, it was
found more convenient to use glass pickle-jars (height 9 inches,
diameter 4 inches) fitted with wire-gauze funnels, which prevented
the flies from escaping when once they had gone inside.
The number of flies caught in these jars was noted each
morning and evening, but wine dishes were used they were kept
under as continuous observation as possible during the day, and
the attractiveness of the bait estimated by the number of flies
which had fed during that time.
The average length of time of each experiment was from six
to seven days.
The first substances to be tried were meat and hard-boiled egg,
of different ages. It was seen that after becoming blown their
attractiveness was increased, This was especially the case when
they had been kept fora few days, and were in a more or less
liquid condition, owing to the digestive action of the maggots.
At this stage they were very attractive to the blow-flies, the
meat more than the egg, though numbers of flies came to both.
This effect of maggots on substances was further tested in
later experiments, when two similar pieces of meat were put out
side by side. To the one, maggots were added, while the other
was kept covered with wire gauze to prevent flies getting to it
and blowing it. It was moistened occasionally with water to
prevent it from drying up. When both were similarly covered,
blow-flies kept continuously buzzing round and settling upon the
gauze covering of the former, while none or very few came to
the latter.
Other substances were also tried, with like results, though
their attractiveness without maggots varied with the different
substances, and with the same substance at different stages.
Since this was seen to be the case, pepsin was tried to see if it
acted in the same way. It was found, however, that both fish
and meat after they had been acted upon by pepsin in the
presence of hydrochloric acid, attracted fewer flies than did the
controls of meat or fish alone. The flies used were chiefly Lucilia.
Peptone was also tried, both moistened with water and mixed
with bread ; sometimes maggots were also added *. <A variety
* The maggots did not thrive in these mixtures. They appeared unhappy and
restless, often escaping out of the dishes.
HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 487
of flies came to these peptone baits, but not in very large numbers,
@.é., a certain number of Calliphora, Lucilia, and Pannia, a few
Musca and Sarcophaga, as well as many Piophila.
The blow-flies were always more attracted by meaty substances,
although quite a number of them have been caught when mix-
tures of peptone were the only baits exposed.
Some of the different organs, as well as ordinary meat (muscle),
and also dead birds, fish, ete., were used as baits. Of these,
liver, brain, and fish were the most attractive, remaining so for
a considerable time. Blow-flies very soon came to feed on these
when exposed in sunny places, so that they became blown very
quickly. When the digestive action of the maggots had had
time to act upon the baits, they were extremely attractive, but
gave off a most offensive smell. Since liver, brain, and fish were
the most attractive of the meaty substances, they were tested
against each other, in order to find out their relative attractive-
ness. First, the attractiveness of each for blow-flies was tested
separately, when the mouths of two of the jars were closed by
being covered by glass plates. Later, two at a time were left
open, and finally all the three were left open together. Liver
was then found to be by far the most attractive, although
when fish and brain were exposed alone, they each caught a
considerable number of flies.
Details and results are given below in Table I.
TABLE I.
Comparison of the Attractiveness for Blow-flies of liver,
brain, and fish.
| Liver (horse) + maggots |Fish (mackerel or whiting) Brain (horse) + maggots
7
|
(7 days old). | +maggots (7 days old). | (7 days old).
|
Open. | Closed. | Closed.
Very many flies caught. |
Closed. Open. Closed.
Very many flies caught.
| Closed. | Closed. | Open.
| Very many flies caught.
Open. Open. | Closed.
All the flies went here. | No flies came. |
Closed. Open. | Open.
Few flies came. | Many flies came.
Open. Closed. s Open.
No Record.
Open. Open. | Open.
Very many flies came; Hardly any fliescame. A certain number of flies |
far more than to either |
of the others. |
came.
488 MISS 0. C. LODGE ON THE
Asa further test of the attractiveness of liver, another piece
(three days old) was placed in the slaughter-house yard near a
large trap baited with a horse’s head. It was certainly attractive,
catching about 400 flies * in 24 hours, showing that liver still
attracted even amongst all the counter attractions of the slaughter-
house yard.
The following lists (F-I) give the summary of the results from
the experiments with the different meaty substances.
BF. Substances found to be most and continuously attractive
to Blow-flies (Lucilia and Calliphora) +.
Liver + maggots.
Meat+ ,,
Brain+ ,,
Fish + ,,
Hard-boiled eggs + maggots.
G. Substances slightly attractive on first day, and also
subsequently.
Fish (under wire-gauze trap).
Boiled meat.
09 » +maggots.
Marrow in bone.
A >» t+magegots.
Dead birds (mostly sparrows).
H. Substances not attractive till second day, and then
moderately so.
Meat + pepsin + HCl.
Wish + 4, + ;,
Meat + Methyl Indol.
I. Substances unattractive to Blow-flies.
Blood.
Bactevized blood, z.e. blood prepared with putrefying bacteria.
Fresh hard-boiled ege.
Fat.
Freshwater mussel (Anodon).
Hard-boiled egg + Methyl Indol.
Fresh meat + Skatol.
Unblown meat (covered by wire-gauze trap).
Alcoholic extract of putrid meat + bread.
A 5 4 » +bread + maggots.
si Ms » ege +bread.
” 33 bb) 39 ate 3) or maggots.
* The actual count was 138 Lucilia, +49 Calliphora, +51 Fannia, + 97 G@ren-
landica, +57 flies too damaged to recognize, +4 which escaped. Total 396.
+ In these and all subsequent experiments the blow-flies used were Lucilia and
Calliphora. P. grenlandica were only used in the first experiments, when it
was still early in the season for the other species.
HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 489
IIL. Experiments with various fruit and vegetable batts.
( June-July.)
These experiments were carried out in the same way and
under the same conditions as those on meaty- substances.
Shredded meat was sometimes mixed with the baits, but even
then they were never so attractive to blow-flies as meat alone.
None of the substances, even after they had been kept for a con-
siderable time, were found to be at all attractive to blow-flies,
though in some instances a few flies came to them. These sub-
stances are marked with an asterisk (*) in the following list :—
Hay infusion.
Boiled cabbage.
taw cabbage (cut up and moistened with water).
Boiled lettuce.
Raw ; (cut up and moistened with water).
Boiled grass.
Grass + water.
Boiled potatoes.
Raw » ‘(cut up and moistened with water).
Water in which cabbage, lettuce, and grass had been boiled.
Dates.
> + water.
Banana.
* 5, +maggots.
eee. ate >» +t+meat.
* » +meat.
>» +vinegar.
Squashed strawberries.
*Strawberries + meat.
* i + ,, +maggots.
5 + yeast + 7
os +maggots.
*Strawberry jam + meat.
* ss » + 4 +maggots.
*Stinkhorn fungus (Phallus).
Further, certain household substances were used, such as bread
and cheese, milk, vinegar, etc., as well as mixtures of casein,
bread, and water, both with and without maggots.
The results are given below :—
Batts. Results.
redcley eres eee eee eee ee OMatiuachive:
SAC ANE NLS) bash Gociahs ods demcndbactouG pa
JBFCOAN WGN soo nagcoouns no, denne noseee 5
5 5 AP WENGE coonna ccsoooeas >»
ss te eg A OTCRIG Gonos 20
Ns SP gy SP AVERISD ced boo op
Oxo + bread + water ...............0.- os
oF Dar pp SP MERIITOUS S05 9
reader ivine Saree esse eee eens 60
USS eee S EN tL iaeacatonk aca
33 ip 33 or 3 + maggots 2 39
490) MISS O. GC. LODGE ON THE
Baits. Results.
Bread + cheese + milk { Few Blow-flies, Fannia, and many Piophila
« b i eee cee ceeecs E>)
(caught.
( None caught till 2nd day, when flies (as above
5 $s Yo
So ick Cotte snete iiss ABE ONS a) caught.
0) Slits let Avs ie REN hed i Blow-flies + 12 Fannia+1 House-fly came
on Ist day. Kept for 15 days and few caught
SP gg SP gy SP TRIEIONE each day.
Mullikesire’s heeereseeee eee taco eee Uattrachines
9) SOUW ie... ee eecsseeeee es. Hew Calliphora caught.
Casein + water .......0....00..... ( Fanniat+some Blow-flies and many Piophila
py AR Sp PHO ECRONES Goose 000 ( caught.
(er ie and 15th days many ENG caught
when no meat baits exposed). On most
5 ay aD leven ae) days a few Blow-flies as ol as Fannia aud
Piophila caught +a few Musea.
Musca + Lucilia and Calliphora + few Sar-
cophaga + many Piophila caught—both at
in, ie the Zoo and when put by manure-heap at
ie Y Po CACM tay ae TS Brentford.
YF wD © wm SUES ROS
Summary :—
It was found that for Blow-flies—
(1) The most attractive baits were :—
(a) Liver + maggots.
(6) Brain+
(@) Imisin -b ,.
(¢) Hard-boiled egg+ maggots.
Of these, liver + maggots gave the best results.
9?
(2) Meaty substances of all kinds were more attractive than
either chemical or vegetable substances. More flies
came to them than ever came to the vegetables or
chemicals, even when these two latter were the only
available baits for the flies; although certain substances,
notably mixtures of casein and peptone with water
and bread, showed possibilities of being good baits
when they were the only attractions present. They
then caught a number of different species (i. e. Musca,
Calliphora and Lucilia, Sarcophaga, Fannia, and
Piophila).
(3) The digestive action of blow-fly maggots on meat, etc.
added to their attractiveness.
(4) The best way to attract and catch blow-flies was to put
the baits in sunny places.
(5) The great drawback, however, to the general employ-
ment of any of the meaty substances, or of the mixtures
of casein, water, and bread, or of peptone, water, and
bread, is the most objectionable smell which is given
off when they have been kept for any length of time ;
yet it is only after keeping them thus that their most
attractive stage is reached. It would, however, be
possible to use them out of doors, in the garden, or
elsewhere away from the house, where the smell would
not matter so much,
HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 49]
Barts For HovusE-FLIES.
Methods and account of Kxperiments.
These experiments on house-fly baits were carried out at
Acton Lodge, Brentford, during the latter half of July and in
August.
The first experiments were made out of doors (a) near a
manure-heap, from which flies were emerging, (6) in or near
a forge, where a number of house-flies were congregating in the
warmth.
In neither of these cases, however, were the conditions very
favourable, chiefly on account of the wet and windy weather.
Later, half a bushel of house-fly pup was collected from a
neighbouring manure-heap, and placed in a greenhouse, where
most of the subsequent experiments were made. This green-
house was empty, excepting for some tomato-plants on the upper
shelves (the flies did not like them, and would not settle or sit on
the leaves). Ventilation was secured by nailing muslin over two
of the windows. Very soon the greenhouse was swarming with
flies, which had emerged from the pupsw. These flies were used
in the experiments.
The supply of flies was kept up by breeding them in artificial
media, consisting of mixtures of bread, casein*, water, and
banana, and banana-skins, surrounded by a dry layer of cut
grass, leaves, ete., in which the maggots could pupate; all of
which were placed in large saucers on the floor, under the shelves.
It was thus possible to keep up a continuous supply of flies.
In experimenting, the mixtures to be used as baits were placed
in glass jars with wire-gauze funnels (the same as those used in
the blow-fly experiments). The date and time of starting the
experiment were noted, and usually a morning (9-11 A.M.) and
evening (4.30-6.30 p.m.) count of flies taken, when the jars were
emptied of flies and the dead (if any) removed.
The average duration of the experiments was 8-9 days.
The substances tested were very various. Mixtures of casein
and peptone, which had seemed from the blow-fly experiments
to be promising baits, were tried, as well as all sorts of other
substances, e.g. sugars, jams, fruits, ete., both alone and mixed
with casein and peptone. After some time it was found that
the casein mixtures were more attractive than most of the other
substances used. Hence experiments were made to try to
discover when, and under what conditions, and mixed with which
substances these casein baits were most attractive. It was found
that the best results were olbuaiaee with approximately equal
parts of casein and brown sugar; or casein and banana; or
* The idea of using mixtures of casein, banana, etc. for breeding purposes was
suggested by the fact that eggs were laid on some of the casein and banana baits in
the jars, and that the larve lived in them. It was found very successful for
breeding and keeping up a continuous supply of house-flies, both in this greenhouse
and in the “ fly-room” at the Imperial College. Flies were bred in large numbers
from August 1915, and are still increasing (June 1916).
499 MISS O,. C, LODGE ON THE
casein, banana, and brown sugar; or casein, bunana, and golden
syrup; or casein and bread —all of which were mixed with
sufficient water to make into a paste. These mixtures, more-
over, generally required a day or two in which to ripen before
reaching their most attractive stage, which then lasted for a
considerable time.
They were tested, amongst others, against the well-known
recipe of beer and sugar, which was found to be immediately
attractive, though it did not remain so for any length of time,
only about two or three days. It was subsequently seen that the
addition of beer, or preferably stout, to the casein, sugar, and
banana mixtures, or to casein alone, made them immediately
attractive, and that, when the effect of the beer or stout had
gone off, the casein mixtures were themselves attractive and
remained so for many days.
Several of these casein mixtures were also tested in the kitchen,
but only a certain number of the flies were caught. This was
probably due to the various counter-attractions present, though
on one occasion * twenty house-flies were caught between 5 p.m.
and 10 a.m. the next morning. This number was well over half
the flies in the kitchen, though on other occasions fewer were
generally caught. Yet these baits, even in the greenhouse, where
as many as 600 have been caught in 6-7 hours, never by
any means caught all the flies, but only a proportion of them.
Other methods are likely to be found more effective in ridding
kitchens of flies than the use of baited traps, e. g. spraying or fly-
papers.
Other casein baits were also placed in different parts of the
garden, as wel] as by the dust-bin, when various flies were caught,
including Musca, Calliphora, Lucilia, Fannia, a few Sarcophaga
and many Borborus; though more blow-flies were always caught
with meat baits.
A summary of the results obtained from the experiments on
House-fly Baits is given below (J-O). The substances are
classified according to their attractiveness.
(N.B.—The days only are given on which the largest
number of flies were caught. In most cases
fewer flies were caught on the other days as well.)
(J) Substances found to be the most attractive to House-flies.
Days on which most flies were caught
Baits. (i.e. approximately 90-100 or more
Jlies at each of the counts).
Casein + golden syrup + bread + water ..........00eeeeeeeee 9-10
5 APIDOS SOVGENE CE EMEP is oso son conens dooce nen covlagn ose 3-8
Gp) TRIODREEKOL SEN GENBED® “con osc usdano sebuduoddbacane voueao cas 3-6
» +brown sugar+dried blood + water ............... 3-6
” IP dy aa)nteat Fass 2) at ya Mae e.oushe 1-4
* The bait consisted of casein + brown sugar + beer (3 days old).
HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 493
(Shige! lapeaevel SEWAGE shoo sbe soo sco ace unadps see tds sop ace Sor aes
Sy) cibmowml sugar wate acs sgcn. saree neeesean ade -=c eae
5 +banana+water sy ec ea ele
>» + >, +brown sugar A eHOR -
» +golden syrup + brown sugar + ater
» +white sugar+ water
Ghee 5 Sy Ch sissies
Beer + brown sugar
Casein + ,, SRS LOU beck ese aa stseeaeercmncacineentatin
Beigel Raa ah sO 1 CE ACS SG a a ab eeu
» + stout..
Brown sugar + Stout: ;
Casein + golden syrup + Patou.
Pudding (nade of egg, aeuting & sugar all “enfl)
Horlick’s Malted Milk + water *.......................
FF ey ear PEE ail OUND O Weenies Eva aE
Cin +banana+ Malt Extract + water..
55 APIDRO iM SIMEROS BVEINEE ooacdecseraceacesndnaenoccasueee
22 oF 39 Lb} + 33 ar bread
» +golden syrup+ Dread + water
Cer wide +milk + sugar *
Bird’s Custard Powder + sane sugar + tmilk # 7 Ten
Boiled milk+ white sugar+starch ....................-
Casein + brown sugar+ water (boiled together)
Dutch cheese + brown sugar+ water ...............5.....60.
Casein + water (boiled together) ............ 00.02. ..0.:00:008
oo ot
ahead ola ater eal i J
PhO hoODhHaDE
|
S G CO od
moh
55
&
| [om ie sal
Loe & bo
ny
@
|
bo bo
Cag CO Cun ch chnec oir coy a ecaa are amcor
I
lor)
(K) Substances attractive, though vn a less degree than
those given in (J).
Days on which most attractive
Baits. (when approximately 60-80
flies caught at each count).
Casein + brown sugar + water... 0.0.00... ...cse cesses eee eee
er A Coho tawaibe ery assaienen see eee eee eaeeee
Mee ate al te GEC beeen ay ae state hiece Panes seeusae ns
» tbread+ banana + water
» twater (boiled together) ................0.-2..102- +0
Toasted cheese ye
Casem + ID own sugar + tay
3-4,
11-12
3-6
3-4
1-2
1-2
1-2
(LL) Substances to which Flies still came, though never more than
approximately 30-50 were caught at each cownt.
Baits.
Banana + maggots
Casein + she) chibreadite:watel sata ccseuseseaessant:
Brown sugar + Alcohol+ water ..........
Casein + water rae
» +brown sugar + beer..
Horlick’s Malted Milk + tomie sugar + oie Rte ARS BUR
Bird’s Custard Powder + boiled water
Days on which the
above number of
flies were caught.
e
es ea arc Ae trae mance
me be OD
Ln) bo
|
DO em b
* Most of the flies died which fed on the three baits marked with an asterisk (*).
494 MISS O. C. LODGE ON THE
(M) Substances to which Plies still came, though never more than
about 20--380 were caught at each count.
Days on which the
Baits. above number of
Jlies were caught.
Cxseinl-F brown) sugar - water... ...---.0s-eseeedseceee earls 3-4 & 7-8
Sete tAW Ibe an Gatien touts i Aleoton aba weer sG ra naas 1-2
my apeoclen EymabAS eg, Se) Gy dnodannsscoonadace 7-8
TpYoNUUYo lit con cree 228 Reetae onee en Rone nar urboy aan eGh adn goacdon: 1-4
Moastedicasemm)-wahewersenceree eae esate mee eee eee 1-12
@asemniseibrea det aye) hh ieee aera ae pes ee 4-6
(N) Substances to which never more than about 10-20 came.
Days on which the
Baits. above number of flies were
caught at each count.
Goldentsynup taal coholimesrncccresete tee eee eee eee ee 1-2
Brown sugar + _,, Ee PSCC Her SSO E a OUAOCORACECE 1-2
Casein + brown Boar mnciten EE HEE Asan SioesGaos ate tEe 1-10
>» +water Este 1-4.
Boiled milk + white sugar 1-2
3 Beal ETSI 0) 0) Has eS Ege tae Sea A Aan nnn Sne GaWUNG SUE HAG oa Nas 1-4
» cheese+ water 1-2
Dutch ,, 1-2
(0) Substances unattractive to House-flies, and to which
Sewer than 10 flies at most came.
Baits. Days exposed.
Green treacle + bread 1-6
Golden syrup+_,, bet 1-6
Casein + green ener bread -hwaten® Senne eee 1-6
Peptone+ ,, ee ecb rinuesis cates atss 1-6
5 TEROCOD AVAUWIOS? fy 3P sq ooneccdconeponsee0n00 1-6
Casein + vinegar aetinaietes 1-6
a et VeaSU eas 1-2
» +brown sugar + yeast + ater Guana seueue cantice 1-2
fy SPNAUAG ENP SES GEIS TP WENGE? con can ccoonscne cooansanacnnoed 1-2
Peptone + toffee .. Re daeeewane 1-4
a ata auoater wares cous a Bere aN 1-4
of ary Bee Uae Scag)! SPA VGEISMUpsoben das dapwosaaslnaa 1-4
Casein + toffee (cooked together) 1-4.
yy AGP ose RAMA TROLS Ga en stort seumemec ase ae 1-4,
Toffee +maggots ............ er 1-4
Casein + bread + water (at manure- vehoan) Nee ae hel Scere cee 1-4,
» tyeast + vinegar + maggots........0..0 cece cee eee 1-4
Sy TDS HOY SUPE SE WENIEIPse pisonosoaod ena ceo ods esvo0a Gonos 1-8
SF crfexa)KOLSVHUEN PEN Opa Tn aeannn one adeuosuadadenssad sednc 1-12
Alcohol + water . a tiaeoemamaceee 1-4
Casein + brown pie ar erater aniursjore ts ne arAe CE MER CRE ee 1-6
Jam.. Saat Baepetre oddoce one Coo 1-4
Casein-+ Kepler S ; Malt Tn iracea aberijacase ee ceeres 1-8
een SUGAR eee 1-8
5, + Kepler's Mait meets 1-8
HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 495
|
@ @
Brown sugar + Kepler’s Malt Extract eli abemned ace
Wall Gekiixtnac tect yeeeecict aise asset mriass ev diads evsacdesbecescostiene
Casein + water (boiled together) ............ 0.2... 00.00.00 eee
> +banana+ water
Rite CHROME KO wc Gee been eae Ou NBER er aca IC Iae eR ame meee
Bird’s Custard Powder + boiled milk........................
Te eee Sie odo Ae
a & @
—4
4s 3 » + 5 Wwater+brown sugar ... -8
Brown sugar +starch (boiled together)..................... -12
Starch + boiled water PoreBhoR aoe a ano Te —4,
Casein + brown sugar + dried blood + water ............... -8
ssl EE 5 ge DOCERIWAEL Aho. fer conte con Sieeetee 1-4
@ondensedamalkaersare accent ceca cere cceeee ects 1-6
7 hy joc ste) UUM eset Ae ke are tint fe ie tae et 1-6
Bread + Dutch cheese + water ................0.... cece eee ee 1-6
“ARideeseMoodidce Watelacreaecouecrsenee sense aeens nee 1-5
55 » +brown sugar+bread+water ......... 1-5
The main conclusions arrived at from these experiments on
house-fly baits were :—
(1) That the most satisfactory baits consisted of—
(a) Mixtures of casein, sugar, or some other sweet stuff and
water, with or without banana, in approximately
equai proportions, to which stout or beer can be added,
in which case they became immediately attractive,
otherwise one or two days elapsed before the most
attractive stage was reached * ;
(6) Horlick’s Malted Milk mixed with water ;
(c) Banana, especially when over-ripe ;
(2) Custard puddings ;
(¢) Cornflour, milk, and sugar ;
(/) Bird’s Custard Powder, milk, and sugar, ete. (vide list J).
(2) There are advantages in using the casein mixtures rather
than the other attractive baits in
(a) the comparative cheapness of casein (1s. 4d. per lb.) and
(6) the little trouble the baits take to prepare, the ingredients
simply requiring to be mixed into a paste with a little
water ;
(c) The length of time they remain attractive (7-10 days as
compared with the 2-3 days of beer and sugar) ;
(d) The absence of any disagreeable smell when the casein is
mixed with sugar, golden syrup, banana, ete.
* In November and December, however, the house-flies at the Imperial College
came in swarms to feed on the casein mixtures as soon as they were placed on the
bench. They even came to bread ouly. Was this because of the difference in the
hunger-states of the flies at these different times, or were the casein mixtures more
attractive when simply put out on the bench without being covered by a trap ?
+ Sugar, beer, alcohol, etc. had another advantage, as they appeared to preserve
the baits trom going mouldy, which often happened when casein was used alone,
though this did not necessarily prevent them from being attractive. The great
advantage was, however, that they kept them from giving off the most offensive smell
which was the case when casein and water, and casein, water, and bread were used.
496 | MISS O. C. LODGE ON THE
Yet in these experiments, at no time were all the flies caught,
but only a proportion of them. This was, however, only to be
expected, judging from the catholicity of their tastia: yet they
have their likes and dislikes.
It was found that the attractiveness of most substances varied
at different times. The weather appeared to influence them—as
a rule fewer flies were caught on dull days than on sunny ones.
Possibly, also, flies of differ ent ages and sexes have different likes
and dislikes, oll of which would affect the numbers caught and
the attractiveness of the baits.
III. Porsons For Furss.
These experiments were made with the object of trying to
discover a substance which would be poisonous to flies—especially
house-flies—and harmless to man. It should not be distasteful
to the flies, otherwise they will not come to feed, and unless
cheap and easily obtained will not be suitable for general use.
The following methods of testing the different substances were
employed :—
(i.) To expose an attractive bait, to which the poison had been
added, in a place where the flies were free to come and
feed, or not, as they liked.
(ii.) To test the poison on flies which were confined, and must
either eat it or starve.
(i.) Account of Kxperiments on Poison-baits when Free Flies
were used.
These experiments were carried out in the greenhouse. The
flies used were chiefly house-flies, though a certain number of
blow-flies from traps were released from time to time.
The substances used were generally placed in large saucers, in
sunny places on the floor. They were then watched, to see
whether after feeding, (a) the flies fell over immediately, °
apparently dead, or (b) crawled for a distance and then fell
over on their backs, or (c) whether they flew away apparently
unharmed. When the two former occurred, as many of the
“corpses” as could be found were collected and kept till the
next day, to see if they would recover.
It was thus possible to obtain some idea of the effect of
the different substances on the flies, and also to see whether
their addition made any difference to the attractiveness of the
baits. They were generally added to mixtures of casein, banana,
sugar, and water. Controls for comparison were arranged for
each series of experiments.
A list of the various substances used, together with a summary
of results, is given on p. 497.
HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 497
Substances tested. Results.
Roe Did not poison house-flies or blow-flies. ’
Boueaad (oe Made no difference in attractiveness of bait for house-flies,
De oes ee but were repellent to blow-flies.
Picnibvacsa Made no difference in attractiveness for house-flies or
( Gye g low) blow-flies: both fed greedily upon it, and were appa-
Mera ine ance 2 ENCE rently unharmed !
Amy] alcohol......... Strongly repellent to both house-flies and blow-flies.
Repellent to house-flies; but after the smell had gone’ off
the baits were again attractive, and eges were laid and
larve livedin them. Flies were killed when it was poured
into trap containing them.
Amyl acetate .........
ect ie ¢ Did not kill house-flies, and made no difference in attractive-
ntimony oxide ... % ness for them
Acetaldehyde......... Disliked by house-flies and blow-flies.
them. Next day no apparent difference seen in attrac-
tiveness of baits.
Flies were killed when it was poured into trap containing
Westoran ............
Certvin experiments were also made to test the poison-effect
of paraformaldehyde and formaldehyde.
Some typical results are given in the table on p. 498.
It was not possible to arrive at any very definite conclusions
from the above experiments with formalin, as the results were so
varied. Sometimes the flies died after feeding on the mixtures,
while at other times they were apparently unharmed. Some
days they came in large numbers to feed, and on other days
few or none came. Generally speaking, more seemed to come
on fine than on dull days. One thing, however, seems clear,
which is, that if formalin is used in practice for ridding rooms
or buildings of flies, the “corpses” should be swept up and
burnt as soon as possible, so as to prevent any possibility of
recovery. 2
It was, however, felt that further and more accurate experi-
ments should be made to test the poison-effect of formalin, etc.,
on house-flies, where known quantities of formalin were added to
known amounts of bait. An account of these experiments is
given below.
(ii.) Account of Experiments on Poison-baits when House-flies
were confined in cylinders.
In order to secure more definite results than was possible
in the greenhouse, the following experiments were made at
the Imperial College of Science, in one of the laboratories,
having an ordinary roof with no skylights. hither the
breeding-materials, maggots and pupze from the greenhouse,
were transferred. Very soon enormous numbers of flies had
emerged, which were used in the experiments. The supply
was kept up by breeding them in the same way as before.
The substances to be tested, placed on pieces of glass, were fed
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1916, No. XXXYV. 35
498
MISS 0. C, LODGE ON THE
B . PRNIIDES RAN Ree
aits, With
Paraformaldehyde
added.
\(A.) (a) Various casein, | Made no difference
sugar, and banana to the attractive-
mixtures placed in ness of bait to
saucers in the green- house - flies or
house. blow-flies.
Harmless to both.
|
|
|
| |
(G)VOMicat a ee eteael ks eee eet
(ce) Custard
Pudding.
(B.) Baits consisting of
casein, sugar, and (OY Aovotinee’ Tet
water were fed to ani dos tuo@ars
: re da
house-flies enclosed int ae Ren eb ae
in muslin cages in liecdeemeetine
a 2 |
greenhouse. Sill alee.
\(C.) Balloon trap set| —.........
| over casein, sugar, and
water mixtures in
greenhouse. |
|
\((D.) Various casein, | Sometimes un-
attractive for
many days:
other times
attractive on
first day. Occa- |
sionally one or |
two flies died.
| sugar, and water baits
placed in jars with
funnels in greenhouse.
Results.
AL a
With
Formalin Controls.
added.
Used strong. Repellent | Attractive to house-
to house-flies and| flies, many of
blow-flies. which fed—as
Used weak. Repellent well as some
to blow- flies, but blow-flies.
house - flies seemed
not to detect it until
sufficient had been
absorbed to kill
them, or render them
helpless. In no case
were all of these
latter found to be
really dead, a certain
number recovering
after a time. In
one case, out of the
600 picked up as
dead, 21% had
recovered the next
morning. The pro-
portion of recoveries
was often larger than
this.
Repellent to blow-flies.
F’. added while pudding
hot. Very attractive
to house-flies: very
many fed, and soon
died in and around
the saucer.
(1) Flies still alive after three days, and then released.
i)
Many house-flies came to feed, which were
afterwards caught in
they were kept for two days and then
released as flies still alive.
Generally attractive for
one to three days.
Many flies died.
Attractive to blow-
flies: very many
came and fed.
Very attractive to
house-flies.
balloon traps, where
Attractive: many
flies caught.
None died.
HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 499
to house-flies enclosed in glass cylinders with muslin tops (height
8 inches, diameter 9 inches), which stood on the bench. When
flies were needed for the cylinders, either they were taken from
those caught in balloon traps set over the breeding-saucers, or
pupz were placed inside the cylinders to hatch out, ete.
In each experiment the following points were noted :—
(a) the date and time of starting ;
(6) the source of the flies ;
(c) whether they came to feed at once ;
(zd) the number of flies (if any) lying apparently dead on
the bench, inside the cylinders, (1) after the first hour,
(2) each morning and evening ; and
(e) whether any were feeding at those times.
The experiments usually lasted four days, as any substance
which failed to kill by that time was considered useless. At the
end of the experiment a count was made of the total number of
males and females which had died, and also which had lived to
the end of the experiment, when they were etherized before
being counted.
The baits used were mixtures of casein, sugar, banana, and
water; that most generally employed consisting of the following
proportions :—
20 ¢.c. casein + 25 c.c. brown sugar + 25 c.c. banana.
(a) If the poison was a liquid, it was simply mixed in with
the casein ete.
(d) If it was soluble, it was dissolved in 25 cc. of water
and added to the casein etc.
(c) If it was insoluble, it was mixed with 25 c.c. of water
and added to the casein ete.
Controls with clean baits—i. e¢., 25 ¢.c. casein + 25 ¢.c. sugar
+ 25 c.c. banana + 25 c.c. water—were set up for each series
of experiments: usually one control for all the experiments
made on the same day.
Details of these experiments, with percentage of deaths etc.,
are given in Table IT.
The results obtained from the experiments on poisons, when
tested on house-flies enclosed in cylinders, were not very decisive
(Table II.). No substance was found which killed a really
large proportion of the flies. Tables ITI. and IV. respectively
give the poison-mixtures having the largest percentage of deaths
on the first day, and on the second day in cases when none had
died before that. Substances which killed later than this, or
where the death-rate was less than 10 per cent. on the first or
second day, were not considered of much practical value. The
highest percentage of deaths on the first day was only 31,
(Leat continued on p. 514 at end of Tables.)
35%
“syeUayy
g (0) 6 OOT
(0) (0) Oot OOT
0 ~® oor Cor
0 0 Oot OOT
€ 10) 16 80T
(9) 0 Oot oot
0 (0) oot OOT
} 2 rs) 2
“‘quaulttedxa | -yuomtrtedxa
| Jo pula 04 SuLimMp
| POATy TOUpM | perp ToLtpAr
(@ ae) (6+)
| salp-esnoH] | saty-esnoyy
JO 95vjUAI1aq JO 95vqJUId.1eq
S ‘69
64
g8
66 16
‘Wd
‘p og
“Wy |
S ‘Op (xp) 7B
(Aap) OF
[oot
eg (Ap) LP
[#8 ‘vp 472
eg (4ip)
[66
88 (S1p) 18
gg
‘11g ‘d uo *]T aqey, 0} Aoyy 208 esq
[86 ‘Avp 479]
Jt‘ 0
[oot ‘Avp y2¢]
be a3
—_—>—_—.
pp y7g §— ‘hvp
oe 92
‘TL ‘Aop 119
Be IZ
yp 199 + 66 ‘hop
wae $s ‘DP
[e6 ‘hyp y79]
oL (4ap)F9 | Te ie
[O0L “An\p 479 § 66 ‘Avp
66 08! | Ys) 6g
oe peel ee ae ae,
| Saar % hog
eq JO SECIOP TINY OT
FL (SPS) 8
Y7¢ |
¢
‘¢9 ‘Hop yie}
Il P
495 |
TZ = (SF'31) 5 ‘8
8 S'S
479 |
“vp Jo ysoy “ANOT 4ST,
‘T hog
“BULUDAD PUB SUTUAOUL UL PUB MOT FSI 109ZB °°?
‘saull} JUatayIp 3B ‘pyap Ajyuoiedde
Toueq ay} UO SULAT 919M TOL Sol] JO aovypUId.leq
((432) OL +
(d) 442°?)
oe + 18
((‘Yq9) gE +
(d) 1g ‘a °2)
0% xX 48
(492) 86+
(d) pg °2°2)
CVsl 9
((‘yg9) 8ST +
(d) 99 :2"2)
CV'3LX 78
cpoi+ (d) eZ
epor+ (d) ey
or x (4) Lg
= | —_——_
“quouLled xq
SULYARIG FO sully,
puv ‘pasn salty yf
FO LOQUINU [VIO J,
*(moTped yPS11q) COLV
‘od 06 UL paapossip)
‘T+ plow OLIOIg *0°0 g
1+ q 0d Op 00 ¢
I+ q 0°d 9.24 ‘0°09 g
‘T+ q ‘0'd gg ‘0°09
I+ 4 °0'd 63 ‘9°0¢
T+ qf 0°d GE *0'0 g
+ J ‘9 °d OF 19°90 B
*y(STRAOUINU UBULOY U1)
ainjxi + woswd
Jay }O LO UlPBUAI0
JO 90¥4N90.10q
ST'8'86
(11)
ST'8'8
(01)
ST8'8s
(6)
ST8'8S
(8)
S1'8'83
(4)
CLT BES
(9)
ST'8'L3
(¢)
“SUTYIBIG
JO 03R(]
pue
Taq, U0 NT
IOUILOFOY,
‘swapuylig ur pauuoo sag yn ‘sauf-asnoyy of spmg-uosiog vo spuaurwaday
JUL
WTA I,
|
|
|
“Ssaxas oY} FO PLOIAL ON
66
eV
0
104
OV
9€
Té
or
&&
T&
eh
&V
Th
9
UL
Lg
Oot
COL
66
09
[t]
16
v9
69
06
&6
OOT
Oot
19
PL
8g
69
GL
1é
S ‘OF
ee]
g9
v
(Aap) BF
[oot “
(Aap) Tg
i ch
(Axp) 0
7
LE SO
SIP OF
C19 ‘hop 95]
aL t'9
[1s ‘Avop 479]
66 06
gg 66
[e8 ‘hop 176 |
eg 13
[-S6 ‘kop x29)
(A1p)
eg Loe
[00t “Avp 47g]
e€ (O@ 1) °°
>
pp ¥79 §— ‘hvp
00 ZI
op yag ‘— ‘hop
FO 0
ial
f0
Lz (SF)
SI (CFP)
LT
(OFT) 4
(OF'P) & “0
(CEP) FZ
(SUF) 11
(SFP) LT
(03'g) £ ‘91
STIL (d) 48
(("99) OF +
(a) gg a °2)
0s'h xX 8L
erp X (d) og
iere _ (@) 29
oge X (d) zg
(("499) 16 +
(d) gg a *2)
og + 98
| 06 (d) ¢9
l\evt + (d) 28
or x (d)e4
((q29) 06+
(d) $9 2 °2)
Oe 18
oe xX (4) a
TA + iq '0'd OF
“A+ M
"A+ q ‘od 6%
“a+ (0'd Ze
‘A+ q ‘od 4.98
A+ *o'd 86
“AT
“TIL
“(Ysip ur gied
puv ssvps uo 41ed)
1+ q 0'd OP 9°96
‘I+ 0° OF 9°90 G
*(moyja4)
(12}B.M UWI paaTOsstp)
T+ POB Oot “9°9 g
CL'8'0E
1(33) T
CL'8'66
+(13) V
jot4z a0)
CT'8 66
+(06) V
CT'8'6S
(ADV
CL 8°66
¥(91)V
C1863
r(S1)V
SI'S'8G
(FL)
ST'8'86
(8T)
ST'S'8
(1)
‘pap.odat you
SHOATAINS JO xas sB ‘O[qIs
-sodtur asvqueorod f UueALs
pBop Fo stoq TnU enjoy
*SYABULA YY
4 | ae 16
| |
| |
iG) ine" 10) &G OOT
| fel ‘Tel
| 00L 001 | 0 0
| 98 12 | 79 6L
| |
| 6F 93 | 19 wh
Lo L el 66 |
iat 9 | 98 ¥6
|
| pe 9 | 99 16
| } eo 2
| ‘quoutttedxa | ‘yuout1odxa
Jo pua 0} SsuLImMp
pest Yory a petp ory mM
(Gar 2)
|
| satj-asnoyzy
|.0 IS¥BIWIIIIG
Solf-asnoyy |
JO asvqueoieg:
78
64
Wd
v8
p hing
Ep) aS
il Pols «fl Sie
LX fal
[0 a
sO sO
as 8h
OP fee
69 9g
el r9
tL SOF
“Wd “WweV
e hog
‘hop
yp 499 60
eee SL ‘0
LG |
‘Ned NY |
‘Zing |
FI
J (OUP) IT
Sf (G82) OL
Q ‘ue
-
1g (¢h'S) (ELSI) ST
LZ (OVS)
GG
(S31) 9T
(OF 11) £9
‘Avp JO 4Soy “AMO, 4ST)
‘| hog
“SULU9AD PUB SaIUIOW UL puw MOT, 4IS.AY TOJFC 9 “2
‘saully QUoleyIp 4B ‘prop ATjueredde
‘qoueq OY} UO SUIAT alam YOM Sal[ yy] JO ao¥jUWId10g
|
|
|
\
A 9'd OF) +A + MA
Or xX (4) ry
|
0g'€ (d) 98
eczIx (4) 28
ogsEx (4) 06)
|
vara (4) T9 |
|
el SL (d) Ty
|
|
eotlx (da) 19
|
cer aa (d) FZ
opti — (4) 9 |
“qQuOTULodx Gy
SUIJAVIG JO OUT,
pus ‘pesn solpy
jo cequinu [vyoy,
.
i
|
|
TA + J ‘od 9g
‘TA + J ‘O'd FG
‘YsIp doyjour ur
TENSE IIN
TA +f (0°d G.LG
IA + q ‘0 'd 6g
A+ gq 0°d 2.08
TA + q ‘o-d GE
A+ q ‘ocd 7.96
S[BLIIUINU UWBULOY U1)
ainyxIy, + uostod
IY JO LO UlPRULLO
JO as¥jUad10q
*(UIpsnut YIIM poa.taAoo |
eTsog
1(128)4
ST8'06
1(08) 4 |
ST'8'08
(66) 4
ST'3'08
1(86)
[O.14U0,)
CT'8'08
(3) 4
“SUIIABIG
food |
pues
19 UD Ay
AUALIFOYy |
|
‘(panweywoo) "TT Wavy,
86
68
86
Gf
OOT
OOT
81
OOT
€8
OOT
96
Oot
OOT
9.6L
VG
15
16
68
LT
G.G§
OOT
IL
1a!
[3 ‘hop 4349]
noe S'S
[er ‘Avp y7¢)
- S9
[ae ‘hop y7¢]
a J 0
[el ‘Aop 439]
OL e
[0 ‘kop y2¢)
o
(0 ‘kop x26]
0 0
bag ‘91 ‘Avp
oh ss
wg £6 ‘kop
o) 5
wee OT
i ae
S ‘83
€ (sespa ye) f ‘0 |
6L
SOL
uu “OQ
(9a'p) wm ‘L
(3°) GL
ose + (8) 9¢
06's (#) Te
SL (d) eg
(d) LP
STIL (d) Te
(d) OF
CFO (ynoqy)
spTi= (4) 6T
OTLX (4) 8Z
Greg S< (a) gp
‘ory. x (4) #8
or X (d) 98
“IITA + [BJVOYW *0°0 |
‘(COTW '9'9 OT Ur) TA +
YIV BIV][IN?) *9°0 G
“IHtA
*({9A0 pagsnp
Jleyy puv ur pextur j[ey)
TEA se [ROLLED OPO) IL
*(caqVM 97991]
UL paaposstp) “LA +
‘Tqavg “yd[ng ‘wz ‘0° T
“q1eq Jo doz uo poysup |
SIAM sr UU Us
poxtm teddag *0°0 T
TRA se
d4RIpPAY [BIOL *9'0 G
Usp
ajeipLy [BLO] WY *0°9 T
TA + J ‘od 08
tA + q '9'd ¢.0g
ST6TL
2(LP)
CL6L
(OP)
[oazUog
STS 1é
1(¢@)
ST 806
(PE)
CT'8'0E
ssa
STB 0E
(68) a
“(6Z)q Woy
quautLiodxe
OSOY} alo.
SI} UL pasn so: 99 ey],
(13) V Woy
SHOATATNS 9.18 Sol oO],
*SHABULOY
00T —-00T
9¢ 8
|
96 £6
OOT 6
6G 0
96 0
OOT OOT
89 &€
OOT 66
é 2
“quoutttadxa
Jo pus 04
poaty qoryas
(6+ 2)
Sol}f-oSN0 FY
JO a5v4UA0.10q|
vW 66
82
VL OO
49
@)
é P
S8
18
0 0 0
TZ |f6¢ ‘ee
[P ch
| 80 LD)
Ht || IEF J
LYE EG = TID
J 8L| 99 S ‘OV
[0 ‘op \y7g £0 ‘hop yap
FED | EW Pa)
Sy | sp 8s ee
T wee ST
“WV ‘Nd “WV
‘e hog
S81 |
|
Pp yaQ +p Kop
SO H®D
€ S'S
Hp th an
se 61
na 0 ‘kop 479
/ ‘0 St ‘0
Le fe
[tr Popyse|
87
Wa WY
°g hog
tO
OL (¢T'e) PF (GES) 0
y7¢ |
S‘0 S0
(OF'€) @
tf % (SF) 0
(°h°3) SL (SFI) 3
Sf 0 ‘vp x79)
Lf 0 0
) t'0
0 tO
‘Lup Jo 4say *Anoy 4sT
‘T hog
*‘quewiLdxe
SuLinp
porp Tory
(Gia)
SOl]J-asno Fy
JO advjUaII0g
“SUIUAAA PUB FULTAOUL UT pue Moy 4siy soqjE °2 *2
*sOuLl} {uarayIp 98 ‘pap Atqucaudde
“Youaq aq} UO SuLAT atom YOUPM solp yy] JO oSUzUd0.10g
|
SUIFARYG JO 9UILT,
pus ‘posn serpy
Jo daquunu [vO],
|
i
0801 (B) OF
| OOIT+ (H) 16
|ore X (B) LF
| 0g'e (H) 99
Cr Sl (UH) Fe
OS II (HB) 9%
OL (H) x
er OL (B) 9F
((y32) +
osex (d)) 24
“quaTULIad xg
“XE+ ‘OLN *o'd [ ‘0°0 T
“IIA + DUOAARY) *9°0 G
TA+ ‘py ‘ord
*(uaais a[ed)
tA +fOgng ‘a'd T
‘TA + 7 0'd OT
‘TA+ yf o'd e@
TEsr ain
TA+ 4 od T
TN cp
OPVULIOF [AYA *0°0 Z
‘(S[etounu uvUtoy ur)
aIN}XIPL + wosiod
J9YJO 10 UlRULIO 7
JO advqueoiag
SL 6G
(8h)
CL 6G
(LPO
CL6G
e(9P)O
Jorn,
OT
ey
(Sh)
ST6T
2(@P)
“SUI
Jo 03Rq]
pue
Jaquin
dDUdLO JOY,
‘(panwiquoa) "TT ATA,
‘uMOUyUN sary
JO oquINnU [e107 s¥ aTqIS
-soduit asvquad.ied ‘syyvop
[enjoe ay} oie osoyy,
*SUUIN [OD Z 4SRT )
UI afqissodunt asvzusd10d
a0uey pus ‘yuauittadxe jo
pues 4 guaprooe Aq padvo
“88 SI9I]JO OT SB ‘paala >
“INS OITM pus ‘pap
YOUTM salt jo siaquinu
[engow ey} aie asoyy, J
“UMOUYZUN Saly JO 10g
-UINU Sv aS¥yNad1ad aALs 03
g[qissodu—paip PP JT
06
6g
Té
Cor
is
&6
OOT
v6
08
IV
[0]
OOT
Oot
Oot
98
[g]
78
[1]
sO s O
S 8 ol
Lge) fl ae
GL PL
(9) [Fr]
86 (1p) “83
8 St 6L
0 0
[t]
9
f0 0
(GS'SL) S “g
(SL'31) 1
| “Avp Yat feo) “vp yor £0 kop 496
Sut “Q ‘hivp 478 50 hop \yay £0 ‘hop y29| £0 ‘Avp y3¢]
sO (nea) LD || OO
6g) tr | Ze SL )
t 6 8. | ‘6 FS | FeO
ey ae |e LOL j
fel A) LO] £0
ECC) REG ReGm any MEG) | ee eG
LED EOE OS NN. LI
0 LO} © 0 0
[1] it] | o 0 | £0
76 é 6 ‘ = ¢
Sf '% f >| £9 f'6| S9
[0 (eq Mou + |prkq oT +) 0 ‘Mop y7g]
(PLA (peg
sdo.up 9 + ) sdoap ¢ +)
dl 0) 0 | £0 fu} sO
OT
SV ILX
| SV ILX
(€) 06
Tes
“(Mears T[StTMOIq)
Ws ap
“OURS "JOq “WLS T -
‘IX+ ‘yey "was @
1X4
poy ‘oleg ‘aus T
*“(gsu) +x
“(UMOIG FYSIP) “tA +
ploy o1uuey, “Ws T
“Ue
“OLB “JO ‘WAS T
“XI+ ‘OLY [Auy ‘o'0 Z
‘XE+ OLY “SqV "0° g
“XE + Up JOU
owls
0'0 G
“xt+‘pri{g doap
CL er
e(€9)
[ouyUoD
CL 6P
¢(64)
¢(Zg)
CL 6'e
e(98)
Clee
282)
“UMOTLYUN SIOATA
-Ims JO xas aduIs efqissod
“UL aseyuaoied ‘parp 4 T
SD ACAUICHEE
| 29 WwW
OOT OOT
OOT OOT
OOT oor
8 0
| OOT L6
L6 OOT
OOT
|
£6 €8
é 4
‘quamtiedxe
JO pula oF
paaty Yory aM
(6+ 2)
So I]J-asno Fy
fo adequao1eg
*(panurwoo) “TT aTAVY,
|
| ces | eee 3 = |
og go | Ser | wee 8 ET |. SET 0. s‘o | egg xX(d+p)€8
| —— = = —
(0 0 | 0 0 | 0 LO ILO KO | a so |ore X (B) ar
0 © NO sO | 0 £0 |f0 so) £0 s oge X (BH) 6g
0 ) 0 0 | 0 so | £0 50 0 © | 0c) (p62
*(UMO.Tq = |
26 OO ¥6 6 | 78 wep) Sor |S Te S'8|) £0 $0 |0V% X (B) 6F
0 j 3 S| @ SC\SL% f'0) £0 0 08% X (BH) 09
[e ‘kop y3¢]
& 0 fe | SL Oo 0 0 0 (ore X (Hy) 68
['2 ‘Avp | wg 6 £2 ‘op yas]
Ww © | 2 SL\ SS f%| 4 7 0 O- ogee X (4) 8%
| [3 ‘op 7g) |
| 9 At | £8 ‘9 | £8 te | £8 € | ¢ (ST's) 2 GRR, @) 8
| CNG IAP Sai ‘Wy | ‘Nd “wv | ‘Avp. jo ysayy “AnoyY 4ST)
6 P| 5 hog "g hog Ging T hog
“queued xe | |
Ssulinp | a treba ais “quoulttadx i
: | SUINIAD PUB SUIUIOUL UI PUB MOY ISAY JoqFe *a *2 c
es Ne | ‘sour quesayjip ye ‘peep A;quoiedde | uae att a
sery-asnoyy | ‘TGoueq 9yy UO SUIAT alam OIA Sol JO 9dvqzU9d10q | i yoqune [v0],
FO acb4U90.10,]}
|
|
tA ++ plow ororg ‘0d T |
*(‘qsut) “IITA +
OJVAPLU PBT 10°0 Z
A Sr
074008 pay *0°0 ZG
*(pat 4U.S1.1q)
‘IX - pea] per 0°90 Z
*(MOTOA FST) “TX +
dYVULOLYD pBaTy *0°0 |
*“(MOTOs ATS1Aq) “xt+
plow oIMOAYD *0°O T
HIIA + plow OIL) °0°9 Z
‘TA + aqRqooy ug ‘o'd T
“T1TA
*(syeramiInU uURUTOY UT)
aIngxiyy + uosiod
IOYJO 10 ULPBUUIO
Jo ace4UI010q
cl 69
o(69)
ST 69
«(89)
Slog
e(49)
ST6¢
9(99)
CL 6S
9(¢9)
pouzuoy
Cl eT
9(F9)
“SUTIABIG
jo oyeq
pue
Jaquim NY
aOUaLOJOrT
| | | [0 ‘op 439) sien
/00T O00T 0 @ | © ~@ | O ££ | £0 e w‘O | STT X (4d) Sh} “(umayqger4q) “11x 6(26)
‘UMOUYUN Satff JO 1aq | | Se
“INU [BI0} SB aTqissodutt | Pa ese oe Z Cle eT
asvyUIIAET ‘“St}Bap JO seq [Le] 2p yas| <[1] “op wo 0 ‘hop y9¢ | 6(68)
-UINU [BNjVv BIB asorL], ae sg | ing fz] 0 @ | @ (0) 0 eh t ‘0 Sf ‘0 | O&'IT (xd) x TA + M [ory UoD
as | ie “xE+ «| ST6:€T
00. OO 0 Q ie eon heet © | © 0) oe 0 |O9TI+ (H)6)| ‘ding, Jo [IQ ‘9°0 g 6(98)
| [oor “vip v79 * 68 ‘Avp | y2q) Te S16 01
(0) OC ipa eae 8g | eg &¢ aa 0 | 08% (J) 61) ®ONTHN ‘suits ¢ 3(¢8)
| | L(PIet) 0 Aap vag §Sxp “0 |‘Aop ya) S601
| OL COT | 0 Oo ® | © ® |2@ 0 0 JO [ove X+H) 81) A+HORN 9d T 3(8)
| | =| sical
| [2 ‘Avp) yag § Sap %p ‘Av\p y7g) *((eg) moay cT'6 01
16 QOL 6 0 ) Ly #0) 0 t ‘0 ) sO Solty) (4) 8B | 1X +FOStA (4)°0°9S | 9(B8)
| amr
| _ | [eo ‘op 449) STG OL
OOT O01 0 0 0 20 £0|£0 LO| £50 0 }08s X (4)x) “MMA +*£OIOM 999 | Q(T8)
| | S| SS ST GOL
| ae Alea : 3(08)
oor 0or 0 OQ | f0 | £0 ‘0 J0| £0 $0 | O80TX (HB) 62 TA+ M [0.14009
| | aa ee LS ae
| | [0 ‘App y29 £0 Fop | 199) “xI+ eT 60:
| 001 O01 0 0 ee oO |) 0 @® | © 0 0 0 |SPTII+ (8) 9T) “MRS “Wie 99g | g(9Z)
| | >
(OL) woz ip. | =
9soyy ata 4ueutttedxe | [0 ‘kvp y7¢| CT'6'6
Siq} UI pasn sory 6g ONT, OOT O01 | 0 0) 0 (Aip)o | 0 0 | £0 0 0 /O | OTLX (BH) 6 Xt "quuD pway 00g) (94)
eat eee eke Sy “XT cr'6'9
O0OL $48 | 0 S61 | & € | £0 sO] 0 f0 0 0 |eT¢ (¥) SE | eyeQoo" [AuLY “OO T |, «(€4)
| |
OFT
‘OF
‘OUT
‘UMOTLYUN sap FO
“ult = asejuoo1ed
enqoe oj ele osaty,
| Jaquint [R03 sev apqrssod |
‘syqvap
|00T Oot
| ‘
|
|
| 00r
/00T O0T
oF GS
|
| €8 1g
|
00L —00T |
ro) (2)
| “quoutttedxa
JO pud 0}
paarp qory a
(ey 2?)
Salf}-9snoFy{
[¢]
84
&P
0 0
é ’
*‘quaultedxa
SULIND
parp orp
(6+ 2)
sal]f-esno
JO asezlad1eg JO a5vqW80,10q |
|
J [8]
S ‘99
8G TS
0 S0
‘N'd “NV
‘p hog
| 0
[ot]
g
0 0
[r] 0
fay fing
J Eg
sia TZ
0
“N'd “WV
*g hog
([et] 4p y7¢]
Ls 5
000 8 ‘LT
[0 ‘vp 7g)
y ;
a
* hog
|
0 0 |
s ‘Oo
ane s 7)
“Cep Jo 4ysoy “ANOT] 4ST,
‘T hog |
‘BULUAAD PUB SUIUIOUL UL Pav AMO] ASA 10zfw ‘a “2
‘sautt} quaiayrp 4v ‘peap A[yueredde
‘qoueq oy} Uo Surf] alam YOIYM Saif JO asvqad.10q
| SLIITX
cyiix (B) x
os IL (BH) x
cPolx (B) x
*(q1eq Wray
uo Asp auo
OGOL pes“) x
OZOI+ (H) F+x
ogee X(d) gT+x
(xB) ¢¢
|OSSIX (xB) 63
(4H) eT
*quautLtedx
SUNALIS JO PULL],
pue ‘pasn salty
JO TaqUINU [240],
Yas
FOOFRN “SULIS G
“TILA +
fONTHN ‘Sas OT
TIA + Ig yy “SUIS Gg
“paatyys oq OF,
ar
plow dI]VXG “SUAS ZG
IIIA + "[ J] ‘SULIS &
MA FAQS SUL Z
TA sp
prov o1[exQ “WS T
“XI + BIMOULULY
ployesnoy ‘0°0 Z
‘(s[R1ouINU WeULOY UL)
alngxtp, + uostod
Ja]JO IO UIPBULIO
JO 9ovqJUI019g
*(panwyuoo) "TT ATAVY,
e160
or (01)
S160
o1(Z0L)
or(TOT)
ST'6'06
ot (O0T)
S160
or (66)
ST6'9OE
6(86)
ST 69L
6(6)
CL 69L
6(F6)
*BUIYIRIG
jo a3Rq]
pur
Jaquin Ny
aoualojay
OMY 4SPT |
UE Jou ynq ‘1-g SuUUUNOD |
UL asvqueo1ed UL papuyo |
“ur ore Aoyy + wasn |
psndup wolf pelp
aABy OF PUNOJF Sol P
‘uMOuyUN )
Solf FO AaquimuU [Bj0} >
sv o[qissodunt asvyueoi0d |
‘syyeop [Bngov ale asoyy, _)
*UMOUY
-UN Sol]f JO 1equinu [e404
sv aqissodur asequsoid
‘syqvop [Bngov aie asot] T,
*SIOATAINS pue pap Jo )
aseqjueoted Ul payepno[vo |
gou yuq “e-—T suumnyoo |
lof advquadied UL popula >
-Ul ode oso} + Yosnue |
psndwip wolf pep |
$-86
Or
Oot
OOT
Oot
.99
OOT
col
OOT
OOT
Oot
Oot
Oot
06
€.8€
Oot
OOT
VOT
¢.18
LV
ch
iat
og
|
‘(Cos ‘op 429]
0 0
ve 0
Coot ‘kup 26]
ue Sf ‘61 |
("76 ‘Avp 7S]
wy 5
[9.18 ‘Avp 148 |
eee Jf ‘CSL
(‘09 “Avp y2¢]
vee Ji 0)
509 0 |
[3] (OTP)
(0)
a)
a &
50
08%
OLT X
OVILX
VP
OgT =
SV'GIX
OUVZEIX
(B) 91
(B) #1
(g) x
“HEA +
“ONTHN “SUuts OT
‘TILA + 1G yf “SUIS G
‘IITA + "[ “SULIS G
*(-qsut) “HLA +
fONTHN ‘Sats OT
“Wes ae ANN
“XT
aqyaqiu [AULY *9°0 T
1X + LOYAUILD *ULIS T
*(Salf} 04 pay a1ojaq
sep @ 10J ydoy) “TA +
piow oIULOAYD *0°9 g
* (Sop 0} poz
aiojaq sfep g toy 4day)
a + dUOAIBD *9'9 T
1X4
| peory oqlT AA “SULTS g
CL 6 PS
(E11)
Joazuoy
SL OES
(P11)
cT'6'eS
(81)
CL 6 ks
(11)
SL 6'GG
ot (OLL)
ST'6'0G
or(60T)
oru0g
ST 6'0G
o1(801)
ST 606
or(Z0T)
ST 6 06
o1(90T)
S160
or(SOT)
C1606
or(FOT)
‘asequaoied UL
£ DoSnUe
pezuMod you st 41
psnduigy Jo parp Ap aug
“UMOTLYUN Sal JO aq
“UNUM [BIOZ sv o]q\Issoduat
asvpuo.g “pap & T
“UIVSE Pataroo )
“at qyye oq ‘saqnurut
MOF Be Jaye paaout
BCA GN 2.) Ge 9 ets Ge
woyea pey AUB atojaq pur |
“U9Yy 09 paz sem 4req
ay} sB UOOSs sR ysout[R
peap Ayguoredde aao
Wey Aoyy, ‘SOIE aly}
« PATE, POUpM «nodea
apraedooydyns pAyaA ory |
SUA JL 4vY} s}ueutttedxea
oyjJO UL Waes SBM 47
“UMOTUYUT SIOATA )
-Ims JO xas sv arqrssod
“WI asequadted ‘sy yvap
[enjow oy} are aseqy, |
“044TT
*ATUO -@
suuInyod Jo asuqued.ted ut
*DISNU
pepnpur st 47
vsndugy Wosy parp Ay T
COT OOT
OOT
. OOT OOT
PL
| 08
Orn
O
98 QOL
V6
eG
‘Wd
7 (2G
63
69
LG
F8
“WY |
|
Le
‘Nd
0 0)
0
@)
[[(0) “vp 47¢ |
[o] | o
|
|
|
|
|
0)
coy
IZ
19
Ke)
‘Kop y4g|
68
Cre ‘EDP U6 |
PP | 6L{08'8)
9
2
|
eae
S ‘Lb
‘Wed
‘% hog
Li
P8 ‘Avp y7¢}
€1
WV
(£13) &
“fem JO 4SAN ‘noy 4ST
“| Ao
“Syteuayy
| “juoutiadxe
FO pua 04
PAAlT Tor
(6+)
SY Pea) a
JO aSryttanleg 0 ISRIMAIAA |
“‘quouttadxa
SuLIMp
perp yor
(6 +P)
Sy asno Hy
“SULUAAD PUR SULTON UL puw MOT 4s1y 104yU <9 °
‘sour) JUAIOyIp ye ‘prap Ayqzuaiwddy
‘qoueq ayy uo Sut] orem CPS SOI] JO asvquad.iag
OVs BX |
Ol'al (y) x |
CLS (Uy) ¥
cS IL (y) £1
03 TT (H) 91
CPs (a) Git
GILX (f) 61
*jusUILIEd x57
SUGAVYG JO aury,
Aly
pue ‘pasn SOIL
| Jo caquinu [voy,
“AIX
“TTX
"XE foqeuBAD
-oyding [ATpy sdoap e
xt
NOS [{yjqy sdorp ¢
“poarvys aq OL
ae
LOH “warpy “09 ¢
1X +
*[YOANO-Gg ‘sus Z
G1'6'SS
(121)
SUG PS
(OBL)
S1'6'FS
(61)
eT 6'S2
u(81T)
CLG TS
u(ZIT)
*(sye.tountt UBULOY U1) |
aX + uostod |
T9YJO 10 WIPBULLO YT
JO aGRUdd1eg
“BULyARIG
aD IAAL
pue
19q UN NT
ad MAAJOYY
‘(panwigwoo) “TT ATAVY,
“A 02-Sh Jo ainzeroduisy B [ILM WOO & UT 4day puL aqny ssv{S B ut 4nd a10M Ao,
“MOT}RIG AGS UO WOO JuoUIYSerTjary UI 4YSNvV 9.19
SOI]-OSNOY ANOJ asoyy, x
*pajou
jou xes ATayvungtojU yy)
ONG
“UMOUYUN sary
JO Joquinu [eI07 sv opaIs
sodult asvyjuoo1ed ‘styyeap
yenqoe 949 are asaty,
“OI
[00T ]
0 0
00L OOT
00T O0T
0OT 001
00T O01
) 0
0OT O01
O0OT OT
0OL O0T
4.99 OT
08 0
[o]
OOT
Oot
€-8&
0G
OOT
OOT
OOT
fog “h
0g 0
ne 00T
[42] [oz]
[Le] op v76 §
a 0
f ‘1.88
|
[00 Aap y2T1
bp 478! Og ‘hn
) 0
: 6
oa.
eee
Feo
mk oe
[ (ua) ae
r@s) (iz
— ‘hop 19g ‘(1
0 0
s ‘9
0 t0
ich GG
GLE G.Le
‘og ‘Avp 4201
P YALL + 0g ‘hvp
(0) (0)
68 cx
0) 0
CIty ‘Ap 479]
0 0
hop yan, s{] A
| (tq) 09 0
ia)
>
inp)
1D
ies)
‘0g ‘Avp 476
129 ‘Og ‘hop 42g |
0 0
(S
pp 499 $f ‘0 ‘hop 4376]
0 )
09 (0€'S)
(STF) FZ
O08?
OOL
cee
SPIT
OF TL= .
STILX
SoILX
(B) P
(4H) 68
(B) x
(y) x
“
(d)
(es
(d) x
(B) £
(H)
(q983+9'2'2)
Soap
(H) 8
yc P2AIeys eq OT,
“poameys oq OF,
*(MoT[eA Y[STUW9013)
“XI+ aUIpoy *0°0 G
*((SUL) “xT +
plow o1Ajng *0°0 %
XI
“UBILZOUIL(T °9°0 GB
‘X14
apAyopleqooy 0°90 T
“Paadyys oq OF,
“ILA
“ITAX + Gh
“TAK
“AX + A,
“x14
TIO preysuyT *0°0 g
1X
"]WPAXO-GG "SUIS G
ST GL 0G
STZ18
(SFL)
SLOP
a(TPT)
STOLT
ai(6E1)
CLOLP
zi(8&L)
CT OI
a(L&1)
zi(98T)
CLOG
(81)
[orguog
CT 68
(O8T)
(L@1)
CLT OL6
(961)
512
Taare III.
MISS O. C. LODGE ON THE
Poisons which killed larg gest percentage of Flies on first day.
Ref. No Baits. | Percentage of | Percentage of |
Order. in (For full details, see Key to pure poison in Flies which died
Table IT. Table L1., p. 517.) whole mixture.; on first day. |
eaters za ke ote os ee |r |
|
1. 25 25 c.c. 30 p. c. Formalin + vi. 75 3L |
24. 0, Sida 0 pe eases | 8 27 |
2. 20 BOG, Dw oy ML | 75 27
57 lgrm. Potass. salic. 9 + vill | 1 27
ae 58 lgmm. Tannic acid + vill 1 23
eins | 23 25 c.c. 86 p. c. Formalin + vi. 9 22
oe 30 WC, NG oy 6 22
5. 7 5 c.c. 29 p. c. Ss +1, 5 21 |
6. 31 25 c.c. 36 p. c. 9p + vi 9 19
Ce 17 25 c.c. 28 p. ¢. % + Vv. 7 17
8. oT 25 cic, 2S psc. * 5, + vi 69 16
6 f | 47 5 c.c. 5p. c. Us | 1:25 15
| 18 25 c.c. 36 p. c. ye +. | 9 15 |
10 5 c.c. 40 p. c. s +i, 7 14 |
10. 29 Bon Ome 5 eu | 10 14. |
| 26 SCO, OR yl ae we | 7-25 4 |
11. 32 25 cc. 25> p.c. 5; + Vi | 63 12 |
12. 51 2 c.c. Carvone + vill 2 10.
ae
TABLE LV.
Poisons which killed largest percentage of Flies on second day,
when none had died on first day.
Percentage of
Flies which died
on second day.
| % | Ref. No. Baits. | Percentage of
Ordev. | in (For full details, see Key tos pure poison in
| Table II. Table II., p. 517.) whole mixture. |
Atuer hy |
Ie | 5 c.c. 40 p. c. Formalin + i. a. 2
fe eo eles 5 erm. NH\NO; + viii. 5
het rae 116 2 erm. Sb. oxychl. +X | 2
Necmaede ce: 84. 25 c.c. 40 p. c. Formalin + vi. | 10
I Be nes 5 grm. Sb. oxychl. + xi. R
| 68 lc.c. Chromic acid + viii. | 1
a pe Os lgrm. Oxalic acid + viii. | 1
| 8. 62 lgrm. Potass. salic. + viii. | Ht
ieee 118 Starved Flies. | aw
¢| 95 2 erm. Potass. bromide + viii. 2
my | 45 25 ¢.c. 1p.c. Formalin + vi. 0:25
11. 19 25 c.c. 32 p. c. an + v. 8
12. 13 2c.c. 24 p. ¢. 5 ap Je 2
|
| a
| 66*
53
47%
—
| ON
* No record was made on the first ve in these two experiments.
not known whether any flies died then or not.
It is therefore
3
G
«
51
HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS.
‘od OT ‘od gg
od F od QF
0°d 0% od gf
‘od od pp
‘ode od &
‘od Q ‘o'd OF
‘od € ‘o'd 9g
‘od ZT ‘O'd FT
‘ode ‘ord y
*swoarauns | ‘sarzT 7b 2.10
psbuoup (q) | gsbuowp (x)
‘o'd 03 ‘o-d oT
‘o'd OT Gayeal (6)
‘o°d OF ad 0%
o-d ‘od O
ord p ‘od Q
"9 “d 0 9) “d 0
‘o'd OT ‘od OT
(‘perp
‘O'd oF ue
ABp pag wo
‘od [9 sqyvop ysT) 0d oO
(‘perp
pod J uaym
|\Mep pug wo
o'd FI jsyjvep ysT) 9d oO
‘ADP IST UE (®)
|
*adg ajoym |
buring (q)
‘warp 130d
O7B1-]JVIP OSB.IOAY
“q1eq UROTD YYLM STOATAINS
JSSUOTL SYABop FO advzUa010q
2
a
ie)
DDH ACA
ce G
skep Gg
“g1Rq
uray
U9AIS
910M
SIOATAINS
aU} FO
Liekoiec)
1840],
96
06
II
1G
86
Sik
Ot
&1
*paatAans
TOL AM
SOlTH FO
Jequinu
[40.1
a) ‘d 6 ( (13 TG ce ) 4) ‘d 9
"9 “d OOT ( (13 5G (13 ) a) “d 0
‘0° QOT | (Stnoy 8-9 1094JB) 0 -d zg
‘0d 9 |.
"9 ‘d 0 slug PeiwveLulelene orth terete talauare aieiatetelecste ie iotere
od J
‘o'd Q
wig — iG )
9) ‘ad SP ( ce )
‘od gf (smoy )
‘o-d PP (suru )cord y
"9° P | ( “c 8-9 “ce ) 9°d 0
9-d OF ( “ce 1s “ce ) ‘O° re)
i) ‘d 82 | ( «e L “ee ) 9) ‘d FL
‘od ep | ( “ce e-Z 6 ) ‘o-d 0
‘od ee (simoy 9=f 1037u) -o°d F
‘aula)? ajoyn :
Pine a (a) “ADP JST UC (x)
“J1Bq-UOSIOg
WOS SYJvaq] JO a8evquU9d.10g
€¢ G 6 9T
ce G “e+ IZ
sAvp ¢ UI Sol ge *”
(14 c ce x
66 6 66 ce .
a3 9 ce 8zZ
skep P ul sory 6B Cee ree cee tes eee
ek ag
2 oL 6g
“ 1 | (4)
‘Se iE 8¢
ye See 63
See oG
“e T TL
|
Sees &%
skep ¢ cP
“qreq
-UO0STOg
non | RRL
sot] 1 pasn sory Jo
| aur} Jo Joq unU [840],
YAsuey
1890],
[orquo0sy
TA Se (14 o'd OZ
TA + ae ‘o-d og
TA + 73 od OL
“TA + 6 *3o°d OF
"lA te «6 ‘od T
TA+ “ ‘od ¢
TA + UI[VULIO “0 °d OT
“IITA + ploy OTULOIT (}
“XT + aTIOAIRD)
CTI qe, 09 Loy
998 S[IvJep [[MI 10,7)
*sq1eq-UOslog
"8J0-4QU0) PUD SANT PIdIDIY WL sy Jam sM ‘sLoaauny pun sag joUrbhiiE ysbuown oa ‘sym fo
abmyuaoiad Bunoys < ssoarauny 07 spng-wnayy pun ‘sauf-asnojy 07 paf asa spng-uosrog wayn sqpusunsadeg fo spojagr
“A
aTaV I,
ve)
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XXXVI.
514 MISS O. GC. LODGE ON THE
and this was with a 30 °/, formalin bait (7. e., 25 c.c. of 30 °/,
formalin in 75 ¢.c. of casein mixture), making 7°5 °/, of pure
formalin (‘Table III.). Amongst substances which did not kill
until the second day, excluding No, 5* of Table 1V., ammonium
nitrate (2. e., 5 °/, pure NH,NO,) gave the highest percentage
(538 °/,). Next came 40°/, formalin (45 °/,), and then antimony
oxychloride (37°5 °/,). For the percentages with the other
substances, see Table IV.
Other experiments were also made to see what was the effect
of first feeding a poison-bait to the flies in the cylinders, and
then a clean bait to the survivors. Details of these experiments,
giving percentages of deaths, etc., will be found in Table V.
The results seem to show that the flies died after a longer
or shorter time from the effects of feeding upon the poisons, and
not from starvation due to not feeding on the baits because they
were distasteful, for in most cases flies were seen to feed. Also,
in the experiments on starving flies, it was seen that these flies
could live longer before succumbing than did the flies which had
been given poison-baits ; for in these the percentage of deaths
during the first hours was very high—much higher, in fact,
than amongst the starved flies for a corresponding length of
time. Again, the percentage of deaths in those experiments
where the poison-bait was left for more than one day was much
lower than was found amongst the starved flies for a period of
three days or more. It appears that when flies died from the
effects of feeding upon those baits in which the poison was more
concentrated they quickly absorbed sufficient to kill them, but
that this took a longer time with weaker poisons, unless the
bait was very attractive and they fed so greedily upon it as to
imbibe a sufficient amount of the poison to kill them in a shorter
time. This is apparently what happened with a 10 °/, formalin
bait, which was very attractive, and to which very many of the
flies came to feed at once and continued feeding for some time.
On the other hand, if they fed less continuously a longer time
elapsed before death took place. Probably the large percentage
of deaths amongst the survivors with clean baits, as compared
with the death-rate in the controls, was due tothe poison pre-
viously absorbed in the first case.
Starved Flies—From experiments on starving flies (‘Tables II.
and V.) it seems that they show more power of resistance
late in the year than in the autumn. For in the experiments
made on starving flies in Novemberand December they remained
alive without food for 7-10 days, or even longer; while in those
made in September and October all the flies were dead by the
sixth day. The greater resistance shown by the winter flies
than by the autumn ones is what would be expected if they
have to pass the winter as imagines.
* This is not counted, although it had the highest death-rate, because no record
was taken on the first day, and it is very probable that some of the flies died on
that day.
HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 515
GENERAL SUMMARY.
The general conclusions resulting from these experiments on
baits and poisons for flies, show aherne —
(1) For Blow-flies, meaty substances of all kinds make the
best baits, and of these the most attractive was blown
liver, several days old. It was found that the digestive
action of the maggots increased the attractiveness of the
baits.
(2) The most satisfactory House-fly baits consisted of mixtures
of casein, banana, and some sweet substance (7. e. treacle,
sugar, etc.) to which sufficient water, beer, or stout was
added to make a paste.
(3) Apparently Formalin remains the best poison for House-
flies for indoor use, in spite of its somewhat uncertain
action. The best results were obtained when 2:5 °/, to
7-5 °/, pure Formalin was used.
Nore ON HMPUSA MUSCA.
It is perhaps worth noting that the house-flies in the “ fly-
room” became badly infected with the fungal disease Ympusa
musce in September and October, and died in great numbers,
although they still continued to breed. It is interesting to note
that however they became infected, the disease followed its
usual course and subsided in November and December, when
“wild” flies have normally disappeared.
Carbolic acid was evaporated two or three times a day at first,
and occasionally up to the end of December.
Novr oN THE PROPORTION OF THE SEXES IN HOUSE-FLIES
(Musca DOMESTICA).
(1) The proportion of male and female House-flies was found
to be nearly equal in the various counts made on emerging flies.
The results are given below :—
Be &
(a) Pupee taken from manure-heap which hatched out Aug. 7, 1915. 51 66
(b) Flies emerged from pupe bred in greenhouse, Aug. 27,1915... 52 35
(CP DATO F Aes 26S OR VOW Ge 8 Giecsretinac ee iceunee can ornccmencea tienes antees 51 102
(d) Ditto, Aug. oe IRS Sy ee deeaon ae Bao oRace dd con cRerae ave MeO UTED ES 5 39
(e) Ditto, 11 a.m. to 2 P.m., Aug. 28, 1915 Bese es ee tose ca herrea 60 53
(f) Ditto, at 2.45 p.m., August 28, 1916 0.00. ee 121 67
(g) Ditto, at 3.30 p.m., Aug. 28,1915 ...... a YO) Ul
(h) Flies emerged from pupe from reeds saucers s Feb. ‘, 1916. 31 27
(2) Counts were also made of Flies caught in balloons and
36*
516 MISS 0. C. LODGE ON THE
other traps. In all cases but one, a much larger number of
females was caught. This is pro bably to be pecoanited for by the
fact that the Giecanece used as baits served also for breeding-
materials. The following results were obtained :—
A. In the greenhouse. hig S43
(a) Flies caught in jar with wire-gauze funnel, baited with an eight
days’ old mixture of casein, water, and bread, 3-5 hours after
Amy] acetate had been added, July 25, 1915. mee 1) 2PA7/
(6) Flies caught in jar with wire gauze-funnel, fpaited oni We
days’ old stout and sugar, Aug. 1, 1915 . eenae ate ts 25 85
(c) Flies caught on piece of banana, placed on fehtele in sun. A Vers
many flies came to feed, and many eggs were laid.) As many
as possible of the flies were caught ................:.000 cesses serene eee 16 32
B. In the “ fly-room.”
(a) Flies caught in balloon trap, set for 3-1 hour over casein, brown
sugar, banana, and water bait, Nov. 29,1915 .................0. 26 ««118
(B) Ditto Dees IO Woe trata ome cy ek Ok tenet (aaa acer a eth ty eacenanne OO Um MCS
(ce) Ditto, Dec. 11, 1915.. SOE eng O TO ne Ee ac Ha Cua Eno no aM ecBnds Doaade 24. 36
(ad) Ditto, Dec. 18, 1915 . Be Eesti be eee uc PERL ae a Nate tae ee 43 54
(f) Ditto, for ¢ hour, Dee! 45, 1915. Aun hisehionamsnbened nas Serer 86 =108
(g) Ditto, for 13 hours, Feb. 9, 1916 NS Oe | ee OR ne Ie nt at ae 13 22
(h) Ditto, for 1 hour, Feb. 9, 1916 . Se SOAR oo ae nu Rt emenoaee 31 43
(2) Ditto, for 24 hours, Feb. 10, 1916 Mobis (aa ae ots MR ae ds 28 52
A RoueAll Sessa casose 401 860
(3) Counts were also made of the flies which died naturally,
which had been picked up in the “ fly-room” in August and
September. The proportion of males and females was approxi-
mately equal. The numbers are given below :—
Oo: f-
‘(a) Dead flies picked up in fly-room on Aug. 28, 1915 .................. 122 99
(Q)) Irena, Aes COO pss Ay NGI Cosasooosssaencssoncoonscqncocdecososcooce Way 11418}
UNO sso coccoaose 254 242
(4) Again, in the experiments where various poison-baits were
fed to house-flies enclosed in cylinders (Table 11.) only in 14 out
of 69 cases was the percentage of deaths among the females
higher than that of the males.
List or ABBREVIATIONS. @
Ale. ................... Aleohol (90 ©» unless otherwise stated).
Abs.Ale. ............. Absolute Alcohol.
Adren.HCl. ....... Adrenalin hydrochloride, *01 °/) solution.
Catire iawetaasetens Caffeine.
Dimethan. ........... Dimethylaniline.
Ethyl.SC.N. ....... Ethyl sulphocyanide.
1056 .... Formalin.
Meth.salic. . . Methyl salicylate.
Nic.. Pee eNCoume:
Potass.salic. ...... Potassium salicylate.
TANABE, scooopusooseons LE AMeNGhNR,
Salic. acid
Sb.oxych.
AD CHDs son ec
Zn.Sulp.C
dry) eecas
eth. ... it eo ee
(50) ae ER te
(DI es ee
arb
HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS. 517
Salicylic acid.
Antimony oxychloride.
‘Turpentine.
Zine sulphocarbolate.
bait dry or getting dry.
house-flies used in experiments after they had recovered from
being etherized.
few flies feeding on bait (z. e. about 3-6 flies).
many flies feeding on bait (7. e. most flics in cylinder).
bait moist, often with liquid coming out at edges.
flies helpless but alive.
some flies feeding on bait (7. e. about 8-10 flies).
flies came at once to feed on bait.
flies did not come at once to feed.
flies came at once to bait, but did not stay.
pupe (7. e. flies which had emerged from pupx placed in
cylinder).
Flies emerged from pupe (p), and which had been given no food
for several hours before experimental bait fed to them.
Flies newly emerged from pupee (p).
The index numbers to reference number of experiments in Table II. indicate that
the same control was used for all the experiments with the same index, e. g. (41),
(42)2, ete.
Key to Mixtures useD As Barrs In EXPERIMENTS
Mixture i.
Mixture ii.
(5 only)
Mixture iii.
(15 only)
Mixture iv.
(16 only)
Mixture v.
Mixture vi.
Mixture vii.
Mixture viii.
Mixture ix.
IN Taste II.
= Approx. 100 c.c. casein.
+100 c.c. brown sugar.
+one banana.
+ water to mix into a paste
Mixed together at one time, and of which
approx. 25 c.c. were used for each experi-
ment, and to which Formalin was added.
)
=Same as Mixture 1. but of which 35 c.c. was used for the experiment,
and to which 2 c.c. of 40/, Formalin was added.
=15 ¢.c. casein.
+15 c.c. brown sugar.
+40) Formalin.
=15 c.c. casein.
+15 c.c. brown sugar.
+10 c.c. water.
+5 c.c. 40%) Formalin.
—20 C.-C.
+ 25 ¢.¢c.
+25 C.c.
casein.
brown sugar.
Formalin (percentage specified in each
case).
Mixed separately for
) each experiment.
>
Mixed separately for
each experiment.
= O55)
+ 25 ©.¢.
+25 c.c.
+25 ¢.c.
casein.
brown sugar.
banana.
liquid (percentage of Formalin, or |
c.c.
other liquid, specified in each case). J
=25 c.c. casein.
+25 c.c. brown sugar.
+25 cc. 24 % Formalin in milk (é. e. milk (not water) added to
make up to 24% F.).
=25 c.c. casem. Mixed separately for each experiment. The
+25 c.c. brown sugar. various substances used were dissolved in
+25 c.c. banana. 25 c.c. water, before it was added to mix-
+25 c.c. water. tures, In Controls water only was used.
=25 ¢.c. casein Mixed separately for each experiment. Be-
+25 c.c. brown sugar. fore the water was added to the mixture,
+25 c.c. banana. the liquid (specified in each case) was
+25 c.c. water. added to the water.
518
Mixture x.
(59 only)
Mixture xi.
Mixture xii.
(92 only)
Mixture xiii.
(121 only)
Mixture xiv.
(122.0only)
Mixture xv.
(128 only)
Mixture xvi.
(129 only)
Mixture xvii.
(180 only)
Todine
(141 only)
ON THE HOUSE-FLY INVESTIGATIONS.
=26 c.¢c. casein. 1 grm. benzoic acid dissolved in 4 c¢.c. of
+25 c.c. brown sugar. 90 %/9 of alcohol was added to the 25 e¢.c.
+25 c.c. banana. J water (when benzoic acid precipitated),
+265 c.c. water. The whole was mixed into the mixture.
=25 c.c. casein.
+25 ¢c.c. brown sugar.
+25 c.c. banana.
+25 c.c. water, in which the various insoluble substances were mixed.
=265 c.c. casein.
+ 25 ¢.c. sugar.
+25 c.c. banana.
+5 c.c. pyrethrum powder extract (alc.).
=12'5 c.c. casein.
+12°5 c.c. brown sugar.
+12°5 ¢c.c. banana.
+12°5 c.c. of (55 exol. mark iii. +1 9/) mustard oil + 0°25 ethyl sulpho-
cyanide).
=12°5 c.c. casein.
+12°5 c.c. brown sugar.
+12°5 c.c. banana.
+12°5 c.c. 1:20 ethyl thiocyanide + cinnamic + exol mark iii.
=Brown bread soaked in (1 ¢.c. exol mark 11i.+1 grm. sugar+18 ¢.c.
water).
=Paper sprayed with (1 c.c. exol mark iii.+1 grm. sugar+18 c.c.
water) and allowed to dry before fed to flies in cylinder.
= Brown bread soaked in 3 drops ethyl sulphocyanide + 25 c.c. water.
=5 c.c. of (1 grm. iodine dissolved in 5 c.c. of 90%) alcohol).
(NB.—AI]I solutions aqueous unless otherwise stated.)
ON A NEW FOSSIL BIRD. 519
21. Note on the Sternum of a large Carinate Bird from the
(?) Eocene of Southern Nigeria. By C. W. AnpREws,
D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.S. (British Museum Nat. Hist.) *.
[Received and Read May 23, 1916. ]
(Text-figures 1-4.)
INDEX.
SYSTEMATIC: Page
Gigantonnisjeciglesomeie eer eee eee Le
SEU CDR He ees ee Nee ee ne eee dare tees ame capa) OC)
The British Museum has recently received from Nigeria two
small collections of vertebrate remains of great interest. The
first, presented last year by Sir F. Lugard, G.C.M.G., was
obtained in a cutting on the Port Harcourt railway in the
Ombialla District, Southern Nigeria: in this the most important
specimens are portions of the lower jaw of a primitive Zeuglo-
dont, vertebre of a crocodile, and numerous remains of fishes,
including Celorhynchus and Galeocerdo latidens ; a large number
of Mollusca were also included. The second collection was sent
by J. Haglesome, Esq., C.M.G., and is from the same locality as
the last; it includes further remains of the Zeuglodont, part
of the sternum of a gigantic carinate bird, parts of the carapace
of a leathery turtle, probably near Psephophorus, and some por-
tions of skulls of Siluroid fishes. It is to the avian sternum
alone that the present paper refers.
The age of the beds in which these fossils occur has not yet
been definitely settled, but from the character of the vertebrate
remains it was probably Hocene, and most likely the earlier part
of that period. For instance, the presence of Calorhynchus ¢ and
Galeocerdo latidens points to the Kocene age of the deposits,
while the primitive creodont-like condition of the teeth of the
Zeuglodont favours their reference to the earlier part of the
period. The Mollusca have not yet been examined in detail, but
Mr. R. B. Newton seems inclined to consider that they may
indicate a somewhat later horizon.
The subject of the present note is the anterior part of the
sternum ; it was in two pieces, and the visceral surface was to a
great extent concealed by a matrix of extreme hardness, which
was difficult to remove. The anterior part of the keel and the
body of the bone nearly to the level of the posterior ends of the
* Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.
+ [The complete account of the new genus and species described in this communi-
cation appears here; but since the name and a preliminary diagnosis were published
in the ‘ Abstract,’ No. 158, 1916, the genus and species are ‘distinguished by the
names being underlined. —Eprtor. |]
y ALS. W oodw ard, Abstract Proc. Geol. Soc. No. 989 (1916), p. 51.
520 DR, C. W. ANDREWS ON A
coracoid grooves are preserved, but behind this only a portion of
the middle of the body is present, all the posterior expansion
being broken away.
The middle portion of the anterior part of the visceral surface is
hollowed out into a deep fossa (/oss.) about 2°6 em. wide, deepening
and slightly narrowing from before backwards for about 4 em.,
and then dying away posteriorly. ‘This depression was probably
connected with pneumatic foramina, opening into the base of the
keel. In front of the fossa above described is a broad transverse
Text-figure 1.
Sternum of Gigantornis eaglesomei, from above. » natural size.
foss., fossa in visceral surface; 7b.i., labrum internum of coracoid groove ;
sp.eaxt., spina externa.
ridge convex from before backwards and extending between the
anterior ends of the prominences overhanging the coracoidal
grooves; anteriorly this ridge is smoothly concave from side to
side, there being no trace of a spina interna. ‘The anterior ends
of the coracoid grooves ave separated by an interval of about
1:8 cm.; the grooves themselves are straight and deep and are
overhung by a parallel convex surface (labrum internum, 1b.2.).
They make an angle of about 55° with one another and are about
77 cm. long, but their ventral lip begins to die away posteriorly
NEW FOSSIL BIRD. 521
about 1 em. from their hinder extremity ; it is not possible to tell
whether there was an accessory posterior coracoid groove as in ~
the Petrels generally, that region of the sternum having been lost.
Beneath and between the anterior ends of the coracoid grooves isa
strongly developed spina externa (sp. eaxt.), the anterior escutcheon-
shaped face of which was nearly vertical with regard to the long
axis of the sternum; from its ventral anglea strong intermuscular
ridge is continued down the anterior border of the carina, dividing
it into two lateral surfaces and terminating at the upper border of
the facet for articulation with the fureulum. The carina itself is
Text-figure 2.
Sternum of Gigantornis eaglesomei, from front. 4 natural size.
c.g., coracoid groove; f., facet for furcula; sp.ext., spina externa.
deep and is prolonged forwards and downwards; posteriorly it
seems to have narrowed with exceptional rapidity, so that it may
have been confined to the anterior portion of the body of the
sternum, but, owing to the incompleteness of the specimen, its
precise form cannot be determined. The anterior border is broad
above and concave from side to side on either side of the median
ridge above referred to; externaily it 1s separated by sharp angles
from the lateral surfaces. Lower down the anterior border
narrows and becomes convex from side to side. The anterior
angle of the carina, which projected rather strongly forwards, is
truncated by an extraordinarily large surface for union with the
522, DR. C. W. ANDREWS ON A
lower end of the fureulum. This surface looks nearly directly
forwards and is concave from above downwards; seen from the
front (text-fig. 2) it is somewhat constricted in the middle, the
constriction apparently separating distinct upper and lower arti-
cular facets, between which there is a roughened area; the upper
facet is the more clearly defined, and the whole structure indicates
the existence of an extremely strong union between the sternum
and the lower end of a very large fureula. The ventral border of
the keel is gently convex from before backwards, and also from
side to side, the middle line being marked by a longitudinal inter-
muscular ridge. It is about 2°6 cm. wide in front, but narrows
rapidly to about 1-5 em.; further back the width becomes still
further reduced.
Text-figure 3.
Sternum of Gigantornis eaglesomei, from side. +} natural size.
c.g. coracoid groove; f, facet for furcula; m.r., intermuscular ridge ;
sp.ext., spina externa.
The lateral surface of the keel is slightly concave both from
above downwards and before backwards; the concavity is most
marked beneath the hinder end of the coracoid grooves, where the
bone is very thin. The intermuscular ridge between the surfaces
for the attachment of the pectoralis major and pectoralis secundus
is extremely strongly developed. It commences about 2 cm.
behind the middle of the clavicular facet, and for a short distance
NEW FOSSIL BIRD. 523
runs upwards and backwards, then turns backwards; posteriorly
it seems to have curved up in the direction of the posterior end
of the coracoid groove; beneath the strongly developed ridge
itself and connected with it are several roughened surfaces. ‘The
smooth sides of the keel are marked by numerous fine vascular
impressions.
The chief peculiarities of this sternum, apart from its large
size, are (1) the remarkable strength of its articulations with the
coracoids and furcula, indicating the possession of an extremely
powerful support for the wings; (2) the presence of a deep fossa
on the visceral surface; (3) the very strongly marked inter-
muscular ridges. These characters seem to show that this bird
was a powerful flier, and perhaps also a good swimmer and diver.
It is undoubtedly generically distinct from any known species,
and I have proposed for it the generic name Gigantornis, the
specific name being G. eaglesomet, in honour of the discoverer
[Abstract P. Z.S. 1916, p. 30 (May 30th)].
Text-figure 4.
1o|H
Sternum of Diomedea exrulans, from side. natural size.
Lettering as in text-fig. 3.
The stippled area indicates the portion preserved in the fossil.
This sternum has been compared with those of many recent
birds, and it seems to resemble in some respects those of certain
of the Tubinares and Steganopodes. The anterior aspect is much
like that of the sternum of Diomedea (text-fig. 4), the form of the
spina externa especially being almost the same; the disposition
of the intermuscular ridges on the carina is also very similar.
On the other hand, in Diomedea the coracoid grooves are more
oblique, and their anterior ends are separated by a shorter
interval; moreover, there is no deep fossa on the dorsal surface,
524 ON A NEW FOSSIL BIRD.
and, although the anterior angle of the keel widens out and was
in contact with the furcula, ‘there was no definite articulation
between the two. In other members of the group, however,
some of these characters are present. Thus, in Procellaria the
dorsal fossa is present, and in the Diving Petrels (Pelecanoides)
the furcula has a definite articulation with the anterior end of
the sternum, and it seems possible that this articulation may in
some way be connected with the diving-habit, since it is well
developed in Sula and Phalacrocorax, both notable divers; on the
other hand, /regata, in which the furcula is actually fused with
the sternum, seems never to dive. Comparison of the fossil with
the sterna of Sula and Phalacrocorax in other respects, shows
that in the depth and shortness of the keel and in the form and
position of the coracoid grooves they are somewhat similar. On
the other hand, the keel projects much more forwards, the spina
externa is thin and compressed, there is no dorsal fossa, and the
position of the intermuscular ridges on the keel is different.
Comparison with the sterna of other groups of birds has led
to no satisfactory results. In the case of some of the Storks
(e.g. drgala) the furcula has an extensive union with the anterior
angle of the keel, but in other respects the form of the sternum
differs from the fossil. The sterna of the Penguins and Auks
also differ widely, the keel being very long and there being no
union with the furcula. On the whole, we may conclude that
Gigantornis was most nearly related to the Tubinares and
Steganopodes, perhaps approaching the former more nearly, and
it, may, indeed, be the representative of an extinct group more or
less intermediate between these two.
Further collections from the same locality are greatly to be
desired, since nearly all the few specimens hitherto obtained
represent forms new to science and of the highest interest.
Some dimensions (in millimetres) of the fossil are :—
Length of the portion of body preserved ...... 1386
treatest depth from anterior upper border of
body to antero-inferior angle of keel ......... 140
Distance from anterior angle of coracoid groove
to antero-inferior angle of keel ...... Be Aa sees WA?
Length of coracoid groove.................. (app.) 77
Distance between anterior ends of coracoid
STOO VES IRE) SRSA NRE US. Set caer dren ae Beene dite)
Depth of surface for furcula............... (app.) 45
Greatest width of surface for furcula............ 26
Thickness of lower border of keel at level of
hinder end of coracoid grooves ..........-.-.- 12
Text-fig. 4 represents the sternum of a large Wandering
Albatross (Diomedea exulans), which in the flesh measured
10 ft. 8 in. from tip to tip of the wings; the fossil sternum, so
far as measurements are possible, seems to have been about twice
as large.
ON A NEW FOSSIL MAMMAL. 525
22. On a Mammalian Mandible (Cimolestes cutleri) from an
Upper Cretaceous Formation in Alberta, Canada. By
ArtHuR Smita Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.
[Received and Read May 23, 1916.]
(Text-figure 1.)
INDEX.
SYSTEMATIC : Page
COMONCSIES COBUCIPS ..vhincoom one nbs ccbood soddedeoeasoaneencses GS
SR UC DURE eats seamen are a cc ed eR Mees oe CEO)
Small mammals with a dentition closely similar to that of
the existing opossums have long been known by fragments from
the Upper Cretaceous freshwater deposits of North America.
Complete jaws, however, are still needed to correlate the isolated
teeth which form the majority of the fossils hitherto discovered.
An imperfect right mandibular ramus lately obtained for the
British Museum by Mr. Wiliam EK. Cutler is thus of special
interest; and its value is increased by the fact that it was
discovered in Alberta, Canada, in a somewhat older deposit than
the Laramie Formation of Wyoming, U.S.A., in which the
previous specimens were found.
The new mandibular ramus lacks most of the hinder ascending
portion and the extremity of the mandibular symphysis, but is
otherwise well preserved, with two of the molars, one premolar,
the broken roots of the other molars and premolars, and the
socket for the large canine tooth. It is shown of twice the
natural size, from the outer, upper, and inner aspects in the
accompanying text-figure (p. 526). The mandibular symphysis is
much elongated, the facette (s.) extending as far backwards as
the anterior root of the fourth premolar. The large mental
foramen (m.) on the outer face of the ramus is also situated
beneath and just in front of the anterior root of the same
premolar.
The four molars and three premolars behind the canine are
arranged in close series, and the teeth preserved are considerably
worn, showing that the jaw belongs to a fully adult individual.
The smooth enamelled crown of these teeth slightly overhangs
the root, but there is no cingulum on the outer or inner face. A
cingulum is only observable on the anterior and posterior faces of
the two molars, where it slopes downwards and outwards. The
fourth molar (m. 4). which must have been at least as large as the
* [The complete account of the new species described in this communication
appears here, but since the name and a preliminary diagnosis were published in the
‘ Abstract,’ No. 158, 1916, the species is distinguished by the name being under-
lined.—Ep170R. |
526 DR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON A
third, is represented only by its double-rooted base. The third
and second molars closely resemble those of the opossums, each
consisting of a much-raised tricuspid anterior portion (trigonid)
Text-figure 1.
Os teh me. Gal pm, wR. wal.
m m.3 m.2. ml Hi (PIRES (BLED
ty n
L 04 ;
Cc.
Cimolestes cutleri; imperfect right mandibular ramus, outer (A), upper (B), and
inner (C) aspects, twice nat. size.—Upper Cretaceous (Belly River Series) :
Sand Creek, Red Deer River, Alberta, Canada.
m., mental foramen; s., symphysial facette; m. 1-4, molars; pm. 1, 3, 4,
premolars ; ¢., socket for canine.
with a less raised but extended posterior heel (talonid). The
third molar (m. 3) is implanted by two very stout roots, of which
the posterior is the larger. The relatively large outer cusp
NEW FOSSIL MAMMAL. 527
(protoconid) of its trigonid is much more worn than the two
inner cusps, of which the anterior (paraconid) is the larger and
well separated from the posterior (metaconid) by a deep cleft.
Its posterior heel (talonid) is bordered by a much raised rim,
which is sharply separated by a groove from the trigonid, and
bears one large outer cusp (hypoconid), a smaller inner cusp
(entoconid), and a still smaller posterior cusp (hypoconulid), all
considerably worn. In the second molar (m. 2) the three cusps
of the trigonid are about equally worn, and the raised rim of the
talonid closely resembles that of the third molar already described,
but appears to be more worn. The first molar, represented only
by fragments of the roots, is comparatively small. ‘fhe fourth
premolar (pm. 4) is very large and inserted by two divergent
roots, of which the posterior is the stouter, and both are marked
by slight vertical flutings. Its crown consists of a tumid antero-
posteriorly elongated cone, with a small, well separated pillar-like
cusp behind. The apices of the cone and cusp are truncated by
wear, and the large worn surface of the crown is extended by a
second small surface of wear antero-internally. The enamel of
its outer face exhibits faint traces of vertical wrinkling. The
small third premolar is represented only by its two roots (pm. 3),
and the diminutive foremost premolar, generally regarded in
opossums as the first of the normal series, is shown by its simple
root (pm. 1) to have been displaced inwards. The socket for the
procumbent canine (c.) 1s relatively large; and the shape of the
broken end of the symphysis suggests that the incisors were very
small.
The following are some of the principal measurements, in
millimetres :—
Total length of dental series behind canine ... 30)
M. 4, maximum length (about) .................. 6
M. 3, % Weare] ONS Bie Fe a eee ET 5D
ss [OT REENG U5] OT ests he cee ern ee a te 3°90
M. 24 a Nera entlinseeetae seracen cee Wey aia 4:5
53 [OHEENG LE Tete ae ar mete es eeee ee ana 35
WWEs: Th, a Iemma (C19OWI5)) Cococncas-deodsees t
Pm. 4, a Lem ners bias chee ie eentcs ais)
_ OVOP YC RA Oats caer ema ete ot ney 3°5
TPAO 3 - lemethn(Gilbout)ieeeeace seen A-5
The dentition thus described is closely similar to that of the
existing Didelphys, but differs in the shape of the large hinder
premolar, and doubtless represents a distinct genus. Molar teeth
of the same pattern from the Cretaceous Laramie Formation
of Wyoming, U.S.A., were named Cimolestes by Marsh*, who
?
assigned them to an imperfect Jaw in which the sockets indicated
* O. C. Marsh, “Discovery of Cretaceous Mammalia,” Amer. Journ. Sci. [3]
vol. xxxvill. (1889) p. 89.
528 ON A NEW FOSSIL MAMMAL.
a close series of seven teeth behind the canine without any
diastema *., The new specimen may therefore be provisionally
referred to Cimolestes, and as it differs from the type-species
(C. incisus) by its larger size, and both from this and a second
Laramie form (C. curtus) by the relatively less elevation of the
trigon in the molars, it doubtless represents a new species,
which may be appropriately named C. cutleri after its discoverer
[Abstract P. Z.S. 1916, p. 30 (May 30)]|. The large fourth pre-
molar, if it had been found separately, would have been described
as Stagodon in the nomenclature of Marsh; but it seems to have
characterised more than one genus of Cretaceous Marsupials 7.
* ©. C. Marsh, “ Discovery of Cretaceous Mammalia.—Part III.,” doe. cit. vol. xliii.
(1892) p. 258, pl. ix. figs. 5, 6.
+ Compare Thleodon padanicus, KE. D. Cope, Amer. Naturalist, vol. xxvi. (1892)
pp. 758-762, pl. xxi.
ON RUSSIAN COLEOPTERA. 529
23. A List of the Carabidee (Coleoptera) collected in Cho-
persk District, Province of the Don Cossacks, South
Russia. By V. Lursunikx, Kiev, Russia*.
+
[Received April 25, 1916: Read May 23, 1916. ]
_The present paper contains a list of the Carabide collected by
Mr. A. I. Hlijinski and his brother, Mr. P. I. Tlijinski, who was
killed on the battlefield, in the Chopersk district of the province
of the Don Cossacks. The species catalogued were collected in
the neighbourhood of the stations Filonovskajaand Urjupinskaja?.
1. CrcinpeLA Germanica L.—F. 7. viii 1911; 19. vi. 1912 ;
Wo AOL Tis NOE.
Very common. Except f. typ., also ab. fusca D.-Torre, ab.
protos D.-Torre, ab. deuteros D.-Yorre and ab. obscura F.
2. CICINDELA MARITIMA SAHLBERGI Fisch.-W.—F. 17. vii. 1912.
Sandy places, not common.
3. CaraBus (s. str.) GRANULATUS L.—U. 14. vi. 1914.
One example.
4, Catosoma (s. str.) sycopHanta L.—F. 28. v. 1909.
5, Catosoma (CHARMOSTA) DENTICOLLE Gebl.—F. 4. vil. 1912.
6. Epactius Limpatus F.—F.
One specimen.
7. CuivinA CoLLARIS Herbst.—F. 20-25. vii. 1913.
8. Bemerpion (NorapHus) sEMIpUNCTATUM Donovan.—F. 12. vii.
1910.
9. Bremprpion (PERYPHUS) ANDREH F.—F, 25. vu. 1911.
10. Bemprpion (PerypPuus) ustutarum L.—F. 28, v.-12. vi. 1913.
11. Bemprpi0n (s. str.) 1LLicERI Neto.—F. 23-26. vi. 1912.
12. Bemprpron (PHILocHTHUs) BIGuTrATUM F.—F. 15. vii. 1910 ¢.
13. CHLEZNIUS (CHLAENITES) SPOLIATUS LONGIPENNIS Motsch.—
¥. 12. vii. 1910.
14. CHL2&NIUS (CHLHNIELLUS) NITIDULUS Schr.—F, 24. v. 1910.
15. DoicHus HALENSIS Schall,—28. vi.—12. vii. 1913.
* Communicated by the SECRETARY.
+ Abbreviated as: F.=Filonovskaja ; U.=Urjupinskaja.
£ Mr. Ph. Zaitzev has recorded Bembidion argenteolum Ahy. v. chalybeum Strm,
from Urjupinskaja (Revue Russe d’Entomo). ix. 1909, no. 4, p. 491).
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1916, No. XX XVIT. 37
ISU)
Or
36.
MR. V. LUTSHNIK ON
. Agonum (s. str.) impressum Panz.—F. 12. vii. 1910.
. Aconum (s. str.) seExpunctatum L.—F. vii. 1911.
. Agonum (s. str.) Graciuipes Duft.—F. 15. vii.1910; U.
20. vi. 19:12.
le
. Agonum (IprocHRoMA) DoRSALE Bruenn.—F. 23. vi.—d. vii.
1912.
Common.
. PuatysMA (SoGinges) PuNcTULATUM Schall.—F, 24, vii. 1911 ;
(Wi Gs vaeeoies
. Puatysma (Macropa@citus) sErtcEUM Fisch.-W.—F. 6. vii.
1912.
. Puatysma (s. str.) NigruM Schall.—F. 3. vii. 1911.
. PuatysmA (MeLantus) ANTHRACINUM II].—F, 23-26. vi. 1912.
. AMARA (TRI@NA) PLEBEJA Gyll.—F,. 2. vii. 1911.
. AMARA (s. str.) sIMILATA Gyll.—F. 2.vi.1911; U. 12. vi.
1913.
. AMARA (s. str.) ZNEA Deg.—F. 23-26. vi. 1912.
. Amara (Cetra) incenua Duft.—F. 18. vii. 1910, 28. vi—12.
vil. 1913.
. AMARA (BRADyTUS) APRICARIA Payk.—F. 12. vu. 1910, 30. vi.
1911, 23. vi.—4. vii. 1912, 28. vi.-12. vi1.19138; U. 16. vi.
1913.
Very common.
. Amara (Brapytus) rutvA Deg.—F. 3. vii. 1912.
. AMARA (BraApytvs) consuLARis Duft.—F. 4. vii. 1912.
. Harpatus (OPHONUS) SABULICOLA Panz.—U. 20. vi. 1912.
. Harpauus (OpHonus) Azureus F.—F. vi. 1912.
. Harpatus (PsEuDoPHONUS) PUBESCENS Muell.—F. 23-26. vi.
1912, 23. vi.—2. vat. 1913; U. 20. vi. 1912.
. Harpatus (Parpiteus) catceatus Duft.—F. 12-15. vii. 1910,
30) vie—22e val. 191 26 vO 2S 20f vei valores.
Very common.
. Harpawus (s. str.) 2nEus F.—F, 30. vii. 1910, 5-26. vir. 1912,
XY mea wus IOI S Wl AOS sms ION, Uwe IOS
Common.
Harpauus (s. str.) psirraceus Geoff.—F. vi. 1912.
One example.
Bile
38.
39.
40.
4).
RUSSIAN COLEOPTERA. 531
Harpauus (s. str.) smaracpinus Duft.—F, 7-31. vii. 1910,
30. vi. 1911, 2-31. vii. 1912, 20. vi. 1913; U. 14-17. v. 1913.
Harpatus (Acarpysrus) RUFUS Bruegg.—F, 2. vii. 1912.
Harpatus (Avpiystus) tatus L.—F, 23-26. vi. 1912.
Harpatus (HArpaLopius) FROELICHI Strm.—F. 12-18. vii.
1910. ,
Two specimens.
Harpatus (HArpaLosius) wirtipEs Panz.—F. 30. vi. 1911,
4-8. vii. 1912, 28. vi-12. vii. 1913; U. 17. v. 1913.
Common.
. Harpatus (Paruernus) servus Duft.—F. 4. vii. 1912.
. Harpatus (PHEUGINUS) SERRIPES Quens.—F. 27.vi. 1911.
. Harpanus (Acrepuiius) PICIPENNIS Duft.—F. 20. vi. 1913.
. Harpanus (Microperes) Bracuypus Stev. — F. 20-25. vi.
1913.
. DracHRoMUS GERMANUS L.—F. 15. vi. 1912.
One specimen.
. ANISODACTYLUS (HEXATRICHUS) POSCILOIDES PSEUDOENEUS De}.
INS AUG vale Jae
. CorsyvrA FuSsULA Fisch.-W.—F. 20-25. vi. 1913.
. Clyminpis proTa Pall.—F. 10. vii. 1912.
. BRACHINUS tNcERTUS Brull.—F. 20. vi. 1913.
One specimen.
|. Bracuinus psopHiA Dej}.— F. vi.—vii. 1913.
ayes
ON A NEW PLATYSMA FROM CHINA. 533
24. A new Species of the Genus Platysma (Bon.) Tschit-
scherin, from China. By V. Lursunix, Kiev, Russia*.
[Received April 25, 1916: Read May 23, 1916. ]
. INDEX.
SYSTEMATIC: Page
Platysma mandzhuricum, sp. i ......00 cece 833
SCRO/DHHUOS, SUFI Wh, oann04 949 savacesns nooon8 s9n8e0b0e 533
PLATYSMA MANDZHURICUM, sp. n.
Black, shining; legs and mouth-parts pitch-black.
Head large, smooth; front with a longitudinal impression on
each side; eyes convex.
Prothorax subquadrate, narrowed behind, sides hardly rounded,
not sinuate before base; the basal angles rounded off; anterior
margin slightly emarginate; base subtruncate ; the median line
impressed, ending behind in a punctiform impression ; a single
deep and very wide, lightly punctate, impression on each side
near the basal angles.
Elytra a little wider than prothorax, convex, shghtly rounded
on sides, truncate at base with the shoulders rounded ; apical
curve subsinuate on each side; stiri strongly impressed, finely
punctate; interstices subconvex, third with three punctures.
Under surface impunctate ; apical segment ( ¢ ) deeply foveo-
late towards middle and with one setigerous puncture on each
side of the anus.
Metasternal episterna slightly elongate.
Length 11:5 mm.
Hab. China: Manchuria (Chandaochedzy, 5. vi. 1914, 4.
Alewandrov).
One male specimen in my collection.
I regard this species as belonging to the subgenus SrERoPINts,
subgen. nov., which, from its position, seems to be between the
subgenera Steropus Steph. and Hosteropus Tschitsch. The form
of the prothorax separates it from Hosteropus 'schitsch. and
approximates to Steropus Steph. From the last subgenus,
Steropinus Lutshn. differs by its elongate episterna and foveolate
anal segment of the abdomen,
* Communicated by the SECRETARY.
wine oo date
ie i ne Lai ak
Rae ei ty Rav.
bes
MY) tiaras
i eats ih
ON AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF PLATYSMA. 535
25. Notes on Species of the Genus Platysma (Coleoptera)
from Australia. By V. LursHnix, Kiev, Russia *
[Received April 25, 1916: Read May 28, 1916.]
INDEX. Page
SOUR UCR eee a eek eas een Oper ee hc Me iO
SWS TE MAT Caine ee nee an eee. eee ee cnet soumuaaciaec oan OOO
In one of my papers I have had occasion to indicate that the
punctation of the mesosternal and metasternal episterna in
species of the subgenus Sarticus Motsch. (1864) is not important
for their definition *.
I have now a sufliciently large number of specimens of this
subgenus from Victoria to confirm the correctness of my remarks.
I have one example of Platysma (Sarticus) haditans Sloane
(1889), from the Ballarat District, which has fully impunctate
episterna, but in other features entirely conforms to the original
description of this species {.
I have also one specimen of Platysma (Sarticus) obesulum
Chaud. (1865) from the same locality, which has one punctate
and one impunctate metasternal episterna. As is known,
Platysma (Sarticus) rockhamptoniense Casteln. (1865) is distin-
guished from Pl.’ (S.) obesulum Chaud. only by its punctate
episterna §. This distinction is not constant, and for that reason
I consider Pl. (S.) rockhamptoniense Casteln. to be a synonym of
the last species ||.
108
In his “ Review of the genus Sarticus,’ Mr. Th. G. Sloane J
erroneously writes reparding the subgenus Sarticus Motsch., ‘‘ the
basal segment of the abdomen is always punctate.” This is not
quite correct, because one of the species of this group, namely,
Platysma (Sar ticus) saphyreomarginatum Casteln. (1865), has
the abdomen completely impunctate. In the original deserip-
tion of Feronia cyaneocincta Chaud. (1865) avae saphyreo-
marginatum), Chaudoir writes of this species “corpus totum
leve ” **,
My examples of Pl. saphyreomarginatum Casteln., from Victoria
and Queensland, have the abdomen completely impunctate.
% Communicated by the SECRETARY.
+ Lutshnik, V., “Sur quelques Sleieraaiae de la faune Australienne,” Revue
Russe d’Entomol. xiv. 1914, no. 4, p. 421.
{ Sloane, Th., “‘ Studies in Australian Entomology, no. I.,” Proc. Linn. Soc. New
South Wales, 1889, p. 508.
§ Sloane, Th., op. cit. p. 508.
|| Chaudoir, “Supplément a Vessai sur les Féronies de Australie,’ Ann. Mus.
Civ. Stor. Natur. di Genova, vi. 1874, p. 595.
| Sloane, Th., op. cit. p. 502.
** Chaudoir, “Essai sur les Féronies de Australie et de la Nouvelle-Zélande,”’
Bull. Soc. Impér. Natur. de Moscou, 1865, no. 3, p. 98. :
536 ON AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF PLATYSMA.
Tir
The subgenus Coronocanthus Macl. (1877) is perfectly valid,
but very near to Sarticus Motsch., as I have, already indicated *.
For Platysma (Coronocanthus) suleatum Macl, (1877)= Pl. quad-
risulcatum Chaud. (1878), it is necessary to conserve Chaudoir’s
name, because the name “ suleatwm” has been already occupied
in the genus Platysma (Bon.) Tschitsch *.
T have two examples (¢ and 9) of this remarkable species
from the Northern Territory.
* Lutshnik, V., op. cit.
+ Gay, Hist. Chil. (Spanish edition), iv. 1849, p. 223 (Feranomorpha sulcata).
P. Z. S. 1916, BOULENGER, Pl 1
fF. W. Bond, photo, Bale & Danielsson, Ltd.
PHRYNOSOMA BREVICORNIS.
MR, E. G. BOULENGER ON A NEW HORNED LIZARD. Dol
26. On a new Lizard of the Genus Phrynosoma, recently
living in the Society’s Gardens. By H. G. BouLuncsr,
F.Z.S., Curator of Reptiles.
[Received May 12, 1916: Read May 23, 1916.]
(Plate I.)
Among a small collection of reptiles from Texas given to
Dr. H. G. F. Spurrell by Prof. J. S. Huxley for presentation to
the Society, I found a lizard of the genus Phrynosoma, which is
evidently new, and for which I propose the name of Phrynosoma
brevicornis. Superficially the lizard resembles P. dowglassw, the
head-spines being extremely sboxt, but it differs in the nostrils
being pierced within the canthi rostralis and in the pectoral and
ventral scales being strongly keeled. From P. taurus, to which
it is in some respects closely related, it differs in the much
shorter head-spines, in the gular scales being smooth, and in the
longer tail.
PHRYNOSOMA BREVICORNIS, sp. n. (PI. I.)
Head broader than long, with the spines very small. Posterior
outline of the head forming a slight concave curve. Nostvril
pierced within the canthus rostralis. Tympanum naked. Head-
spines obliquely turned upwards: they number three temporal,
two very small occipital, and a minute postorbital. The temporal
head-spines largest, slightly larger than the largest spinose scales
on the body. Lower labials terminating in a series of pointed
scales. Gular scales equal, smooth. Gular fold strong. A dermal
thickening bearing a few erect spines on each side between the
gular fold and the tympanum. Back and limbs with scattered,
erect, large, keeled, spinose scales. A regular lateral series of
spines. Pectoral and ventral scales strongly keeled. Eleven
femoral pores on each side, the series not joining medially. Tail
about two and a quarter times as long as head. Yellowish brown
above, pale yellow on the sides; lower surfaces yellowish white,
uniform. —
Total length 107 mm.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.
Phrynosoma brevicornis.
Fig. 1. Front view.
2. Side view.
3. Upper view.
MR. ©. TATE REGAN ON A RARE FISH. 539
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
May 23rd, 1916.
Dr. Henry Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chan.
Mr. K. G. Boutrencer, F.Z.S., Curator of Reptiles, exhibited
living specimens of the African Lungfish (Protopterus annectens),
presented to the Society by Capt. C. W. Woodward.
The Rev. H. N. Hurcstnson, M.A., F.Z.S., exhibited the
plaster cast of a model, four feet long, ring he had constructed,
of the Dinosaur, Diplodocus carnegier.
The object in ‘making the model was to express in a solid form
his views on the reconstruction and articulation of the skeleton of
Diplodocus, with special reference to the plaster-cast of a recon-
structed skeleton now in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), and
presented by Mr. Andrew Carnegie in 1905.
The late Dr. J. B. Hatcher, Dr. W. J. Holland, and others who
have published papers on Diplodocus appear to be so anxious to
make this extinct reptile appear very tall and impressive, that
they have been so bold as to place the limbs in an upright
position, as if the creature were an elephant. On the other hand,
many naturalists, recognising the Sauropoda to be related to the
Crocodilia, are persuaded that the limbs should be placed at an
angle to the body somewhat as in the Lacertilia, a view which
the speaker has expressed on the above model. He has tried to
show that the articulations of the femur and the humerus are
mechanically impossible. The broad spatulate end of the latter
he thinks should not be put at right angles to the plane of the
scapula and glenoid cavity, but must be turned round 90 degrees
so as to come properly into line with the large surfaces of the
scapula and coracoid.
A rare Mish.
Mr. C. Tate Reean, M.A., F.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of a
rare fish, Centrolophus Maceo Ginth. This species was
Aeceribeds from a fish about 500 mm. long, which was washed
ashore near Polperro in February 1859 (Giinth. Cat. Fish. i1.
p- 402, 1860). No other specimen was recorded until one of
nearly the same size as the type was taken near ee in
_ December 1904 (Cligny, Ann. Stat. Aquic. Boulogne, n.s. 1. 1905,
p. 75). A third example, of the same size as the anise was
taken from’ the water in a dying condition, after a storm, at
Capbreton, in March 1908 (Pellegrin, Bull. Soc. Zool. xxxvii.
1912, p. 20). The fish exhibited was the fourth known example
of this species. It was landed in South Wales from the trawler
540 DR. R. W. SHUFELDT ON ALBINISM.
‘Caswell,’ and was sent by Mr. H. E. Rees to Mr. James V.
Pryor at Cambridge; not recognizing the species, Mr. Pryor
showed it to Professor Stanley Gardiner, and on his advice sent
it to Mr. Regan.
Mr. Rees had kindly given the following information :—‘ The
fish was caught by the steam trawler ‘Caswell’ on Sunday,
May 7th, at 3 p.m. The vessel was fishing 95 miles §.S.E. of
the Bull Rock, Ireland, in 300 fathoms of water. The fish was
caught in the trawl on the sea-bottom and was alive when it
was brought in on deck.”
The fish is nearly 400 mm. long; it has 53 dorsal and 31 anal
rays. The principal differences between C. britannicus and the
more abundant C. pompilus appear to be as follows :—
O. britannicus.—D. 46-53. A. 28-33. About 240 scales in a
longitudinal series above lateral line, which has a curve in the
anterior + of its length. Length of head 53 to 6 in length
of fish.
C. pompilus.— D. 37-41. A. 23-25. 185 to 205 scales in a
longitudinal series above lateral line, which has a long curve,
becoming straight above origin of anal fin. Length of head 4
to 5 in length of fish.
Mr. Regan also exhibited a Silver Ling (Jolva elongata), nearly
600 mm. long, taken from the stomach,of a very large Sun-fish
(Mola mola) that had been caught in a trawl, landed at Milford,
and sent to Mr. W. Howlett of Billingsgate Market, who pre-
sented it to the Natural History Museum. The Sun-fish appears
generally to swim near the surface and to eat small invertebrates,
larval fishes, etc. It is interesting to note that it may descend
to considerable depths (Jf. elongata is usually found at 100 to
300 fathoms) and that 1t may capture fairly large and active fish.
Albinism in American dnimals.
Dr. R. W. Suurevpr, C.M.Z.S., communicated the following
notes on cases of albinism seen in American animals :—
“During the past half century I have noted and examined a
great many instances of albinism in various parts of the United
States, and as this condition is of interest from several points
of view, I am presenting here a few notes I have made upon the
subject. It is generally supposed that we may meet with albinos
in any type of animal now to be found in existing faune in
any part of the world; but, strange to relate, there are certain
groups of animals, representatives of which seem to be exempt —
from it. Moreover, while we know very accurately what con-
stitutes albinism, whether partial or complete, we do not know,
in so far as I am aware, the precise cause of it, when manifested
in any particular individual. There are those who are disposed
to consider it simply as a ‘freak of nature,’ an opinion that I
ON RESULTS IN THE ‘ BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.’ HAS
cannot see my way to accept; for such an explanation stands for
nothing more than a cloak to our ignorance of the basic cause of
the condition. Why we should find, for example, in a brood of
crows, three normally plumaged and the remaining one an albino,
has not, in my opinion, ever been satisfactorily Ps plained:
“Among American fishes I have seen living examples of albino
brook trout, flounders, eels, and others; while in the case of the
common or golden carp albinos are not infrequently met with in
nature. Salamanders and frogs occasionally exhibit it among the
Batrachians, while examples of it have been observed in the case
of certain snakes, ‘horned toads,’ and lizards. But in so far as
my personal experience goes, I have never imet with an aibino
turtle or a tortoise, although I have seen very pallid examples of
our common box-tortoise (Terepene carolina).
“Of all the Vertebrata birds seem to constitute the group most
frequently exemplifying this condition, and I have personally
examined or collected cases of complete or partial albinism, repre-
senting nearly every family of them. For the most part, this
has been seen in the case of loons, gulls, ducks (teal and mallard),
certain waders, sora. rail, snipe, woodcock, quail, grouse, turkey,
various owls and diurnal raptores, whippoorwill, and in not a few
passerine birds as crows, ravens, robins, bluebirds, finches, and
others.
“Whilst writing this I have a fine specimen of a ‘ piebald’ robin
in my collection. which I collected in Connecticut in 1868.
* American mammals frequently afford examples of either
partial or complete albinism, and a few years ago, I had, for a
short time, in my possession an unusually fine living example of
-our common woodchuck (Arctomys monax). On the day follow-
ing its arrival I succeeded in obtaining some fine photographic
negatives of the animal, and a photograph from the best one of
these is exhibited.
“Other United States mammalian albinos collected or seen by
me have been examples of prairie marmots (Cynomis), Virginia
deer, muskrat, beaver, bats. porcupine, rabbits and hares, squirrels,
and some few other forms.”
June 6th, 1916.
Prof. KE. W. MacBripsg, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
At this meeting an informal discussion took place on the
results published in the ‘ Biologia-Centrali-Americana,’ with
special reference to the zoo-geographical relations between
America and Africa, of which the following is a brief résumé :—
Dr. F. DuCane Gopmay, F.R.S., F.Z.S.—tn compliance with
a request from the Publication Committee of this Society, 1 have
542, DISCUSSION ON RESULTS RECORDED
made a few notes which may serve as a prelude to the discussion
on the results recorded in the work published by Osbert Salvin
and myself—the Biologia Centrali-Americana.
Salvin and I were at Cambr idge together, and after leaving
the University in 1857 Salvin visited Guatemala to report upon
the nuts of a Palm which it was thought might be used in the
manufacture of candles. The nuts, however, proved useless for
practical purposes, so he devoted some months travelling about
the country collecting Birds, Insects, and Plants. Salvin sub-
sequently made three further expeditions to Guatemala with the
sole object of continuing his Natural History pursuits—in 1859,
and in 1861, on which occasion | accompanied him, returning
after about a year’s absence, and again in 1865, when he nil
visited Panama. We trained and employed many of the natives
to assist us, and some of them continued to send us specimens
for over 30 years.
Salvin and I were immensely struck and delighted with the
richness and variety of the fauna and flora found in a tropical
country, but it was the revolution in thought produced by the
publication of the “Origin of Species’ by C. Darwin, and the
promulgation of the theory of evolution, which gave such an
intense interest to the subject. I well remember the violent
opposition with which this new doctrine was received, and it is
difficult for those of the present generation to realize the bitter-
ness with which this new idea was received by all classes.
Salvin and I had both read the ‘Origin’ before our visit to
Guatemala, but it was not till after our return that in working
out our collections the truth of the new doctrine was fully
realized. From that time we took a deeper interest in all our
work, and now many problems that had puzzled us were solved.
Although we had written several papers in the P. Z.S. and Ent.
Soc. Trans., we were still without any idea of publishing the result
of our travels in a more collected form.
In 1876 it was suggested that the ‘ Biologia’ should be under-
taken, and three years after the first part appeared. It was then
estimated that the whole of the Zoology might be completed in
60 parts, but owing to the ever-increasing material this subject
alone occupied 215 parts.
After we had been at work for some time we found ourselves
very short of Mexican and North-American material wherewith
to compare our Central American specimens, and to remedy this,
in 1888 I made an expedition to Mexico and spent some months
collecting in various parts of the country. For the Birds of
North America I was fortunate enough to be able to purchase the
Henshaw collection, which was very rich in species from the
United States, and which Mr. Ridgway kindly examined for me,
critically revising the names and localities. Up to this time
collections of Nowthe American birds in this country were Hone
meagre.
A few words on the physical aspect of the country are perhaps
IN THE ‘BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERIOCANA.’ 543
necessary here, but as this subject has been dealt with at length in
the Introduction, I will only refer to its general characteristics.
Northern Mexico consists of a high tableland, the extension of
the Arizona plateau; it is very arid and consequently barren,
growing cacti and other such plants. At the spot where the
railway crosses the Rio Grande at El Paso, on the borders of
Mexico, the plateau descends to only 3700 feet, but soon rises
again and has an average altitude of about 8000 feet, till at the
end of some 900 miles the City of Mexico is reached. This
plateau is bounded on each side by ranges of mountains descend-
ing abruptly towards either coast and clothed with forest, which
at its summit consists largely of pines and ilex. Both on the
Atlantic and Pacific coasts there is a narrow belt of tropical
country. About the City of Mexico the plateau is broken by
a series of volcanoes, the highest of which reaches 18,000 feet.
Southward to Panama the land gradually descends in altitude ;
it is, however, very much varied and frequently covered with
forest. alternating with savannas and interspersed with many
volcanoes, one of which in Costa Rica attains a height of
11,000 feet. At the Isthmus of Panama the land subsides to
300 feet.
The country is divided by the natives, according to altitude,
into zones under the names of Tierra caliente, Tierra templada,
and Tierra fria, and these zones have an immense influence on
the fauna and flora, and are a largely determining factor in the
number and diversity of species. The climatic conditions must
also be taken into consideration, the rainfall on the Atlantic
being far in excess of that on the Pacific, and the vegetation
far more luxuriant.
In Eocene or early Miocene times there was a broad channel
separating North and South America, where the Isthmus of
Panama now exists, and it seems probable that a series of
elevations and subsidences took place, temporarily forming islands
before the land became permanently continuous as it now is, thus
accounting for the many allied and representative species found
in Chiriqui and Costa Rica.
When the channel was in existence it must have proved an
insuperable barrier to the migration of land-animals, but when
the two continents became united undoubtedly a considerable
interchange of animal- and plant-life took place, and there was
a mingling of northern and southern forms. This, no doubt,
accounts for the extraordinary richness in species of Central
America.
Mr. Pocock, in his remarks on the origin of the Mammalia,
says that during Miocene times, when the Panama land-bridge
was upheaved, the migration was divided into two categories, one
containing the Insectivora, Carnivora, Artiodactyla, Periisodac-
tyla, ete., which had been evolved in the northern hemisphere and
inferentially passed from North into South America, while the
other comprised the Primates, the Edentates, the Marsupials,
544 DISCUSSION ON RESULTS RECORDED
and part of the Rodents, which migrated from South into Central
or North America. Birds, which, from their power of flight and
habit of migration common to a large number of them, are much
more easily distributed than most vertebrates, do not throw
the same light on geographical distribution as is the case with
more sedentary animals. This must, however, be applied in a
general sense, as many of the species are extremely local. Nearly
half the 1413 species are endemic; but a very large number are
migrants from the United States, spending the winter in Central
America and returning again in spring. There are, however, two
remarkable instances which I may mention. The family of the
Tinamide, which are essentially ground-birds, rarely fly, and are
frequenters of the forest. Members of this family range from
Chili to Mexico. They are of a very ancient type, probably allied
to the Ratite, and must have passed by land to Central America.
The Trogons, on the contrary, have a very wide distribution ;
they are strictly tropical, and are also frequenters of the forest,
but, unlike the Tinamide, have a very extended range, being also
found in Oriental regions, and a single speeies of a peculiar genus
occurs in Africa. Remains of a fossil Trogon have been found in
the Miocene of France.
It seems probable that South America may have had a land
communication with Africa at some remote period, and America
may have received some of its characteristic forms from that
continent. There is also some reason to suppose that there may
have been a land communication with Australia, though this
seems more remote. But this is a subject which I hope may be
discussed later.
As regards the Insects, which form so large a portion of
the work, little can be said as to their distribution at present,
and it will be well to wait till more is known of those of other
countries ; at present the geological evidence is but scanty.
Salvin and I had intended, on the conclusion of the ‘ Biologia,’
to have discussed the geographical distribution of species, but in
consequence of his death and my own ill-health this project was
abandoned, and Mr. R. I. Pocock and Mr. Regan kindly came to
the rescue and I hope will be present here to-night.
The total number of species recorded in the ‘ Biologia’ is
38,637; of these 19,067, or very nearly half, were previously
unknown. They belong to 1373 genera, and are illustrated by
1173 plates containing 18,051 species, mostly coloured.
Although the ‘ Biologia’ contains the record of such a large
number of species, it is but a fragment of what may yet be
obtained. The whole work must be looked upon as only a con-
tribution to our knowledge of the subject, and I hope it may be
an incentive to others to carry it further.
Dr. H. Gapow, F.R.8., F.Z.S., illustrated his necessarily very
condensed remarks by slides of maps showing the present physical
features of Mexico and Central America, and of hypothetical
IN THE ‘ BIOLOGIA-CENTRALI AMERICANA.’ 545
restorations of the distribution of land and water during previous
geological epochs. Also a faunistic table. .
The Neotropical and Nearctic faunas and floras do not meet
at the Isthmus of Panama, but in Mexico. The isthmus was
originally very much broader.
The various groups of the fauna seem to fall into three
categories :—
1. Those which are of undoubted northern provenance. Some of
these stop with the plateau; others descend thence into the
hot lands, and most of these continue into Central—even
far into South America.
2. Those which are of Southern, Neotropical provenance. Many
of them have overrun Central America and extended into
Mexico, where their current has, so to speak, been divided
to east and west by the wedge-like plateau.
These two main categories interdigitate, with many com-
plications. Some have become derelicts in their new home,
whilst they have died out in their older home, e. g., Tapirs.
Others have hooked back, not the families, but genera
and species rather, e. g. Opossums and the Tree-Poreupine
Hrethizon.
3. There is’a considerable number of forms, drawn from all
classes, which seem to be endemic, rather archaic, developed
into what they are on the spot. They are the most inter-
esting and most difficult to interpret.
3a. Some seem to be real aborigines. “3B. Others are neither
from North America proper nor from South America.
They must have come from elsewhere. Some of these
puzzling groups seem to be a legacy from a more western
extension of land, say from Lower California to the
Galapagos and South America, analogous to the “ Andines”
of botanists, which date back far into the Cretaceous
period.
Others point unmistakably to Mediterranean lands and to
Africa. A ‘“land-bridge” implies also coasts with all their
concomitant physical features, suitable land-conditions for ter-
restrials and freshwater-fish, shallow seas for corals and shells, ete.
Such “ bridges” need not have ever existed in their entirety, being
rather like changing pontoon-bridges. Such restorations rest
upon circumstantial evidence; much of it will, no doubt, be ruled
out of court, but there is a great deal of cumulative evidence
and much that is mutually supporting (both negative and direct)
presented by plants, Vertebrates, and Invertebrates, terrestrial
and marine, so that the Afro-American connections are becoming
more than a good workable hypothesis. The chief question is now,
how long and into what geological groove did they jast? Did
they last long enough, say into the Oligocene, to be available for
comparatively recent groups @
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XX XVIII. 38
546 DISCUSSION ON RESULTS RECORDED
Dr. A. Smita Woopwarp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., remarked that
nearly all the vertebrates in South America which seemed to
suggest a direct land-connection with the Old World through
Africa, were either late-Tertiary immigrants from North America
or senile members of pre-Tertiary cosmopolitan groups. Most of
the resemblances in the faunas of the two countries usually noted
were in animals of which the ancestry was entirely unknown.
The only resemblances already explained by paleontology were
due to the survival in the two southern continents of remnants
or refugees of formerly widely-spread faunas, which had become
extinct in the more progressive northern hemisphere. Paleon-
tologists began to distinguish between the characters of animals
which were real marks of affinity and others which were the
inevitable and oft-repeated concomitants of maturity and senility
in arace. It must be possible to distinguish these characters in
a group of animals before the latter can be used in discussing
questions of geographical distribution.
Mr. C. Tare Recan, M.A., F.Z.8., said :—South America has
a very rich and varied freshwater fish-fauna; with the excep-
tion of the Osteoglosside, a generalized and ancient group
represented at the present day by a few remnants, it has not
a single family in common with either North Aroedien or with
Australia. On the other hand, three South-American families,
Lepidosirenidee, Characidee, and Cichlide oceur also in Africa,
and the South-American Catfishes of the family Pimelodide are
closely related to the Bagridze of Afriea and India.
If South America and Africa were one continent in Cretaceous
times, and the connection between them persisted until the
beginning of the Eocene, these facts would be satisfactorily
explained, Alternative hypotheses are that the families common
to South America and Africa were formerly marine and entered
their rivers from the sea, or that they were formerly northern
and migrated southwards, becoming extinct in the north. Against
the former it may be urged that the Lepidosirenide are obviously
adapted for life in fresh water and unfitted for life in the sea,
that the Characide are Cyprinoids, a strictly freshwater group,
and that if the Cichlide were formerly tropical shore-fishes,
entering rivers, it is curious that they did not establish them-
selves in the southern rivers of North America. The second
hypothesis is unsatisfactory, for when the slowness of dispersal of
freshwater fishes is taken into account the improbability 1 is great
that several groups should have made these extended journeys,
with the final result that closely related genera arrived in Africa
and South Ameriea. Hydr ographiecal changes, such as the union
of rivers formerly distinct or the capture by one river of the
tributaries of another, are the means by which the dispersal
of freshwater fishes is accomplished; for such fishes migration
appears to be difficult, survival relatively easy. No known
northern fossils can be referred to these African and South
IN THE ‘ BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.’ 547
American families, and there is good evidence that the main
distribution of freshwater fishes changed but little during the
Tertiary. The Eocene Priscacara, from the Green River Shales
of Wyoming, is, in my opinion, not one of the Cichlidee ;
it belongs to the North-American family Centrarchide, and 1s
closely related to the modern Hupomotis.
When we get to know something about Cretaceous freshwater
fishes new light may be thrown on the problem. But for the
present the hypothesis that South America and Africa were
formerly one continent is the one that offers the most reason-
able explanation of the relationship between: their freshwater
fishes.
Mrs R. i: Pocock, FIR:S., Fil-Ss, H:Z38:, remarked that
evidence for the former existence of a tropical or southern
Atlantic connection between South America and Africa was
suppled by the following, amongst other, genera of Arthro-
poda :—
PRoroTRACHEATA.— Peripatus is confined to tropical West
Africa and tropical Central and South America and the Antilles.
Opisthopatus is found only in Chili and Cape Colony.
DipLoropa.—The Spirostreptid genus Orthoporus, which is of
wide distribution in tropical America, is very closely related to
tropical African, but not to tropical Asiatic, millipedes.
CuiLopopa.—Parotostigmus occurs in tropical America and
Africa, but not in tropical Asia. Scolopendra (s.s.) is mainly
tropical and Central American, but in the Old World it has been
recorded from the Cameroons, the Canary Islands, Arabia, and
Sokotra.
Scorpionres.—Of the three tropical American genera of the
Scorpionidee Opisthacanithus has its nearest ally im the tropical
and South-African Opisthocentrus ; and Diplocentrus and Oiclus
are closely related to the Arabian and Syrian Vebo, the three
together constituting the well-marked subfamily Diplocentrine.
ARANEH.—The Sicariide (s.s.) range in America from Chili to
Costa Rica, and are only found elsewhere in the world in South
Africa. Of the three genera of Caponiide Vops and Caponina
are tropical American, Caponia South African.
In the case of the above-mentioned Arthropods no reason can
be assigned for their extermination elsewhere in the tropics, if
they are the only extant representatives of genera formerly
widely distributed in the Northern Hemisphere.
In the case of the Mammalia the evidence rests mainly upon
the present distribution of the three following orders :—
SrrentA.—The Manatees (Ziichechus) are restricted to the
rivers and estuaries debouching into the Atlantic on the African
or eastern side and on the American or western side. These
animals do not venture out to sea, and no extinct representatives
of the genus appear to be known from Kuropean or. North-
548 DISCUSSION ON RESULTS RECORDED
American deposits to support the theory of its former extension
into northern latitudes.
RopentiA.— The headquarters of the Hystricomorpha at the
present time are South America, where they date back to the
Upper Miocene. ‘The only North-American representative of
the group is the tree-porcupine (Hrethizon), a late immigrant
from South America. No extinct representatives of the group
have been found in early or mid-Tertiary strata in North
America. But im the Old World alleged representatives of
the suborder, referred to the family Theridomyide, occur in
Eocene and Oligocene deposits in Europe, and at the present
time several genera of Octodontide occur in Africa, and the
Hystricide range from Africa through Southern Asia to Borneo.
Until evidence for the aiktones of this group in early and
mid- “Tertiary or Cretaceous times in North America is forth-
coming, it cannot reasonably be claimed that the South-American
forms are descendants from ancestors from the North; and if the
theory of raft-transportation from Africa be rejected, it must be
conceded that the faunistie similarity between tropical America
and Africa in this respect supports the idea of a transatlantic
Jand-connection between those countries.
Primates.—The past and present distribution of Monkeys
is tolerably similar to that of the Hystricomorph Rodents. The
Platyrhmi are restricted to South and Central America, where
they date back to the Upper Miocene. No fossil monkeys
have hitherto been discovered in North America. Similarly, the
Catarhini are confined to tropical and temperate countries of
the Old World, and have been recorded from middle and later
Tertiary deposits in Europe and Asia. The available data, there-
fore, point to the entry of monkeys into South America from the
Old World by means of a southern transatlantic land-bridge,
unless it be claimed, as it has been claimed, that the resemblances
between the Platyrhini and Catarhimi are due to convergent
descent from Lemuroids of the New and Old Worlds respectively,
a view from which Mr. Pocock expressed dissent.
Dr. C. W. Anprews, F.R.S., F.Z.S., remarked that if a land-
bridge had existed between Africa and South America m Tertiary
times one would expect a more extensive mingling of faunas than
had actually taken place. Even in the Kocene both continents
must have had a varied mammalian fauna, yet it is only claimed
that the Primates, the Hystricomorph Rodents, and perhaps
some Insectivora crossed from Afriga to South America, no inter-
change in the opposite direction being known. Of these groups
the Primates are represented by numerous small lemur-like
animals in the Eocene of North America, and it is thence that
the colonization of South America probably took place, although
at present the group may be unknown from the older tertiaries
of that continent. The Hystricomorph Rodents are represented
in the Hocene and Oligocene of the Old World by numerous
IN THE ‘BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.’ HAO
species referable to the Theromyide ; these are all small animals
and seem to have been very abundant, so that, like the rats and
mice of to-day, they would be especially liable to accidental trans-
port. The same may have been the case with the Insectivora.
What really happens when a land-bridge is established is well
shown in the intermingling of the faunas of North and South
America after the establishment of the Isthmus of Panama at the
end of the Miocene or beginning of the Pliocene period.
Lord Roruscuitp, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8., said that while in no
way wishing to oppose the views of the speakers who preceded him,
he thought, and had always thought, that in many cases the sup-
posed relationship of the faunas of widely separated areas was more
apparent than real, and that many of the instances usually quoted
were cases of convergence or parallel development. This could be
easily explained if we considered that the chain of evolution of
all species owed its commencement to a stimulus due to the ex-
ternal environment the species found itself in, causing variation
to proceed in a certain direction. It is also as easily conceivable
that a similar or even identical stimulus might start a chain
of variation along similar or even identical lines in two totally
different areas. He instanced among birds the two snipe, Galli-
nago nobilis and macrodactyla, the former from South America,
while the latter inhabited Madagasear. These two birds are
practically identical, but had evidently had separate origins. He
also instanced the genus Menas among the Arctiid moths,
species being found in Africa, Indo-Malayana, and South America.
While in the imago the structure was identical, in the larva the
difference in habits pointed clearly to a separate origin, for while
the larve of the species inhabiting the Old World were terres-
trial the larve of the South-American species were entirely
aquatic. On the contrary, he pointed out that the case of the
gigantic land-tortoises favoured the views of the previous speakers,
for while at present they were confined to two small groups of
islands, the Aldabra and Mascarene group in the Indian Ocean and
the Galapagos Islands off the South-American coast, in Miocene
times they were found in many parts of the world and the
present-day forms were merely survivals.
Dr. R. Broom, D.8c., C.M.Z.8.—When I was a student 30 years
ago the scientific world was so much under the spell of Russel
Wallace that any one who ventured to suggest the possibility of a
land-connection across what was regarded as a permanent ocean
was looked upon as a dangerous heretic, and even now there are
many who are apparently afraid to admit the possibility; yet, if
there is one point on which we can be perfectly certain, it is
that South Africa was connected by land with South America in
Lower Permian times. Identical species of plants lived in the
two continents, and we know enough of the floras of North
America, and Europe to feel sure that the species did not pass
550 DISCUSSION ON RESULTS RECORDED
from the one continent to the other by the north. We know only
a very few tetrapod vertebrates, but those known from Brazil are
strikingly similar to those that oceur in South Africa. <A few
years ago I described a new specialised Mesosaurian, Voleosaurus,
which differed from Mesosaurus in having the 5th digit of the
hind foot very slender and provided with six phalanges. Shortly
afterwards the same peculiar type turned up in Brazil. eso-
saurus and Voteosaurus were small freshwater inhabiting reptiles
which might at suitable times have passed from one river-basin
to another like newts or frogs, but which could never have lived
at sea. It is difficult to believe that they could have passed
round either the Atlantic or Pacific by the north sufficiently
quickly, even if there were no other apparently insuperable
difficulties, to have appeared practically contemporaneously in
South Africa and South America.
We know that in Lower Devonian times the littoral fauna of
South Africa was practically the same as in the Falkland Islands. .
We can therefore be quite certain that the oceans are not per-
manent, and that what is now the South Atlantic had land
stretching across it in Devonian times. We may be equally sure
that much of the South Atlantic was land in Permian times.
There is also good reason to believe that the land-conditions con-
tinued into the Triassic and Jurassic. If the elevated conditions
continued into the Cretaceous, of which there is some direct
evidence, we could have a sufficient mingling of primitive forms
of life to probably account for all the known peculiarities of
distribution.
When in New York recently I kad numerous discussions on
the subject with Dr. Matthew, but while I am willing to admit
that the evidence is rather against any Tertiary land-connection
unless it be a Lower Hocene one, I have aiways felt strongly that
there must have been a Cretaceous connection. The facts which
Mr. Tate Regan has laid before us are, I think, quite inexplicable
on any other hypothesis.
Mr. W. L. Scuater, M.A., F.Z.8., said that he agreed with the
last speaker, Dr. Broom, that it was quite possible to postulate
the existence of a land-bridge between South America and South
Africa in Secondary times, but that he believed that the present
distribution of the ocean-beds and great land-masses had been
continuous since the commencement of the Tertiary epoch, and
that, so far as he could see, noi.e of the difficult problems of the
distribution of the higher groups, 7.e. Mammals and_ Birds,
required for their solution the hypothetical existence of land-
bridges across the present deeper ocean-beds. He reminded his
hearers that the comparatively short duration in time of the
Tertiary epoch as compared with the Secondary and the Secondary
as compared with the Primary, was not always taken into con-
sideration in the discussion of these problems from a zoological
stand point.
IN THE ‘ BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.’ 551
Professor E. W. MacBrips, D. Se F.RS., V.P.Z.S., in winding
up the discussion, pointed out that. there could be no inherent
improbability in the existence in Secondary times of a land-bridge
connecting South Africa and South America, for there was strong
Stratisraphical evidence for the existence of such a bridge across
the North Atlantic. On both eastern and western shores of this
ocean two sets of red sandstones with imtervening coal-measures,
both sets being of extraordinarily similar lithological character,
represented the Devonian, Carboniferous, and Permian periods.
As we receded from the coast in both directions, westward in
America and eastward in Europe, we found that these periods
were represented by rocks of quite different lithological characters.
Geologists believed that the coastal rocks were produced by the
washings from a North Atlantic continent consisting of granitic
rock and that this continent lasted till the close of iiocene
times.
Meme Ae. Sane
‘i ‘iieiaaa ie + it dae
iret d ies Hy Fieh se habbh ex Wil = <i
hh el boat “ae Malis ae Ba
2 a .
eae ak :
the we ie “hede G ae
Shale Bales a Oe tN
a givens 4
Papers (continued).
18. Fly Investigations Reports.—II. Trials for Catching, Repelling, and Exterminating
Flies in Houses, made during the year 1915 for the Zoological Society of London,
By Wintrrep H. Saunpmrs .......... Rinireyave tence area sie ocelokns share) it opartt coat erenerecten erarcfeliers
19. Fly Investigations Reports.—III. Investigations into Stable Manure to check the
Breeding of House-Flies, made during the year 1915 for the Zoological Society of
ondonsage bye VINEE RED ele cS AUN IR Sirs: sous cede sieincce. a arere Solon eryni say onan srchte Rpaeae
20. Fly Investigations Reports—IV. Some Enquiry into the Question of Baits and
Poisons for Flies, being a Report on the Experimental Work carried out during
1915 for the Zoological Society of London. By Ouive C. Lopez ..........-...--
21. Note on the Sternum of a large Carinate Bird from the (?) Eocene of Southern
Nigeria. By ©. W. Anprews, D.Sc., F.B.S., F.Z.8. (British Museum, Nat. Hist.).
Glext=donred Ite) a. Sst OU ACC ee meer Me aE CARCASS OIE Ono MMe ODE Onin
22, On a Mammalian Mandible (Cimolestes cutleri) from an Upper Cretaceous Formation
in Alberta, Canada. By Artnur Smita Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.
(le xte hioie pli may scenic mi sta evetar acai nee, fenenn een ire yar Maren aye clay kt omat wasp els ltnly 3
23. A List of the Carabidsz (Coleoptera) collected in Chopersk District, Province of the
Don Cossacks, South Russia. By V. Lursunin, Kiev, Russia ..............5.55
24, A new Species of the Genus Platysma (Bon.) Tschitscherin, from China. By
WEST STENT Kon KolcyamkunTssteuin st casei iavany Semin ein ceaeererc es renee Uo aR us econ negaeneys
25, Notes on Species of the Genus Platysma (Coleoptera) from Australia, By V. Lursuyis,
NG ARE 55 bb oc odboe aun oDodeo socone eel aeaee sieleenels sAc0ee
26. Ona new Lizard of the Genus Phrynosoma, recently living in the Society’s Gardens.
By HE. G. Bovnuncmr, F.Z.8., Curator of Reptiles. (Plate I.) .........0-.0s005-
469
481
537
LIST OF PLATES.
1916, Part ITI. (pp. 449-551).
Page
EROONE zt — } Skull of Chrysochloris hottentota ..........+.-. 449
Bounencer: Pl, I, Phrynosoma brevicornis .... 611... ++ sees eeeee 5387
Pe
os
NOTICE. =.
The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, paged consecutively,
so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8.1916, p.... The Distribution
is usually as follows :—
Part I. issued in March.
1 5 June.
55 AU es September.
TV sie. December.
‘ Proceedings,’ 1916, Part II. (pp. 809-448), were published on
June 20th, 1916,
ae
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
OF THE
OF LONDON.
Za senian |; J ts
1916. FEB 17 1920.
aay.
£
CBal Muse oP
PARE LV.
CONTAINING Paces 553 vo 756, with 5 PLATES
AND 55 Trext-FricuREs, TiTLePAGE, INDEX, ETC.
DECEMBER 1916.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK,
LONDON :
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
[Price Twelve Shillings.)
is OP ke ON NaS:
1916, Part 1V. (pp. 553-756).
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICKS.
The Szcrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie during the months
of May, June, July, August, and September, 1916 -- 22... 222%. . cee cine strane
Mr. Aurrep Hzra, F.Z.S. Exhibition of living specimens of three rare Lutino Para-
REGUS! rsiela sialalute tesw: ova tr avelelale defeirev ane oliele ales: ch etetetercta chVe: tlattvs erotic inviolate cee ae eee
My. D. Snra-Ssitn, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of Birds’ Eggs laid in the
DaClety s4GaLd Ons 04 ccc icinicy- te edie alone ale seme tors uevehies state ta aNbraliets (avores tala komentar eee
Mr. D. Seru-Smitn, F.Z.S. Exhibition of skins of various nestling birds .............-.
Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L.8., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals. Lantern Exhibition of
some new and little-known cutaneous scent-glands in Mammals. (Text-figures
IID) ootpnoncau saddbbddogaguNDCduecdsomooudonqododeToodanconaandS ariso oc
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month
OMOctohers A OT Grscreeeavarers ashslebe ele eters care ata es mate ween oa tuations in ens Meas esa
Mr, Aurrep Ezra, F.Z.8. Lantern Exhibition illustrating a shooting expedition in
Central Asie’... .2. 7 hs lrtteherd’s * mig cusiwiinceralere/ geile See vranennet clap nt tole at Deepa a
PAPERS.
27. Notes on the Development of the Starfishes Asterias glacialis O. F. M.; Cribretla
oculata (Linck) Forbes; Solaster endeca (Retzius) Forbes; Stichaster roseus
(O.F.M.) Sars. By James F. Gemuiuy, M.A., M.D., D.Se., F.Z.8. (Plates I. & IT.)
28. On Cryptostome Beetles in the Cambridge University Museum of Zoology. By
S. Mavrrx, B.A.(Cantab.), F.E.S., Imperial College of Science and Technology,
Howdon. sa (Cext=tioures dll edn) leporcpa ters cere iarattetenata leu clevelecttcroncle meristems ene veveteie tate eee
755
755
553
567
Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Tars Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp Rarruzs,
Mr. J. Sapinz, Mr. N. A. Vigors, and other eminent Naturalists,
for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the
introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom,
and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829.
Patron.
HIS MAJESTY THE KING.
COUNCIL.
HIS GRACH THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.&., E.R.S., President.
Tue Hon. Cucit Barine, M.A.
AtFrepD H. Cocks, Esqa., M.A.
Tue Rr. Hon. Tue Earn or
Cromer, P.C.,G.C.B.,G.C.M.G.,
F.R.S., Vice-President.
Cuartes Drummonp,
Treasurer.
Kse.,
Aurrep Ezra, Esa.
Carr. Hueu 8. Guapsroner, M.A.
Sipney Freperic Harmer, Ese.,
MEAS Sc.DR> BAR St ece=
President.
Cot. Sir Watrer R. Lawrence,
Br., G.C.1.E.
Sir Epmunp Giies Loner, Br.,
Vice-President.
Pror. Ernest W. MacBripz,
M.A, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-
President.
Guy A. K. Marsnatt, Ese., D.Sc.
E.G. B. Mravz-Watpo, Esa.
P. CHatmers Mrrcnet, Kse.,
MEARS Dy Scee milo Den oases
Secretary.
5)
ALBERT Pam, Esa.
Tur Hart or Porrsmoura.
Oxprietp Tuomas, Ese., F.R.S.
AvsyN TRevor-Bartryr, Esq.,
M.A.
AntHony H. Winerrexp, Ese.
Artaur Smirx Woopwarp, Hsa.,
LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.
Henry Woopwarp, Ese., LL.D.,
FE.R.S., Vice-President. ?
9
a
The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws. It
carries out the objects of its foundation by means of its collection
of living animals, by its Library, and by its Scientific Publications.
The Office of the Society, Regent’s Park, N.W., where all com-
munications should be sent, addressed to ‘* The Secretary,” is open
from Ten till Five, except on Saturdays, when it closes at OnE p.m.
The Library, under the superintendence of Mr. Henry G. J. Peavot,
is open daily (except Sunday) from Ten a.m. till Five p.m.; on
Saturdays, Ten a.m. till One P.m.
The Library is closed from Good Friday to Easter Monday, and
upon all other Bank Holidays. It is also closed annually for
cleaning purposes during the whole month of September.
The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held in
the Meeting Room at the Society’s Office on the third Wednesday
of the month at 1 p.m. from November to March and at 4.30 p.m.
from April to August.
The Meetings for Scientific Business are held in the Meeting
Room at the Society’s Office fortnightly on Tuesdays, except in
July, August, September, and December and January, at half-past
Five o'clock p.m.
The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th. of April, or the
nearest convenient day, at Four p.m.
The Society’s Gardens are open daily from Nine o’clock until
Sunset. Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.LS., is the resident Super-
intendent and Curator of Mammals, Mr. D. Seth-Smith is Curator
of Birds and Inspector of Works, Mr. E. G. Boulenger is Curator
of Reptiles, Prof. H. M. Lefroy is Curator of Insects, and
Professor H. G. Plimmer, F.R.S., M.R.C.S., is Pathologist. Appli-
cations for anatomical material or facilities for work in the
Prosectorium should be addressed to the Secretary of the Society.
TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS.
Fritows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an Annual Contri-
bution of £3, due on the Ist. of January, and payable in advance,
or a Composition of £45 in lieu thereof; the whole payment,
including the Admission Fee, being £50.
No person can become a Frriow until the Admission Fee and
first Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments
have been compounded for.
Frttows elected in November and December are not liable for
the Subscription for the year in which they are elected.
io)
PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS.
Frttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens upon signing
their names in the book at the entrance gate, and may introduce
Two Companions daily.
The Wire or Hussanp of a Futtow can exercise these privileges
in the absence of the Fellow.
Until further notice, Fettows will receive 40 undated Green
Cards, available on any Sunday or week-day up to the end of
February of the year following the year of issue, and 20 White
Cards available on any week-day up to the same date. Twenty
of the Green Cards may be exchanged for a book containing two
Orders for each Sunday in the year. Twenty White Cards may
be exchanged for a book of dated Week-day Orders, each Order
available for any day during the week except Sunday. Special
children’s tickets are no longer issued, but the Green and White
Cards are perforated, and each half is valid for a Child under twelve
years of age. It is particularly requested that Fellows will sign
every ticket before it goes out of their possession. Unsigned tickets
are not available.
Frttows are not allowed to pass in friends on their written
order or on presentation of their visiting cards.
Futrows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s ordinary
Publications issued during the year upon payment of the additional
Subscription of One Guinea. This Subscription is due upon the
Ist. of January, and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary
Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Frttows are likewise
entitled to purchase these Publications at 25 per cent. less than
the price charged to the public. A further reduction of 25 per
cent. is also made upon all purchases of Publications issued prior
to 1881, if above the value of Five Pounds.
Frttows also have the privilege of subscribing to the Annual
Volume of ‘The Zoological Record,’ which gives a list of the Works
and Publications relating to Zoology in each year, for the sum of
One Pound Ten Shillings. Separate divisions of volumes 39 to
42 can also be supplied. Fuil particulars of these publications can
be had on application to the Secretary.
Frttows may obtain a TRansFerasie Ivory Ticker admitting
two persons, available throughout the whole period of Fellowship,
on payment of Ten Pounds in one sum. A second similar ticket
may be obtained on payment of a further sum of Twenty Pounds.
Any Fettow who intends to be absent from the United Kingdom
during the space of at least one year, may, upon giving to the
Secretary notice in writing, have his or her name placed upon the
“dormant list,’ and will then be called upon to pay an annual
subscription of £1 only during such absence, but after three years
must make a further application to be retained on that list.
Any Frtiow, having paid all fees due to the Society, is at liberty
to withdraw his or her name upon giving notice in writing to the
Secretary.
Ladies or Gentlemen wishing to become Fellows of the Society
4
are requested to communicate with ‘The Secretary.”
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Regent's Park, London, N.W.
December, 1916.
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS.
9)
79
39
MEETINGS
OF THE
FOR
1917.
TUESDAY, FEBRUARY ...... 6 and 20.
WWONRCIEE Shobooaen 6 7 820:
IAPR eee eee SP teem life
INGAY VS celas eee. eS Alas Gas
CHUN eee eeeree D
9)
The Chair will be taken at half-past Five o'clock precisely.
OF LONDON
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
LIST -OF PUBLICATIONS.
Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London
are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo
form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto.
According to the present arrangements, the ‘* Proceedings”
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings
and recommended to be published in the “ Proceedings” by
the Committee of Publication. A large number of coloured
plates and engravings are issued in the volumes-of the
“ Proceedings,” to illustrate the new or otherwise remark-
able species of animals described therein. Amongst ee
illustrations, figures of the new or rare species acquired i in
living state for the Society’ s Gardens are often given.
The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts,
paged comecntitivally. during the months of March, June,
September, and December. From January 1901 they have
been issued as two half-yearly volumes, indexed separately.
An ‘ Abstract of the Proceedings ”’ is published by the
Society on the Tuesday following the date of the Scientific
Meeting to which it refers. It is issued along with the ‘* Pro=
ceedings,” free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to
the Publications, but it may be obtaimed on the day of publi-
cation at the price ef Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post free
for the sum of Six Shillmegs per annum, payable in advance.
The ‘ Transactions” contain such of the communications
made to the Scientific Meetings of the Society as, on account of
the nature of the plates required toilustrate them, are better
adapted for publication in the quarto form. ‘They are issued
at irregular intervals.
Fellows and Corresponding Members, upon payment of
a Subscription of One Guinea before the day of the Anni-
versary Meeting, are entitled to receive the Society’s
Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled to
purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less
than the price charged to the Public. <A further reduction
of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications
issued prior to 1881, if they exceed the value of Five
Pounds.
Fellows also have the privilege of subscribing to the
Zoological Record fer a sum of One Pound Ten Shillings
(which includes cost of delivery), payable on the Ist. of July
in each year; but this privilege is forfeited unless the
subscription be paid before the Ist of December following.
The following is a complete list of the publications of the
Society already issued.
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
Ato. 20 vols. and Index. Price to Price to the
Fellows, Public.
Vols. I-IV. (out of print).
Vol. V., containing 67 Piates.. (1862-66) .... 5 4 3. 619 0
LO aN eM Tat sC= G0) enh WO dae, 1 0. ©
oe SOR oe) IS hel y. | CIBLG272)., 10) as Onan salem
a WHE, Leo amas (lee Nia eo) Beye) 3). 1) Ih ©
Nau NANO Mn aR CL nS HAY. Gh MT ogee IG) 2) ©
ie XG, “ 95 Pe caer wiccea, 1 OB. Bere —O
Inglesz; WON, UG 6 camoaceoreon ry (OlcS87)) Bane (Oe @o 010 O
Vol exdsy containing.” eblates) sei (lSS0=85) lea. ergio) 2) a Oeteey eel 2 iho mmo
xh UNCLE. 3 65 5 (USSG sooo G8 8 OO. @ 4 ©
oo DCU. a 62 Aa) LEQ 9) aca OM Cerone gS ul ©
Pee NC Vee tila) 27 ely ee pC SOGH08) 1 aay 8 5 quO. cere OREO
eve vee 52 th Ws Caney (IS9S 1901) ae Fouls io) e FI ©
Some NOVIS jai Be) wy) oy) IRON SMO) Bo Gr ish O's fle) 0)
RW Sy oa os 4 CU TOOS) BGs 718 0
ANUS phy ath Ale Volseal CACO ieSI) reraae nt See iesee Ox, fo) - O)
wy) DMO. aN 24 oe (ORCS SNSMO Ss WO 4b 0) Bee, la yO
eee OX ay aj lp MUONS) EU MO So coy. HE re O
» XXI.—Part 1. (7 Plates & 12 Text-figs.)
(Gwin 1ONG)) 35 c6o500 06 6 GY 5. a @ @
now able to offer for sale, at the reduced price of £30, sets of Vols. V.—XVI. inclusive, and
In consequence of a re-arrangement of the stock of the ‘Transactions,’ the Society “|
[rvs papers, of which a list can be supplied, at about one-fourth their published price.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMI!FTEE OF SCIENCE AND
CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF
LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only).
Price to Price to the
f Fellows. Public.
Part I. 1830-31. 1 vol. 8vo., out of print.
ay JUG Seer Ds Baca cuin ates 6 6 Ase OA Wanita. 5) OS:
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,
First Serigs.
Parts I-XV. (1833-1847). 8ve. 15 vols. (Letterpress only.) Price to
Fellows : 4s. 6d. each part ; to the Publie, 6s.
Index 1830-1847. Price to Fellows: 4s. 6d. : to the Public, 6s.
Barts 15 V US xe Xa, XV; XOV2, oun of print,
SECOND SERIES.
Parts XVI.-XXVIIT. (1848-1860). 8vo. 13 vols. (Letterpress only.)
Price to Fellows: 4s. 6d. each part ; to the Public, 6s.
Index 1848-1860. Price to Feliows: 4s. 6d. ; to the Public, 6s.
The Parts of this series containing Coloured Plates are out of print.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. § 8vo. 40 vols. and 4 Indices.
Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured.
Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public. Fellows, Publie. Fellows. Public.
SG ileeret SOU sees el OSM tani ee 9s. Reseed ene bes anata Ba Oh coos ea
WSO2 55 B85 Gee goes Ole oe 55 OS. Ae Ar C2 RO ae BB Bh, goon SS
WS6B 55 4s Ohh soo G8 cases 9s. BUS Mian pL Sites wea BI Oe soog eet
Wesel 65 4a, Ge pba. ON. o5005 CR. Bote Gos Rees i DS Wh osoo Jae
1865 4s. Gd Gs. 5 Be POSE CER Bh Ni coon oS
1866 ALSAY (SQ: eu Nicc ter OSailiaseaet 9s. 12s.+ » Ba, Gee sao, as
TSKGY7/ oes Peat nO cae OY STD Qs, 12s,# 5 B86 Bh coon GOS
MSG Si it ccceuencahes anh ede aie NG ett Qs Ney Baas lain Op BU, ooo, eS
TOD ia eas aes Sat PO ek Ay a 9s ND sete 5 OE Wh eon, Gs
NS AO Beene ns Meet ok mena 9s se a. 5 OB Mh coon Ze
Jn@lesz, UCN Gp beneoudess Aes 0h oso 6s.
NS lta Re ep yay Dabs AS a enO ean: 9s DO Ee aoe Shp Sh oba5 AlaS
NG (2 si lesen ia eR IL Paes Any ee 9s, 12s.*, . OOSS OCs) ea ADs
NSO Enel mts eat ae, ne nally EA Sg 9s, TD cae hee Bas Wh sooa cas
DSi i eae es Nenart MaaN a e Ha ea ge Boe 9s W2BSP A c 5 Bas 48s.F
IS reese Nk hc atria Rear Lah 9s Uae. 36s 48s
SIC OME ei arena erty tus nesnal Seay 9s 12s, . 36s 48s.
Sia ipeerter a teen cirae Stara rmeratnie hetdt 9s 12s. . 386s 488
AS i4S reper tey astcestony Acie guesccclahen stan eavanane 9s Mt RR ie 36s 48s
JEERGAG) ek No A TSU Me EDR a 9s. ae CLO Sty emg OS) tein 488,
SSO Bra esos ea ty tae ang 9s. Hapcesntlte Saracen 36s. coue lsh
ItndexelSlaS80) ye. ee ha. + 4s. 6d. .... 6s,
esis IO hentvolumess (4... kuachy ae sae eran ee 36s. Bove eich
Ihnelesz, ISSUES osc ncocuoaee As. Oda vant Os:
EOS) eben volumes! 72.5.0. Hach) yiees teem ts 36s, sitele g4O5?
Hiidiexe NEQUE GOO! Te iia eo « Alsi OC aay a Oss
* No perfect copies in stock. tT Out of print.
PROCEEDINGS or roe GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC
BUSINESS or tat ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
S8vo. 32 vols. and Index.
Price to Price to the
Fellows. Public.
1901-1910. Twenty volumes ...........-e+sseeee Bach less ayn anes:
Tilers, WGONSNQNO) yoo onncduodcnpsabensoppomencc 0S snc As. 6d: .... 63:
QUI, Wole lbs wo crsocsnoonodtaoemson ddan gpoom ans cooon. WS Ka0 96.0.5 « 24s.
” ” igt ae ae ieee Reine alorialeuelienfeinelselielisive| oie re) (she )ke/teile Ke Keb auiemnaceliog> 18s. secnatelean DAs.
NOND,. op Idhine Boo oeadvoogesanon no Cutpeda ands S500 0 doe 1335, 82 ane ee
. 5) Whatocde co dsecseoasscondeodroubndbocmns coda s 183i jamais
HUIS ose le dosclio oe LUV oer eta Ae Are hols! «coe Mot Rees eee elmira a 273.
3 x) Ulsan ee besnsoadedg sas AcubidoocsoscddGabsS 6 Inch Prema gio) 248
HOW, i deb ebgonboussopesdane poco gs cclods D009 0005 non. Mek pmeedes or: eas
a \, Iles Gas tellosmoedgdoaedos ps boon ddocusd0 been a8 ISShoe eee ees
NOR, 4 WneovodeqoadpousnoadHdogccods cb nd coos a0 de0 do Gs. os eee coe
Mowe Jey gabaenaoneoeigue gumgaco aN eaoo ds deco Palais ais sae 245
NUG IneagaonecsodnoogbobodagodndooosDoSoosdsouae Sie 24s
A ny Waa godoagadsvogauuse oss anGdcoRsoedogonsGOaG ILS. 24s
LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) 8vo.
1883. Cloth, 4s. 6d.
List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens
of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8vo.
1896. Cloth, 6s.
CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY of the Zoological Society of
London (Fifth Edition.) 8vo. 1902. Cloth, 6s.
THE OFFICIAL ILLUSTRATED GARDEN GUIDE— 14th Edition
—with (1) a Railway and Street Map, showing a direct
route to the “Zoo” from all parts of London and the Suburbs ;
(2) a Plan of the Grounds, showing at a glance the location of
the animals; (3) a short description of some of the principal’
animals in the Collection (now containing over 5000 spe-
cimens), together with 32 Photographic Illustrations and
Index. Price 6d. in Stiff Paper Cover, postage 13d., or in
Green Cloth Cover price 1s. 2d. post free.
THE HOUSE-FLY CAMPAIGN. 3rd Edn. Illustrated. Svo.
1916. Price 3d. post free.
PRACTICAL ADVICE ON THE FLY QUESTION. 8yo. 1915.
Price 2d. post free.
ZOOLOGICAL RECORD.—Vol. 52, containing literature relating
chiefly to the year 115, is in preparation, but wili be delayed
for two or three months owing to the War. Vol. 53, for the
year 1916, will be prepared as usual.
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
Regent’s Park, London, N.W. i
December, 1916.
These publications may be obtained at the Socrnry’s Orrics
or through any bookseller.
* Serpe paamnoeeeniit’
PZ.S1916 GE MMiEE Pie
OUD Ahe,
Weekes: Ya
“e
JF Gemmill del. Huth,London.
(ASS TE IBA) | Gly UAB Ss.
PALS OG, Grey VM Ts ae ela
J.F.Gemmill del. Huth,London.
Ban O), Clsuis Buy OG UGEy- aby ke lS) OVENS) Wisdat IS INYDIS) (CoA...
ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF SOME STARFISHES. DD3
PAPERS.
27. Notes on the Development of the Starfishes Asterias
glacnalis O. BF. M.; Cribrella oculata (Linck) Forbes ;
Solaster endeca (Retuius) Forbes; Stichaster roseus
(O. F.M.) Sars. By James F. Gummirt, M.A., M.D.,
IDSS@sy LAGS 3
[Received May 20, 1916: Read November 7, 1916. ]
(Plates I. & II.7)
INDEX. Page
PIS SOROUIS, GUECAMES. “sso ooo sso soon scobaeac osecons EOF
CUO ANG OCMUTTD, eociccoose denies sooanspateesctiedecc. (i
ISQUGSEOP GOCE srotccmancnsesnaccertencostecesaensen, EGO
SWIGLOREEP TOSCU Song shoes sss sacannococo ssqecsoentsaae SED
J. AsTpriAs GLactauis. (PI. 1.)
In the course of attempts to rear Asterias glacialis I have
constantly noticed that in the early larve (6-8 days) a small mass
of cells takes origin from the wall of the stomach dorsally on the
left side. Although this mass usually disappears by breaking up
into mesenchyme before the main ccelomic cavity has extended
back into its neighbourhood, still not infrequently some of its
cells can be seen to join the wall of the celom. It is very
common for the mass in question to show traces of a central
cavity after its separation from the stomach and before its
disruption into mesenchyme.
A similar mass, but rather smaller and less constant, occurs in
the case of Asterias rubens (2, p. 233), and two such masses, right
and left, are frequent in the larve of Porania (3, p. 32). In all
three species considerable variation in the constancy and size of
the masses is exhibited by different broods of larve as well as by
different larvee in the same broods.
The object of the present note is to call attention to an
instance in which the mass was unusually well-marked in prac-
tically all the early larvee belonging to a particular culture of
Asterias glacialis. Later, in a large proportion of the larvee, the
mass as it separated off from the stomach acquired a distinct
lumen, and, subsequently increasing in size, fused with the
ceelomic cavity of the left side, thus taking a share in the actual
formation of the posterior portion of the cavity in question.
Stages in the process are illustrated in Pl. I. figs. 1-5, and
explained in the description attached.
* T have to express indebtedness to the Trustees of the Carnegie Trust for grants
towards the expenses incurred in this investigation, as well as in that on “The
Cilation of Asterids and the Question of Ciliary Nutrition in certain Species” (Proc.
Zool. Soe. Lond. 1915).
+ For explanation of the Plates see p. 564.
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1916, No. XX XIX. 39
554 DR, J. F. GEMMILL ON THE
In accounts of the development of Asterias rubens (2, p. 233)
and Porania (3, p. 33) I put forward the view that the mass in
question is the rudiment of a posterior enteroccelic outgrowth,
pointing out that the recognition of potential metiamerism in
echinoderm development makes for simplicity and for the recon-
ciliation of what might otherwise seem fundamental differences
in the ontogeny of different forms. (See also p. 557.)
The larvee above described add evidence in support of this
view. In any event, they deserve to be put on record since they
supply a definite example of a developmental variation occurring
along lines which, if persisted in, could give rise, in course of
time, to very important alterations in the ontogeny, without
necessarily affecting the adult anatomy, of the species concerned.
II. Crrprevia ocutata. (PI. IT. figs. 6-10.)
Early in April 1915 a number of Cribrella, obtained at low-
water on the shore near the Millport Marine Station, were placed
in the aquarium tanks, where they spawned freely after a few
days. The eggs, which were kindly put at my disposal by the
Superintendent, underwent natural fertilization, sets of them
being brought through metamorphosis both at the Marine
Station and in the Hmbryological Laboratory at Glasgow
University.
Masterman in 1902 (9) furnished an excellent account of the
development of this species. My observations confirm his results
in most respects, but I am able to give new or supplementary
data on various points *.
(1) Spawning.—Not less (and probably more) than 500 eggs
are produced by each full-sized female. None of the eggs was
observed to enter intoand remain within a brood-pouch formed by
the closure of the arms around the mouth. In my specimens the
genital openings look outwards in the interradit. During March
and April Cribrella eggs or larve ave not infrequent in the
plankton of the Firth of Clyde.
Sars (10, p. 170) and Masterman (9, p. 374) have described the
brooding habits of Cribrella, the latter pointing out that these
are by no means intense, but adding that it is not known
whether in natural conditions any of the larvee leave the brood-
chamber of the mother. He gives the number of eggs laid by
each female as 30 to 50, and Sars as 10 to 30. Masterman also
states (9, p. 874) that the genital openings are situated on the
oral surface of the starfish at the edge of the oral disc, this being
an adaptation for brooding.
Cribrella aypears to be a species in which the brooding habit is
either being acquired or being lost. The second alternative seems
rather more probable, and from the evidence given above it would
* Dy. Masterman makes the very reasonable suggestion to me that the features
noted under 1 and 2 below are probably explicable as adaptations to development
within a relatively enclosed sea-area, such as is formed by the Firth of Clyde.
DEVELOPMENT OF SOME STARFISHES. 555
appear that the change towards loss has advanced further on the
west coast of Scotland than on the east and in Norway.
(2) Segmentation. Segmentation proceeded regularly in most
of my specimens, equal holoblastic cleavage being the rule and not
the exception. The eggs float, the pole which keeps undermost
being usually a little lighter in colour than the upper pole, but
there is not the same marked difference either as regards specific
gravity or colour between the upper and the under poles as in
the eggs of Solaster endeca. Masterman did not find that there
was any definite or consistent type of segmentation in his ova of
Cribrella, and he does not refer to differences in colour or specific
gravity between the upper and the under sides (9, p. 377).
(3) Blastula formation.—The surface-furrows along which
egression takes place during blastula-formation almost certainly
exhibit reversion to the segmentation patterns. In the early
blastula the lines are very numerous, simulating an advanced
stage in segmentation; then they become fewer, simpler, and
deeper, so that sometimes we cannot tell with the naked eye
whether we are looking at an advanced blastula or at an 8-celled,
a 4-celled, and a 2-celled stage in segmentation. Peculiarities in
the arrangement of the early segmentation-furrows (e. g. obliquity
of the first cleavage plane, or marked inequality in the first and
second divisions) tend to emerge again in the late blastula, ‘as may
be seen if one watches the development of isolated ova which
exhibited the peculiarities in question. I have had the oppor-
tunity of noting a similar phenomenon in the case of Solaster
papposus, and in Solaster endeca (1, p. 12) I called attention to
the similarity between the cell-egression furrows and the segmen-
tation-furrows. Masterman’s illustration (9, pl. 1. fig. 6) of an
early gastrula of Cribrella strikingly recalls a 4-celled stage in
cleavage.
(4) Hypenchyme.—In my gastrule and early larve there was
only a small quantity of cellular material within the archenteron,
less than one-fourth of: this cavity being filled with the material
in question (cf. Solaster, 1, p. 45). Masterman describes the
archenteron during these stages as being entirely filled with
hypenchyme (9, p. 381).
(5) Pharyngeal or perioral celom.—I can confirm the obser-
vation of Masterman that this celom arises in the form of
interradial pouchings from the posterior ccelom, and can add
further that such pouchings oceur in interradii LIT. and I.-V.*
as well as in the others, a point regarding which Masterman did
not speak with certainty (9, p. 416).
The pharyngeal celom arises by a single outgrowth in
Asterina (7, p. 358) and Asterias rubens (2, p. 259), as alyo in
Ophiothri« (8, p. 497) and Synapta (8, p. 536). On the other
* The numbering of rays adopted in this paper is that employed by MacBride in
his account of the development of Asterina, and by myself in the case of Solaster,
Asterias, and Porania. The madreporic radius is I-II., ray I]. being on its dextral
or watch-hand side as viewed from the oral aspect.
| 59%
556 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE
hand, in Solaster (see p. 560) it takes origin by a series of inter-
radial outgrowths as in Cribrella.
(6) The periheemal pouches.—Perihemal pouch 1./IT. has been
described (Masterman, 9, p. 392) as taking origin from the axial
sinus portion of the anterior ccelom, being thus exceptional inas-
much as the rest of the pouches take origin from the posterior
celom. I find that the exception is apparent, not real, and that
actually the pouch in question arises from the dorsal horn of the
posterior celom. At about the eleventh day the tip of this horn
bends leftwards, thus coming to lie between hydroccele pouches I.
and II. A day or two later an opening is effected between the
axial sinus region of the antericr ceelom and the dorsal horn of
the posterior ceelom a short distance back from the tip of this
horn. ‘Two or three days afterwards the anterior celom and the
dorsal horn of the posterior celom again become closed off from
one another, but in such a manner that the new septum cuts off
the tip of the horn and leaves it for a time connected with the
anterior colom, from which, however, it soon separates off to
become perihzemal pouch I./II. The process is illustrated on
Pl. IL. figs. 6-9. Occasionally one finds that the perihemal
pouch in question remains longer in open connection with the
posterior than with the anterior ccelom.
MacBride (7%, p. 360) and Goto (5, p. 235) in Asterina, and
Masterman (9, p. 392) in Cribrefla, described perihemal pouch
1./II. as arising from the preoral celom. However, in Solaster
endeca (1, p. 35), Asterias rubens (2, p. 260), Asterias, double
hydroceele (4, p. 64), I found that the pouch arose from the dorsal
horn of the left posterior ccelom, although, owing to the com-
munication between dorsal horn and axial sinus, it appeared at
first sight as if the peuch in question took origin from the last-
named cavity. In Solaster endeca (1, p. 35) and, I can now add,
in Solaster papposus, the origin of pouch I/II. from the posterior
celom is perfectly definite. In Asterina, as in Cribrella, there
is a secondary communication between the dorsal horn of the
posterior ccelom and the axial sinus.
(7) Whether the tarval posterior ccelom is morphologically single
or double.—So far as I can judge, in my early larvee of Cribrella
there are no signs of doubling of the larval posterior ccelom.
Later, any features which could be interpreted in this sense affect
chiefly the dorsal and ventral horns, and appear at a time when
the natural differentiation of these horns leads to their dividing
more or less into right and left forks. In the case of the dorsal
horn the leftward fork is. at first the only one to appear, and
it becomes perihemal pouch 1./IT. as described above under 6.
From the right one, which appears later, there arises pharyngeal
pouch L./IL., the genital pocket, and ultimately also the ccelom
within arm-rudiment II. In the case of the ventral horn, the
leftward fork burrows to the left or oral side of the stalk of the
preoral lobe in order to reach the internal aspect of hydroceele
pouch I., while the right fork passes to the aboral side of the
DEVELOPMENT OF SOME STARFISHES. 557
stalk in question. The two forks thus ride saddlewise on the
preoral lobe-stalk, but when this stalk is obliterated, the saddle-
cavity simply fills out to form the ceelom within arm-rudiment I.
Further, in general, during the growth of the larva, as the
epigastric ccelom remains relatively small, the larval posterior
ceelom has to encroach somewhat. on the right or aboral side, and
in particular sections the encroaching shelf may give an impression
of bifidity.
Masterman described indications of early doubling of the pos-
terior ccelom, and considered these as supporting his view that the
ceelom in question is made up of right and left morphological
elements, namely, a right posterior and a left posterior ccelomic
cavity. This view, although it might suit the ontogeny of
Cribrella, is out of harmony with the data from other starfishes
and from echinoderms generally, including double-nydrocele
specimens. In discussing the subject elsewhere (2, p. 234; 8,
p. 32) I have put forward the view that the larval posterior
(future hypogastric) celom of Solaster is morphologically a left
posterior celom originating from the gut by a separate, meta-
merically posterior, ouberowtlh, and that the cor responding cavity
on the right side, ‘namely the epigastric ccelom, originates, as in
Asterina, Asterias, Echinws, etc., by backward extension of the
anterior ccelom.
(8) Sequence in formation of hydrocele pouches.—The first
thickenings for the hydroccele pouches make their appearance at
about the’ ninth day, pouch I. being slightly the latest. There-
after, pouches IIT. and IV. differentiate a little more quickly
than the rest; pouch V. and pouch IJ. are next in order; while
pouch I. is the slowest. According to Masterman the growth
series usually begins with pouch V. (his pouch I.) and gradually
works round to pouch I. (his pouch V.). The facts are of interest
in connection with the question as to what is the proper number-
ing of the rays in Cribrella and other starfishes (2, p. 276).
(9) Hnantiomorphic and double-hydrocele larve.—Masterman
has stated (9, p. 403) that enantiomorphic specimens, 7. e. speci-
mens in which the hydroccle develops on the right instead of the
left side of the larva, are probably not uncommon in Cribrella.
None, however, was observed in my series. Indeed, in very large
sare bets of steidielh larve examined from time to one (Asien
rubens, Solaster papposus, S. endeca, Porania) I have not come
across a single example of this abnormality, and only one
specimen (Porania) in which a right instead of a left hydropore
was present.
No double-hydrocele or double-hydropove larvee were found in
Cribrella, although examples of these abnormalities are not
infrequent in other starfishes (4, p. 69).
(10) The brachiolarian notches.—A special gap or notch (oral
brachiolarian, or hydroccelic, notch) between pouches J. and V.,
such as occurs so markedly in Asterina, Asterias rubens, and
Solaster, is not characteristic of Cribrella. Nor is there at any
558 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE
stage a gap or wide separation (aboral brachiolarian notch)
between arm-rudiments I. and II. of the disc. Arm-rudiments
I. and V. are, however, kept apart for a time during the retraction
of the preoral lobe towards the oral side of the disc, through
having between them that region of the preoral lobe which carries
the right lateral brachium.
A hydroccelic (oral brachiolarian) notch between pouches J. and
V. is characteristic (w) of feeding attaching brachiolarian larve,
e. g., Asterias rubens (2), Asterias pallida (5), Porania (3); (6) of
forms proximately derived from these, e. g., Asterina (7); (c) of
multiradiate forms in which the extra rays are added to one or
both ends of an open hydroceele crescent, e. g., Solaster endeca (1)
and S. papposus. On the other hand, absence of a marked hydro-
ecelic notch is characteristic of (4) non-attaching feeding bipin-
nariz of the Bipinnaria asterigera type; (6) quinque-radiate forms
with abbreviated ontogeny, e. g., Cribrella and Asterias miillert.
The presence or absence of a well-marked aboral brachiolarian
notch obeys similar rules, but we must note that this notch when
present occurs between arm-rudiments I. and I1., not I. and V.,
of the disc.
(11) Relation of hydrocele to larval stalk.—in Asterias rubens
at metamorphosis, retraction of the preoral lobe to the oral aspect
of the disc takes place rapidly through the action of muscular
fibres developed beneath the ectoderm and in the coelomic walls.
Tn Solaster the process, though slower, is effected by muscular
fibres which pass from the wall of the preoral ccelom to the oral
aspect of the disc. In both cases the gap (see under 10 above)
between the dorsal and ventral horns of the hydroceele crescent
allows the stalk to be dragged into the concavity of the crescent
and to be clasped for a time by the hydroceele ring as the latter is
completing itself. In Cribrella the hydroccele, being practically
from the first a small complete ring or disc, does not have the chance
of enclosing the larval stalk. However, a set of retractor muscle-
fibres similar to those in Asterias and Solaster makes its appearance
at metamorphosis, passing to the centre of the oral surface super-
ficially to the hydroceele and dividing into branches, some fibres
from which pass deeply towards the wall of the gut, while others
diverge interradially. At the place where the retractor muscle
arises from the wall of the preoral ccelom, a slight outpouching
can be recognised as early as the 12th day, and later (18th day)
a very distinct pocket from the preoral celom passes towards the
centre of the disc in interradius I./V. (see Pl. IT. fig. 10). Had
the hydroceele in Cribrella been an open crescent instead of a
closed ring, the retractor fibres above-described would in all likeli-
hood have drawn the stalk and its cavity within the grasp of the
hydroccele crescent, as occurs in Asterias, Asterina, and Solaster.
We must look upon the early closed condition of the hydroceele
in Cribrella as less primitive than its open formation in Asterias,
In the latter, it seems entirely probable that the ontogenetic
DEVELOPMENT OF SOME STARFISHES. 559
retraction of the preoral lobe and its incorporation with the
oral surface of the starfish repeat the phylogenetic changes in
virtue of which, after fixation, the preoral lobe disappeared and
the mouth, with the esophagus, migrated to the centre of a disc-
like area which gradually developed radial symmetry. <Asterina
shows a corresponding but less perfect repetition in which the
larval mouth and esophagus are temporary non-functional struc-
tures. Solaster has no larval mouth or cesophagus at all, but the
retractor muscle-fibres of the preoral lobe are present and the
hydrocele during retraction forms an open crescent. Cribrella
is still further modified: larval mouth and cesophagus do not
occur and the hydroceele is never an open crescent. However,
the retractor muscle-fibres and the position of sucker and last
remnants of the preoral lobe in interradius I./V. remain as
primitive characters still decipherable on the developmental
palimpsest of the most crucial period, namely the fixation period,
in its ancestral history.
(12) Changes of shape in starfish larve.—tThe larve of echino-
derms in general, and starfishes in particular, undergo remarkable
changes of form sometimes quickly, sometimes slowly. These
changes are no doubt due in chief part to unequal growth, but there
is evidence that contraction of muscular fibres developed ad hoc
also plays a part. Thus, as seen above, the abrupt alteration of
form at metamorphosis, including the retraction of the preoral
lobe, is due to muscular action. J believe that a similar factor
operates in many other changes of form if we could only follow
out the process. For example, the pulling down of the wall of
the gut towards the middle of the oral surface to form the adult
mouth appears to be due to an extension of fibres from the pre-
oral lobe retractor set (see under 11 above). Fibres from this set
pass out interradially, and probably in the end these form the
dilating fibres of the mouth which he within the buceal mem-
brane and are attached to ridges on the mouth-angle plates.
Phylogenetically, the retractor fibres of the preoral lobe may be
veterable to a particular segment of mouth-dilator fibres which
became hypertrophied, in order at the proper time to be able to
drag the preoral lobe after the larval mouth when the latter
migrated to the middle of the starfish disc.
The primary division of the archenteron into anterior, middle,
and posterior regions takes place somewhat suddenly and without
there being any corresponding external division of the larva into
anterior, middle, and posterior segments. At this time muscular
tissue has not yet become differentiated, but one may note, in the
basal portions of the cells lining certain regions of the archen-
teron, a staining reaction similar to that given by muscular fibrils.
This appears very markedly in the middle or enteric region
where narrowing of the archenteron is taking place, and I think
it possible that the staining indicates specially contractile pro-
toplasm present for, the purpose of producing the required
560 DR. J.-F. GEMMILL ON THE
change of shape without delay. This contractile protoplasm may
perhaps be compared with the myonemic layer in the cortex of
Tae protozoa.
13) Skeleton.—My material has not allowed me to make a full
study of the development of the skeleton, but the following points
may be noted :—
1. The aboral skeleton arises in the form of scattered plates
which, as in the case of Solaster, do not exhibit a definite radial
and interradial arrangement as do the primary plates of most
other echinoderm larve. In particular, there is no single ter-
minal plate at the end of each ray, but a number of small
ossicles, one or more of which may be in the middle line of the
ray, while the others are more laterally placed.
The adult has a large terminal plate at the end of each ray.
Each of these plates arises by fusion of a number (not less than
five) of the small first-formed ossicles. This appears to be a
point of very considerable interest. The symmetrical arrange-
ment of the primary plates in typical starfish development must
be an acquired feature, a result, not a precursor, of general
radiate symmetry. We can hardly doubt but that in the first
echinoderms the skeletal ossicles. were diffusely distributed in the
dermis. In Cribrella accordingly, whether through survival or
reversion, the primitive mode of origin of the primary plates
by coalescence of scattered calcifications is still exhibited in the
development of the terminals.
Tt will be shown later (p. 562), with reference to the mouth-
angle and first ambulacral plates in Solaster, that the converse
ontogenetic process, namely, division of an originally continuous
calcification into two or more movably articulated ossicles, can
occur..
_ ITT. Sonaster enpeca. (PI. I. fig. 11.)
Examination of material recently obtained from the Millport
Marine Station enables me to supplement or correct my former
account of the development of this species in regard to the
following points :—{1) origin of pharyngeal or perioral ceelom ;
(2) origin of perihemal pouch EX./I.*; sequence in formation
of hydroccele pouches and final position of remains of sucker ;
(4) formation of the terminal, first ambulacral, and mouth-angle
ossicles.
1. Pharyngeal or perioral cwlom.—This ceelom originates by
interradial outgrowths from the posterior ccelom, and normally
such outgrowths occur in all the interradii, those: in WILT. /IX.
and TX. /L. being the latest to form. Sometimes, however, blanks
appear to be left im one or more interradii, these blanks in the
end being filled up by extensions from adjacent pouches.
Masterman, in Cribrella (9, p. 392), first described the forma-
tion of the pharyngeal ccelom by interradial pouches from the
* See footnote on p. 59d.
DEVELOPMENY’ OF SOME STARFISHES. 561
posterior ccelom, stating that this occurred for certain in inter-
radii IJ./IIL., TIL./1V., and LV./V. In my former account
(1, p. 34) I noted the occurrence of several interradial outgrowths
in Solaster endeca, but was unable to say whether such out-
growths were present in all the interradii. It may be added here
that Crossaster papposus falls into line with Solaster endeca as
regards the origin of the pharyngeal ceelom, except that in Cros-
saster the latest formed pouches are [X./X. and X./XI. (See
p- 563.)
2. Origin of perihemal pouch IX./I.—¥ormerly I thought
that this pouch took origin from the anterior ecelom (1, p. 31),
a moiety being possibly contributed by the posterior ccelom.
Examination of fuller material brings out the fact that the whole
of the pouch in question arises from the ventral horn of the
posterior ceelom. (See p. 556.)
3. Sequence in formation of hydrocele pouches, etc.—In Solaster
endeca the usual number of rays is nine, and of these five are
primary in the sense that they correspond to the five rays of
an ordinary starfish such as Asterina gibbosa or Asterias rubens.
To begin with, the five primary hydrocele rays or pouches are
arranged in a crescent with dorsal and ventral ends, pouch I.*
being near the dorsal and pouch V. near the ventral end. The
formation of the additional rays begins at the ventral end of the
crescent, pouches VI., VII., and VIII. beimg successively added
in this region during the progress of metamorphosis. In speci-
mens with only eight rays the hydroccele ring now closes in
interradius VIII./I., and it is in this interradius also that the
last remains of the sucker and stalk are to be found. Formerly
I believed that in specimens with nine rays: (the usual number)
pouch IX. was superadded to pouch VIII. at the extreme ventral
end of the hydrocele crescent. However, examination of my
new material and re-examination of my former material makes it
certain that normally pouch LX. is superadded to pouch I. by
outgrowth from the dorsal end of the hydrocele crescent, and that
accordingly the closure of the hydroccele ring really takes place
in interradius VIII./LX., the last remains of sucker and stalk
being found either in this interradius or opposite pouch IX. I
take this opportunity of correcting my former mistake, which was
made somewhat easy by the circumstance that a large proportion
of my metamorphosing specimens developed only eight pouches,
pouch IX. being absent, and it was from serial sections of
these specimens that my description of the details of closure of
the hydroceele ring was chiefly made. However, the correction
in no way invalidates my numbering of the rays in Solaster,
rays I., IJ., and V. being fixed by the two great landmarks of
starfish asymmetry, the position of the madreporite and of the
anus. As regards Crossaster papposus, we may note here that
two or even three out of its six to eight extra pouches are formed
by extension from the dorsal end of the hydroceele crescent.
* See footnote on p. 595.
562 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE
4. The terminal, the first ambulacral, and the mouth-angle
ossicles show certain very interesting features in earlier or later
development.
Terminals.—Usually the first indication of the terminal in each
ray is a pair of small calcifications, to which a third (median) is
frequently added, while others appear later at the sides. The
adult terminal is formed as in Cribrella (p. 560) by fusion of
a number (probably usually five) of these early calcifications.
This has taken place by the time the young starfish is 3 mm. in
diameter.
Ambulacral Skeleton.—in each ray on each side of the middle
line, a skeletal plate develops (@) proximal to the first sucker-foot,
(5) between the first and second sucker -feet, and (c) between the
second and third sucker-feet, and so on in order. In my paper
on the development of Solaster endeca I followed Ludwig (6) in
ae these as the first, second, and third ambulacrals
(A,, A,, A,), and also in reckoning the mouth-angle plates as
being ae first of the adambulacrals (Ad,, Ludwig). The A, plates
give rise to what are usually called in the adult the proximal
processes of the first ambulacral vertebre. Careful examination,
confirmed by slow maceration experiments, shows that both in
Solaster endeca and in Crossaster papposus the mouth-angle
plates (Ad,, Ludwig) are usually continuous in their calcification
with the corresponding A, plates. The joint which separates
them in the adult must therefore be of secondary formation. In
view of the circumstance just noted, and of the further facts
(1) that paleeozoic Asterozoa have no amibulacrall bars proximal to
the first sucker-feet (Spencer, 12, p. 30), (2) that in many recent
starfish the two ambulacral bars in this position in each ray are
somewhat widely separated, (3) that each A, plate when it first
appears is nearer a mid-interradial than a mid-radial line, we
may raise the question whether the proximal processes of the first
ambulacral vertebre are not phylogenetically buttress-extensions
from the mouth-angle plates towards the middle line of the ray.
This view assumes that ontogenetically the formation of the
buttress-extension is now somewhat antedated as compared with
that of the mouth-angle plate. Such “heterochronicity” is by
no means uncommon in other life-histories.
IV. SricHASTER ROSEUS.
The Stichasteride and the Asteriide are included by Sladen
among the eryptozonates (11, p. xxxvi). They agree in the
general details of their internal anatomy as well as (1) in having
the gills not confined to the purely abactinal surface, (2) in
having quadriserially arranged sucker-feet, (3) in having the
actinostomial margin formed by the ambulacral plates, (4) in
having pedicellariz both of the forcipiform and of the forficiform
type. They differ, however, in that among the Stichasteride the
marginals are fairly definite and touch one another, while the
plates of the abactinal skeleton are tesselate, and arranged more
DEVELOPMENT OF SOME STARFISHES. 563
or less definitely in longitudinal rows. The Asteriide, on the
other hand, have inconspicuous marginals, and the ossicles of
their abactinal skeleton form a reticulum.
Stichaster roseus 1s by no means abundant in the Firth of
Clyde, and only one facultatively ripe specimen, a female, was
available to me last summer (1915
The ovaries resemble those of Asterias rubens or A. glacialis,
each being a single, simply-branched, much lobulated sac lying
free within the body-cavity except at its root, where the single
efferent duct joins the body-wall.
The eggs are small like those of A. rubens, pale in colour, but
with a reddish tinge. They were unrije when first shredded out
into sea-water, but underwent the maturation changes shortly
thereafter.
Cross fertilization with Asterias glacialis sperm was tried, and
proved so far successful that about 10 per cent. of the eggs exhibited
membranes of fertilization, and a number proceeded to develop
until the earliest bipinnarial stage was reached. From what we
know about crossing in starfish, we may infer that the normal
development of Stichaster will follow the same course as that
taken by the young hybrids.
In these segmentation was of the total and equal type, though
a slight difference in size between the cells of the upper and lower
pole was present as in Asterias rubens and Porania. The blastula
was a hollow sphere, its wall being formed by a single layer of
cells, while its central cavity contained no mesenchyme. It pro-
gressed with the upper pole in advance, and rotated at the
same time in the solar or watch-hand direction as viewed from
this pole.
Gastrulation was by simple invagination as in 4. rubens, and
the gastrula progressed and rotated in the same manner as
the blastula. When invagination was nearly complete, stellate
mesenchymal cells began to be budded off from the blind end of
the archenteron. Meantime the gastrula was elongating, and
there next appeared on what was to be its ventral side a slight
depression bounded in front and behind by the developing trans-
verse portions of the preoral and postoral ciliated bands. These
bands beeame defined in the same manner as in A. rabens, and
there was a similar correspondence in the mode of formation of
the enteroceelic sacs, the hydropore, the mouth, and the regions
of the alimentary canal. An interesting point noted was that
the posterior enteroceelic outgrowth, which is represented more or
less definitely in A. rwbens, A. glacialis, and Porania (see p. 553),
could not be made ont. Unfortunately my young bipinnarie did
not differentiate further. We may, however, infer that had they
done so, the result would have been a brachiolarian larva with
sucker-attachment duri ing metamorphosis.*
* A pure culture was obtained this year (May 1916). Development proeecded
along the lines described above, but again I did not succeed in getting the later
bipinnarial stages. Many of the larvae showed (9th day) posterior enterocelic
bodies similar in origin and fate to those of Asterias rubens,
564 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON THE
References.
1. GemmiLh, JAmes F,—The Development of the Starfish Solaster
endeca (Forbes). London, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xx. pt. i.
pls. i.-v., pp. 1-71. 1912.
4 IDO, Cle, The Development and certain points in the
Adult Structure of the Starfish Asterias rubens L. Phil.
Trans. Roy. Soc., Ser. B, vol. cev. pp. 213-294. 1914.
ah IDios Glos The Larva of the Starfish Porania pulvillus
(O. F.M.). London, Q. J. M.S. vol. xi. pt. 1. pp. 27-50.
1915.
4. Do. do. Double Hydrocele in the Development and
Metamorphosis of Asterias rubens L. London, Q.J.M.5.
vol. lxi. pt. 1, pp. 51-80. 1915.
5. Goro, S.—Some Points in the Metamorphosis of Asterina
gibbosa. Tokyo, Journ. Coll. Sci. vol. xii. pt. 3, pp. 227-
242.
6. Lupwie, H.—Entwickelungsgeschichte der Asterina gibbosa.
Leipzig, Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool. vol. xxxvii. pp. 1-89.
1882.
7. MacBripzt, E. W.—The Development of Asterina gibbosa.
London, Q. J. M.S. vol. xxxviii. pp. 339-411. 1896.
8. Do. do. Text-Book of Embryology. Vol. I. Inverte-
brates. London, Macmillan & Co. 1914.
9. Masrerman, A. T.—The Early Development of Cribrella
oculata (Forbes), with Remarks on Echinoderm Develop-
ment. Edinburgh, Trans. Roy. Soe. vol. xl. pp. 373-417.
1902.
10. Sars, M.—Ueber die Entwickelung der Seesterne. Arch. f.
Naturgesch. 1844, pp. 169-178.
11. Suapen, W. P. ‘Challenger’ Reports: Zoology, vol. xxx.
1889.
12. Spencer, W. K. Monograph of the British Paleozoic
Asterozoa. Part 1. Paleontographical Society, 1913,
pp. 1-56.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prarz I.
Asterias glacialis.
|
le}
ig. 1. Larva, 8 days old, showing on left side a well-marked posterior body
becoming separated off from the wall of the stomach.
Fig.2. Larva from same brood, 124 days old, showing the posterior enteroccelic
body now separated off from the stomach, possessing a lumen of its own,
and increasing in size. The right and left enterocceles are growing back-
wards along the sides of the stomach. This larva, like many others in
A, glacialis, has a right as well as a left hydropore.
Fie. 3. Larva from same brood, 15 days old, showing the posterior enteroceelic body
now united with the main enteroccele on the left side. This larva also has
two hydropores, but the right one is becoming reduced. In older larve
the ecelom extends still further backwards on the sides of the stomach as
in Asterias rubens (2), but it is then no longer possible to tell on the left
side what portion is derived from the posterior enterocwlic body.
DEVELOPMENT OF SOME STARFISHES. 565
Fig. 4. Section of stomach-wall of 8 days larva through posterior enteroccelic body,
which is here shown as a thickening with slight outpouching of the
stomach-wall.
Fig. 5. Section of 10 days larva in similar region, showing posterior enteroccelic
body with a distinct lumen, and now nearly separated off from wall of
stomach.
09
b.cav., buccal cavity; l.entc., left enteroceele; oes., esophagus; p.ente.’, posterior
enteroceelic body; po.cil.bd., postoral ciliated band; post.pr., posterior
backwardly growing process of enteroceele, which nor mally gives rise to the
posterior enteroccele on either side; pr.cil.bd., preoral ciliated band ; rect.,
opone of rectum ; r.ente., right enter ocele; st., stomach ; st.20., stomach-
wa
Pruate II.
Cribrella oculata.
Figs. 6-9. Diagrams illustrating mode of origin of perihemal pouch J./II. from
posterior caelom.
In fig. 6 the tip of the dorsal horn which is destined to become peri-
hemal pouch J./II. is bending leftward to lie between hydroccle pouches
J. and II. In fig. 7 an opening has appeared between the axial sinus and
the dorsal horn of the posterior celom. In fig. 8 the axial sinus is again
beeoming closed off from the dorsal horn of the posterior ecelom, but in
such a way as to leave the tip of the dorsal horn still for a time connected
with the axial smus. In fig. 9 this tip, z.e. perihemal pouch I./II., is
seen isolated both from the axial sinus and from the posterior ccelom.
I. and I1., the first and second hydvroceele pouches respectively. aar.s., axial
sinus portion of anterior ceelom ; d.h.p.c., dorsal horn of posterior ecelom ;
ph.I./£1., perihemal pouch I./II.
Fig. 10. Section along preoral lobe and through disc of a 20 days Cribrella larva at
a stage when retraction of the preoral lobe is in active progress (outlines
drawn with camera lucida). The retractor muscle described in the text
is seen to cause a sharp pouching of the preoral ceelom towards the dise
superficial to the hydrocele rmg. Had this portion of the hydrocele
ring been absent through the hydroccele being an open crescent, the con-
dition in Solaster or in Asterina and Asterias might well have resulted,
the preoral ccelom becoming continuous with the axial sinus and with the
developing internal perihemal sinus on the oral aspect of the disc, as in
Solaster. If completion of the hydroccele ring supervened prior to the
disappearance of this continuity, the result might well be an enclosure of
the stalk-cavity by the hydrocele such as occurs in Asterina, Asterias
rubens, and Solaster endeca.
div., pouch from preoral ccelom caused by pull of the preoral lobe retractor
muscle (.muse.) ; epig.c., the epigastric celom ; gut., the enteron or gut ;
hyp.c., hypogastric coclom (larval posterior coelom) : hy.r., the hydrocele
ring (in neighbourhood of pouch III.) ; hy.7.’, the hydrocosle ring (between
- pouches I. and V.); ov.s., internal oral circular sinus (internal ‘perihemal
ring); phar.c., pharyngeal celom; pod., developing sucker-feet.; pr.c.,
preoral cceelom; 7.muse., retractor muscle of the preoral lobe.
Solaster endeca.
Fig. 11. Specimen in late metamorphosis, from oral side, showing origin of hydro-
cele pouch IX. from the (larval) oe sal end of the hydroceele crescent
(see p. 561). Contrast with Pl. i. fig. 13 of 1, in the lettering of
which, however, VIII. and IX. should “be replaced by VII. and VIII.
respectively.
ON CRYPTOSTOME BEEILES. 567
28. On Cryptostome Beetles in the Cambridge University
Museum of Zoology. By 8. Maurin, B.A. (Cantab.),
I'..8., Imperial College of Science and Technology,
London *
[Received May 22, 1916: Read October 24, 1916. ]
(Text-figures 1 & 2.)
INDEX.
; i Page
ATW ROSNI EBON UR ear nee aomoudan Maes ake ote Bane du badmuebeteacadcen OLNE,
Systematic :
Ainisoderopsis, Zenuy NOs syne eeeeee ete ae OHO
Hhagonia, subgen. INOW coven ohiedccioestee OU on
Agonia (Ekagonia) krishna, sp. Ug ee sy eee OWeL
Agonia cherapunjiensis, Sp. N. ............20000---. 573
Oma denticula Boh., var. krishna, noy. ......... 579
AGREE; RG TNO | spobsno4ovoastocosenveoke. ces ooe 583
4Al,, rufoornata Baly, var. amazonensis, nov. ... 583
ID PONAOUKEI, ERNMNs TONS © sposcncu0 sen s00 Caocbosbodooasge0q000 MIS
The present paper is based on the collection of Hispine and
Cassidinze contained in the Museum of Cambridge University.
The collection is a representative one, in that it 1s composed of
species from all parts of the world. There are 271 specimens
representing 14 genera and about 40 species of Hispine and
34 genera and about 68 species of Cassidinze. Owing either to
the imperfect. condition of the specimens or to insufficiency of
material, I have been able to deal with only 4/7 genera and
80 species of both groups in this paper.
I have studied this collection in conjunction with similar
material in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). This method
has afforded me the opportunity of examining a large number
of examples, with the result that I have been able to study
critically some of Boheman’s genera and to propose some
alterations. I have also been able to supply information oa
certain points which are left as doubtful in Spaeth’s recent
‘Catalogue of Cassidine.’ In a few cases the priority of the
names of certain genera has been discussed. Three new genera,
one new subgenus, and two new species are now proposed here.
In the following list of determinations wherever the range of a
species is not indicated it has been reported only from the locality
which is mentioned in this paper.
I wish to express my indebtedness to Dr. C. J. Gahan, who
has always kindly given me the benefit of his opinion on many
points. “My thanks are also due to Mr. Scott, of the Cambridge
Museum, whose assistance at the initial stage of the study L wish
to acknowledge. This piece of work was “done while 1 was a
student of the Tmperial College of Science. I take this oppor-
tunity of expressing my thanks to Profs, MacBride and Lefroy,
of the zoological department of the College.
* Communicated by the SECRETARY.
568 MR. S. MAULIK ON
AMERICAN HISPIN AL.
Genus CEPpHALOLEIA Chevrolat.
Chevrolat, Charles d’Orbigny’s Dict. Universal d’ Hist. Naturelle,
i. 1843, p. 272; Blanchard, Hist. Ins. ii. 1845, p. 182; Baly,
Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 39, t. 1. f. 12; Chapuis, Gen. Col. xi. 1875,
p. 277; Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. 1910, p. 82.
Baly, in his ‘Catalogue of Hispidee,’ refers to Cephaloleia as
a manuscript name of Chevrolat’s. This statement has been
accepted by Weise, who ascribes the authorship to Blanchard,
whose characterization of Cephaloleia was published in 1845.
Chapuis ascribes the authorship to Chevrolat, but gives a
reference to Dejean’s Catalogue, 3rd ed. 1836, p. 390, where
the genus is not characterized. This reference naturally leads
one to think that Chevrolat did not characterize the genus.
As a matter of fact, Chevrolat first characterized the genus in
@Orbigny’s ‘ Dictionnaire Universel d’Histoire Naturelle,’ i11.
January 1843, p. 272, in these words :—‘‘Ces insectes ont un peu
du facies des Cassidaires, mais ils sont étroits, quelquefois allongés
carrément, entiérement lisses, sans épines; leur corselet est ou
arrondi en avant et sur les cotés, ou en carré transverse. Les
Hispa metallica, nigricornis, Fabr., V Hisp. nigricornis VOlivier,
espéce distincte de la premiére, et l Alurnus cyanipennis de Perty
rentrent dans ce genre.” This description is signed C. There
are various dates on the title-pages of d’Orbigny’s ‘ Diction-
naire. The question of these dates has been gone into b
Sherborn and Palmer (Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) ui. April 1899,
pp. 350-2). According to them the third volume of d’Orbigny’s
‘ Dictionnaire, in which the description of Cephaloleia occurs,
was first published as a completed volume in January 1843.
I have consulted the copy belonging to the Zoological Society
of London, the title-page of which bears the same date.
Weise has changed the spelling of the name of the genus by
omitting the ‘“‘e” between the ‘‘1” and “1.” I prefer to adhere
to Chevrolat’s original spelling, because this custom of latinising
the names has led to great confusion in many cases,
CEPHALOLEIA NIGRICORNIS Fab.
Cephalolera nigricornis Fabricius, Ent. Syst. i. 1792, pt. 2, p. 73 ;
Olivier, Encycl. Méth. vii. 1792, p. 99, Ent. vi. 1808, p. 773,
t. 2. f. 25; Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 47.
3 examples.
Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
CEPHALOLEIA PROXIMA Baly.
Cephaloleia proxima Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 47.
1 example.
Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
Baly reports it from Cayenne, Guiana.
CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES. 569
CEPHALOLEIA EXIMIA Baly.
Cephaloleia ecimia Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 53.
2 examples.
Locality.—Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
Baly reports it from Cayenne, Guiana.
Genus STETHISPA Baly.
STETHISPA CONFUSA Baly.
Stethispa confusa Baly, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) xiv. 1864,
p- 267.
1 example.
Loeality.—Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
Genus CHALEPUS Thunb.
CHALEPUS (CHALEPUS) SANGUINICOLLIS L.
Hispa sanguimcollis Linné, Mant. Plant. Alt. vi. 1771, p. 530.
2 examples.
Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
Range. Middle and South America.
OLD WORLD HISPIN 4.
Genus Borryonopa Blanch.
BotRYONOPA SPECTABILIS Baly.
Botryonopa spectabilis Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 93; Gestro,
Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, 1897, p. 44.
2 examples.
Locality.—Malay Penin. (Skeat SEH te, BOs i, en
Range. Malacca, Sumatra.
BotTRYONOPA GRANDIS Baly.
Hispopria grandis Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 95.
1 example.
Locality.— Borneo (Shelford).
Range. Sumatra, Java.
Genus AntsopERA Chevrolat.
Chevrolat, C. d’Orbigny’s Dict. Univ. d’Hist. Nat. i. 1847,
p- 535; Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 101, t. 2. f. 8; Chapuis, Gen.
Col. xi. 1875, p. 295; Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, p. 118.
The authorship of nine genus must be attributed to Chevrolat
and not to Baly, as has hitherto been done. It was an oversight
on Baly’s part to call Anisodera a manuscript name. ‘fn Charles
@Orbigny’s ‘ Dictionnaire,’ i. p. 535, Anisodera is described as
follows :—‘“‘ Genre de Coléoptéres tétramer es, famille des Chryso-
mélines, tribu des Hispoides, établi par M. Chamalat aux dépens
Proc. Zoot. Soc, OG, No. XL. 40
570 MR. S. MAULIK ON
du g. Aduwrnus de Fabricius, et adopté par M. Dejean (Cat. 3° edit.),
qui y rapporte deux esp. de Java, savoir: |’A.lucidiventris Buquet,
et lA. ferruginea, qui est lV Alurnus ferrugineus de Fabr.—Les
earact. de ce g., d’aprés M. Chevrolat, sont: Tete avancée,
arrondie, entaillée circulairement sur la face. Palpes assez
développés: le dernier article des maxillaires long, un peu
renflé au milieu. Antennes presque réunies par la base sur
le front, épaisses, cylindroides, de 11 articles: les cing 1™ lisses ;
les 3° et 4° du double plus longs que le 2°; les suivants presque
égaux, un peu plus allongés; le dernier terminé en pointe
mousse. Corselet plus long que large, inégal, coupé oblique-
ment en avant, droit a la base, conné et abaissé sur les cétés.
Elytres modérément convexes, a stries ponctuées, arrondies a
Vextrémité et non armées. Pattes simples, trapues; les 2° et 3°
articles des tarses profondément bilobés.”
I have quoted this in full from the copy of the first volume of
the ‘Dictionnaire’ belonging to the Zoological Society of London,
which bears the date 1847 on the title-page (the first volume was,
however, first published in 1841—see Sherborn & Palmer, “ Dates
of Charles d’Orbigny’s Dictionnaire Universal d’ Histore Naturelle,
1839-1849,” Ann. Mag. N. H. (7) i. 1899, pp. 350-2), because
there was a re-composition of the matter of the first volume at a
later date.
From the above, it will be seen that Alurnus ferrugineus ¥.
and A. lucidiventris Guérin were separated from the genus
Alurnus and formed into a new genus which Chevrolat called
Anisodera. As one of those species must be taken as the type
of the genus Anisodera, I select Fabricius’s species ferrugineus as
being earlier than Guérin’s. But both ferragineus and lueidi-
ventris are now included in a subgenus Lissochila, while Anisodera
excavata Baly is made the type of Anisodera proper. ‘There exist
good structural differences between the subgenera which are
fairly constant, and I consider them to be of generic importance.
Owing to this fact and in view of the present note on the priority
of Chevrolat’s description of Anisodera, I propose to erect a
new genus and sink Zissochila as a synonym of Anisodera as
follows :—
i. Labrum short, the transverse edge emarginate and covered
with long and stiff hairs. The labrum lies in a lower
plane than the clypeus. Upper side of the body shining.
Elytra without pronounced ribs. ..... . Anisoderopsis, gen. n.
(Type A. excavata Baly.)
ii. Labrum large, the transverse edge straight, sparsely covered
with hairs. Labrum lies in the same plane as the clypeus,
which is small and almost plain. Upper side of the body,
asa rule, opaque. Elytra with pronounced ribs.
Anisodera Chevrolat.
(Type A. ferruginea Fab.)
ON
1
=
CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES,
Genus OncHOCEPHALA Chevy.
ONCHOCEPHALA QUADRILOBATA Guérin.
Onchocephala quadrilobata Guérin, Icon, Régn. Anim,, Ins.
1844, p. 281; Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, p. 121 and 1905,
117; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, 1899, p. 314,
f. 1; Maulik, Rec. Ind. Mus. Caleutta, 1915, p. 372.
1 example.
Locality.—Ceylon, Oct. (Myer).
Range. India, Andaman Islands.
Genus AGoniA Weise.
The genus Agonia is divided into two subgenera according to
the number of coste on each elytron, thus :—Hlytra with three
costee and eight or more rows of punctures, Agonia s. str.; elytra
with two costze and six rows of punctures, Agonella Weise. In
the present case there are four coste and ten rows:of punctures,
I therefore take the following new species (Agonia krishna) as
the type of a new subgenus which I name Hhagonia. The con-
vexity of the eyes, the low costs, the smooth parallel rows of
punctures, the form of the body, all point to the conclusion that
Agonia krishwa has close affinity to the genus Downisia Baly.
The species included in the subgenus Agonella have higher costz,
coarser punctures, and the body more dilated behind—characters
which are strongly marked in the next genus Gonophora. For
these reasons I place Agonia krishna at the beginning of the
genus Agona.
EKAGONIA, subgen. nov,
AGONIA (EKAGONIA) KRISHNA, sp. n. (‘Text-fig. 1.)
Elongate, parallel-sided, black, shiing. First two joints of
antenne shining, the rest of the joints pubescent ; interantennal
space with a protuberance; eyes strongly convex. Prothorax
parallel-sided, base bisinuate, moderately convex, disc shining,
with a few scattered deep punctures, anterior surface trans-
versely strigose with a few brownish hairs, base with a deep
triangular fossa, each side with two shallower and rounded fossee
or depressions. Scutellum smooth, shining, with the apex
rounded. Elytra with four cost, first costa slightly elevated,
ten rows of punctures, between the suture and the first costa
only one row of punctures.
Length, from head to apex of elytra, 5’5 mim,
Described from one example,
Locality.— Borneo (Shelford),
Type in the British Museum.
Head. The bases of the antennez are well separated from the
mouth-parts by the clypeus, which is strigose and depressed in
the middle. Labraum covered with brownish hairs. Seen from
above, the interantennal process is so prominent that it conceals
40*
572 MR. 8S. MAULIK ON
the bases of the antenne from view. Antenne, first two joints
shining and rounded, third joint longest, after the third joint the
antenne are gradually thickened towards the apex. Prothorax
cylindrical, sides with bisinuate margins ; front margin straight,
brownish ; posterior to the front margin the surface is trans-
versely strigose and is sparsely covered with fine brownish hairs.
Dise smooth, shining, with a few deep punctures. At the base in
the middle is a very deep triangular fossa. On each side of the
dise two depressions, the anterior shallower than the posterior ;
concavity of the depressions with deep punctures. Sevtellum
small, oval, smooth, shining. In this specimen there are about
four small punctures near the margins. Hlytra parallel sided,
with four coste on each elytron. ‘The first costa is slightly
Text-figure Ih
OOdOTeOOIIS
Pie eenort
Y
eo Walninielialaloi saa
Sino
ZE
ce %
Agonia (Ekagonia) krishna. X 8.
elevated, the suture is as much elevated as the first costa if not
more. ‘The second costa is more elevated than the first, the
third and fourth prominently elevated. All the coste meet at
the apex of the elytra. On each elytron there are altogether ten
parallel rows of punctures disposed as follows:—Between the
suture and first costa one row; between first and second cost
two rows; between second and third coste two rows; between
third and fourth coste two rows; between fourth and lateral
margin three rows. Underside smooth, shining, sparsely covered
with brownish hairs; mentum, coxe, margins of the abdominal
sternites, tibie and tarsi with brownish tinge; fourth joint of
tarsus not longer than the third, claws more or less hidden in
the thick pubescence of the underside of the tarsus.
CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES. 573
AGONIA CHERAPUNJIENSIS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 2.)
Elongate. Upperside subnitid, underside shining. Head,
antenne, underside, legs, a longitudinal middle line on the
pronotum and the scutellum black, elytra and the rest of the
body fulvous, Three coste on each elytron. Three rows of
punctures between the suture and the first costa.
Length, from head to the apex of elytra, 14°5 mm.; antenna,
6 mm.; pronotum, 3 mm.
Locality.—Cherapunji, Assam, N.E. India (taken by J/rs.
Somerset, 15. vii. 1907).
Described from one example.
Type in the British Museum.
Text-figure 2.
Oren ele OCn.escnoe maa
maUstelsisicineparielpeuiel
BOO CER CRERA ORE.
5
Cane
lel
oS
Soo Se
ELGG peley peas
eSewistansiesne
a
PES
Adae
SPAS
Agonia cherapunjiensis. X A.
Head. Antenne moderately stout, basal joint short, second
joint constricted at base, third joint longest, fourth joint shorter
than third but longer than each of the following joints, fifth to
seventh subequal, eighth to tenth equal but shorter than each
of the preceding joints, eleventh joint bluntly pointed ; surface
of all the joints except the third hairy and with elongate
punctures. Clypeus much broader than long, apex produced
into a process which passes beyond the interantennal space.
Labrum rufescent, edges bristly. Mandibles broad, black, very
574 MR. S. MAULIK ON
powerful. Maxillary palpi 4-jointed, fulvous, hairy, fourth joint
darker in colour and bluntly pointed. Labial palpi 3-jointed,
fulvous, hairy, apex of second and third joints black, second joint
dilated at the apex. Prothora« almost as long as broad, sides
with a margin, a longitudinal broad black shining impunctate
raised line in the middle, on each side of this line a raised
impunctate surface. The surface of the pronotum is coarsely
and broadly punctate, punctures becoming smaller near the base.
Scutellum broader at base, apex rounded, black, impunctate.
Elytra: length 11:5 mm.; slightly broadened at apex. Fulvous.
Tricostate and punctate-striate. Between the suture and the
first costa three rows of punctures throughout the whole length
of the elytra; between the first and second costee the rows of
punctures vary; for a length of 2°5 mm. just beyond the base
there are four rows of punctures; five punctures in a transverse
line can be counted because the rows are confused ; for a length
of 2°5 mm. in the middle of the elytra three rows of punctures ;
beyond this the number of rows is increased to four; at the apex
it is again three. Between the second and third coste the rows
of punctures are as follows :—From the smooth shming humeral
callus up to the middle (for a length of 4°5 mm.) two and three
rows of punctures; from the middle to the apex (except the
extreme apex) four confused rows of punctures. Between the
third costa and the lateral margin the rows of pwnctures may
be stated as follows :—3, 2, 3, 4, 3.
Legs and underside. Black, smooth, shming.
AGONIA WALLACE! Baly.
Gonophora wallacet Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 109; Waterhouse,
Aid. Ident. Ins. ii. t. 153. f.’7; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat.
Genova, 1885, p. 165 and 1897, p. 55.
3 examples.
Locality.— Borneo (Shelford, 20. x. 1901).
Range. Malacca, Sumatra.
Genus GonopHora Baly.
GoNoPHORA HAMORRHOIDALIS Weber, var. UNDULATA Weise.
Hispa hemorrhoidalis. Weber; Maulik, Rec. Ind. Mus. Calcutta,
xa, IID, joe BUS
4 examples.
Locality.—Borneo (Shelford).
Range. India and the Indo-Malay Penin. Region.
GONOPHORA CHALYBEATA Baly.
Gonophera chalybeata Baly, Cat. Hisp. 1858, p. 115; Gestro,
Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, 1885, p. 168; Bull. Soc. Ital.
1902 (1903), p. 146.
1 example.
Locality.— Borneo (Shelford).
Tt has also been reported from Singapore.
CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES, 575
GonopHora (LACHNISPA) MODIGLIANI Gestro.
Gonophora (Lachnispa) modighianit Gest. Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat.
Genova, 1892, p. 793 and 1897, p. 65.
1 example. |
Locality.—Borneo (Shelford).
Dr. Modigliani first took this species at Egano Island.
Genus Hispenia Chap.
HisPeLua arra Linné. .
Hispella atra L.; Maulik, Rec. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, xi. 1915,
p. 375.
1 example.
Locality.— Palestine (Vristram).
Range. Kurope, North Africa, Asia Minor, Turkistan.
Genus Dacrytispa Ws.
DACryYLISPA LONGICUSPIS Gest.
Hispa longicuspis Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, 1897,
p. 108, fig.
1 example.
Locality.—Sarawak, Borneo (Shelford, 1897).
In the specimen before me the base of the elytra is not
ferruginous. In other respects it agrees well with Dr. Gestro’s
description.
This species has a wide distribution, having been reported
from Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo.
DACTYLISPA BIPARTITA Guérin.
HAispa bipartita Guérin in Duperrey Voy. ‘ Coquille,’ Zool. ii.
1830, p. 141; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, 1897,
p- 109, fig.; and Not. Leyd. Mus. xix. 1897, p. 175; Ritsema,
Midden-Sumatra, iv. 1887, p. 180.
2 examples.
Locality.—Borneo (Shelford).
It has been reported from Sumatra, Malacca, Java, and
Borneo.
DACTYLISPA MALAYANA (2) Gestro,
Dactylispa malayana Gestro, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. 1909 (1910),
p. 139.
1 example.
Locality.—Malay Penin. (Skeat Expedition, 20. xi. 1900).
The species is identified from description.
DAcryuisPaA FULVIPES (?) Motsch.
Hispa fulvipes Motschulsky, Schrenck’s Reise Amur, ii. 1861,
p. 2388; Gestro, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. 1902, p. 56.
1 example.
Locality.—Ceylon (/ryer).
The species is identified from description.
576 MR. S. MAULIK ON
DACTYLISPA TRIFIDA (?) Chap.
Hispida trifida (%) Chapuis, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xx. 1877,
p. 55; Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, 1885, p. 176 and
WSI5 0, SE
l example. |
Locality.—Sarawak (Shelford, 1897).
This species has also a very wide distribution, having been
reported from Malacca, Sumatra, and Java. The species is
identified from description. ;
Dacry.ispaA soror Weise.
Dactylispa soror Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, p. 134 and
1905, p. 120. .
examples.
Locality.—Peradeniya, Ceylon (Fryer).
The occurrence of this species in Ceylon is recorded here for
the first time. The other locality where it has been taken is
the Nilgiri Hills.
Dacry.ispea spinosa (2?) Weber.
Hispa spinosa Weber; Maulik, Rec. Ind. Mus. Caleutta, xi.
1915, p. 379.
1 example.
Locality.—Borneo (Shelford).
Range. Sumatra, Celebes.
The species is identified from description.
DAcryLisPA LEPTACANTHA Gestro.
Hispa leptacantha Gestro, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, 1897
p- 98; and Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. 1904 (1905), p. 151.
5 examples.
Locality.— Sarawak (Shelford, 1897).
Range. Malacca, Sumatra, Borneo.
?
Genus Hispa L.
Hispa PABRiIci Guér.
Hispa fabricti Guérin in Duperrey Voy. ‘ Coquille,’ Zool. ii.
1830, p. 140; and Icon. Régn. Anim., Ins. 1844, p. 268, t. 48.
f. 3; Gestro, Ann, Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, 1885, p. 174.
1 example.
Locality.—New Britain (Willey, 1. iii. 1898).
Range. New Guinea, New Pomerania, New Mecklenburg.
Genus PLATYPRIA Gueér.
PLATYPRIA ECHIDNA Guer.
Platypria echidna Guerin, Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 139; Gestro,
CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES. yar
Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova) 1890, p. 246, fig., and 1897,
p- 112; Maulik, Rec. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, xi. 1915, p. 380.
1 example.
Locality.—Peradeniya, Ceylon (fryer).
Range. Undia, Ceylon, Tonkin.
PLATYPRIA HYSTRIX F. :
Hispa hystrix Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Shisiis SS, jos WMO
Maulik, Rec. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, xi. 1919, p. 381.
t.
Pp:
p-
1 example.
Locality — Peradeniya, Ceylon (fryer).
Range. India, Ceylon.
CASSIDIN AA.
Genus Himatripium F.
HiIMAtipiIuM CAPENSE Herbst.
Cassida capensis Herbst, Natursyst. Kat. iil, WAS oo Ale,
IBv. tte IO,
Himatidium comptum Perty, Delect. Anim. Bras. 1830-34,
101, t. 20. f. 8; Guérin, Icon. Regn. Anim., Ins. 1844,
286.
Imatidium fasciatum Fabricius, Syst. El. 1. 1801, p. 346;
Illiger, Mag. Ins. i. 1802, p. 392.
f.
t.
Cassida fasciata Olivier, Ent. vis IOS, jo, Gils O05 te ©,
100.
Himatidium fasciatum Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, p. 65,
Mo to Ales
4 examples.
Locality. Amazons (Gosdinan, 1879).
Range. Brazil, Bolivia, Ecuador, Peru.
Genus Prioprera Hope.
PRIOPTERA WESTERMANNI Mannh.
Prioptera westermannt Mannerheim, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose.
xvii. 1844, p. 864; Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, p. 45.
1 example.
Locality.—Shan States, Burma, 23.111. 1905.
Range. Assam, Tenasserim, Tonkin.
PRIOPTERA OCTOPUNCTATA F,
Cassida octopunctata Fabricius, Mant. Ins. 1787, p. 63; Ent.
Syst. 1. 1792, p. 296; Syst. El. i. 1801, p. 395; Linné, Syst. Nat.
ed. xiii, Gmel. 1787, i., iv. p. 1636; Olivier, Ene. méth. v. 1790,
p- 382, and Ent. vi. 1808, p. 946; 97, t. 3. f. 38; Herbst, Natur-
syst. Kaf. viii. 1799, p. 334.
578 . MR. S. MAULIK ON
Prioptera octopunctata Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, p. 55.
Prioptera decempustulata, Boh. Mon. Cassid. 1. 1850, p. 55.
Boheman distinguishes decempustulata from octopunctata
thus :—‘Statura et summa similitudo P. 8-punctate, seepe non-
nihil major, antennis totis flavo-testaceis, elytris subtiliter, vage
punctulatis, pectore nigro, ab illa bene distincta.” I have examined
thirty-eight examples of decempustulata and octopunctata (Brit.
Mus. Coll. & Camb. Univ. Coll.). In view of the material before
me, I am in a position to state that the characters mentioned
by Boheman to distinguish 10-pustulata from 8-punctata are
untenable. These characters are merely individual variations.
Moreover, the genus Prioptera is well known for the variability
of its species. I therefore regard 10-pustulata as a synonym of
8-punctata F.
13 examples.
Loeality.—Borneo (Shelford).
Range. Malacca, Sumatra, Java, Siam.
Genus Hristrcrt1a Boh.
EPIsticTIA MATRONULA Boh.
Lpistictia matronula Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, p. 14;
Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1901, p. 49.
1 example.
Locality.—Ceylon (fryer).
This species has been reported only from Ceylon.
Genus Oma Spaeth.
In discussing the scope and limits of several genera of the
Cassidinie (Archiv f. Naturg. Ixxix. 1913, Abt. A. vi. p. 128),
Dr. Spaeth erects the genus Oma for two species, viz., ae strosa
Boh. and denticula Boh., which he separates from the genus
Desmonota founded by Hope i in 1839 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (1)
i. 1839, p. 97). The differences in the characters of Desmonota
and Oma may be stated as follows :—
Desmonota Hope.—The basal six joints of the antenne are
shining, and very sparsely covered with scattered hairs. The
apical five Joints are opaque and thickly covered with hair. The
sixth joint is much shorter than the fifth and also the following
joints.
Oma Spaeth.— The basal five jomts of the antenne are shining
and very sparsely covered with scattered hairs. The six apical
joints are opaque, and thickly covered with hairs. The sixth
joint is longer and thicker than the fifth joint and about equal
in length to the following Ls
Hope took Germar’s species Cassida platynota as the type of
Desmonota and drew up a description of the generic characters.
In doing so he was in considerable doubt, as will appear from
the following extract from his remarks on the genus :—‘ The
CRYPTOSYOME BEETLES. - 579
species of this division require a very accurate examination ;
none of my acquaintance accord altogether with the above
generic characters; they require, therefore, further division ;
the typical insect is from the- Brazils.” Boheman, the next
writer on the genus who described monstrosa and denticula under
Desmonota (Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, pp. 144 & 141), evidently did
not examine the specimens carefully or he would have been
struck with the differences in the structure of the antenne.
OMA DENTICULA Boh., var. KRISHNA, n.
The specimen before me agrees well with denticula, but the
colour of the dorsal side is dark. As I cannot find any struc-
tural difference, I make this specimen the type of the new
variety krishna.
Desmonota variolosa F., which is green in colour, has a similar
dark variety. The occurrence of a dark variety in these allied
genera is therefore not uncommon.
Locality.—South America, 25.1. 94.
It has been reported from Paraguay, Bolivia.
Type of variety in the British Museum.
Genus PRENEA Spaeth.
PRENEA STRIGATA Panz.
Cassida strigata Panzer in Voet’s Beschreib. u. Abb. hartsch.
Ins. 1798, p. 81, t. 42. f. 10.
‘Dolichotoma RUrigane Boheman, Mon. (Obeiel i, 1850, p. 202.
Cassida similis Panzer, |. c. p. ‘81, igo ite WAC)
8 examples.
Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
ftange. Amazons, Ecuador.
Genus OxynopeRA Hope.
OXYNODERA COLLICULUS Boh.
Dolichotoma colliculus Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 1. 1850, p. 189.
1 example.
Locality — Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
It has been reported from Para.
Genus CanistTra Kr.
CANISTRA IRRORATA Guerin.
Oxynodera wrrorata Guérin, Icon. Réegne Anim., Ins. 1844,
p- 289.
Canistra irrorata Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 1. 1850, p. 168,
Uo Ge le @
2 examples.
Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
Range. Brazil, Misiones, Bolivia, Paraguay.
580 MR. S. MAULIK ON
Genus PsEUDOMESOMPHALIA Spaeth.
PsEUDOMESOMPHALIA CHALYB#HA Germ.
532,
Cassida chalybea Germar, Ins. Spec. Nov. 1824, p. 532
Mesomphalia chalybea Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 1. 1850, p- 248.
1 example.
razil.
Range. Brazil, Paraguay.
PsEUDOMESOMPHALIA DECEMGUTTATA Sturm.
Cassida decemguttata Sturm, in Thon, Abbild. aus]. Ins. Kaf.
1826-28, p. 2, t. 1. f. 3. |
Mesomphalia decemguttata Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850,
p. 321. .
2 examples.
Locality. — Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
Range. Columbia, Equatorial Brazil.
PSEUDOMESOMPHALIA DISCOIDES Linné.
Cassida discoides Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 1758, p. 364;
ede 125 7G", 1, 11. p. ofS); "edy 13,7Gmel i787, 1) iv. p. 1642.
3 examples.
Locality.—Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
Range. Equatorial Brazil, Peru, Columbia, Venezuela, Ecuador.
This has a very wide distribution. Since the time of Linné
many writers have written about it, and it has received many
names. Fora list of the literature and the synonyms I refer
the reader to the Catalogue of Cassidine by Dr. Spaeth (Berlin,
1914).
Genus NromPHatLia Spaeth,
NEOMPHALIA VULNERATA Boheman.
Mesomphalia vulnerata Beheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, p. 249.
ab. subpustulata Boh. Mon. Cassid. 1. 1850, p. 250.
1 example.
Locality. —Brazil.
NEOMPHALIA ADSPERSA Boheman.
Mesomphalia adspersa Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 1. 1850, BP 305.
2 examples.
Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
Range. Paya, Brazil.
Genus Pacinaspis Hope.
P@cCILASPIS PANTHERINA Klug.
Cassida pantherina Klug, Preisverz. 1829, p. 7.
ORYPTOSTOME BEETLES. 581
Pecilaspis pantherina Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, p. 413.
ab. dwodecimmaculata Boh. |. c. p. 414.
5 examples.
Locality.—Pilcomayo (J. Graham Kerr).
Range. Brazil.
PG@cILASPIS DECEMPUSTULATA Boheman.
Pecilaspis decempustulata Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850,
p. 416.
1 example.
Locality.—8. America, 25.1. 94.
Boheman records it from Tucuman and Rio de la Plata.
P@cILAsPiIs NERVOSA F.
Cassida nervosa Fabricius, Syst. El. i. 1801, p. 405; Mlig. Mag,
Ins. v. 1806, p. 228.
Pecilaspis nervosa Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 1. 1850, p. 286.
15 examples.
Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
Range. Brazil, Paraguay.
Genus ANAcassis Spaeth.
ANACASSIS CRIBRUM Klug.
Cassida cribrum Klug, Preisverz. 1829, p. 8.
Mesomphalia cribrum Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1850, p. 356.
2 examples.
Locality.— Brazil.
Genus SELENIS Hope.
SELENIS SPINIFEX Linné.
Cassida spinifex Linné, Ameen. Acad. vi. 1763, p. 392; Syst.
Waits Ctl WA, IWO%G ts itl fs BMGs eck 1B, smell Ue Tay ihy
p. 1638.
3 examples.
Locality.—South America, 25.1. 94.
This is a very common insect. Many writers have written
about it. I refer the reader to Spaeth’s Catalogue, p. 52.
Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 1. p. 99, distinguishes S. nebulosa
thus :—“S. spinifex minus lata, magis convexa, prothoracis et
humerorum structura, nec non elytris apice sub-rotundatis, ab illa
abunde distincta.” Having examined 28 examples of nebulosa
and spinifex in the collection of the British Museum, I am of
opinion that they must be regarded as the same species and
that characters mentioned by Boheman cannot distinguish them.
Genus EcHoma Spaeth.
EcHoMA NORMALIS Germar.
Cassida normalis Germar, Ins. Spec. Nov. 1824, p. 538.
582 MR. 8. MAULIK ON
Omoplata normalis Boheman, Mon. Cassid. ii. 1854, p. 104.
Cassida suturalis Olivier, Enc. méth, v. 1790, p. 385; Ent. vi.
1808, p. 942; 97, +. 4. f. 95 (nec F.).
2 examples.
These are without locality-labels, but it is a well-known
Brazilian species.
yenus OMASPIDES Boh.
OMASPIDES CLATHRATA L. (var. @).
1 example.
Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
This is a common insect. It has also been reported from
Dutch Guiana and Cayenne.
Genus CHELYMORPHA Boh.
CHELYMORPHA MARGINATA L.
2 examples.
Locality.—Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
Range. Cayenne, Brazil.
CHELYMORPHA VARIOLOSA Oliv.
Cassida variolosa Olivier, Enc. méth. v. 1790, p. 385; Ent. vi.
ISO [D5 Qitehs Ola ts A. ts Bil aie, Sz, Gs”
1 example.
Loeality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
Range. Para, Cayenne.
Genus Puysonota Boh.
PHysonora ALUTACEA Boh., var. CYRTODES.
Physonota alutacea Boheman, Mon, Cassid, ii. 1854, p. 192;
Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. vi. (2) 1885-94 (1894),
p. 166.
2 examples.
Locality.— Mexico (Gadow). é
Range. Central America, Columbia, Venezuela, Mexico.
Genus Baronora Hope.
Hope erected the genus Batonota (spine-backed) in 1839.
He did not draw up any synoptical table of the allied genera.
The remarkable dorsal prolongation of the elytra into a double
spine led him to found this genus. He took bidens F. as the type,
but at the same time he included Cassida truncata of Fabricius,
which has no spine, in Batonota. Later authors did not question
this inclusion of truncata F.: thus at present the genus is com-
posed of 42 species of heterogeneous insects which obviously
fall into at least three genera. Out of the 42 species 34 are
CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES.
583
represented in the British Museum Collection, and these I have
examined.
A. Scutellum trapezoidal.
The genus Latonota may be divided as follows :—
1. The elytra produced into a long dorsal double .
spine, the lateral sides of the elytra concave at
the middle ...............
1’. The elytra not produced into a long spine, dor-
sally gibbous, the lateral sides of the elytra
convex or straight, more explanate sev
Batonota Hope.
Akantaka*, gen. nov.
A’, Scutellum triangular. Insects small, ovate; elytra
dorsally more or less gibbous, deeply punctate
Trikona {, gen. nov.
The species are distributed as follows :—
Genus Baronora.
bidens ¥.
nigra Boh.
monoceros Germ.
pugionata Germ.
pugnax Boh.
cornigera Boh.
mucronata Boh.
aurita Boh.
parallela Blanch.
ensifera Boh.
spinosa Boh.
apiculata Boh.
aculeata Boh.
yucatana Champ.
nodosa Boh.
*rufomarginata Wegenr.
*rugosa Weenr.
*minima Wegenr.
*bellicosa Boh.
Genus TRIKONA.
turrifera Boh.
humeralis Oliv.
lerouxi Boh.
Genus AKANTAKA.
Junesta Boh.
truncata Fab.
peregrina Boh.
godmani Baly.
viridisignata Boh.
exaltata Fab.
dejeani Boh.
bivittipennis Boh.
rufoornata Baly.
kiesenwetteri Boh.
collaris Baly.
tenebrosa Boh.
distincta Baly.
sexplagiata Wegenr.
biplagiata Champ.
insidiosa Boh.
*kunzei Boh.
*marginevittata Wegenr.
*eneocincta Spaeth.
*fasciata Wegenr.
In the above list I have not seen the species marked with an
asterisk, but I have placed them in their respective genera with
the help of Wagener’s table (Mitt. Miinch. Ent. Ver. v. 1881,
p- 44). Batonota nodosa Boh. appears to be an intermediate
form. The shape of the body is similar to some forms of
Akantaka, but. the double spine on the back (which is rather
short) decides its position in Batonota.
AKANTAKA RUFOORNATA Baly, var. AMAZONENSIS, n.
1 example.
I have examined six specimens of the species including the
type. They are all from Nicaragua. The present example is
the Brazilian variety of this species. Var. awmazonensis is (1)
larger, (2) the lateral sides of the elytra are more convex at the
+ Akantaka is a Sanskrit word meaning “without thorn.”
{ Trikona is a Sanskrit word meaning “triangular.”
584 MR. 3. MAULIK ON
posterior angles, (3) the rufous spots on the explanate margin
of the elytra are much smaller.
Locality.—Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
Type of variety in the British Museum.
Genus AspipomorPHA Hope.
ASPIDOMORPHA MILIARIS F.
Cassida miliaris Fabricius, Syst. Ent. 1775, p. 91.
Aspidomorpha miliaris Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 1. 1854, p. 261
Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1896, p. 16; Spaeth, Ann. Mus. Nat.
Hung. i. 19038, p. 1388; Maulik, Rec. Ind. Mus. ix. 1913, p. 110.
3 examples.
Locality.—Malay Penin. (Skeat Hapedition, 30. xi. 1900).
Range. Philippine Is., Sunda Is., New Guinea, India, Yunnan,
Tonkin.
ASPIDOMORPHA TECTA Boh.
Aspidomorpha tecta Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 11. 1854, p. 276;
Weise in Voeltzkow, Reise Ostafrika, Chrysomel. 1910, p. 451.
4 examples.
ASPIDOMORPHA PUNCTUM F.
Cassida punctum Fabricius, Syst. El. i. 1801, p. 404.
Aspidomorpha punctum Boheman, Mon. Cassid. ii. 1854,
p. 281; Spaeth, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. 1. 1903, p. 151.
1 example.
Locality.— Matador.
Range. New Guinea, Papua Is., North Australia.
It is a variable species.
ASPIDOMORPHA INQUINATA Boh.
Aspidomorpha inquinata Boheman, Mon. Cassid. ii. 1854,
p. 309.
1 example.
Locality.— New Britain (4. Willey).
Hitherto it has been recorded from the Andamans and
Tenasserim only. This species probably has a very wide
range.
ASPIDOMORPHA AUSTRALASIA Boisd.
Aspidomorpha australasie Boisd. Faune Ent. Océanie (Astro-
labe), 1. 1835, p. 5387; Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 11. 1854, p. 308 ;
Spaeth, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. 1. 1903, p. 147.
1 example.
Locality.—Solomon Islands (Willey).
Range. New Guinea.
CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES, 685
ASPIDOMORPHA ASSIMILIS Boh.
Asptdomorpha assimilis Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 11. 1854, p. 314;
Spaeth, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xli. 1904, p. 75.
1 example.
Locality.—Malay Penin. (Skeat Haxpedition, 30. xi. 1900).
Range. Java, Sumatra.
ASPIDOMORPHA CINCTA F,
Cassida cincta Fabricius, Spec. Ins. i. 1781, p. 109; Mant. Ins.
1.1787, p.63; Ent. Syst.i.1792, p. 295; Syst. Hl. i. 1801, p. 392;
Linné, Syst. Nat. ed. 13, Gmel. 1787, i., iv. p. 1637; Herbst,
Natursyst. Kaf. vii. 1799, p. 331; Klug, Erman’s Reise, 1835,
p. 47.
Aspidomorpha cincta Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 11. 1854, p. 251 ;
Wollaston, Col. Hesp. 1867, p. 154.
3 examples.
Localities.—Zomba, Nyasaland (Cameron, 25.iv. 1900); British
Central Africa, 6. vi. 1908; Durban (/’. WZuir, 1902).
ASPIDOMORPHA NATALENSIS Boh.
Aspidomorpha natalensis Boheman, Mon, Cassid. ii. 1854,
p. 303.
1 example.
~ Locality.—Zomba (Cameron, 25, iv. 1900).
ASPIDOMORPHA QUINQUEFASCIATA F,
Cassida quinguefasciata Fabricius, Syst. El. i. 1801, p. 401 ;
Klug, Erman’s Reise, 1835, p. 47.
Aspidomorpha quinquefasciate Boheman, Mon. Cassid. 11. 1854,
p. 250.
1 example.
Locality.— Nyasaland, 6. vi. 1908.
Range. Central and West Africa, Réunion.
There is very little difference between A. quinque-fasciata F.
and A. ludibunda Boh. I am inclined to think that they are the
same species, particularly in view of the fact that the species
of Aspidomorpha are extremely variable.
ASPIDOMORPHA AMABILIS Boh.
Aspidomorpha amabilis Boheman, Mon. Cassid. ii. 1854, p. 315;
Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, p. 104.
Cassida micans Ol. Ent. vi. 1808, p. 960; 97, t. 5. f. 83 (nec F.).
Locality.—Java.
Range. India, Burma, Java, Sumatra, Ceylon.
ASPIDOMORPHA FURCATA Thunb.
Cassida furcata Thunberg, Nov. Ins. Spec. v. 1789, p. 87, t. 2.
f. 96; Herbst, Natursyst. Kaf. viii. 1799, p. 265, t. 132. f 7
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. X LI. 41
586 MR. S. MAULIK ON
Cassida dorsata O). Kune. méth. v. 1790, p. 386; Ent. vi. 1808,
VOW (te oi eosmec shl)).
Caussida micans Fabricius, Syst. El. i. 1801, p. 398.
Aspidomorpha micans, Boh, Mon. Cassid. 11. 1854, p. 313.
p-
1 example.
Locality.—Formosa (ea coll, G. A. Crotch).
Range. South China, India, Sunda Is.
ASPIDOMORPHA DULCICULA Boh.
Aspidomorpha dulcicula Boheman, Mon. Cassid. iv. 1862,
p- 278; Spaeth, Sarawak Mus. Journ. 1, 1912, p. 117; Maulik,
Ree. Ind. Mus. ix. 1913, p. 112,
4 examples.
Locality —Borneo (Shelford).
Range. Sumatra, Borneo.
ASPIDOMORPHA ST, CRUCIS F.
Cassida st. crucis Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iv. $792, App. p. 446 ;
Syst. El. 1. 1801, p. 401.
Aspidomorpha st. crucis Boheman, Mon. Cassid. i. 1854,
p. 287, t. 6. f, B; Weise, Deut. Ent. Zeit. 1897, p..102; Maulik,
Ree. Ind. Mus: ix. 19135"p. 111.
5) examples.
Loeality.—Java (2, Mui), Malay Penin. (Skeat Hapedition,
S0sxaI OOO)
Genus CoNCHYLOCTENIA Spaeth.
In his recent Catalogue of the Cassidine (Berlin, 1914)
Dr. Spaeth has entirely omitted Boheman’s species Cassida
nigrovittata (Boh. Mon. Cassid. 1. 1854, p. 341). There are
two examples, including the type, in the British Museum which
Bohemaw records from Calcutta. I have seen a third example
in Mr. Andrewes’ collection which is from Chota Nagpur, India.
The examination of these specimens reveals the fact that they
cannot belong to the genus Cassida. But they agree well with
the characters of Conchyloctenia as defined by Spaeth (Ann.
Soc. Ent. Belg. 1902, p. 449). In the form of the body the
species resembles the t¢grina group; the tibie are also sulcate on
the external side; migrovittata, therefore, must come under
Conchyloctenia. It is interesting to note that all the species
recorded under Conchytoctenta are found in Africa. This
species therefore extends the distributton of the genus to the
Oriental region.
CONCHYLOCTENIA TIGRINA Ol,
Cassida tigrina Olivier, Ent. vi. 1808, p. 957; 97, t. 5. f. 78;
Boheman, Mon. Cassid. ii. 1854, p. 336.
2 examples.
Locality.—8. Africa (Mf. Wilinan).
CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES. 587
Genus Hyzosinora Spaeth.
FHivBosINOTA TURRIGERA Boh.
Cassida turrigera Boheman, Mon. Cassid. iv. 1862, p. 283.
Hybosinota turrigera Spaeth in Sjostedt, Zool. Exped. Kili-
mandj. I. 1910, Abt. 7, p. 283.
p:
Asphalisia tuta Weise, Arch. f. Naturg. Ixx. 1904, i. p. 172.
1 example.
Locality.—Lourengo Marques (7, Muir, 10. vii. 1900).
Range. Zanzibar, Bechuanaland.
Genus Laccorrera Boh.
LAcCOPTERA QUADRIMACULATA Thunb.
Cassida quadrimaculata Thunberg, Nov. Ins. Spec. v. 1789,
. 86, t. 5. £. 94.
2 examples.
Locality.—Formosa (ex coll. G. k. Crotch).
Range. South China, India, Andaman Is.
Genus SILANA Spaeth.
SILANA FARINOSA Boh.
Cassida farinosa Boheman, Cat. Col. Ins. Brit. Mus. ix, 1856,
146 ; and Mon. Cassid. iv. 1862, p. 350.
3 examples.
Locality.—Maha Ilupalama, Ceylon (J. C. FP. Hryer, 11. 1912).
This species has been reported from Ceylon only.
Genus Cassipa L.
CASSIDA DECIPIENS Spaeth.
Cassida decipiens Spaeth, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1906,
Bish)
1 example.
Locality.—Zomba (Cameron, 25. iv. 1900).
Spaeth reports it from Mashonaland.
Genus CurripA Chap.
Curiripa cRrucrATA L.
Coptocycla cruciata Boh. Mon. Cassid. 111. 1855, p. 396,
Chirida cruciata Chapuis, Gen. Col. xi. 1875, p. 405.
1 example.
Locality. —Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
Range. Argentina, Brazil.
41#
D88 MR. S. MAULIK ON
CHIRIDA SCALARIS Weber.
Cassida scalaris Weber, Observ. Ent. i. 1801, p. 51; Fabricius,
Syst. El. i. 1801, p. 391; ‘Olivier, Ent. vi. 1808, p- 967 ; 97, t. 6.
1 Geb.
Coptocycla scalaris Boheman, Mon. Cassid. iii. 1855, p. 124.
Metriona scalaris Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1897, p. 107.
2 examples.
Loeality.—Malay Penin, (Skeat Haxpedition, 30. xi. 1899).
Range. India and Indo-Malay region.
Genus THLAspipa Weise.
THLASPIDA FORMOS& Spaeth.
Thlaspida formose Spaeth, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. xi. 1913,
p- 46; and Suppl. Ent, iii. 1914, p. 16.
1 Senate.
Locality.— Formosa, (ex coll. G. R. Crotch),
Genus THLASPIDOSOMA Spaeth.
THLASPIDOSOMA DOHRNI, Spaeth.
Thlaspidosoma dohrni Spaeth, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Ixii, 1901, p. 5;
and Sarawak Mus, Journ. i. 1912, p. 119.
4 examples.
Locality.— Borneo (Shelford, 20.x. 1901).
Range. Sumatra,
2
Genus. THLASPIDOMORPHA Spaeth.
THLASPIDOMORPHA BALYI Boh.
Coptocycla balyi Boheman, Mon. Cassid. ii. 1855, p. 403.
1 example.
Locality.—Ceylon (H. H. W. Pearson).
Genus. RHococassis Spaeth.
RHOCOCASSIS FLAVOPLAGIATA Baly.
Coptocycla flavoplagiata Baly, Journ. Ent. ii. 1863, p. 102.
Metriona flavoplagiata Weise, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. 1905,
p. 125.
8 examples,
Locality.—Borneo (Shelford).
Range, Sumatra, Siam.
Genus Coprecycza Boh.
CoprocycLa PLACIDA (2) Boh,
Coptocycla placida Boheman, Mon, Cassid. iii. 1855, p. 415.
1 example.
CRYPTOSTOME BEETLES. 589
Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1897).
Identified from description. It has also been reported from
Cayenne, ‘Guiana.
Genus MeErriona Weise.
Merriona gupaica F.
Coptocycla judaica Boheman, Mon. Cassid. iti. 1855, p. 293 ;
Champion, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Col. vi. (2) 1885-94, p. 209.
3 examples.
Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
Range. 8. America, Panama.
METRIONA CiIRcUMDATA Herbst.
Coptocycla circumdata Boheman, Mon. Cassid. iii. 1855, p. 279.
Metriona circwumdata Spaeth, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. i. 1903,
p- 128; Maulik, Rec. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, ix. 1913, p. 114.
1 example.
Locality.—New Britain (A. Willey, 1. iii. 1898).
Range. India, Indo-China, Philippine Is., Celebes.
Genus Caripotis Boh.
CHARIDOTIS ABRUPTA Boh.
Charidotis abrupta Boheman, Mon. Cassid. iii. 1855, p. 11,
iy (la io 1B,
15 examples.
Locality.—Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
Range. Brazil, Venezuela, Cayenne, Guiana.
Genus Crenocuira Chap.
CTENOCHIRA GEMINA Boh.
Coptocycla gemina Boheman, Mon. Cassid. iii. 1855, p. 455.
1 example.
Locality.— Amazons (Goodmun, 1879).
It has also been reported from Para.
CTENOCHIRA PLECTA Er.
Cassida plecta Erichson, Arch. f. Naturg, xii. 1847, p. 154.
Coptocycia plecta Boheman, Mon. Cassid. iii. 1855, p. 505.
1 example.
Locality.— Amazons (Goodman, 1879).
It has also been reported from Peru.
i noi 9 io fk serena ‘baplalel
a iinet walt fants is ee prac i)
i
ik ‘Sein een ae eiiheoene
ince! cena te dente —
4 jet i, Wa ear rh
5 ai. peas: dnpemeint
i f me ae 2
ON FOSSORIAL WASPS. 59]
29. Notes oni the Wasps of the Genus Pison, and some
allied Genera. By Rowzayp EH. Turner, F.ZS.,
[Received June 5, 1916: Read October 24, 1916. ]
INDEX.
Page Page
SYSTEMATIC:
Pison ashmeadi, nom. nov. for Pison pulchrinum, sp.n. Australia 613
P. punctulatus Ashm. (nec P. strennium, sp. 0. 2 606
punctulatum Koll) ............ 625'| P. wollastoni, sp.n. St. Helena. 624
P. dives, sp. n. Australia... 608 | P.inequale,sp.n. KE. Africa.. 623
P. congener, sp. 0. mo fon ORL, I) He Cece) WeageenTs; sp. 1 n.
P. exornatum, sp. 0. Sp gan IIA! Nigeria... 618
P. exultans, sp. n. teen, CHE) IZ, (23) differe ens, ‘Sp. n, Assam... 617
P. inconspicuum, sp.n. 4, ... 612 | Aulacophilus jansoni, sp. Xn. Ni-
P. fraterculus, sp. n. moo OO caragua.. .. 692
P. lutescens, sp. n. m coo WO! || Tigo letus Sm. to Scapheutes cox (B28)
P. mandibulatum,sp.n. 5, ... 605 | P. flavipictus Sm. to Scapheuies. 629
P.meridionale,sp.n. 4, ... 611 | P. pilosus Sm. to Pisonopsis ...... 629
Key to the Genera most nearly allied to Pison.
1. Mandibles excised on the outer pee pan seoccasgecoeosoensancasn UeasenaraCIS VOR
Mandibles not excised.. 2.
. Abdomen with a long petiole ; “mesopleurze ‘coarsely longi-
tudinally striated ....... ... Aulacophilus Sm.
Abdomen without a lone petiole ; ‘mesopleuree not striated... Pison Jur.
iss}
The petiole in Aulacophilus is formed by the first sternite,
distinguishing the genus clearly from those species of Pison in
which the abdomen is subpetiolate through the narrowing of the
first tergite to the base,
Genus AvLACOPHILUS Sm.
Key to the Species of Aulacophilus.
1. First recurrent nervure received distinctly before the
apex of the first cubital; the slender petiole of the
first segment, as far as the apex of the dorsal sulcus, ;
longer than the hind trochanterand femur combined. A. ewmenoides Diicke.
First recurrent nervure interstitial with the first trans-
verse cubital nervure; the slender petiole of the first
segment as far as the apex of the dorsal sulcus shorter
than the hind trochanter and femur combined ..
2. Petiole to the end of the sulcus no longer than the hind
femur: posterior ocelli distinctly further from the
eyes than from each other; three basal joints of
FVMETNNED NEINCLEADTODIS <2 con. os sub oon endogu potaey saan gaged A. vespoides Sm.
Petiole to the end of the sulcus longer than the hind
femur: posterior ocelli equidistant from the eyes and
from each other; antenne wholly black ............... A. jansowi Turn,
i)
1. AvLacopHitus EUMENOorDES Diicke.
Aulacophilus eumenoides Diicke, Zeitschr. Hym. Dipt. iv. p. 97
(1904), 9
This isat once distinguished from the two other species by
the longer and more slender petiole, the slender portion of which
592 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
is distinctly longer than the posterior trochanter and femur com-
bined ; the second segment is gradually narrowed at the base as
in jan: soni, not broad at the junction with the first segment as in
vespoides ; the posterior ocelli are as tar from each other as from
the eyes, which are nearer to each other both on the vertex and
the clypeus than in the two other species.
Hab. Obidos, Amazon (Dicke), November,
2. AULAGOPHILUS VESPOIDES Sm.
Aulacophilus vespoides Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 305
(keto); Qe
The petiole is more abruptly and strongly swollen at the apex
than in either of the other species, the linear portion shorter,
and the second segment very much broader at the base. The
median segment is shorter than in jansoni, and the eyes further
apart on the vertex ; the colour of the legs and antenne is also
different.
Hab. Brazil (Swainson).
3. AULACOPHILUS JANSONI, Sp. n.
2. Nigra; opaca; segmento primo petiolo, calcariisque ferru-
gineis ; alis subhyalinis ; costa late fusco-hyalina, venis ferru-
gineis.
Long. 10 mm.
@. Head, thorax, and median segment very finely and closely
punctured, the frontal sulcus distinct, but very delicate ; posterior
ocelli as far from the eyes as from each other, the eyes about
half as far again from each other on the clypeus as on the vertex.
Antenne short, much thickened towards the apex ; second joint
of the flagellum nearly as long as the first and third combined.
Mesopleurz very coarsely and closely horizontally striated, the
area immediately below the tegule much more finely striated.
Dorsal surface of the median segment about half as long again
as the scutellum and postscutellum combined, the median sulcus
distinct, the sides of the segment almost smooth, not irregularly
obliquely striated on the upper part as in vespordes ; the apical
slope obscurely transversely striated, with a deep median sulcus.
Petiole of the first abdominal segment a little longer than the
hind femur; the swollen apical portion about twice as long as
its apical breadth, much more slender and elongate than in
vespoides ; second segment gradually narrowed to the base; the
third, fourth, and fifth segments with a narrow, dull brown,
apical band. Second abscissa of the radius fully as long as the
distance between the recurrent nervures on the cubitus; first
recurrent nervure interstitial with the first transverse cubital
nervure ; transverse median nervure interstitial with the basal
nervure.
. Hab. Ohontales, Nicaragua (Janson).
Differs from vespoides as noticed under that species : in the key.
FOSSORIAL WASPS. 59
vs
Genus Pison Jur.
Alyson Spinola, Ins. Ligur. 11. 4, p. 253 (1808) (nec Jurine).
Pison (Jurine) Spinola, Ins. Ligur. i. 4, p. 255 (1808).
Tachybulus Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 75 (1809).
Nephridia Brullé, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, ii. p. 408 (1833).
Pisonitus Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, ii. p. 79 (1837).
Pisonoides Sm. Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc., Zool. ii. p. 104 (1857)
(subgenus).
Parapison Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 298 (1869) (= Pi-
sonoides).
Pseudonysson Rad. Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 104 (1876).
Paraceramius Rad. Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. xxi. p. 432 (1887)
(= Pisonoides).
Taranga W. ¥F. Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 201
(1884).
Pisum Schulz, Spolia Hymen. p. 212 (1906).
The genus is very widely distributed, being found in almost
all tropical and warm temperate countries, though it does not
extend into the northern portions of the temperate zone. But
the number of species in the different portions of its range is
most uneven : out of one hundred and nine species catalogued fifty
are from Australia, seventeen from the Austro-Malayan and
various insular regions, thirteen from the Oriental, nine from the
Palearctic, nine from the Ethiopian, and eleven from the Ameri-
can regions. In my opinion, this distribution points to the
genus being in a declining state, the majority of the species
being from Australia or from island areas where the competition
is likely to be less keen; the number of species on the large
continental areas is not great, nor are individuals particularly
numerous. Such of the species as have been observed build mud
nests in holes in wood, key-holes, or similar situations, stocking
their nests with small spiders, which are paralysed by stinging.
Owing to these habits the species are easily transported on ships,
giving rise to a considerable extension of range in several species,
such as P. spinole and P. argentatus.
The genus has been divided into subgenera according to the
neuration, but these subgenera are in no way natural; Pisonoides
Sm., which must replace the later and more generally used
Parapison Sm., has the second cell absent, but the species are
not all nearly related to each other, and I have seen specimens
of Pison in which the second cubital cell is absent on one side
and present, though of small size, on the other side. Pisonitus
Shuck., which is distinguished by the reception of the second
recurrent nervure close to the middle of the second cubital cell,
is difficult to separate with any certainty owing to variation in
the position of this nervure in some species of Pison, as in
P. xanthopus Brullé. The size of the second cubital cell is
subject to much variation in many species of Pison and cannot
be relied on for specific distinctions.
594 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
The present paper is founded on the collection of the British
Museum, which contains nearly all the described Australian
species, to which Iam able to give a key, but owing to numerous
gaps in the collection from other regions, J cannot give a key to
the whole genus, but only to the species from certain regions.
The sexual | differences are not usually great, consisting of a dif-
ference in the shape of the anterior margin of the clypeus, and
usually in an increase in the distance between the eyes in the
male. But several species, such as insigne Sickm., regalis Sm.,
tuberculatus Sm., and iridipennis Sm., have carine or tubercles
on the ventral seoments of the male, and algiricum Kohl and
Senestratus Sm. show a dilatation of some of the joints of the
flagellum in the male.
The species which I have not seen are indicated by an
asterisk.
Key to the Ethiopian Species of Pison (including those from
St. Helena, Mascarene, and Seychelles Islands).
1. Two cubital cells (Pisonoides)........ 2.
Three cubital cells, very rarely with only. two on one
side (Pison) ...... By
2. Legs, except the coxe, -ferrnginous ; first recurrent
nervure interstitial with the first transverse cubital [(Seychelles.)
nervure..... . P. isolatum Turn.
Tarsi and fore tibiae testaceous, the rest of the lees
almost entirely black; first recurrent nervure re-
ceived before the apex ‘of the first cubital cell ...... P. testaceipes Turn.
3. Second recurrent nervure received close to the middle
of the second cubital cell ............ P. argentatus Shuck.
Second recurrent nervure received near the apex ‘of ((Mauritius.)
the second cubital cell or interstitial with the
second transverse cubital nervure ...... A,
4. The whole dorsal surface of the median segment
obliquely striated ........ Bi
Dorsal surface of the median ‘segment at most with a
few oblique strize at the base ...... 6.
5. Striz of median segment strong ; the male. with the
apical abdominal segments ferruginous red ......... P. xanthopus Brullé.
Striw of median segment very close and delicate;
abdomen entirely black .. : . P. denticeps Cam.
6. Sides of the median segment (mesopleure) ‘strongly
Ololbigqural ye HPEMHACL Co odoascnconrcb coedon nec ode ooo saa veo ces ase P. clypeatus Cam.
Sides of the median segment punctured or smooth,
at most with a few delicate strize at the base ...... Ue
7. Median segment smooth and shining, except in the [ (Seychelles. )
median sulcus and on the posterior slope ............. P. speculare Turn.
Median segment more or less strongly punctured... 8.
8. Sides of median segment delicately striated at the
base ........ bevetstessescseeses.. EP. transvaalensis Cam.
Sides of median segment punctur Cae Mire ee ne Sh
9. Abdomen smooth and shining, with only microscopic
punctures; median segment very coarsely ee [ (St. Helena.)
punctured ...... .. P.wollastoni Turn.
Abdomen closely ‘and distinctly “punctur ed, more
strongly on the basal than on the apical porate
median segment less coarsely punctured ............ 10.
10. Seeond cubital cell minute, or even obsolete on one
SHED: coacaoe sopodooeoooasodasaaeodsecpenonues es duccgnate: hart.
Second cubital cell normal. acetic tee teeta hicn ee cieR 1,
11.
bo
6.
10.
bo
FOSSORIAL WASPS.
Apical dorsal cere smooth ..... ;
Apical dorsal cements closely and ‘distinctly pune-
tured
. Posterior ocelli as far, or - further, ‘from the eyes as
from each other .. ;
Posterior ocelli nearer t to the eyes “than to each ‘other.
595
P. montanus Cam.
12°
P. allonymum Schulz.
P. rhodesianum Bisch.
Key to aie Species of Pison inhabiting British India.
. Two cubital cells (Pisonoides)
Three cubital cells (Pison) .
. First abdominal segment petiolate, Jong and 1 narrow,
the apical breadth not more than one-third of that
of the second segment ......-
First segment not petiolate or “elongate, “the apical
breadth more than half of that “of the second
segment ......
é Legs, except the ¢ coxe, », entirely light ferruginous:
Less either wholly piceous or with the tibiz only
ferruginous ..
. Legs wholly piceous lt
Tibie. almost entirely dull ferruginous repos
Posterior slope of median segment finely striated on
the apical half ;
Posterior slope of median segment finely, punctured .
Second recurrent nervure received before two-thirds
from the base of the second cubital cell... eat
Second recurrent nervure received just betore the
apex of the second cubital cell, or interstitial with
the second transverse cubital nervure
. Front minutely punctured ; a well-defined transverse
impressed line behind the posterior ocelli ..
Front coarsely punctured ; no distinct impressed Ii line
behind the posterior ocelli
. Pubescence of abdominal fascia eolden ; ; “median s seg-
ment coarsely longitudinally striated, the striz
not curved .
Pubescence of abdominal ‘seements whitish, if pre-
sent; striz of median segment curved or absent ..
. Median segment strongly obliquely striated, without
punctures oe
Median segment punctured, ‘with or : without a 1 few
curved striz
Median segment with a few curved ‘strize ; “wings
hyaline... neseuor
Median sezment ‘without “strive “wings ‘infuscate,
the apical margin broadly darker
oN
P. obliteratus Sm.
3.
P. erythropus Kohl,
4,
P. agilis Sm.
5.
. rothneyt Cam.
. differens Turn.
We
id
8.
P. argentatus Shuck.
P. rugosus Sm.
P. kohlii Bingh.
9
P. punctifrons Shuck.
10. pe
P. orientale Cam.
P. fasciatus Rad.
Key to the Australian Species of Pison.
. Two cubital cells (Pisowoides) .......2. 2-001. se ene eee eee
Three cubital cells (Rison) .
. First abdominal seg ae elongate, ‘strongly narrowed
to the base ....... er ahe cide
First abdominal segment not elongate Dae eres Miya
. Second cubital cell pointed on the dine eae
Second abscissa of the radius at least half as long as
the first transverse cubital nervure..
. Abdomen almost entirely ferruginous .. Dees debcaconondan
Abdomen black, the apical margins of the segments
sometimes dull brown with golden pubescence
. Median segment slender, longer than the breadth in
the middle; eyes as far apart on the vertex as on
the clypeus ..
Median seement not slender, ‘shorter than the breadth
in the middle; eyes further apart on the clypeus
than on the vertex , aceasta
Sis
P. icarioides Turn.
P. difficile Turn.
5.
P. pertinax Turn.
P. evythrogastrum Rohw.
596
MR. R. E, TURNER ON
6. Slender species; abdomen entirely black, without
DUDES COICO iB errs Meter Oe orale sta ioe SORE oa
More robust species ; apical margin of abdominal
segments dull brown, clothed with dull fulvous
pubescence sab sa citae sane uevisitie cle vSeeietslonsicaiaracs
7. Legs more or less ferruginous Mesteiecisise Seals sencasalsecteesiee:
Legs hlackeetarsianelylMbeOuse--sessseeeeeeseeeteccees
8. Antenne, trochanters, and femora ferruginous ; ner-
10.
ili
13.
14.
16.
io
18.
19.
vures testaceous .
Antenne, trochanters, and femora ‘Dlack ; 1 nervures
Posto kes tre cov atinape aac Sectian ease nentlcieee aecee te cee eee eae
. Cubital margin of the second cubital cell scarcely or
not at all longer than the first transverse cubital
nervure.
Cubital margin “of the second cubital cell ‘much
longer than the first transverse cubital nervure ...
Tarsi Tuteous ; wings strongly iridescent ...............
Tarsi black; wings very feebly iridescent ...............
With a small triangular enclosed space at the base
of the median segment; clypeus broadly rounded
at apex..
Without an enclosed ; space ‘at the base of the median
segment; clypeus produced on the middle of the
apical margin.
2. Thorax, abdomen, ‘legs, and antenne testaceous, head
only "black ; second recurrent nervure received
before the middle of the second cubital cell .........
Thorax always black; second recurfent nervure re-
ceived at or beyon the middle of the second
cubital cell . if
Second recurrent nervure e received at the middle of
the second cubital cell; first recurrent received
well before the apex of the first cubital cell ..:......
Second recurrent nervure received either near the
apex of the second cubital cell or close to the base
of the third cubital cell, or interstitial with the
second transverse cubital nervure
Abdomen and antennez black ......... 0.0.00... 0c cee eee eee
Abdomen and antenne more or less ferruginous ......
. Entirely black; with a continuous impressed tyans-
verse line behind the posterior ocelli ........
Legs ferruginous, the impressed line behind ‘the pos-
ter ior ocelli interrupted...
Pubescence of the clypeus a and front golden ; ; ‘distance
separating the eyes on the clypeus more than half
as great again as that separating them on the
vertex oaaes
Pubescence of the cly: peus ‘and front whitish ; ‘dis-
tance separating the eyes on the clypeus much
less than half as great again as that pees
them on the vertex ;
Second ventral segment shining, ‘almost or ‘entirely
impunctate .......
Second ventral segment ‘closely ‘and more or less dis-
tinctly punctured .
Third and fourth joints of the ‘flagellum ‘strongly
dilated beneath .
Third and fourth joints of the flagellum not dilated.
OF slender build; entirely black; median segment
finely and not very closely punctur ed :
Of robust build ; median segment closely and coar arsely
punctured or punctured-striate
. Dorsal segments 2-5 with a broad apical band of
golden pubescence, and a testaceous brown chiti-
nous band beneath the pubescence .......
Dorsal segments 2-5 entirely black, with an 1 apical
band of whitish pubescence ..
Je,
. exclusum Turn.
8.
9.
. erythrocerus Kohl.
simulans Turn.
10.
11.
. aberrans Turn.
. tenebrosum Turn.
. noctulwm Turn.
. caliginosum Turn.
(Turn.
. melanocephalum
13.
14,
17.
15.
16.
. ignavum Turn.
. rufipes Shuck.
. virosum Turn.
. ruficornis Sm.
18.
21.
P. fenestratus Sm.,
19.
P. priscum Turn.
20.
P. festivus Sm.
P. fenestratus Sm.,
21.
22.
23.
28.
30.
31.
33.
34.
‘
FOSSORIAL WASPS.
Abdomen wholly ferruginous ........
Abdomen wholly or par tially black —
Of small size, less than 7 mm. in length ... eae Os
Of larger size, 11 mm. in length.............0..000.0..
Posterior ocelli nearly twice as far from each other
as from the eyes; head not very large, eae
of front white and sparse .
Posterior ocelli nearly as far ‘from the eyes. as from
each other; head massive, pubescence of front pale
golden and close ..
. Median segment ver y distinctly obliquely striated .
Median segment punctured, sometimes str iolate-
punctur ed at the base
. Abdomen black, with more or Tess distinct bands of
silver pubescence See R Cee Cysts HIRI orth Gu GP ee he ahs
Abdomen black, with bands of golden or falvous
PU DeSCeN Cenc ie sat auc kestone neem HAM ier EMER ERM Rnnire we
. Mandibles and apex of clypeus black; mandibles not
unusually broad; posterior ocelli separated from
the eyes by a distance less than half as ena as
their own diameter..
Mandibles and apex of. clypeus. ‘ferruginous; man-
dibles short and very broad; posterior ocelli sepa-
rated from the eyes by a distance equal to their
own diameter .
. Tibie and tarsi “ferruginous, teoule ‘testaceous ;
transverse median nervure received beyond the
basal nervure ...... F
Tibie, tarsi, and tegule “black ; “transverse median
nervure interstitial with the basal nervure .........
Black, with white pubescence; the tegule sometimes
brown, also sometimes the eee of the ventral
segments . % no. Gu6.060 195 Seb EE boosaa Coo bac
Partly ferruginous 0 or + brown; or if black then with
golden pubescence on the abdominal fasciz .........
. Second ventral segment evenly, le and finely
punctured
Second ventral segment “much more ‘spar sely ‘and
coarsely punctured in the middle than at the sides.
Median segment shining, the eee microscopic ;
length 6 to 7 mm. havea tie eh heeded NAT ae
Median segment opaque or “subopaque, very dis-
tinctly punctured or DT eee length
from 9 to 15 mm. ....
Second joint of the flagellum a little less than half
as long again as the third; length from 12 to
15 mm.
Second joint of the ‘flagellum: scarcely ‘exceeding ‘the
_ length of the third; length from 9 to 12 mm.
2. Posterior ocelli as far from the eyes as from each
other, separated from the eyes by a distance ex-
ceeding their own diameter ......
Posterior ocelli nearer to the eyes than to each other,
separated from the eyes by a distance less than
their own diameter..
Second joint of the flagellum ‘distinetly longer ‘than
the third; abdominal segments not constricted ;
puncturation of the dorsal segments very minute
or almost obsolete ..
Second and third joints of the flagellum ‘subequal ;
abdominal segments rather strongly constricted ;
puncturation of the dorsal segments not very
minute.
Puncturation of the mesonotum ‘obsolete; “posterior
ocelli as near to the eyes as to each other, sepa-
rated from the eyes by a distance not exceeding
their own diameter
P. lutescens Turn,
P. dimidiatus Sm.
265.
28.
26.
2
P. westwoodi Shuck.
P. mandibulatum Turn.
P. simillimus Sm.
P. dives Turn.
29.
36.
30.
33.
P. infumatum Turn.
3l.
32.
P, strenuwum Turn.
P. perplexus Smn., g.
P. fuscipennis Sm., 9.
34.
P. punctulatum Kohl.
P, spinole Shuck.
098 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
36
40.
41.
42
43.
44,
45.
46.
47
48.
Punctures of the median segment sparser and not
intermingled with striae
Antenne wholly, black See. ensue
Basal joints of the antenne TELLUS INOS eee eee eee
Trochanters and femora wholly ferruginons; length
Trochanters black, femora ferruginous at the apex
only ; length at least 8 mm. BUSSE aT eccaere eee
Posterior ocelli in the female separated from the
eyes by a distance about equal to their own dia-
meter, in the male by a distance equal to nearly
twice their own diameter .............00cccccceeeeeecs se,
Posterior ocelli in the female separated from the eyes
by a distance scarcely exceeding half of their own
diameter, in the male by a distance about equal to
their own diameter ROO ROORED Actions Aenea ecee
Second dorsal segment with a brown chitinous apical
band, clothed with golden or whitish pubescence...
Second dorsal segment entirely black, without a
chitinous or pubescent apical band....................
Median segment, especially at the apex, densely
clothed with golden pubescence ; first abdominal
segment elongate, scarcely broader at the apex
than the base of the median SESPTOGIING) co do cos denne be
Median segment without dense pubescence, the
pubescence, if any, not golden; first abdominal
segment much broader at the apex than the base
of the median segment, not cloncate eee ee
Pubescence of abdominal fasciz golden ; length of
malleovers9 mimi. a econ eh eee. hee cibene ecg fhe
Pubescence of abdominal fasciz whitish; length of
male 7 mm. Deagga0 nda cqaseseascuadsasddnavaderesane sco
Second dorsal segment with a broad chitinous ferru.
ginous band at the apex, the band clothed with
gol denspuibescence -: ae emer ey meets as mien
Second dorsal segment entirely black, without golden
PUES CONCE ar ein ae cut titt aere nti ef cron te een
35.
P. congener Turn.
P. scabrum Turn.
P. basalis Sm.
37.
38.
48,
39.
42.
P. auriventre Turn.
40.
41.
P. vestitus Sm.
P. marginatus Sm.
P. separatus Sm.
43.
45.
P. inconspicuum Turn.
44,
P. tibialis Sm.
P. fraterculus Turn.
46.
P. pulchrinum Turn.
P. aurifex Sm.
47.
P. meridionale Turn.
P. decipiens Sm.
49.
50.
FOSSORIAL WASPS. 599
49. Posterior ocelli separated from the eyes by a distance
fully equal to their own diameter; second ventral
segment black, broadly ferruginous at the apex ... P. awreosericewm Rohw.
Posterior ocelli separated from the eyes by a distance
distinctly less than their own diameter; second
ventral segment wholly ferruginous .................. P. auratus Shuck.
50. First dorsal segment with a black spot on each side
near the middle; transverse median nervure
received before the basal nervure........................ P. exornatum Turn.
First dorsal segment not spotted with black; trans-
verse median nervure received beyond the basal
TICE UG meee teen ee ree ae ouerulcans: luunn.
1. Prison (PisonorpEs) ICARIOIDES Turn.
Pison (Aulacophilus) icarioides Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
jos Beall CIOS, 2 4
The species is better placed in Pisonoides thanin Aulacophilus,
being without the long petiole and striated mesopleure charac-
teristic of the latter. The first abdominal segment is, however,
much more elongate than in other species of Pisonoides, except
difficile, from which it is easily distinguished by the short and
stout antennz, and the different shape of the second cubital cell.
Hab. Cairns, Q. (Dodd); Mackay, Q. (Turner), January ;
Brisbane, Q. (Hacker), January.
2. Pison (PISONOIDES) DIFFICILE Turn.
Pison (Aulacophilus) difficile Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc, London,
p- 520 (1908), ©.
Hab. Cairns, Q. (Turner), January ; Mackay, Q. (Zurner).
This species and the last superticially resemble Jearia socia-
listica Sauss. and other closely related species of Jcaria, which
occur in the same district.
3. Prison (PIsONOIDES) PERTINAX Turn.
Pison (Parapison) pertinax Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
p: ol (9908), 2:
The abdomen is usually wholly ferruginous, but the third and
fourth dorsal segments are sometimes more or less infuscated.
Hab. Cairns, Q. (Lurner), July; Mackay, Q.(Zurner), November
to May; Brisbane, Q. (//acker), May.
4, PIson (PARAPISON) ERYTHROGASTRUM Rohw.
Pison (Parapison) erythrogastrum’ Rohw. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.
xlix. p. 247 (1915), @.
This is very near pertinav, but may be distinguished by the
greater distance between the eyes on the clypeus, by the longer
pronotum, and by the shorter and broader median segment.
The sculpture of the median segment is also more distinct.
Hab. Duaringa, Q. Probably- from the Barnard collection.
Kalamunda, W.A. (Turner), February and March.
600 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
5. Pison (PIsONOIDES) ERYTHROCERUS Kohl.
Parapison ruficornis Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 300
(1869), 2 (mec Smith, 1856),
Pison erythrocerus Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiy.
p-. 186 (1884), @.
Pison erythrocerum D.'T. Cat. Hymen. viii. p. 711 (1897),
The clypeus of the male is armed with three short acute teeth
on the middle of the apical margin.
Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), February to May ; Kuranda, Q.
(Turner), May and June.
6. Pison (PIsoNOIDES) SIMULANS Turn.
Pison (Parapison) simulans Turn, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8)
xv. p. 559 (1915), o.
This is very near erythrocerus, but in addition to colour-
differences the sculpture of the median segment is more strongly
developed, and there is only one tooth in the middle of the apical
margin of the clypeus.
Hab. Kaglehawk Neck, 8.E. Tasmania (Z'urner), March.
7. Pison (PisonorpEs) NocruLuM Turn.
Pison (Par me noctulum Turn, Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
p. 516 (1908), °
The cubital margin of the second cubital cell is twice as long
as the first transverse cubital nervure; the nervures are fuscous,
the stigma ferruginous. The median segment is longer than in
caliginosum, and there is a small triangular space at the base,
the apex of the triangle meeting the median carina. ‘The pro-
notum is longer than in caliginoswm or tenebrosum.
° Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), February; Kuranda, Q. (Turner),
une.
8. Pison (PISONOIDES) CALIGINOSUM Turn.
Pison (Parapison) caliginosum Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
p. 518 (1908), 2.
The cubital margin of the second cubital cell is about half as
long again as the first transverse cubital nervure, the latter
curved, not straight as in noctulwm ; nervures and stigma black ;
median segment without a triangular space at the base.
Hab. Kuranda, Q. (Zurner), February.
9, Pison (PISONOIDES) TENEBROSUM Turn.
Pison (Parapison) tenebrosum Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
p. 518 (1908), 2.
The second cubital cell is triangular, the cubital margin equal
in length to the first transverse cubital nervure.
Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), January.
FOSSORIAL WASPS. 601
10. Pison (PISONOIDES) ABERRANS Turn.
Pison (Parapison) aberrans Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
p. 919 (1908), 3.
This little species differs from tenebrosum in the pale yellowish
colour of the tarsi, in the deeper longitulinal depression on the
dorsal surface of the median segment, and in the strongly iri-
descent wings. The cubital margin of the second cubital cell is
very short, scarcely more than half as long as the first transverse
cubital nervure. :
Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), January.
11. Prison (PISONOIDES) EXCLUSUM Turn.
Pison (Parapison) exclusum Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8)
xvill. p. 127 (1916), ¢.
Parapison frenchi Cam. MS., °.
This is a robust species, differing much from other Australian
species of Parapison, and resembling Pison vestitus Sm., though
differing constantly in the absence of the small, petiolate, second
cubital cell. The female was taken in Victoria capturing spiders
on orange-trees.
Hab. Brisbane, Q. (Hacker), November; Horsham, Victoria
(Davey), July.
12. PIsoN MELANOCEPHALUM Turn.
Pison melanocephalum Turn. Proc. Zool. Soe. London, p. 515
(308); 22
This very distinct little species cannot be confused with any
other, owing to the remarkable colouring; but it is also distin-
guished by the very close approach of the eyes at the base of the
clypeus, where they are separated by adistance only a little more
than half as great as that separating them on the vertex, and by
the very large facets of the eyes in front. The petiolate second
cubital cell is very small, and the first recurrent nervure is
received far before the apex of the first cubital cell, as in
Pisonoides pertinax and erythrocerus, to which the relationship
seems closer than to typical Pison. It is best regarded as a link
between the Pisonoides and Pisonitus groups.
Hab. Cairns, Q. (Zurner), February.
13. Pison 1gNavum Turn.
Pison ignavum Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 511 (1908), 2.
This belongs to Shuckard’s subgenus Pisonitus, the second
recurrent nervure being received at the middle of the second
cubital cell. I look onit as the Australian subspecies of the wide-
ranging P. argentatwm Shuck., differing from the typical Mauri-
tius form in the much stronger sculpture of the median segment.
Hab. Mackay, Q. (Z’wrner), December to April; Kuranda, Q.
(Turner), January to March; Ravawai, Fiji ( Veitch), November
and December.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1916, No. XLII. 42
602 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
14. Prison RUFIPES Shuck.
Pison (Pisonitus) rufipes Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, u.
oS Css), 2.
This may be distinguished from other Australian species of
the Pisonitus group by the black abdomen and red legs, P. ag-
navune being wholly black, and the other species of the group
having the abdomen and antennez more or less red.
Hab. Kaglehawk Neck, 8.E. Tasmania (Turner), February ;
Mt. Wellington, Tasmania (lwrner), January ; Melbourne, Vic-
toria (Wrench); Yallingup, 8.W. Australia (Zurner), November ;
Kalamunda, W. Australia (Zurner), March and April.
15. Pison virosum Turn.
Pison virosum Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 513 (1908), ¢.
This is a larger and more robust species than ruficornis, and
may also be distinguished by the greater distance between the
eyes on the clypeus and by the golden pubescence of the clypeus
and front. ‘lhe abdomen is ferruginous, except at the extreme
base.
Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), September to February.
16. PIson RUFICORNIS Sm.
Pison (Pisonitus) ruficornis Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 315
(1856), ©.
Pison ruficorne Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 514 (1908), 2.
The type has the abdomen largely shaded with black, but in
many specimens it is wholly ferruginous. In both this species
and viresum there is a rather indistinct impressed transverse
line behind the posterior ocelli, which seems to be characteristic
of the Pisonitus group.
Hab. Macintyre River, Q. (type); Mackay, Q. (Turner),
October to March; Kuranda, Q. (Zurner), March to May ;
Victoria (french).
17. Prison priscum Turn.
Pison insulare Sm. st. priscum Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
p- 510 (1908), 2.
The difference in the distance between the eyes on the vertex
in insularis and priscum is quite distinct, though not very great ;
the suleus on the median segment 1s much more distinct in
insularis, and the second dorsal segment is more depressed at the
base. The clypeus is also slightly different. Until a long series
from different loealities 1s available, it may be best to treat the
two forms as distinct species. In priscwm the second ventral
segment is not as highly polished as in festivus and fenestratus, but
there are no distinct punctures. The insect is entirely black,
except on the apical margins of the ventral segments, which are
brownish.
Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), November.
FOSSORIAL WASPS. 603
18. PISON FESTIVUS Sm.
Pison festivus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 296 (1869), ?.
The head is broad, the posterior ocelli are a little further from
the eyes than from each other, the clypeus very broadly rounded
at the apex. The median segment is obliquely striated, with
punctures intermixed, the median carina is distinct, but not
placed in a sulcus ; the first dorsal segment is strongly depressed
at the apex. Male unknown.
Hab. Swan River, W.A. (Du Boulay).
19. PIsoN FENESTRATUS Sm.
Pison witidus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 248 (1868), @
(nec Smith, 1858).
Pison fenestratus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 291 (1869).
This species is allied to festivus, but is rather less robust, the
colour of the abdominal fasciz is different, and the median seg-
ment is closely and strongly punctured, not striate. The male
has the third and fourth joints of the flagellum strongly dilated
beneath.
Hab. Champion Bay, W.A. (Du Boulay); Yallingup, W.A.
(Turner), January ; Hermannsburg, Central Australia (Hillier).
20. PIsoN DIMIDIATUS Sm.
Pison dimidiatus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 295
(1869), 3.
The head is massive, the posterior ocelli being nearly as far
from the eyes as from each other ; the clypeus is produced into
an acute point; the second abscissa of the radius is a little longer
than the petiole of the second cubital cell ; the transverse median
nervure is interstitial with the basal, and the suleus of the median
segment is quite distinct, with the usual carina. Female un-
known.
Hab. Champion Bay, W.A. (Du Boulay).
21. *PIson PELLETIERI Le Guillou.
Pison pelletiert Le Guillou, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, p. 320
(1841), @.
“ Capite nigro, facie aureo-pubescente ; antennis et mandibulis
fulvis; mesothorace nigro; metathorace punctato-scabro, albo
pubescente; abdomine et pedibus fulvis; alis translucidis.
®. Long. 11mm. Had. Australie septentrionale.
Téte noire; yeux échancrés en dedans, toute la face est couverte
dun duvet doré. Antennesa mandibules fauves. Corselet noir.
Métathorax pointillé en maniére de chagrin, couvert d'un léger
duvet blanchatre; abdomen et pattes enti¢érement fauves. Ailes
claires.”
42*
604 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
22. PIsON LUTESCENS, sp. 0.
2. Nigra; mandibulis, antennis, ablomine pedibusque rufo-
ferrugineis; tegulis testaceis ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis.
Long. 4 mm.
2. Clypeus short and broad, subtruncate at the apex, covered
with delicate silver pubescence. Head very closely microscopi-
eally punctured, with an obscure frontal suleus reaching the
anterior ocellus. Eyes very little further apart. on the clypeus
than on the vertex; the posterior ocelli nearly twice as far from
each other as from the eyes, and as far from each other as from
the posterior margin of the head. Pronotum oblique; imeso-
notum and scutellum microscopically punctured. Median seg-
ment scarcely as long as the mesonotum, rounded posteriorly,
finely punctured, granulate, the median sulcus almost obsolete,
the median carina distinct; the posterior slope of the segment
very finely transversely striolate, with a deep median sulcus.
Abdomen minutely punctured ; second segment scarcely depressed
at the base, the apical margins of the segments in some lights
showing fascie of very delicate silver pubescence. Second
abscissa of the radius shorter than the petiole of the second
cubital cell; recurrent nervures interstitial with the transverse
cubital nervures; second cubital eell not quite as high as the
length of its petiole ; transverse median nervure interstitial with
the basal nervure.
Hab. Mundaring Weir, W.A. (Turner), March 18, 1914.
This little species closely resembles a small P. rujficornis, but
the neuration is different, also the sculpture of the median seg-
ment, and the antenne are shorter and stouter.
23, Prison westwooptr Shuck.
Pison westwoodi Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1. p. 77
(1837), @.
2 Pison obliquus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 316 (1856), @.
Shuckard states that the carina of the median segment is
absent in this species, but this is not usually the case, a long
series taken by me in Tasmania showing variation in this respect
from a well-developed carina to the typical form as described by
Shuckard. The species may be easily recognised by the striation
of the whole dorsal surface of the median segment and the very
close proximity of the posterior ocellt to the eyes. I think that
P. obliquus Sm. is a synonym, but I have not seen the type.
There is a short transverse carina at the base of the third ventral
segment of the male, as in the closely allied P. iridipennis Sm.
Hab. Fnglehawk Neck, Tasmania (Turner), March ; Mt. Wel-
lington, Tasmania (Zurner), January ; Yallingup, W.A. (Turner),
November; Kalamunda, W.A. (Zurner), March; Mackay, Q.
(Turner), Cairns, Q. (Z’urner), October to June.
FOSSORIAL WASPS. 605
24, PIsoN MANDIBULATUM, Sp. n.
@. Nigra; albo-pubescens; clypeo apice mandibulisque ferru-
gineis; alis hyalinis, apice leviter infuscatis, venis nigris; seg-
mento mediano oblique striato.
3. Femine similis; clypeo omnino nigro.
Long., 2 9mm., ¢ 8 mm.
Q. Mandibles very broad and short, not narrowed at the
apex; clypeus in both sexes produced in the middle, but much
more distinctly so in the female than in the male. Hyes sepa-
rated on the vertex by a distance about three times as great as
the length of the second joint of the flagellum, on the clypeus by
about four times the length of the same joint; posterior ocelli
separated from the eyes by a distance fully equal to their own
diameter, a little further from the posterior margin of the head
than from each other. Antenne not very stout, the second
joint of the flagellum equal to the third, nearly twice as long as
the first. Head and thorax very closely punctured ; the frontal
suleus very indistinct, the clypeus and front as high as the emar-
gination of the eyes clothed with silver pubescence. Median
segment obliquely striated on the whole dorsal surface; the
median sulcus almost obsolete; the median carina distinct, but
not reaching the apex; the posterior slope transversely striated.
Abdomen finely and closely punctured; the first segment mode-
rately constricted at the apex, second ventral segment evenly and
very distinctly punctured. ‘The white pubescence on the abdo-
men is confined to the sides of the segments, and does not form
apical bands. Calcaria black. Second abscissa of the radius
shorter than the petiole of the second cubital cell; recurrent
nervures interstitial with the transverse cubital nervures ; trans-
verse median nervure a little nearer to the base of the wing than
the basal nervure.
Hab. Yallingup, $.W. Australia (Turner), November and
December. 1Q2 and4¢doc.
Kasily distinguished from other black species by the colour and
breadth of the mandibles. It is remarkable that the clypeus is
much more distinctly pointed in the female than in the male.
25, PisoN INFuMATUM Turn.
Pison infumatum ‘Turn. Proc, Zool. Soc. London, p. 510
(1908), 2.
This little species may be recognised by the shining median
segment, on which the punctures are microscopic.
Hab, Port Darwin (Turner), December.
26. PIsON PERPLEXUS Sm.
Pison perplecus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 314 (1856), 3.
This differs from fuscipennis as indicated on the key by the
proportionate distance between the pesterior ocelli and the eyes.
606 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
IT am inclined to think that this difference may prove to be
sexual, but do not think it would be justifiable to sink fusct-
pennis as a Synonym until more material is available.
Hab. Victoria (French).
27. PISON FUSCIPENNIS Sm.
Pison fuscipennis Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 294 (1869), 2 .
This is distinguished from spinol@ and other related species by
the even puncturation of the second ventral segment.
Hab. Champion Bay, W.A. (Du Boulay).
28. PISON STRENUUM, sp. n.
@. Nigra; tegulis apice testaceis; segmentis dorsalibus 1—4
fascia apicali albo-pilosa ; alis sordide hyalinis, apice leviter in-
fuscatis, venis nigris.
Long., 2 11-12 mm., ¢ 9-10 mm.
@. Clypeus closely punctured, twice as broad as long, rounded
at the apex and produced in the middle into a blunt smooth
process ; clothed with sparse silver pubescence, which also extends
as high as the base of theantenne. Second joint of the flagellum
scarcely longer than the third. Posterior ocelli about equi-
distant from each other and from the eyes, separated from the
eyes by a distance about equal to their own diameter; the dis-
tance separating the eyes on the clypeus nearly twice as great
as that separating them on the vertex. Head and thorax very
closely and minutely*punctured. Median segment very closely
and minutely punctured, with extremely short oblique striz
along the basal margin; the median sulcus distinct, without a
carina, the surface of the posterior slope transversely striated,
with a strong median sulcus. Dorsal surface of the abdomen
microscopically punctured, the segments not constricted ; second
ventral segment very closely, evenly, and finely punctured.
Second abscissa of the radius rather variable in length, in the
type as long as the petiole of the second cubital cell, but usually
shorter; recurrent nervures interstitial with the transverse
cubital nervures, the first sometimes received just beyond the
base by the second cubital cell; transverse median nervure inter-
stitial with the basal.
Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia (Turner), October to December;
South Perth, W.A. (7. J. Giles), January.
The male has the clypeus produced into a spine, the second
joint of the flagellum distinctly longer than the third, and the
eyes on the vertex further apart, only one and a half times as far
apart on the clypeus as on the vertex.
The species is smaller than perplexus or fuscipennis, and has
the second joint of the flagellum much shorter; the clypeus is
much more produced at the apex in both sexes, and there is no
fascia of white pubescence on the fifth dorsal segment, which
fascia 1s present in fuscipennis.
FOSSORIAL WASPS. 607
29. Prison sPrInoL Shuck.
Pison spuvole Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, i. p. 76
(1837), @.
Pison australis Sauss. Mém. Soc. Phys. & Hist. Nat. Geneve,
Xiv. 11. (1853), 2.
Pison tasmanicus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 316 (1856), 3.
Tauranga dubia W. F. Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 201
(1883), 3.
Pison pruinosus Cam. Mem. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soc. xii.
p. 44 (1897), 2.
This species may be distinguished by the smooth opaque
mesopotum. The second cubital cell varies much in size, being
sometimes almost obsolete, as on one side in the type of Taranga
dubia. The recurrent nervures are usually mterstitial with the
transverse cubital nervures, but where the second cubital cell is
reduced the first recurrent is received before the apex of the
first cubital cell. I can find absolutely no difference between
Australian and New Zealand specimens, and have no doubt that
the species has been imported into the latter country during the
last century.
flab. Kaglehawk Neck, Tasmania (Turner), February; Mt.
Wellington, Tasmania (Zurner), January ; Mt. Lofty, S.A.
(Wesche), November; Taralga, N.S.W. (Dr. Broom) ; Toowoomba,
Q. (Higlett) ; Wellington, New Zealand (Cockayne), December.
30. PISON CONGENER, sp. n.
2. Nigra ; segmentis dorsalibus 1-3 apice anguste albo-pilosis ;
alis fusco-hyalinis, venis nigris; mesonoto punctato; segmento
ventrali secundo in disco sparse punctato.
Long., 9 14mm., ¢ 12 mm.
@. Clypeus rounded at the apex, slightly but broadly pro-
duced in the middle of the apical margin, closely and very finely
punctured and clothed with greyish pubescence. Second joint of
the flagellum distinctly longer than the third. Posterior ocelli
further from the eyes than from each other, separated from the
eyes by a distance equal to about twice their own diameter ; eyes
about half as far again from each other on the clypeus as on the
vertex. Thorax closely and distinctly punctured. Median seg-
ment finely and closely punctured, with delicate, irregular,
oblique striz at the base, with a distinct median sulcus, but
without a carina, the posterior slope punctured, with indistinct
transverse striz and a strong median sulcus. Abdomen closely
microscopically punctured, the two basal segments slightly de-
pressed on the apical margin, the ventral segments more strongly
and sparsely punctured, the second and third ventral segments
more sparsely punctured in the middle than at the sides. Second
abscissa of the radius fully as long as the petiole of the second
cubital cell, recurrent nervures interstitial with the transverse
cubital nervures.
608 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
3. The clypeus is distinctly pointed at the apex; the eyes a
little further apart on the vertex than in the female, and the
sculpture of the median segment a little coarser.
Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia (Turner), December.
This is very near spinole, but is distinguished by the punc-
tured thorax and the greater distance between the eyes on the
vertex.
31. Pison scABRUM Turn.
Pison seabrum Turn. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 509 (1908), 2
This species has the thorax and median segment much more
coarsely punctured than in congener, the second abscissa of the
radius is also much longer, and the eyes are further apart on the
clypeus. It is very near P. nitidus Sm., from Aru, but has the
eyes further apart on the vertex than in that species, and the
sculpture of the median segment coarser, with a much less
distinet sulcus.
Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner).
32. PIsoN PUNCTULATUM Kohl.
Pison punctulatum Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxili.
p. 336 (1883), Q ¢. ,
Kasily distinguished by the coarse puncturation of the head,
thorax, and median segment, and by the strongly constricted
abdominal segments. The punctures of the dorsal segments are
very distinct; the second ventral segment is rather sparsely
punctured, especially in the middle. The antenne are short and
rather stout. The nearest relation is P. constrictum Turn., from
New Guinea, but the sculpture is much less coarse in that
species, and the puncturation of the second ventral segment is
different.
Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), December.
33. PISON AURIVENTRE Turn.
Pison auriventre Turn. Proce. Zool. Soc. London, p. 512
(1908), 9
The abdomen in this species is almost entirely covered with
golden pubescence, which forms denser ‘bands on the apical
margins of the segments. There is a spot of silver pubescence
at the apical angles of the first dorsal segment.
Hab. Victoria (french); Brisbane, Q. (Hacker), September.
34, PISON DIVES, sp. n.
2. Nigra; segmentis abdommalibus apice anguste brunneis ;
tegulis calcariisque fuscis, clypeo argenteo-piloso; abdomine
aureo-piloso ; alis subhyalinis, venis fusco-ferrugineis.
Long. 10 mm.
2. Clypeus closely and very finely punctured, broadly and
roundly produced on the middle of the apical margin, the
FOSSORIAL WASPS. 609
produced portion smooth and shining. Antenne not very stout,
the second joint of the flagellum distinctly, but very slightly,
longer than the third, more than twice as long as the first.
Posterior ocelli as far from the eyes as from each other, separated
from each other by a distance less than the diameter of one
ocellus; eyes almost twice as far apart on the clypeus as on the
vertex. Head and thorax opaque, microscopically punctured.
Median segment finely and closely obliquely striated ; the median
suleus very distinct, but not reaching the base, without a distinct
carina, the posterior slope transversely striated. Abdomen
covered with golden pubescence, on the dorsal segments forming
denser apical fascie. Petiole of the second cubital cell shorter
than the second abscissa of the radius and no longer than the
height of the second cubital cell; transverse median nervure
interstitial with the basal nervure.
Hab. Kuranda, Q. (Turner), May.
This is allied to awriventre, but is distinguished by the shape
of the clypeus, the lesser distance between the eyes on the
vertex and between the posterior ocelli, and by the striation of
the whole dorsal surface of the median segment, the striation
in aurwentre being confined to the extreme base and almost
obsolete. In both species the second ventral segment is very
finely, closely, and evenly punctured.
35. PISoN SIMILLIMUS Sm.
Pison simillimus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 292
(1869), ¢.
This may be distinguished from marginatum and other allied
species by the very distinct oblique striation of the dorsal surface
of the median segment. The tibie and tarsi are ferruginous,
the apical margins of the dorsal segments brown. In the male
the posterior ocelli are a little nearer to each other than to the
eyes, but in the female the distances are about equal; the male
has the clypeus produced into a spine, that of the female being
very broadly rounded. ‘The second abscissa of the radius is
as long as or longer than the petiole of the second cubital cell, and
the first recurrent nervure is received just before the apex of the
first cubital cell.
flab. Victoria (French).
36. PIsoN MARGINATUS Sm.
Pison marginatus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 314 (1856), 9°.
This species has the median segment very closely and finely
punctured, the punctures intermingled with very delicate striz,
which are not visible inall lights. The margins of the abdominal
segments are rather broadly brown, with fascie of pale, dull,
fulvous pubescence.
Hab. Melbourne, Victoria (french); Mackay, Q. (Turner),
October.
610 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
37. PISON SEPARATUS Sm.
Pison separatus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 294 (1869), 3.
Very near marginatus, but may be distinguished by the sparser
punctures of the median segment and the absence of striz, and
by the somewhat longer spine of the male clypeus. The colour
of the tarsi is a little more ferruginous. I have not seen the
female, but it is not improbable that when more material is
available it will prove to be merely a western form of mar-
ginatus.
Hab. Champion Bay, W.A. (Du Boulay).
38. PIson TIBIALIS Smn.
Pison tibialis Sm. Trans. Ent. Soe. London, p. 292 (1869), 3.
The male has the clypeus produced into a spine at the apex;
the antenne stout and rather short, the second joint of the
flagellum nearly equal to the combined length of the first and
third ; the posterior ocelli nearer to each other than to the eyes,
which are nearly half as far again from each other on the
clypeus as on the vertex. The median segment is short and
broad, and the insect is of robust build in proportion to the
length. The female has the clypeus rounded, somewhat bluntly
produced in the middle of the apical margin; the second joint
of the flagellum a little shorter in proportion than in the male;
the posterior ocelli as near to the eyes as to each other, and the
eyes fully half as far again from each other on the clypeus as on
the vertex.
Hab. Western Australia (Du Boulay); Kalamunda, W.A.
(Turner), February to April; Brisbane, Q. (Hacker), December.
39. PISON FRATERCULUS, sp. n.
@. Nigra; tegulis segmentisque abdominalibus fascia lata
apicali brunneis; femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis ;
segmentis dorsalibus fascia apicali pallide fulvo-pilosa ; alis sor-
dide hyalinis, venis fusco-ferrugineis,
do. Femine similis.
Long., 2 10 mm., ¢ 9°5 mm.
2. Clypeus microscopically punctured, opaque, clothed with
whitish pubescence, bluntly produced and rounded in the middle
of the apical margin. Head and thorax minutely punctured ;
the front clothed with whitish pubescence as high as the emar-
gination of the eyes, without a frontal suleus; second joint of
the flagellum a little longer than the third, but shorter than the
first and third combined. Posterior ocelli a little nearer to the
eyes than to each other, separated from the eyes by a distance
considerably less than their own diameter; the eyes more than
half as far again from each other on the clypeus as on the
vertex. Median segment finely and closely punctured, the
median suleus and carina distinct, but not very strong; the
FOSSORIAL WASPS. 611
posterior slope punctured at the base, transversely striated at
the apex, the median sulcus deep at the base, but not extending
on to the striated portion. Abdomen microscopically punctured,
the segments not constricted ; second ventral segment finely and
evenly punctured. Recurrent nervures interstitial with the
transverse cubital nervures ; second abscissa of the radius slightly
shorter than the petiole of the second cubital cell; transverse
median and basal nervures interstitial.
¢. Clypeus produced into a short spine at the apex; posterior
ocelli separated from the eyes by a distance fully equal to their
own diameter ; second abscissa of the radius a little longer than
the petiole of the second cubital cell.
Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), January and February.
Very near ¢ibialis, but the eyes are nearer together on the
vertex, the sculpture of the thorax and median segment is finer,
the second abscissa of the radius is much shorter, and the whole
insect is of more slender build, the median segment being longer
and more narrowed to the apex.
40, PISON MERIDIONALE, Sp. 0.
3. Niger; antennis articulis quatuor basalibus, mandibulis,
tegulis pedibusque, coxis exceptis, ferrugineis ; segmentis dor-
- salibus apice late brunneis, fascia apicali aureo-pubescente ; alis
hyalinis, iridescentibus, venis fuscis.
Long. 9°5 mm.
dg. Clypeus minutely punctured, produced into a short spine
at the apex, covered with whitish pubescence, which extends on
the front as high as the emargination of the eyes. Second joint
of the flagellum very little longer than the third. Posterior
ocelli as far from the eyesas from each other, separated from the
eyes by a distance about half as great again as their own
diameter; eyes half as far again from each other on the clypeus
as on the vertex. Head and thorax minutely punctured.
Median segment finely punctured-striate, the strie oblique and
indistinct, most distinct at the base; the median sulcus distinct,
but shallow, the carina only developed at the extreme base; the
posterior slope coarsely transversely striated. Abdomen very
finely and closely punctured ; the basal segment short, a little
depressed at the apex; second ventral segment closely and
evenly punctured; seventh dorsal segment broadly truncate at
the apex. Recurrent nervures interstitial with the transverse
cubital nervures ; second abscissa of the radius longer than the
petiole of the second cubital cell; transverse median nervure
received just beyond the basal nervure, not quite interstitial.
Hab. Adelaide, S.A.
Near tibialis, but differs in the colour of the legs and antenna,
in the lesser breadth between the eyes on the vertex, in the
finer sculpture of the thorax, and in the sculpture of the median
segment.
612 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
4], PIsON DECIPIENS Sm.
Pison decipiens Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 295 (1869), 3.
More nearly allied to dimidiatum than to any other species,
but differs in the colour of the abdomen, the somewhat longer
median segment, and in the whiter pubescence of the head and
thorax. The clypeus is also less deeply sinuate on each side of
the apical spine.
Hab. Champion Bay, W.A. (Du Boulay).
42. PISON INCONSPICUUM, Sp. n.
6. Niger; mandibulis, tegulis pedibusque, coxis exceptis,
ferrugineis ; trochanteribus anticis femoribusque anticis basi
nigricantibus ; seginentis dorsalibus apice anguste fusco-brunneis,
fascia apicali sparse albido-pubescente ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis.
Long. 5°5 mm.
3. Clypeus produced into a long spine at the apex, deeply
sinuate on each side of the spine, covered with silver pubescence,
which extends on the front as high as the emargination of the
eyes. Antenne rather short and stout, the second joint of the
flagellum a little longer than the third. Ocelli in an equilateral
triangle, the posterior pair as far from the eyes as from each
other, separated from the eyes by a distance equal to at least
twice their own diameter; the eyes no further apart on the
clypeus than on the vertex. Head very much broader than the
thorax, very minutely punctured, the frontal sulcus almost obso-
lete, only visible just below the anterior ocellus; thorax a little
more distinctly punctured than the head. Median segment
finely granulate, with a few indistinet oblique striz at the base ;
median sulcus very shallow, the median carina distinct. Abdo-
men microscopically punctured, more distinctly punctured on the
ventral surface ; second ventral segment finely and evenly punc-
tured ; seventh dorsal segment dull ferruginous, broadly truncate
at the apex. Recurrent nervures interstitial with the transverse
cubital nervures ; second abscissa of the radius shorter than the
petiole of the second cubital cell; transverse median nervure
interstitial with the basal nervure.
Hab. Mundaring Weir, W.A. (Turner), March 18, 1914.
The anterior margin of the clypeus is shaped as in dimzdiatus,
to which species and decipiens the relationship is close. But the
eyes are much closer together on the clypeus than in either of
those species, and the colour of the abdomen is different, the
apical chitinous fascie being much darker than in decipiens, also
the antenne are entirely black.
43. PISON AURIFEX Sm,
Pison aurifex Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 293 (1869), 2 ¢-
I have seen no recent specimens of this beautiful species. It
is of much more slender build than vestitus or awreosericewm, the
shape of the first abdominal segment being much more elongate.
FOSSORIAL WASPS. 613
All the dorsal and ventral segments have broad chitinous bands
of brown, covered on the four basal dorsal segments with golden
pubescence.
Two females and one male in the British Museum, all from
Smith’s collection.
Hab. Australia,
44, Pison VESTITUS Sm.
Pison vestitus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 315 (1856), @.
The type is unique in the British Museum, without any data
to show whence it was received. At one time I confused it with
pulchrinum, but it differs as pointed out in the description of
that species. ‘here is a minute tubercle on each side of the
mesosternum, as in auratus and aureosericewm.
Hab. Australia.
45, PIsON PULCHRINUM, sp. h.
2. Nigva; mandibulis, antennis articulis quinque basalibus,
tegulis, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis; segmentis
dorsalibus 3-6, ventralibus 2-6 fascia apicali brunnea; segmento
dorsali primo fascia apicali aureo-pubescente; fronte dense,
thorace segmentoque mediano sparsius aureo-pilosis; alis hya-
linis, venis fuscis.
3g. Femine similis.
Long., 2 13 mm., ¢ 10 mm.
?. Clypeus very broadly rounded or subtruncate at the apex,
clothed with golden pubescence, which extends on the front as
high as the emargination of the eyes. Second joint of the
flagellum longer than the third, about equal in length to the
first and third combined. Posterior ocelli a little further from
each other than from the eyes, separated from the eyes by a
distance slightly exceeding their own diameter; eyes more than
half as far again from each other on the clypeus as on the
vertex. front somewhat convex, the frontal sulcus indistinct ;
the punctures of the head microscopic. Thorax rather more
distinctly punctured, the pronotum and postscutellum clothed
with golden pubescence. Mesosternum with a minute tubercle
on each side. Median segment short and broad, finely punctured,
clothed with pale golden pubescence; the median sulcus distinct,
but shallow, the median carina not reaching the apex; the
apical slope coarsely transversely striated, with a deep median
suleus. Abdomen microscopically punctured ; the basal segment
short and broad, a little depressed at the apex, with a broad
band of golden pubescence, second segment without an apical
band of pubescence, the bands on the third and fourth segments
fairly broad. Recurrent nervures interstitial with the trans-
verse cubital nervures ; second abscissa of the radius longer than
the petiole of the second cubital cell ; transverse median nervure
received beyond the basal nervure.
gd. Clypeus with a small spine in the middle of the apical
614 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
margin; the pubescence on the whole insect paler; seventh
dorsal segment widely emarginate at the apex.
Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), December to April; Kuranda, Q.
(Lurner), March to July.
In this species there is no band of golden pubescence on the
second dorsal segment, which is present in vestitus, the antennz
in that species are black, and the legs piceous, almost black.
The eyes are nearer together in vestitus than in pulchrinum, both
on the clypeus and vertex, though the difference in this point is
slight.
46, PISON EXORNATUM, sp. nD.
Q. Nigra; mandibulis, antennis articulis septem basalibus,
tegulis, femoribus apice, tibiis, tarsis, abdomine segmento primo,
segmentoque quinto margine apicali pallide ferrugineis; alis
hyalinis, venis fusco-ferrugineis.
Long. 11-13 mm.
Q. Extremely near P. pulchrinuwm, from which it differs in
the ferruginous colour of the first abdominal segment, in the
absence of brown chitinous and golden pubescent apical bands on
the third and fourth dorsal segments, in the slightly less distance
between the eyes on the clypeus, and in the distinctly narrower
median segment. The distribution of the golden pubescence on
the head, thorax, and median segment, also on the apical band of
the first dorsal segment, is the same in both species.
Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), May.
47. PISON AUREOSERICEUM Rohw.
Pison aureosericeum Rohw. Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, xlix.
p. 246 (1915), 9d.
This species also strongly resembles pulchrinum, except in
colour, the ferruginous colour of the legs including the whole of
the femora and trochanters ; the first abdominal segment is also
ferruginous, and there is a broad ferruginous apical band on the
second segment; the three apical segments are almost wholly
ferruginous. The apical dorsal segment of the male is broadly
truncate, not emarginate as in pelchrinum.
Hab. Kuranda, Q. (Lurner), February ; Mackay, Q. (Turner),
February and March; Duaringa, Q. (U.S. Museum); Victoria
(French).
48. Pison AuRaAtuUS Shuck.
Pison auratus Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 11. p.78 (1837), ° .
This is extremely near awreosericewm, with which species I had
at one time confused it, but it differs in the distinctly longer
median segment and in the wholly ferruginous colour of the
second ventral segment. The striation of the posterior slope of
the median segment is much less coarse than in awreosericeum.
Hab. Port Darwin (Dodd).
FOSSORIAL WASPS. 615
49, PISON EXULTANS, sp. n.
3. Niger; mandibulis, antennis apice infuscatis, tegulis,
abdomine segmento primo utrinque nigro-maculato, segmento
septimo, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis; segmentis
3-6 apice late brunneo-fasciatis; alis sordide hyalinis, venis
nigris.
Long. 8 mm.
3d. Clypeus short and broad, the apical margin subtruncate,
produced into a point in the middle; antenne rather stout,
distinctly thickened towards the apex, second joint of the
flagellum a little longer than the third, less than twice as long
as the first. Posterior ocelli a little further from each other than
from the eyes, separated trom the eyes by a distance slightly
exceeding their own diameter ; eyes about half as far again from
each other on the clypeus as on the vertex; the frontal sulcus
very shallow ; clypeus and front as far as the emargination of
the eyes clothed with whitish pubescence. Head and thorax
opaque, microscopically punctured ; pronotum clothed with very
pale golden pubescence. Median segment rather long, very
closely and minutely punctured, with a row of large punctures at
the base; the median sulcus well marked but not deep, the
median carina very delicate, with a row of distinct punctures on
each side of it in the sulcus; the posterior slope closely and
finely punctured, with a strong median suleus. First abdominal
segment elongate, subpetiolate, longer than the second, widened
to the apex, with an apical band of rather sparse whitish pu-
bescence, the second segment without an apical chitinous or
pubescent band; segments 3-6 with broad pale brown chitinous
bands clothed with very pale fulvous pubescence ; seventh dorsal
segment subtriangular, bluntly pointed at the apex; the whole
abdomen closely microscopically punctured, more strongly and
sparsely on the ventral than on the dorsal surface. First recur-
rent nervure received just before the apex of the first cubital
cell, second interstitial with the second transverse cubital nervure ;
second cubital cell small, second abscissa of the radius as long
as the petiole of the second cubital cell; transverse median
nervure received before the basal nervure.
Hab. Victoria (French).
Hasily distinguished from the somewhat similarly coloured
species of the awratus group by the elongate first abdominal
segment and the triangular seventh segment.
50. PIson BASALIS Sm.
Pison basalis Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 292 (1869), @.
This species belongs to the auratus group, but may be dis-
tinguished by the ferruginous colour of the second dorsal
segment. The male has the seventh dorsal segment truncate at
the apex, as in @ureosericeum.
Hab. Mackay, Q. (Turner), November.
616 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
Old World Species (excluding Australian).
51. Prison (PIsoNorpES) OBLITERATUS Sm.
Pison (Pisonoides) obliteratus Sm. Journ. Proc. Linn. Soe., Zool.
i. p. 104 (1857), .
Parapison obliteratus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 299
(1869).
This must be taken as the type of Smith’s subgenus Pisonoides,
which is the same as his later genus Parapison. Though Kohl
treats Pisonoides as a nomen nudum, I certainly cannot follow
him.
The present species may be distinguished from other Oriental
Pisonoides by the first abdominal segment, which is about twice
as long as its apical breadth, being narrow throughout, though
er. adually broadening towards the apex.
Hab. Borneo (Wallace); Taiping, Malay Peninsula (W. B.
Orme) ; Maulmain, Tenasserim (Bin gham), November; Kumaon,
N.W. India (Miss A Brook), August.
52. Pison (PisoNnorpEs) AGIuis Sm.
Parapison agilis Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 300
(1869), @.
The legs are piceous, almost black, with whitish calearia, the
fore tibix and tarsi dull ferruginous brown. It is very near
erythropus, but in that species the legs are bright ferruginous.
The second cubital cell in erythropus is pointed on the radius,
but in agilis the second abscissa of the radius is nearly half as
long as the first transverse cubital nervure. Bingham states
that the eyes in agilis are nearer together on the vertex than in
erythropus, but this is not the case in the type ; he has evidently
looked at a Ceylon specimen when comparing, the eyes being
slightly nearer to each other both on the vertex and clypeus than
in the type. The length of the second abscissa of the radius
also varies considerably in Ceylon specimens. The other points
of difference given by Bingham are either unsatisfactory or not
constant. I am inclined to think that the two forms may be
merely local forms of one species, with another local race in
Ceylon with somewhat narrower spaces between the eyes both on
vertex and clypeus.
Hab. Bareilly (Horne), type; Ceylon (Dr. Thwaites).
53. Pison (PIsoNoIpDES) ERYTHROPUS Kohl.
Parapison rufipes Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 299 (1869),
2 (nec Pisonttus rufipes Schuck., 1837).
Pison erythropus Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiv.
p. 183 (1884).
Hab. N.W. India (Horne).
FOSSORIAL WASPS. 617
*54. Prison (PISONOIDES) BROwNI Ashm.
Pisonoides browni Ashm. Proc. U.S. National Mus. xxviii.
p. 961 (1905), ¢.
I have not seen this species, which appears to be allied to agilis,
but may be distinguished by the striation of the posterior slope
of the median segment, which is punctured in agilis.
Hab, Manila (2. Brown),
“D5, PIsoN (PISONOIDES) KOREENSIS Rad.
Paraceramius koreensis Rad. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xxi. p- 433
(igs O!
The description of this species 1s insutticient, but I do not
think it is identical with any Indian species.
56. Pison (PisonorpEs) roruneyi Cam.
Pison (Parapison) rothneyi Cam. Mem. Manchester Lit. &
Phil. Soe. xli. p. 81 (1896), °.
Pison (Parapison) crassicorne Cam. Mem. Manchester Lit. &
Phil. Soe. xli. 13, p. 25 (1897), ¢ (as 2).
These are undoubtedly sexes of one species. I have seen
Cameron’s types.
Hab. Barrackpore (Rothney).
57. Pison (PISONOIDES) DIFFERENS, sp. n.
2. Nigra, opaca, segmento mediano subnitido ; mandibulis,
tegulis, segmentis dorsalibus et ventralibus fascia lata apicali,
femoribus apice tibiisque brunneo-testaceis; alis hyalinis, irides-
centibus, venis fuscis.
Long. 8 mm,
2. Head and thorax Opaque, very closely microscopically
punctured ; clypeus broadly rounded at the apex ; the front
with a distinct longitudinal sulcus extending to the anterior
ocellus ; eyes a little further apart on the clypeus than on the
vertex, separated on the clypeus by a distance slightly exceeding
the length of the scape and the two basal joints of the flagellum
combined ; posterior ocelli a little further from each other than
from the eyes, separated from the eyes by a distance equal to the
diameter of one ocellus. Second and third joints of the flagellum
subequal. Median segment slender, shining and microscopically
punctured ; the dorsal surface nearly as long as the mesonotum
and rather strongly narrowed to the apex; the median sulcus
broad and distinct, without a-median carina, distinctly inter-
rupted between the dorsal and posterior surfaces, with a minute
triangular raised area projecting into the sulcus at the base of
the segment; the posterior slope minutely punctured, without
strie. Abdomen minutely, closely, and evenly punctured, both
on the dorsal and ventral surfaces. Second abscissa of the
radius less than half as long as the first transverse cubital
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XLII. 43
618 ‘MR. R. E. TURNER ON
nervure, much shorter than the distance between the recurrent
nervures on the cubitus; second recurrent nervure interstitial
with the first transverse cubital nervure.
Hab. Shillong, Assam, 5000 ft. (Zurner), May. 32 9.
Very near rothneyi, of which it may prove to be a subspecies,
but as there are structural differences it cannot be treated as
identical. The ocelli are much smaller, the eyes are further
apart both on the clypeus and the vertex, the puncturation of
the head is somewhat finer, the median segment has the dorsal
surface very distinctly longer and more narrowed to the apex,
and the suleus of the median segment is broadly interrupted
between the dorsal and > posterior surfaces, not almost continuous
as in rothneyt. The pronotum is also a little more depressed in
the present species. The apical half of the posterior slope of the
median segment is finely transversely striated in rothneyt, finely
punctured in ‘differens.
58. Prison (PisoNorEs) ISoLATuUM ‘Turn.
Pison (Parapison) isolatum Turn. Trans. Linn. Soc, xiv. p. 372
CII), 2 S-
This is a very distinct species, without chitimous or pubescent
bands at the apex of the dorsal segments, being very much
nearer to the Australian erythrocerus Kohl than to the Asiatic
species. The antenne are much longer than in erythrocerus,
and the sculpture of the median segment is different.
fab. Silhouette Island, Seychelles (Scot).
59, Pison (PISONOLDES) TESTACEIPES, sp. n.
3d. Niger; mandibulis, palpis, scapo, tegulis, tibiis anticis
tarsisque rufo-testaceis; segmento abdominali quarto dimidio
apicali, quinto, sexto, septimoque brunneo-testaceis ; alis hyalinis,
iidescentibus, margine apicali late infuscatis, venis nigris.
Long. 7 mm,
3. Clypeus broadly truncate at the apex; antenne rather
slender at the base, slightly thickened towards the apex, the
second joint of the flagellum only a little longer than the third,
about twice as long as the first. Posterior ocelli separated both
from each other and from the eyes by a distance about equal to
the diameter of one ocellus, further from the anterior ocellus
than from each other. Clypeus and front as high as the emar-
gination of the eyes clothed with silver pubescence, the frontal
sulcus indistinct, front opaque, finely punctured-rugulose, vertex
iinely punctured, Eyes half as far again from each other on the
clypeus as on the vertex. Pronotum short, mueh shorter than
in P. xanthopus ; mesonotum and scutellum finely and closely,
but distinctly punctured; mesopleurze more finely punctured,
with a fovea in the middle. Median segment closely punctured,
with a distinct triangular dorsal area which is obliquely striated
at the extreme base, the median sulcus strongly marked, the
FOSSORIAL WASPS. 619
carina only visible at the base, the sides of the segment outside
the triangular area finely and irregularly striated ; the posterior
Slope more distinctly transversely striated, with a rather indis-
tinct median sulcus. Abdomen microscopically punctured,
without fascize of pubescence ; the first segment rather strongly
depressed at the apex, the ventral surface evenly and much more
distinctly punctured ; the seventh ventral segment very shallowly
emarginate at the apex. Second cubital cell almost pointed on
the radius, first transverse cubital nervure a little nearer to the
first than to the second recurrent nervure, transverse median
nervure received before the basal nervure.
Hab. Gangeru, N. Nigeria (J. W. Scott-Macfie), November.
This is very distinct from aanthopus in the sculpture of the
median segment as well as in the neuration, also in the structure
of the apical ventral segments.
60. Pison ARGENTATUS Shuck.
Pison (Pisonitus) argentatus Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London,
ime Jo, 19) (SIE),
Pison fuscipalpe Cam. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, ii. p- 27 (1901).
Pisonitus argenteus Ashm. Proc. U.S. National Mus. xxviii.
p- 131 (1904).
This is a very wide-ranging species, and the original habitat
is doubtful. In recent years it has been im ported into Hawaii,
where it has increased rapidly, apparently to the detriment of
the indigenous species. There seems to be some slight variation
in the intensity of the sculpture of the median segment, but
nothing of specific importance.
Hab. Mauritius (Shuckard), type; Madagascar (Saussure) ;
Rangoon (Bingham), April; Amherst, Tenasserim (Bingham),
April; Singapore (Cameron) ; Borneo (ex coll. Cameron) ; Bacoor,
Philippines (Ashmead) ; Oahu, Hawaii (Perkins), July.
61. Prison ruGosus Sm.
Pison (Pisonitus) rugosus Sm, Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 313
(1856), @.
Pison appendiculatum Cam. Mem. Manchester Lit. & Phil.
Soe. xli. 13, p. 24 (1897). :
Kasily distinguished from argentatus, the only other Oriental
species of the Pisonitus section, by the much coarser punctura-
tion of the head and thorax and the stronger constriction of
the abdominal segments. Intermediate in neuration between
Pisonitus and Pison.
Hab. N.W. Provinces of India, throughout N.E. India and
Burma; Poona, W. India.
62. PIson ATER Spin.
Alyson ater Spin. Ins. Lig. ii. 4, p. 253 (1808), 2.
Pison gurina Spin. Ins. Lig. ii. 4, p. 256 (1808), 3.
A3*
l
620 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
Tachybulus niger Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 75 (1809), 2
Pison atrum Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges, Wien, xxxiv. p. 184, d.
This is the best-known European species, though far from
common. It may be distinguished from the other South Euro-
pean species P. sericewm by the sculpture of the median segment,
which is punctured in ater, finely obliquely striated in sericewm,
and by the much greater distance between the posterior ocelli
and eyes of sericewm, equal in the male of that species to
twice the diameter of an ocellus, in the male of ater only equal
to the diameter of an ocellus. In sericewm also the margins
of the abdominal segments are dark brown, in ater black. The
size of ater is also considerably less than that of sericeum.
Hab. Genoa (Spinola); 8. France (Latreille) ; Albania (Saun-
ders); Switzerland (Hohl); Gibraltar (Walker).
63. Pison serRicEUM Kohl.
Pison sericeum Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxvill.
p. 140 (1888), 3
Hab. Attica (Kohl); Italy (ee coll. F. Smith).
y *64. PisoN ASSIMILE Sickm.
Pison assimile Sickm. Zool, Jahrb, viii, p. 212 (1895), ©.
Very similar to P. ater, but more finely punctured.
Hab. Tientsin.
65. Pison rasciarus Rad.
Pseudonysson fasciatus Rad. Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. xii. p. 105
(1876), ¢; Rad. Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, p. 592 (1891),
The description is poor, but apparently the species is allied to
algiricum, but with normal antenne. To this species I assign
an. Indian specimen with some doubt.
Hab. 8.K. Caucasus ; Chapra, Bengal (Mackenzie).
/ *66. Pison susprcax Kokuj.
Pison suspicax Kokuj. Mitt. Kaukas. Mus. vii. p. 6 (1912), 3
This may be distinguished from all other Palearctic species by
the golden pubescence of the head and abdominal fascie.
Hab. Caucasus.
67. Pison aLGiricum Kohl.
Pison algiricum Kohl, Termes Fuz. xxi. p. 353 (1898), 2 ¢.
In the male sex this is distinguished by the thickening of the
third to sixth joints of the flagellum beneath, near the apex. A
somewhat similar structure, much more strongly developed, but
confined to the third and fourth joints, is seen in the Australian
P. fenestratus Sm. Kohl compares the present species with
fasciatus Rad., in which the antenne are normal.
Hab. Oran (Sc chmiedeknecht); Marakesh (HL scaler a), April.
FOSSORIAL WASPS. 621
68. PIsoN REGALIS Sm.
Pison regalis Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, (2) ii. p. 34
(1852), @ ¢.
Allied to insigne Sickm., but much larger; the male has
similar transverse ridges on the second, third, and fourth ventral
segments, which appear also in a rudimentary form on the
second and third segments of the female. But it differs from
insigne in the absence of a tubercle on the mesopleure before the
intermediate coxe, and in the absence of a transverse depression
on the mesosternum. The apical ventral segment of the male is
very deeply emarginate, with a long spine on each side.
Hab. Ning-po-foo, China (#ortune); Hsikou, near Tientsin
(f. M. Thomson), June.
ly #69, Prson tnsiG@NE Sickm.
Pison insigne Sickm. Zool. Jahrb. viii. p. 210 (1895), ¢.
Differs from P. regalis as noticed above; the mesonotum is
also more sparsely and finely punctured.
Hab. Nankou Pass, N. China (Weber).
70. Pison xantHorus Brullé.
Nephridia xanthopus Brullé, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, i. p. 408
(1833).
a obscurus Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, ii. p. 75
(1837), 29s.
A wide-ranging African species in which the median segment
is strongly obliquely striated, the three or four apical abdominal
segments in the male more or less red; the clypeus in the male
is somewhat angular in the middle on the apical margin, but not
produced into a tooth, that of the female very broadly rounded
or subtruncate ; the posterior ocelli further from each other than
from the eyes, separated from the eyes by less than the diameter
of an-ocellus. The position of the second recurrent nervure
is variable. b
Hab. Meadi, Egypt (Hgyptian Department of Agriculture),
July; Entebbe, Uganda (C. G. Gowdey), March, August, and
September ; Obuasi, Ashanti (Dr. Graham), February to April;
Sierra Leone (Morgan). ;
jf *71. Pison Montanus Cam.
Pison montanus Cam. in Sjéstedt, Kilimandj. Meru Exp. ii.
aS oR (LOMO) Ec).
The description is poor, but from the coarse sculpture the
relationship would seem to be nearest to allonymum.
Hab. Kibonoto, Kilimandjaro,
622 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
72. Pison ALLONYMUM Schulz.
Pison iridipennis Cam. Rec. Albany Mus. i. p. 261 (1905), 3
(nec Smith, 1879).
Pisum allonymum Schulz, Spolia Hymen. p. 2138 (1906),
The head, thorax, and median segment are coarsely punctured,
the eyes very far apart on the vertex, nearly as far as on the
clypeus, the posterior ocelli further from the eyes than from each
other. I do not think that this can be rhodesianum Bisch., the
distance between the eyes being so much greater than in ater,
and the puncturation much coarser,
Hab. Dunbrody (O'Neill); Willowmore (Dr. Brauns) ; Mia
Luangwa River, N.E. Rhodesia (Veave), August; Nawalia,
Niamadzi River, N.K. Rhodesia (Weave), August.
*73, PISON RHODESIANUM Bisch.
Pison rhodesianwm Bisch. Arch. f. Naturg. A. 3, p. 75
(1913), 9
From the description this seems to be very near P. ater, with
which Bischoff compares it. J consider that it is certainly dis-
tinct from any of the African species described by Cameron.
Hab. Buluwayo; October.
74, PISON TRANSVAALENSIS Cam.
Pison transvaalensis Cam. Ann. Transv. Mus. ii. p- 152
(1910), 3
A specimen of this species, labelled “type” by Cameron, is in
the British Museum. It is from the Cameron collection, and is
a female; but Cameron was accustomed to label all specimens
before him « ‘type,’ not only one. The species is very near denti-
ceps, and I am inclined to think that Cameron has mistaken the
sex of his type, and that denticeps is really the male of trans-
vaalensis, in which case the latter name would stand. But the
position of the first recurrent nervure is different. The posterior
ocelli in transvaalensis are very close to the eyes.
* Hab. Pretoria.
75. PISON DENTICEPS Cam.
Pison denticeps Cam. Ann. Transv. Mus. ii. p. 153 (1910), ¢
This may be distinguished from xanthopus by the finer stria-
tion of the median segment, the less constricted abdominal
segments, the apical ventral segment is produced into two points
as is usual in the genus, not into one only as in wanthopus; the
clypeus also has a distinct spine at the apex, and the front
is more distinctly convex. ‘This species is remarkable as showing
a transition in neuration from Pison to Pisonoides, the second
transverse cubital nervure being sometimes entirely absent, but
sometimes represented by a stump; prebably a~long series
would show the full transition.
Hab. Transvaal.
FOSSORIAL WASPS. 62¢
*76. PIson CLYPEATUS Cam.
Pison clypeatus Cam. Ann. Transy. Mus. ii. p. 153 (1910), 2.
Evidently allied to xanthopus, but the clypeus is narrowed to a
sharp point in the centre, the striation of the median segment is
coarser, and the second abscissa of the radius longer.
Hab. Warmberg, Zoutpansberg district ; October.
77. PISON INHQUALE, sp. n.
6. Niger; mandibulis apice fusco-ferrugineis; tegulis cal-
carlisque brunneis ; alis hyalinis, apice late infuscatis, iridescen-
tibus, venis nigris; cellula cubitali secunda minutissima aut
obliterata.
Long. 7 mm.
3. Clypeus broad, produced into a short spine in the middle of
the apical margin; clothed with silver pubescence, which extends
on the front as high as the emargination of the eyes. Second
joint of the flagellum very slightly longer than the third; eyes
separated on the clypeus by a distance half as great again as that
separating them on the vertex; posterior ocelli as far from the
eyes as from each other, separated from the eyes by a distance
exceeding the diameter of an ocellus. Front closely punctured-
rugose, the frontal sulcus obsolete, except just below the anterior
ocellus, the vertex closely and rather coarsely punctured. Pro-
notum short, as in P. afer; mesonotum and scutellum coarsely
punctured, but less closely than the vertex, more coarsely than
in P, ater; pleure very closely punctured, but more finely than in
P. ater. Median segment with a deep median sulcus which is
very widely forked close to the base, enclosing a very small basal
area, the branches of the sulcus obliquely striated, the main
sulcus extending to the apex of the segment, with a strong
median carina not quite reaching the apex; on each side of the
sulcus the segment is very closely and finely punctured, with
numerous, fine, irregular striz; the apical slope coarsely punc-
tured-rugose, with a deep median sulcus. Abdomen finely
punctured, the segments moderately depressed at the apex, the
apical bands of white pubescence well defined lateraily, but not
distinct in the middle, the basal segment more sparsely and
strongly punctured than the second, the apical segments very
closely and minutely punctured; the ventral segments more
sparsely but evenly punctured; apical ventral segment very
shallowly emarginate, the angles not produced into points.
Second abscissa of the radius very short, second cubital cell
obliterated on the left side, very minute on the right, second
recurrent nervure on the right. side interstitial with the second
transverse cubital nervure, first received before the apex of the
first cubital cell. Basal and transverse median nervures in-
terstitial.
Hab. Mianje, Nyassaland (S. A. Veave), 2300 ft., October.
Very near ater and rhodesianus, but differs in the sculpture,
624 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
especially on the thorax and median segment; also in the reduc-
tion of the second eubital cell. It also differs in these characters
from montanus. 'Thereis no impressed line behind the posterior
ocelli.
78. PISON WOLLASTONI, sp. n.
2. Nigra, albo-pilosa; tegulis apice pallide brunneis; .alis
hyalinis, apice late infumatis, venis nigris, stigmate fusco-
ferrugineo.
Long. 11 mm.
2. Clypeus produced into a point at the apex, punctured
finely and closely, and clothed with rather long whitish pu-
bescence which extends on the front as far as the emargination
of the eyes. Antenne rather slender, not thickened towards the
apex, the second joint of the flagellum distinctly longer than the
third, but shorter than the first and third combined. Posterior
ocelli nearer to the eyes than to each other, separated from the
eyes by a distance considerably less than the diameter of one
ocellus; the eyes nearly twice as far from each other on the
clypeus as on the vertex. Front punctured-rugose, the vertex
and ocellar space more finely punctured ; pronotum short, steeply
sloped anteriorly ; mesonotum and mesopleura coarsely punc-
tured, scutellum more finely and sparsely punctured. Median
segment closely punctured-rugose, the median sulcus shallow and
not extending to the apex, the median carina distinct ; the pos-
terior slope rugose, with a shallow median sulcus. Abdomen
smooth and shining on the dorsal surface, the segments scarcely
depressed at the apex, the apical fascize of white pubescence con-
fined to the sides; the ventral segments sparsely but distinctly
punctured. Second abscissa of the radius shorter than the
petiole of the well-developed second cubital cell ; second recurrent
nervure interstitial with the second transverse cubital nervure,
first received by the second cubital cell close to the base; basal
and transverse median nervures interstitial.
Hab. St. Helena (Wollaston).
A very distinct species, not at all nearly allied to any Ethio-
pian form.
79. PiIson SPECULARE Turn.
Pison speculare Turn. Trans. Linn. Soc. xiv. p. 371 (1911), 2
The posterior ocelli almost touch the eyes ; the puncturation of
the whole insect is very delicate, microscopic on both dorsal and
ventral segments of the abdomen.
Hab. Praslin, Seychelles (Scott).
80. Pison KoHLII Bingh.
Pison kohlii Bingh. Fauna Brit. India, Hymen. i. p. 220
(1897), 9
Pison aureopilosus Cam. Soc. Entom. xxiv. p. 73 (1909).
FOSSORIAL WASPS. 625
Hasily distinguished from punctifrons by the golden pubescence
of the head and abdomen, by the almost obsolete puncturation of
the mesonotum, and by the coarse longitudinal striation of the
median segment, the striation in punctifrons being oblique.
Hab. Dawnat Range, Tenasserim (Bingham), December ;
Borneo (Cameron). °
81. Pison punctTiFRons, Shuck.
Pison punctifrons Shuck. Trans. Ent. Soe. ii. p. 77 (1837), ©.
Pison suspiciosus Sm. Journ. Proc. Linn. Soe., Zool. ii. p. 104
(1858), 9.
Pison fabricator Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 297
(1869), 9°.
Pison striolatum Cam. Mem. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soc. xli.
p- 82 (1896).
Pison gavanus Cam. Tijdsch. f. Kntom. xlviii. p. 63 (1905), ¢.
I think all these are identical—certainly the first four, and
almost certainly Cameron’s species also.
flab. Yunzalin Valley, Tenasserim (Bingham), April; Ran-
goon (Lingham), May; Singapore (Wallace); Samarang, Java
(Drescher) ; Ceylon (Thwaites); Hong Kong (Smith); Foo-Chow
(Pickett).
Pa 82. PISON ORIENTALE Cam.
Pison orientale Cam. Mem. Manchester Lit. & Phil. Soe. xli.
13, p. 23 (1897).
Hab. Barrackpore (Rothney).
Y *83. Pison LacuNn#® Ashm.
Pison lagune Ashm. Proc. U.S. National Mus. xxvii. p. 151
(1904), 3.
I suspect that this will prove to be a synonym of puinctifrons,
but the description is too poor for certainty.
Hab. Laguna, Philippines (Stang/).
*84, PISON ASHMEADI, nom. nov.
Pison punctulatus Ashm. Proc. U.S. National Mus. xxviii.
p- 960 (1905), 3 (nec P. punctulatum Kohl, 1883).
I cannot identify this species.
Hab. Manila (Brown).
J 85. PIsoN PALLIDIPALPIS Sm.
Pison pallidipalpis Sm. Journ, Proc. Linn. Soce., Zool. vii.
p. 35 (1863), 9.
Closely allied to insularis Sm. and priscwm Turn. The punc-
turation of the second ventral segment is microscopic.
Hab. Ceram (Wallace).
626 MR. R. E. TURNER ON
86. PISOoN INSULARIS Sm.
Pison insuluris Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 297
(1869), 2.
Very near priscum Turn., but differs as pointed out under
that species. The second ventral segment is shining and smooth.
Hab. New Hebrides.
/ *87. Pison GLaBRuM Kohl.
Pison glabrum Kohl, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxxi.
p. 309 (1908), 2.
This seems to be very near inswlaris in sculpture; but the
wings are infuscate: and either the eyes are further apart on
the vertex or the basal joints of the flagellum are shorter.
Hab. Upolu, Samoa (Rechinger).
*88. PisoNn stRictirrons Vachal.
V Pison strictifrons Vachal, Revue d’Entom. xxvi. p. 114
CQO; 2.
A much smaller species than insularis, though agreeing with
it in nearness of the posterior ocelli to the eyes and in the
smooth median segment. The description is very insufficient.
Hab. New Caledonia.
Y 89. Pison ImPUNCTATUM Turn.
Pison impunctatum Turn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) ix.
p- 200 (1912), 9.
Probably closely allied to strictifrons, also to iridipennis Sm.
From the latter it differs in the lesser distance between the eyes
on the vertex and the smoother median segment.
Hab. New Guinea (Wollaston).
90. Pison IRIDIPENNIS Sm.
Pison wridipennis Smith, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 676
(1879), ¢; Smith, Deser. New Spee. Hymen. p. 139(1879), 3.
Hab. Hawaii; Koolau, July; Samoa.
91. PISON TUBERCULATUS Sm.
Pison tuberculatus Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 296
(1869), 3.
A small species closely allied to cridipennis, but whereas that
species has in the male a short transverse ridge on the third
ventral segment and a similar but less distinct ridge on the
fourth, twberculatus has a rounded tubercle on each side of the
third ventral segment and a similar but less distinet tubercle on
each side of the second and fourth.
Hab. New Zealand.
FOSSORIAL WASPS. 627
/ 92. Pison Morosus Sm.
Pison morosus Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 317 (1856), 2
(nec Smith, 1864).
Much larger than tuberculatus, and has no tubercles on the
ventral segments of the male. It appears to be the commoner
of the two indigenous species in New Zealand; the third species,
P. spinole, being a comparatively recent importation.
Hab. New Zealand.
¢ 93. PISON TAHITENSE Sauss.
Pison tahitense Sauss. Reise d. Novara, Zool. ii., Hymen. p. 65
(1867), 9 ¢.
Allied to P. hospes, but has the eyes nearer together both on
the vertex and the clypeus, and the clypeus of the male more
strongly produced.
Hab. Tahiti; Samoa; Rarotonga.
(Y *94,. PIson CoLLARE Kohl.
Pison collare Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxill. p. 337
(1883), @.
The clypeus of the female is produced into an acute spine ;
the front coarsely punctured; the median segment shining and
sparsely punctured, with a few transverse strie near the apex of
the posterior slope.
Hab. Duke of York Island, New Britain.
ty 95. Pison nivipus Sm.
Pison nitidus Sm. Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. iii. p. 160 (1858),
2
Nearest to scabrwm Turn.
Hab. Aru (Wallace); Ké (Wallace).
96. Pison constrictum Turn,
Pison morosus Sm. Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. viii. p. 85 (1864), 2
(nec Sm., 1856).
Pisum constrictum Turn, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) ix.
fos MOLL COMA),
These are almost certainly sexes of one species. It is nearest
to the Queensland species, P. punctulatwm Kohl.
Hab. New Guinea (Wallace) ; Mysol (Wallace), Mimika River,
New Guinea (Wollaston).
/ 97. Pison recuINGERI Kohl.
Pison rechingeri Kohl, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1xxx1.
p- 309 (1908), 2 3.
Differs from hospes and constrictum in the sculpture of the
median segment and the better-defined frontal sulcus. —
Hab. Upolu, Samoa (Rechinger); Tonga (ex coll. F. Smith).
V
Vv
628 , MR. R. E. TURNER ON
98. Prison HosrEs Sm.
Pison hospes Smith, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 676
(1879), 2 ¢ ; Smith, Descr. New Spec. Hymen. p. 139 (1879),
Dis
Hab. Hawaii; Singapore (Ridley); Cocos Islands (Wood
Jones).
Probably imported into Hawaii. itis doubtfully distinct from
P. pallidipalpis Sm.
New World Species.
99. PiIson L2&viIs Sm.
Pison levis Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. iv. p. 317 (1856), 9.
Hab. Georgia.
100. Pison CONFORMIS Sm.
Pison conformis Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p.
bo
Ne)
“I
(1869), 3.
Hab. Mexico.
*101. Prison crEssont Rohw.
Pison cressonti Rohw. Proc. U.S. National Mus. xl. p. 570
(1911).
Hab. Nicaragua.
*102. Pison cAMERONIT Kohl.
Pison fasciatum Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiil.
p- 339 (1883), 2 (nec Radoszkowski).
Pison cameronti Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xlvii. p. 546 .
(1893).
Hab. Mexico or Peru.
103. PIsoN MACULIPENNIS Sm.
Prison maculipennis Sm. Journ. of Entom. i. p. 80 (1860), 2.
Hab. Para (Bates); Ega (Bates).
*104. PisoN PARAENSIS Spin.
Pison paraensis Spin. Mem. Accad. Se. Torino, (2) xii. p. 58
(1851), (1853), 2.
Hab. Lower Amazon.
*105, PisoN AUREOFACIALE Strand.
Pison aureofaciale Strand, Zool. Jahrb. xxix. p. 174 (1910).
Hab. Paraguay.
FOSSORIAL WASPS. 629
f #106. PisoN CONVEXIFRONS Tasch.
Pison convexifrons Tasch. Zeitschr. f. d. Ges. Naturw. xxxvi.
p- 18 (1870), @.
Hab. Rio de Janeiro.
/ 107. Pison CHILENSIS Spin.
Pison chilensis Spinola, in Gay, Hist. fis. Chile, Zool. vi. p. 326
(1851).
Hab, Santiago; Coquimbo.
/ *108. Pison arEouatus Spin.
Pison areolatus Spinola, in Gay, Hist. fis. Chile, Zool. vi, p. 327
(1851), 2.
Hab. Chile.
*109. Prison vaRrIicornis Reed.
Pison variicornis Reed, Anal. Univ. Chile, lxxxv. p. 22 (1894).
Hab. Chile.
Pison letus Sm. and Pison flavipictus Sm., both collected by
Bates on the Upper Amazon, belong, according to my determin-
ation, to the genus Scapheutes Handl., but the types appear to
be lost or have not been marked. ison pilosus Sm. belongs to
the genus Pisonopsis. Smith evidently discovered his error as
to the first two, for they are omitted from his list of the genus
in 1869.
Genus Pisonopsis Fox.
Y 1. P. cuyprata Fox, Psyche, vi. p. 553 (1893), 9 ¢. Nevada.
/ 2. P. vrianeutaris Ashm. Ent. Mus. Philadelphia, x. p. 9
(1899). Colorado.
3. P. prrKMANNI Rohw. Trans. American Entom. Soc. xxxv.
p. 129 (1909). Texas. :
4, P. prtosus Sm. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xu. p. 295
(1873) (as Pison pilosus). Ega.
5. P. arcentinus Schrottky, Ann. Soc. Argent. Ixvili. p. 251
(1909). Catamarea.
Lu 6. P. anomatA Mantero, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xxxii. p. 202
(1901). Patagonia.
I have only seen P. pilosus Sm., and therefore can give no key
to the species.
The genus is entirely American, and will probably prove to be
nearly as rich in species on that continent as true Pison.
= 2, S. (OIG. NEWAM. I 1.
e./77.
podia.
H. G. Newth. del. Bale & Danielsson, Ltd.
DEVELOPMENT OF CUCUMARIA.
Pi Zer Ss SG re NE Vile rele
MVrp. P. MVip.
10
H. G. Newth, del.
Bale & Danielsson, Ltd.
DEVELOPMENT OF CUCUMARIA.
ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF CUCUMARIA. 631
30. The Karly Development of Cucumaria: Preliminary
Accountan a by H. GaeNnwiEs ACR. ©8S., 0-283
Demonstrator of Zoology at the Imperial College of
Science and Technology.
[Received May 31, 1916: Read October 24, 1916. |
(Plates I., IL., and Text-figure 1.)
INDEX. ; Page
Tb roductronw: weeeeece coe tae ence cata ate eee ODT!
Wiener eine! WARINGCL bon Ssonhcodanoncaocedhatoowns sabbapbennos eee
A Divs} Dany tyes aN oy pyaVe>: Bea oda Haaie tue saab Sener oc UB DR poo Sea BAB GHeEe sis)
Formation and Segmentation of the Coelom ............... 634
{ne lemnipaewle Or OL GaEIEOUG sos ooccon9ns nnavooand obscceven ce 636
Neferencesitolihenanuce) eens seen ee OSo
Explanationyon they Plates seqeiateee eres arenes eee O40)
INvRODUCTION.
The study of the development of the various groups of
Kchinoderms has attracted many workers during recent years,
and the result of their labours is a remarkably complete and,
on the whole, remarkably consistent chapter of embryological
research. Only in the case of the Holothurioidea has there
been left any considerable hiatus in our knowledge of the normal
development of a group. Undoubtedly many causes have con-
tributed to this defect, but chiefly it is due, I think, to the
difficulty of artificially fertilizing the eggs and raising cultures
of the larve in the laboratory, The forms hitherto investigated
have accordingly been investigated incompletely, or they have
been viviparous, as in the case of Synapta vivipara, or they have
been such as present a “ shortened ” larval life and can therefore
be readily reared, as in the case of Cucuwmaria.
The main outlines of the development of the Auricularia are
described in the works of Semon (12) and Bury (1 and 2),
who both investigated the same species—Synapta digitata; and
Clark (3) has given an admirable account of the embryology of
S. vivipara. It has been urged, however, with much reason, that
the synaptas are unsuitable forms to study, on account of the
departure of their adult anatomy from the typical Holothurian
plan. ‘“ The fact is that Synapta is about the worst form that
could have been chosen to represent the Holothurioidea. Its
radial water-vascular canals are only transitory larval structures,
and its buccal tentacles not only spring directly from the water-
vascular ring, but, in contravention of the rule which prevails in
all the other groups of Holothurioidea, their number is no longer’
a multiple of five” (MacBride, 8). We owe to Ludwig the only
fairly complete account of an ontogeny to which the above
objection does not apply. His description of the development of
632 MR. W. G. NEWTH ON THE
Cucumearia planci (7), published without figures, and purporting
to be only the preliminary to a fully-illustrated memoir, has
generally been accepted as correct; but in the absence of his
completed work, which was never published, and in view of the
interest of some of his results, it was desirable that a fresh study
should be made. The suggestion that I should undertake this
research and the opportunity to conduct it I owe entirely to
Protessor MacBride, whose encouragement and assistance I grate-
fully acknowledge.
My work on the embryology of Cucwmaria had been in progress
for nearly three years, and was still in many respects incomplete,
when I learnt that Mr. H. Ohshima, Rigakushi, of Tokyo Imperial
University, was engaged upon similar researches. In these
circumstances the present short statement was prepared. No
attempt will be made in what follows to give, even in outline, a
picture of the whole period covered by my preparations ; 1t must
suflice to draw attention to those of my results which, on points
of importance, either confirm or cast doubt upon the conclusions
of Ludwig and others.
MATERIAL AND Meruop.
My material consisted at first of a series of stages in the
development of Cucumaria saxicola, supplied by the Marine
Biological Association to Prof. MacBride, who handed them to
me for examination. I have since been able to add to this
certain stages in the development of the nearly allied C. normani,
adults of which species were sent to me in London. ‘These
animals spawned in my tanks, as I shall describe, and gave me
the opportunity of observing the living larve and of bridging
certain gaps in the original series. I may say at once that
nothing can be seen, in the living young, of the internal changes
that are occurring, and that both stocks of material were fixed
in ignorance of the great rapidity with which the early develop-
ment takes place *.
In view of the discrepancy between the statements made below
and those of Ludwig, it should be noted that the fixative used
by him was 50 per cent. alcohol followed by 70 per cent. alcohol.
Of my own methods of preservation and sectioning I cannot
treat in this place further than to say that the only reliable
fixatives were found to be the picro-formol-acetic mixture of
Bouin and Flemming’s strong fluid (acting for not more than
two hours), and that the method of double-embedding in celloidin
and wax was always used. Special difficulties in orientation
necessitated a modification of the latter method, and this I hope
to describe at some length in my full account. Sections were
generally cut 6 w thick, and were stained with an alcoholic
* Since the above was written a consignment of C. saxicola, from Plymouth,
has provided me with abundant material for a complete atcount of the development
of that species. The description here given of spawning, segmentation, ete., in
C. normani apphes with equal truth to C. saxicola.
DEVELOPMENT OF CUCUMARIA. 633
solution of hematein followed by orange-G as a plasma stain.
The figures are all from camera-lucida outlines.
Tae Livinc Younc.
Spawning in every case has occurred in the night, and generally
near midnight. On the one occasion on which a successful
culture resulted, males and females of C. normanz, living together
in the same tank, began to spawn within a few minutes of one
another. In other cases isolated individuals of both sexes have
spawned during the night; but I could never succeed in fertilizing
the eggs so shed by adding sperm-suspension to the water in
which they were. My remarks about the living larve refer to
the above-mentioned culture.
The newly-shed eggs (Pl. I. fig. 1), taken from among the
tentacles of the female, are undergoing, or have just completed,
their second maturation division. They are flattened at the
poles—especially at the animal pole, which tends to float upper-
most—and enclosed ina striated follicular jelly from which the
follicle-ceils have been cast off. No definite micropyle can be
made out, but the umbilicus of the follicle, situated at the animal
pole of the egg, almost certainly has the function of a micropyle,
since sperms are unable to penetrate the jelly. The polar bodies
project into the umbilicus. I did not observe the entrance of
the sperm into the egg. (PI. I. fig. 2.)
In the segmentation which follows there is nothing of that
ideal eee that has been described in the case of the egg of
Synapta*. The first two cleavage planes are usually meridional,
and divide the egg into four equal blastomeres, which may then
rearrange themselves in relation to the original ego-axis (Pl. I.
fig. 3); but in some eggs the first two blastomeres do not divide
simultaneously. The third cleavage is equatorial. Subsequent
divisions, so far as I am able to discover, do not follow any
orderly scheme. They result in the formation of a morula
(Pl. I. fig. 4), which gives rise to a wrinkled blastula of the type
first described by Masterman, in Cribrella (10), and, later, by
Gemmill, in Solaster (5) and Porania (6). At this stage (PI. I.
fig. 5) the embryo acquires cilia, and soon after emerges from the
egg-membrane and begins to rotate slowly at the bottom of the
culture tank. Gastrulation is marked externally by the smoothing
out of the superficial wrinkles, and by elongation of the larva.
The fully-formed gastrula is more opaque at its anterior (pre-
oral) end, and in swimming this end is always upwards. The
larvee now swim just below the surface of the water, and rotate
slowly about their long axis—in a counter-clockwise direction as
seen from above yt. A constriction appears soon after this, in
* This irregularity is due, I think, in great part, to polyspermy and to unnatural
conditions in the laboratory. In a few individuals of C. saxicola I have seen perfect
symmetry of cleavage up to the 16-cell stage.
+ The blastulz of C. saxicola rotate clockwise; but after gastrulation the direc-
tion of rotation is, in the majority, reversed. I have no note about the direction of
rotation of the C. ‘normani blastula.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XLIV. 44
634 MR. H. G. NEWTH ON THE
many but not all of the larve, near the equator, and at the
same time the stomodeeum arises as a crescentic invagination at
the junction of the opaque and the less opaque regions of the
body (age=48 hours). The formation of the stomodeeum pro-
ceeds by the extension backwards of the horns of the crescent,
their ultimate fusion in a posterior lip, and the in-sinking of the
enclosed area. From the orifice thus established the five primary
oral tentacles, formed part passw with the stomodeeum, soon come
to project. They are tipped with little hyaline excrescences,
and can be entirely withdrawn into the stomodeum. (PI. I.
fig. 6.)
During the completion of the stomodeum the primary tube-
feet make their appearance as two circular depressions in the
ectoderm; and from this time onwards the asymmetry of the
larva (comparable to that of the Auricularia “ pupa”) is manifest.
The stomodeum lies, very obviously, to the left of the median
ventral line as determined by the tube-feet, and of these latter
the left is placed further forward than the right. It is interesting
to note that Ludwig describes the right primary tube-foot of
C. planci as being the more anterior of the two. Fig. 6, which
is of the corresponding stage in C. samicola, shows the displace-
ment of the stomodzeum, but a less-than-average displacement
of the podia.
No further external change, except growth of the tentacles
and the tube-feet, occurs during the free-swimming life of the
animal. The ciliation of its surface is uniform at every stage:
there is no segregation of the cilia into bands as there is in the
larva of OC. planci (Selenka, 11). On the fourth and fifth days
the larve still swim near the surface, but towards the end of the
fifth day they tend to sink to the bottom and settle down upon
their oral tentacles. Beyond this stage I shall not, at present,
follow their development.
FoRMATION AND SEGMENTATION OF THE COELOM.
The segmentation cavity appears during the formation of the
wrinkled blastula from the solid morula. It is at first empty,
i. e. it contains nothing that is coagulable by any of the usual
fixatives—and no cell-communications exist, such as are required
by Sedgwick’s conception of the blastula asasyneytium. Mesen-
chyme and “blastocoel jelly” appear simultaneously later and
seem to be identical, the processes of the cells merging indistin-
guishably, in sections, into the reticulations of the jelly, the
interstices of which are filled with oil droplets. Since, however,
this oily yolk uniformly fills the spacious blastocoel of later stages,
it would seem that it must be contributed in part by cells other
than those few which are found in it, and the fact, among others,
that in the blastula there occur rounded, enucleate fragments of
cytoplasm supports this view (fig. 5, +).
It was stated of C. planci by Ludwig, that mesenchyme and
DEVELOPMENT OF CUCUMARIA. 635.
ectoderm formed a single tissue, and this is observable in the
later larval stages and the pentacula of C. saxicola and C. normani.
Of these species up to the third day stage it is certainly not true,
the ectoderm, except near the blastopore, being a definite, single-
layered epithelium. My preparations do not confirm the same
author’s further statement that mesenchyme originates from the
definitive ectoderm (except for the above-mentioned cytoplasmic
fragments, and except in unhealthy or abnormal individuals).
Nhe fully- fermed gastrula is very remarkable (PI. I. fig. 7).
The archenteron is deeply invaginated and forms a flattened,
thick-walled vesicle. In one lateral aspect (as made out from
sections) this vesicle is almost circular; at right angles to this
direction it is seen edgewise, and appears dumbbell-shaped in
section owing to the central inflection of its flattened sides. Its
cavity, in ether words, is a dise with a thickened periphery except
where this is interrupted by the blastopore. I have found this
stage in both the species examined.
The details of the process by which the primary coelomic
pouches are formed from the archenteron I am unable to give.
What is certain, however, is that the water-vascular system, the
posterior (perivisceral) coelom, and the gut are derived, in the
erder named, from successive regions o dhe an chenteron, be-
ginning at the anterior end, At the stage shown in fig. 8 the
primary pouches are already present as thick-walled vesicles, still
in connection with the gut and with one another. The large
anterior pouch gives rise to the stone-canal and to the rest of the
water-vascular system, and may therefore be supposed to represent
anterior coelom plus hydrocoel. It isa flattened sac which crosses
the larval axis obliquely and curves back to communicate with
the posterior coelom. Nine sections on either side of the one
figured show these two sacs in the same relative positions, but
their connection with one another persists through only three
sections in all, and the posterior coelom communicates with the
gut im one section only—that next to the one figured.
Apparently this state of affairs has been brought about by an
S-shaped bending of the whole of the archenteron at right angles
to its plane of flattening, coupled with a pinching-off of its
anterior three-quarters preceeding inwards from opposite edges
of the original disc.
This stage I have seen in C. norman only.
There is no indication yet of the position either of the madre-
poric pore or of the stomodzum, and it is therefore impossible,
in the absence of annectant stages, to determine with certainty
the dorsal and ventral sides of the larva. It will be remembered
that in Synapta the coelom is described by Selenka as being
budded off dorsalwards from the archenteron, and a similar
orientation has been ascribed to the primary vesicle in C. planci
by the same author, and in Holothuria floridana by Edwards (4).
Ludwig states, without giving the grounds for his opinion:
“Das Hydro-Enterocoel liegt nicht, wie Selenka angiebt,
44*
636 MR. H. G. NEWYH ON THE
anfiinglich, d. h. so lange es noch mit dem Urdarme zusammen-
hingt, dorsalwirts von diesem um erst nach seiner Abschniirung
an dessen linke Seite zu riicken, sondern befindet sich von vorn-
herein an dieser Seite.”
By the middle of the third day the formation of the stomodzeum
has begun and the segmentation of the coelom, in C. normani, is
complete, though in some larve the connection between bydrocoel
and posterior coelom is not yet lost. The hydrocoel still points
forward in the axis (roughly speaking) of the animal, and from it
project on either side the rudiments of the radial canals and of
the oral tentacles (P|. 11. tig. 9). The posterior part of the anterior
vesicle is now bent, at an obtuse angle to the hydrocoel, towards
the dorsal body-wall, and in many larvee has acquired an opening
to the exterior—the madreporic pore. There is only a very
shallow invagination of ectoderm in the formation of the opening,
and it will probably be correct to regard the whole of this postero-
dorsal limb of the water-vascular system, which is later converted
en bloc into the stone-canal, as being homologous with the
anterior coelom of other Echinoderm larvee (cf. Bury, 2). At this
time—as also, more markedly, in the next stage—there is no con-
tinuous clear lumen in the hydrocoel, the stone-canal, or the
posterior coelom, and it is doubtful, I think, whether the madre-
poric pore ever functions. Even after the tentacles are well
established, and can be protruded and retracted, their lumen is
obliterated in some places by the vacuolated inner ends of their
cells.
The relation of the tentacle-rudiments to the undifferentiated
residue of the hydrocoel is precisely similar to that of the rudi-
mentary radial canals, with which they alternate. There is no
association among any of the ten outgrowths to indicate their
future arrangement with reference to the water-vascular ring.
This is a stage obviously somewhat later than the most advanced
three-days-old larva of C. planci described by Ludwig, in which
the hydrocoel had the shape of an irregular horse-shoe, slight out-
pushings of which were identified as the rudiments of the radial
canals. In C. normani there is a complete suppression of the
typical curved hydrocoel crescent, owing to the large size and close
crowding together of its lobes, and to the thickness of their walls.
On this account. the interpretation of this stage is peculiarly
difficult in the absence of intermediate stages between it and the
one next following. My identification of the hydrocoel lobes in
fig. 9 must therefore be considered as being provisional only, and
it must be pointed out that it is based upon the determination
of the point of closure of the ring-canal on the following day—
which I have only made out in C. saxicola.
Tuer PENTACULA OF C. saxicola.
The third-day (65 hours) larva of C. saxicola shows a consider-
able advance upon the last stage described. The stomodeum
DEVELOPMENT OF CUCUMARIA. 637
forms a spacious oral atrium into which the five tentacles project,
and the ring-canal now surrounds the anterior end of the gut, its
plane being inclined to the larval axis (as in C. planct) in such a
way that its dorsal part is nearer the anterior end of the animal
than its ventral. It is possible now to identify the radii and to
determine the point of closure of the ring. In six of my pre-
parations of this stage the ring is still open in the left dorsal
interradius.
Radial canals and tentacles are given off alternately from the
ring, but there is already discernible, in some individuals at any
rate, the beginning of that curious grouping of tentacles which
is found in the later pentacula. Of the radial canais the mid-
ventral is much the largest. It projects directly backwards from
the ring-canal, and has at its posterior end a rhombic dilatation
the two laterally directed angles of which represent the internal
rudiments of the primary tube-feet, which are thus, from their
first appearance, not terminal (PI. II. fig. 10). In C. planci,
C. kirchsbergii, Holothuria tremula, Psolus fabricii, and Phyllo-
phorus urna the first two podia have been described, by various
authors, as arising simultaneously from the posterior end of the
mid-ventral radial canal, Holothuria floridana being exceptional,
in that it forms at first a single terminal tube-foot on the mid-
ventral canal (Edwards, 4).
The right and left dorsal radial canals project outwards in the
plane of the ring-canal, and their ends have already begun to
turn backwards ; the lateral ventral canals are short, blunt; and
unbent. There is no difference in the degree of development of
the five tentacles. In those larve in which the ring-canal is
closed a small blunt outgrowth—the rudiment of the Polian
vesicle—has appeared on the posterior wall of the ring at the
point of closure; but whether this belongs to the dorsal or
to the ventral limb of the hydrocoel I find it impossible to
determine.
The relations of the stone-canal are what they were in the
last stage described. At about the middle of its length, however,
there is now a slight enlargement of the lumen, caused by an up-
pushing of its antero-dorsal wall. This marks the point at which
the secondary madreporite (Madreporenblase of Ludwig) will
later be formed.
On the fourth day (84 hours) the water-vascular system presents
an interesting transition stage, in which the three more dorsal
tentacles are connected with the radial canals from which they
spring in the adult, while the two more ventral ones still retain
their interradial communication with the ring-canal. As in
C. planci, the left dorsal radial canal has appropriated two
tentacles and the right dorsal canal only one—that which was
developed in the right dorsal interradins. The two lateral
ventral radial canals have no tentacles associated with them,
those developed in the ventral interradii being appropriated later
by the mid-ventral canal, to which, indeed, their bases already
*
638 MR, H. G. NEWTEH ON THE
begin to be approximated (PI. II. fig. 11). What may be the
mechanics of this migration of the bases of the tentacles from
the ring to the radial canals I can only surmise. I conceive it
to consist essentially in the conversion of those areas of the wall
of the ring which immediately surround the bases of the radial
canals ino the walls of the canals themselves, which are growing
rapidly at this time.
While a full discussion of the significance of these arrange-
ments cannot be attempted in this *place, it may be well to eall
attention to the fact that the speculations of Semon as to the
phylogeny of Holothurians were in great part founded upon the
assumption that the alternation of the tentacle lobes of the
hydrocoel with the radial canals, observed in Synapta, was a
constant feature of Holothurian ontogeny. This assumption was
controverted by Ludwig, who, after examining an eight-day larva
of C. planci as his earliest stage, had the assurance e assert that
the tentacles arose from the pda eanals and not from the ring.
A careful perusal of the same author's second paper, in which
earlier stages are described, makes it appear doubtful whether
the first appearance of the tentacles was ever observed by him at
all. The question therefore still remams to be solved: Which is
secondary, the alternation ef the tentacles (as lobes of the
hydrocoel) with the radial canals, or the adult condition in which
they are outgrowths of the radial canals 2
Text-figure 1.
Diagram showing the relation of the various derivatives of the hydrocoel im
(A) Holothuria floridana aud (B) Cucumeria.
For explanation of lettering see p. 640.
‘
A comparison of the arrangement of the primary tentacles in
Holothuria floridana, according to the account of Edwards (4),
with that in Cucumaria perhaps throws some light on this matter
(text-fig. 1). In the development of that animal, asin Cucumaria,
there is an asymmetrical disposition of the tentacles i in relation
DEVELOPMENT OF CUCUMARIA. 639
to the radu, but the disposition is totally different, and in addition
the Polian vesicle is in the left ventral interradius. The two agree
In one respect only: the tentacles alternate with the radial canals.
Edwards did not attend, apparently, to the place of actual origin
of the tentacles, and a clearing up of that point would be valuable.
The present paper, demonstrating, I believe, that there is a
primary alternation of tentacles and radial canals in two species
ot Cucumaria, seems to support the assumption made by Semon,
whose phylogenetic speculations, however, I am not concerned to
defend.
The only other feature of the fourth-day larva to which I
shall aflude is the condition of the stone-canal. In the position
where, on the third day, a slight dilatation was observed, there
is now an area of the antero-dorsal wall of the canal in which
the cells have become large and clear, the cells of the other walls
of the canal remaining columnar and closely packed. The
appearance of cross-sections through this region is now very
characteristic (Pl. Il. fig. 14) owing to the crowded, darkly-
staining nuclei in the postero-ventral and lateral walls of the
tube. Hxamination of later larve proves that we have in this
swelling-up of certain cells of the stone-canal a preliminary stage
in the thinning-out of the part affected to form the vesicle
noticed by Bury (2), Ludwig (7), and MacBride (8 & 9), which is
converted into the internal madreporite of the adult. It will be
clear from my description of its mode of origin that Bury’s view
that this vesicle represented the anterior coelom is incorrect. It
is, on the contrary, a secondary differentiation of the stone-canal.
In this conclusion I agree with Ludwig.
References to Literature.
(1) Bury, H. (1895).—“ The Metamorphosis of Echinoderms,”
Quart. Journ. Micr. Se. London, vol. xxxviil. pp. 45-135,
pls. 3-9.
(2) Bury, H. (1889).—“ Studies in the Embryology of the
Echinoderms,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. London, vol. xxix.
‘pp. 409-449, pls. 37-39.
(3) Cuarn, H. L. (1898).—* Synapta vivipara: A Contribution
to the Morphology of Echinoderms,” Boston, Mass., Mem,
Soc. Nat. Hist. vol. v. pp. 53-88, pls. 11-15.
(4) Epwarps, C. L. (1909).—‘‘ The Development of Holothuria
floridana Pourtales, with special reference to the Ambu-
lacral Appendages,” Journ. Morph. vol. xx. pp. 211-230,
pls. 1-3.
(5) Gemuity, J. F. (1912).—“ The Development of the Starfish,
Solaster endeca Forbes,” London, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xx.
pt. 1, pp. 1-71, pls. 1-5.
(6) Gemnaitt, J. F. (1915).—“ The Larva of the Starfish Porania
pulvillus (O.. F. M.),” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. London,
vol. Lxi. pp. 27-80, pls. 4 & 5.
640 MR. H. G. NEWLH ON THE
(7) Lupwice, H. (1891).—* Zur Entwickelungsgeschichte der
Holothurien,’ Berlin, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wiss. no. 10,
pp. 179-192; and (zweite Mittheilung), ibid. no. 32,
pp. 603-612.
(8) MacBrivg, E. W. (1912).—‘ On a Collection of young
Holothurioids,” National Antarctic Expedition Nat. Hist.
1901-1904, vol. vi. pp. 1-9, pls. 1 & 2.
(9) MacBrivz, K. W., & J.C. Simpson (1908).—‘* Kchinederm
Larve,” ibid. vol. iv. pp. 1-9, one plate.
(10) Masrerman, A. T. (1902)—“The Early Development of
Cribrella oculata Forbes, with Remarks on Hchinoderm
Development,” Trans. R. Soc. Edinb. vol. xl. pp. 373-417,
pls. 1-5.
(11) ceeteat E. (1876).—* Zur Entwickelung der Holothurien,”
Zeit. Wiss. Z. Leipzig, vol. xxvii. pp. 155-188, pls. 9-13.
(12) Semon, R. (1888).—*‘ Die Entwickelung von Synapta digi-
tata,” Jena Zeit. Naturw. Bd. xxu. pp. 175-309, pls. 6-12.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.}
Lettering.
A., anterior; a., anus; d4e., archenteron; a+h., anterior coelom plus hydroceel ;
b1., blastopore ; blc., blastocoel ; D., dorsal; d. (following the abbreviation for a radial
canal), tentacle projecting dorsalwards from the radial canal indicated ; ect., ectoderm ;
em., egg-membrane ; ep.2., epineural space; f.7., follicular jelly; g., gut; L., left;
LD., lett dorsal radial canal; DF., left ventral radial canal; mes., mesenchyme ;
mp.p., madreporic pore; IMWV., mid-ventral radial canal; MV7. and MV~r., primary
tentacles developed to the left and right, respectively, of the JZV. canal; MVUp.
and MVrp., first pair of podia developed from the left and right sides, respectively,
of the MV. canal; P., posterior; p.6., polar body; p.c., posterior coelom; p.o.l.,
pre-oral lobe; P.v., Polian vesicle; R., right; RD., right dorsal radial canal;
rm., radial nerve; RV., right ventral radial canal; s.c., stone-canal; Sp., spermato-
zoon; Stom., stomodeum (oral atrium); ¢., tentacle; V., ventral; v. (following the
abbreviation for a radial canal), tentacle projecting ventralwards from the radial
canal indicated ; 2w.v.7., ring-canal of the water-vascular system.
Puste I.
Fig. 1. Cucumaria normani. Untertilized egg seen from the side.
2. C.normani. Animal pole of the same egg. Leitz. obj. 6, oc. 3.
3. C. normani. Four-cell stage.
4. C. normeni. Early morula seen from above.
5. OC. normani. Section through the wrinkled blastula, showing at + a
cytoplasmic inclusion. Leitz obj. 6, oc. 3.
6. C. saxicola. Fourth-day larva, drawn from a preserved specimen. The
tentacles are withdrawn within the stomodeum, and two of their tips
only can be seen. Note the position of the stomodeum on the left side
of the larva.
7. C. normani. Longitudinal (? coronal) section through the fully-formed
gastrula. The cavity of the archenteron is encreached upon at * by the
inflected middle part of one of its flattened walls.
8. C.normani. Longitudinal (? sagittal) section of a free-swimming larva
44. hours old, showing the first stage in the segmentation of the coelom.
DEVELOPMENT OF CUCUMARIA. 641
Pr:te II.
Fig. 9. C. normani. Graphic reconstruction (by superposition of eanvera lucida
outlines) of a larva on the middle of the third day, viewed from the left
side. The reconstruction was arrested at the median plane in the case
of the body-wall, the gut, the ventral horn of the posterior coelom, and
in the neighbourhood of the madreporic pore, so that these are seen in
section. ‘The hydrocoel is seen in its outer aspect—dé. e. its concavity is
towards the right. The large anterior lobe is the mid-ventral canal.
10. C. saxicola. Coronal section of a fourth-day larva to show the relation of
the rudiments of the primary podia to the mid-ventral canal. Note that
the radial canal is solid at this stage.
11-14. C. saxicola. Four transverse sections through a fourth-day larva to
show the relation of tentacles to radial canals. Figs. 11-13 are of con-
secutive sections; one section is missed between 13 and 14. The order
of the sections is from the posterior to the anterior end of the larva.
15. C. saxicola. Coronal section through the stone-canal of the same larva
as fig. 10. Leitz 2 mm. apochr. obj., comp. oc. 6.
OMS oy vital
ent
‘ Hit at festireys: ani soi me Hoenn st ; tb
ie ae a) eee ks Thay eh
Been 0 Bie ent 4 Pt
a Oa es Hota! i ee ig thei abt Alorotivnnk valaatenl
nici a ihe 1a ‘ae ee une sait Upsirkoa Wh Oboe, sat + aiid Hee, aes
hip age tote 1, Bie ena ae Rebs ‘wttgadin quote ab oematlns ti.
ee, St lence “ohooh
Lae 3 ' hy eae ei a Bee a es as
Se elt Tae
ON LICE FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 643
31. Studies on the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a
Report upon a Collection from the Mammals and
Birds in the Society’s Gardens.— Part I1.* By Bruce
IF. Cummines, British Museum (Natural History) f.
[Received August 4, 1916: Read November 21, 1916. ]
(Text-figures 1-36.)
INDEX.
SYSTEMATIC: Page
CANCEROUS ACNE Mae cemeiteeeeee saath eee e attra = OOo
FNS OH HOQUOSS, Bb Vo cooncecadone sovsacare vee one noccesnacen (4 (CS)
INGO AP WOE PUB, PEEING We oq sop easden pa doeance spe eee sebece 660
LIbidecus, LITHO ACR RMA cles nls MMe ath uli del 663
LESS RUSS OF 0 Ae Baridh ater ann eaarade sar Rete oe Reece yl OOe)
ID OUHOCNT ET, (RE5 To is00 305 coscce posaberoonaenen osssoneneancge OUD
SAP LEDIOUS DEUUFUIS, AEG Ts eodacsosaaaanoyscaanoodacosesccea (ON)
STRUCTURE.
Snodgrass (1), in 1899, pointed out certain broad features of
divergence in the internal anatomy among the larger divisions
of the Mallophaga, such as the Amblycera, the Ischnocera, and
the family Trichodectide. Recently, Harrison (2) has claimed
the existence of a large accessory sac of unknown function in
connexion with the male reproductive organs as the chiet and
most reliable character for separating the family Boépide from
all other Mallophaga. In 1910 Mjoéberg’s sketches of the male
reproductive system in several Mallophaga (6) offered the sys-
tematist an inducement to compare such organs as the vesicula
seminalis, the ductus ejaculatorius, and the spermatheca, i in order
to discover the extent of their divergences in different species and
genera. In the following paper some evidence on this subject
is brought forward. So far from there being a monotonous
uniformity in these interna] organs, the differences are such as
no student of these little parasites can afford to neglect. The
ultimate systematic value of such characters can only be esti-
mated after many more dissections ; but whether it be great or
small, the considerable difference in the form of the vesicula
between the two Ow] Philopteri—Philopterus ceblebrachys and
P. cursor,—to take an example, is one which cannot be satis-
factorily ignored and which conveniently falls within the province
of the systematic writer to record.
Methods.
All chitinous parts were studied after hot caustic potash had
‘cleared away the soft parts. For an examination of the soft
* Part I. appeared in the P. Z.S. 1916, p. 253.
+ Published by permission of the Trustees and communicated by the SrcRETARY.
[Owing to the illness of Mr. Cummings, the final proofs of this paper have been
corrected, and the magnifications of the figures worked out, by the Rev. James
Waterston, B.D., B.Sc., of the Imperial Bureau of Entomology.—Enprror. |
644 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
parts, fresh material was not available; but it was found that
good results may be obtained with well-preserved spirit material
if the specimens be plunged for a few minutes in caustic potash,
to destroy the connective tissue, and then soaked for twelve hours
in glacial acetic acid, transferred to absolute alcohol, dissected in
oil of cloves, and mounted in Canada balsam.
For sectioning, the specimens had been fixed in Carnoy’s
solution (Formula No. II.), which proved, however, to be not
very satisfactory. For imbedding, Awati’s methods, detailed in
the P. Z.S. for 1914 (p. 686), were followed, the sections being
stained in the ordinary way with Ehrlich’s Hematoxylin, Eosin,
or Orange G. I am much indebted to Mr. C. A. Gunns for
assistance in section-cutting.
[In none of the figures which follow of the male reproductive
system and copulatory apparatus are the muscles shown, and in
some the exact position of the entry of the vas deferens into the
ductus 1s not given because, as a rule, in most of the dissections
this could only be made out with the greatest difficulty on account
of the delicacy of the vas deferens. |
Family PHILOPTERIDS.
THe Own PHILOPrert.
Piaget (3) grouped the Owl Philopteri together, under the
general name ‘“Strigicole.” For convenience, this plan may
still be followed. But these Owl parasites cannot very easily be
separated off as generically distinct from the Philopteri of Birds
of Prey, with which they show certain affinities. Within them-
selves they fall into three distinct types, as pointed out by
Prof. V. L. Kellogg (4), represented by the following three
species :—P. rostratus Nitzsch, P. ceblebrachys Nitzsch, and
P. cursor Nitzsch.
The following four species were included in the collection :—
PHILOPTERUS ROSTRATUS Nitzsch (5, p. 76).
4 9 9, from the Barn-Owl, Plammea flammea ( Linn.) *.
Dissections were made from male material kindly handed over
to me by Mr. Waterston.
PHILOPTERUS CURSOR Nitzsch (5, p. 75).
Several specimens of both sexes, from Bubo maculosus (Vieill.)
(S. Africa) and B. ascalaphus (Savign.) (Kgypt). P. cursor has
been further recorded from &. capensis Smith, B. virginianus
(Gmel.), Asio accipitrinus, A. wilsonianus (Less.), and A. galapa-
gensis (Gould).
* (The parentheses around the names of authors placed after scientific names in
this paper are used in accordance with Article 23 of the International Rules of
Nomenclature (Proc. 7th Int. Cong. Boston, 1907, p. 44 (1912))—Epiror. |
FROM THE SOCIETY S GARDENS. 645
PHILOPTERUS CEBLEBRACHYS Nitzsch (5, p. 77).
Many examples, male and female, from Wyctea nyctea (Linn.)
and Striv aluco Linn, This very distinct round-headed species
has been reported also from Vyctala tengmalmi (Gmmel.), Surnia
ulula (Linn.), and others. -
PHILOPTERUS ATHENE Mjoberg (6, p. 115).
Many examples of both sexes, from Athene noctua (Scop.)
(Cairo). Myjoberg’s specimens came from dAthene glawx (Savign.).
The British Museum possesses specimens presented by the Hon.
N.C. Rothschild, and taken on an unidentified Owl in Abyssinia.
Male Reproductive System of Owl Philopteri.
Of the three species dissected—P. cursor, P. ceblebrachys, and
P. athene, the vesicule of P. cursor and P. athene are somewhat
alike, while that of P. ceblebrachys differs strongly from both :—
Philopterus cursor (text-fig. 1).—There are the usual two
Text-figure 1.
Philopterus cursor. Male reproductive system and copulatory apparatus. X 100.
T. testis. VD. vas deferens. VS. vesicula seminalis. D. ductus. BP. basal
plate. a. transverse piece. P. paramere. H/P. endomeral plate.
pairs of testes, large pear-shaped organs, the round ends
approximated and united by a commissure. The vesicula semi-
nalis in a Philopterus of the cursor type, perhaps P. nudipes P.
from Asio sp., is a large oval organ of much the same form
646 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
as that figured by Snodgrass (1, pl. xiii. figs. 7, 8, & 9) for Colpo-
cephalum flavescens and Hurymetopus taurus. In P. cursor, on
account of the swelling out and rounding of the two separate
sacs of which the vesicula is composed, it approximates to the
form of the vesicula in P. ceblebrachys (text-fig. 2). Note the
relatively small size. PF
Philopterus ceblebrachys (text-fig. 2).—In outline the vesicula
Text-figure 2.
Philopterus ceblebrachys. Male reproductive system and copulatory apparatus.
x 100.
T. testis. VS. Vesicula seminalis. VD. vas deferens. D. ductus. BP. basal
plate. FR. forked rod. a. transverse piece. P. paramere. EP. endoineral
plate.
resembies Minerva’s helmet. In between the rounded posterior
“horns,” which sweep backwards and outwards, the ductus enters
and swells out at once into an oyal form.
Maie Copulatory Apparatus of the Owl Philopteri.
Philopterus rostratus (text-fig. 8),—Distinguished by the
unusually Jong parameres in propertion to the basal plate, a
FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 647)
feature which separates the species from all other Owl Philopteri
so far examined. Basal plate: Rather short, broad ;. lateral
margins strongly chitinised along posterior half: The hind
margin juts out medially into a prominence beneath the endo-
meral plate. Parameres: Elongate rounded rods, graduated to
a slender distal end, and slightly curving inwards towards one
another. MHnadomeral plate: Quadrilateral, as broad as the basal
plate to which it is attached, and about half the length of the
parameres. The endomeral plate has a marginal band which
Text-figure 3.
at
Philopterus rostratus. Male copulatory apparatus. 200.
BP. baxal plate. FR. forked rod. HP. endomeral plate. P. paramere,
along the lower side deepens considerably in the middle part,
where it bends upwards between the parameres and sends back-
wards across the plate two diverging splints. Each of these runs
halfway along the oblique base-line of the articular surface of the
paramere. The forked rod (see text-fig. 1) is homologous with
similar parts in P. cursor, P. ceblebrachys, and P. athene (see
text-figs. 1-3).
648 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
Philopterus cursor (text-fig. 1).—Basal plate: Compared with
parameres this is very long indeed, fairly broad, the lateral
margins divergent from in front posteriorly. Parameres: Short,
inwardly curved, flattened, with acute tips. Mndomeral plate:
This runs out between the parameres into a broad rounded apex.
There is a median longitudinal groove and a transverse groove
cutting the former at halfway, dividing the plate into four sections
of the shape seen in the figure. Under a high power there are
visible on these areas eight white spots, pro obably representing the
alveoli of minute sensory hairs. There are three of these in each
posterior area and one in each anterior area. The forked rod
is thinly chitinized, but recognizable. The two small nodular
swellings at “a” are ridged and densely chitinised, and may be
homologous with the parts similarly lettered in P. ceblebrachys
and in P. asturinus with the penis.
Philopterus ceblebrachys (text-fig. .2).—Basal plate: About
four times as long as the parameres. The posterior half is
broader than the anterior half, and possesses strongly chitinised,
parallel, lateral margins. Parameres : Quite short, stout, slightly
incurved. Hndomeral plate: Broad behind, nearly as long as
parameres. Posterior lateral angles rounded. A narrow band
runs along posterior margin. Lateral margins straight, con-
vergent anteriorly. Anterior margin short, straight, each
anterior lateral angle produced into an outwardly curved
process. Forked rod well developed, the handle of the fork
incompletely fused, indicating its originally double nature. The
transverse plece 1S ‘homologous with the part similarly shaped in
P. athene.
Philopterus athene.—Vhis resembles the apparatus of P. ceble-
brachys. In length of the head this species recalls P. rostratus ;
in the form of the vesicula seminalis it approximates to P. cursor,
but the vesicula of P. rostratus I have not yet been able to
examine. Basal plate and Parameres: As in P. ceblebrachys.
Endomeral plate: As in P. ceblebrachys, except for the concave
posterior margin. ‘ Forked rod”: Represented by two rods
converging posteriorly. Zhe transverse piece: This is obviously
homologous with the part so named in P. ceblebrachys, but each
half is concave and not straight.
The Mouth-parts of Philopterus ceblebrachys.—Lyriform
organ: Anterior cornua short and broad; posterior cornua
absent. Labwm: A labial sclerite is present, as in 7'richodectes
gastrodes Cummings (7, p.99) and in Goniodes falcicornis Nitzsch
(Part I. p. 287) ; its posterior cornu on each side curves outwards
and stops at the base of the “ paraglossa”; the transverse bar is
short and situated far forward, near the front margin of the
labium ; anterior cornua absent.
FROM THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 649
The Receptaculum seminis.
Philopterus ceblebrachys (text-fig. 4).—Piaget (8, p. 30), in
describing this species, says :——‘‘ A la face ventrale deux bandes
longitudinales sur les cotés de la valvule qui est peu visible, et
deux taches arquées dos a dos, avec un petit cercle de chitine en
-avant.” As Mjoberg points out (6, p. 256), this ‘‘ petit cercle de
chitine,” figured by Piaget in several species, is not a superficial
character of the exoskeleton, but a part of the receptaculum
seminis strongly chitinised and showing through the integument.
The receptaculum consists of a small more or less circular sac of
soft delicate tissue carried by a dark-brown thickly-chitinised
calyv at the end of a fine duct leading into the genital chamber.
Text-figure 4.
Philopterus ceblebrachys. Receptaculum seminis, X 106.
S.sac. C. calyx, D. duct.
Mjdberg calls this a ‘ kreisrunde Chitinscheibe,” and figures it in
Nirmus lineolatus just as if it, indeed, were a flat circular dise on
one side of the base of the sac. In P. ceblebrachys the calyx is a
saucer-shaped piece of chitin witha rim. The duct enters through
the centre of its membranous bottom and debouches at the tip Tol
a large chitinous cone, which overtops the side of the calyx and
at its base is continuous with the calyx, so that in optical section
it looks as if the bottom has been pushed clean through the
centre.
In an Owl Philopterus of the cursor type, from Asio otus, the
calyx differs from that in the preceding in several respects. The
outer surface is closely striated in a more or less longitudinal
direction, the constriction below the rim is deeper, and the
‘‘eone” is parallel-sided at its upper end and has a truncate
broad top.
Proc. Zoot, Soc.—i916, No. XLV. 45
650 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
The text-figure should be compared with those of /bidwcus and
Neophilopterus (p. 672). Relatively, the caly« in the Philopterus
species 1s much wider across and shallower, and the chitin is of
an entirely different consistency, being dark brown, rather thin,
but very firm.
THe PHILOPTERI OF BirRDS OF PREY.
Future research may bring the Philopteri of the Owls and the
Birds of Prey into closer relationship——a result which, according
to modern views on the classification of birds, would lend no
support to the theory that the phylogeny of total obligate
Text-figure 5.
Philopterus asturinus. Male reproductive system and copulatory apparatus.
1. ventral, X 100; 2. dorsal, X 150.
T. testis. VS. vesicula seminalis. JD. vas deferens. BP. basal plate. D. ductus.
P. paramere. HP. endomeral plate. Pen. penis.
parasites like Anoplura and Mallophaga will assist in the
unravelling of the phylogeny of their hosts, as ornithologists
present a solid front against the old position of the Owls among
the Birds of Prey. Between the two groups there is a strong
likeness, for example, in the male copulatory apparatus.
PHILOPTERUS PLATYSTOMUS Nitzsch (5, p. 69).
Females and larvee from Butea erythronotus (King) (Argentine).
FROM THE SOCIETY S GARDENS, 651
PaHILoprerus pictus Giebel (5, p. 68).
13 &1 @ from Aquila chrysaétos (Linn.).
PuHILoprerus ASTURINUS Mjoberg (6, p. 112).
Males and females rather plentifully from the Goshawk (Astur
palumbarius (Linn.)).
This species comes close to Denny’s type-specimens of P. nse
from Accipiter nisus (Linn.), which Piaget—I do not know with.
how much reason—-synonymises with P. gonorhynchus.
Text-figure 6.
|
Philopterus asturinus. Alimentary canal. X 70.
QO. wsophagus. C. cecum. Cr.crop. V. ventriculus. R. rectal glands.
pag
Male Reproductive System and Copulatory Apparatus (text-fig. 5).
__Testes and vas deferens as usual. The vesicula seminalis is a
little elongate, of the shape given in the figure. Basal plate:
Short and broad, lateral maxgins well chitinised along whole
length, slightly convergent in front. Parameres: Short, stout,
curved, very much as in the Owl Philopteri (except P. rostratus).
Mesosome ; Ventvally, running out from the posterior margin of
45*
652 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
basal plate, is a short stout penis-like tube formed of two distinct
longitudinal halves. Each half is densely chitinised and dark
brown in colour, and at the base spreads out towards the base .
of the paramere. This. tube ig perhaps homologous with the
transverse piece of P. ceblebrachys and other Owl Philopteri (see
text-figs. 1 & 2). The endomeral plate corresponding with the
sume piece in the Owl Philopteri overlies the rest of the mesosome
and bridges across from the base of one paramere to the other.
The ductus ejaculatorius runs in under the bridge. The endomeral
plate may either consist of two pieces superimposed upon one
another—-viz., the deeply bifid band marked in the text-figure
and the plate above this stretching across from paramere to
paramere ; or these parts may only be sculpturing or local thick-
enings in the same plate of chitin.
Alimentary Canal (text-fig. 6).—This belongs to the common
Ischnoceran type figured by Snodgrass (1, pl. xi. fig. 11). But the
crop is longer and narrow, and in the ventriculus immediately
behind the two anterior exca there is a deep constriction, below
which the ventriculus is broad and spacious.
Tue Pottoprert or Ducks, GEESE, AND SWANS.
This interesting group of Mallophaga was first seriously tackled
by Giebel in the ‘Insecta Epizoa,’ 1874 (5, pp. 113-116), im which
eight distinct species are described, including the typical Philo-
ptlerus icteredes. Denny (8, pp. 95 & 99) described two other
species—P. eygni from Cygnus bewicki Yarr. and P. chryso-
phthalmi fom Glaucion clangula (Linn.) (Clangula chryso-
phthalmi). By veference to Denny’s collection, now in the
British Museum, his “ 2D. chrysophthalmi” proves to be an
Accipitrine parasite, probably P. pictus, a straggler perhaps
upon the Golden-eye Duck; or Denny may have mitsread
ov confused his label, mistaking ‘Golden-eye” for ‘Golden
Hagle.” Giebei remarks, of the form figured and described by
Denny under the name “ /). iclerodes,” that “seme Abbildung
giebt so erheblicae Differenzen an, dass man gerechte Zweifel an
der Identitiit erheben konnte.” I have examined Denny’s spe-
cimens, and find, as Giebel suspected, that Denny did not have
P. icterodes before him. His specimens belong to the form
which, until the types of Giebel and Nitzsch can be re-examined,
I propose to identify with Giebel’s P. ferrugineus. Piaget (8,
pp. 113-116) was imperfectly acquainted with these Duck
parasites. He describes and figures true P. icterodes, 1 think
correctly, although the sketch of the terminal segments of the
abdomen of the male (pl. x. fig. 1 @) appears to show the remark-
able structure on the endomeral plate deseribed below and called.
the effractor, which is present in P. ferrugineus but absent in
P. icterodes. Piaget did not know any of Giebel’s species, and
subsequent authors have labelled all Philopteri from Geese and
Ducks P. icterodes.
+
FROM THE, SOCIETY'S 3 GARDENS. 653
Through the generosity of Mr. Waterston I have been able to
prepare, dissect, and mount a considerable number of Philopteri
of this group from a variety of hosts, the following distinct
species emerging as a result :—Philopterus cygni D. (on Swans),
P. brunneiceps G. (on Geese), P. icterodes N. (on different species
of Ducks), P. ferrugineus G. (on Ducks), P. obtusus G. (on Soma-
teria mollissima (inn.)), and a species taken on the Pochard,
which I cannot name satisfactorily and must therefore regard
as new.
The whole group, for which the new genus Andatecus is
proposed, is a remarkably compact one, and the species com-
prised in it are all closely related and sometimes with difficulty
differentiated one from another ; so that Giebel’s specific diagnoses
are of little assistance, even for the purposes of identification.
Further, as straggling occurs so frequently from Duck to Duck,
it 1s unsafe to rely for help upon the host’s name.
The above identifications, therefore, must be accepted with
reserve. Rather than give new names, it has appeared better to
perpetuate the old where that was possible, at the same time
figuring the parts important for the differentiation of the species.
In the future, should the types of Giebel and of Nitzsch become
accessible, these decisions can be revised if necessary.
ANAT@CUS, gen. Nov.
Head distinguished by the characteristic alation of the clypeus,
by the presence of two small peg-like spines dorsally (one on each
side of the posterior apex of the signatural plate *), by the
unusually short antenne, and the modified lyriform organ.
Abdomen characterised by the form of the lateral tergites, which
in segment 1 meet each other in the middle line. Th subsequent
sections, except the last, the tergites leave an uncovered median
field. In the male copulatory apparatus, the fusion of the
parameres distally with the pseudopenis, the form of the latter,
the endomeral plate, and sac are also good generic characters
Finally, the form of the vesicula seminalis and the extremely
short ductus must be included.
Small ectoparasites, infesting Swans, Geese, and Ducks.
A genus indicating in the male genitalia certain Lipeuroid
affinities, and in the mouth-parts obvious aflinities with the
genus /bidecus, nov.
Genotype: Anatecus icterodes Nitzsch.
The six species distinguished up to the present (no doubt others
remain to be elucidated) fall into two groups, according as the
effractor—a remarkable structure shaped like a tin-cpener—is
present or absent on the endomeral plate of the male. A. Those
with the ‘“tin-opener” are A. ferrugineus and A. obtusus.
B. Those without it are A. cygni, A. icterodes, A. brunneiceps,
and A. difficilis, sp. n.
* The whole of the dorsal chetotaxy of the head is a generic chazacter.
654 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
In the same genus should be included Docophorus brunneo-
pygus Mjoberg (6, p. 1380) on Anser leucopsis, which I do not
know.
A, difficilis, sp. n., closely resembles A. ferrugineus in form,
with the one considerable difference that the ‘“‘tin-opener”’ is
absent.
Text-figure 7.
A. Anatecus ferrugineus, 6. B. A. icterodes, §. X 80.
Compare the signatures.
Text-figure 8.
A. Anatecus obtusus, 6. B. A. branneiceps, 6. X80. -
Compare the signatures.
Text-figs. 7, 8, & 9 illustrate the form of the head in these
species, and the table presents a comparison of the head-measure-
ments (millimetre scale). In the table the measurements taken
are from the posterior apex of the signature to the anterior
margin, and transversely from one lateral margin to the other
at the level of the base of the clypeal bands, together with the
total length and the greatest breadth.
FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 655
Text-figure 9.
Anatecus cygni, 6. X80.
Head-measurements (millimetre scale) of Males of
Anatoecus species.
| Group A. | Group B.
Blo fT A. obtusus. | A, cygii. | . is | AG RS
| gineus. | : icterodes. | neiceps.
| |
| | Faas |
Teton Veer ata Vege een chee Oe aller a a eal
es eae Py Gol ae Se Yo Se Le aS eS |
| Breadth............) “40 “41 40 | “46-46 45 | -49 -50 | 38 -38 | “42 -40
| |
| | |
| Breadth in front | °*20 °20 "19 | -25 24 +25 | "22 -20 “22, 23 +| “18 -20
16-16 | “14 “14
|
| | | |
Tuength ............| “44 43 °40 | “46-45 -45 | -41 -40 | -41 <4 “43 4d
| | | |
10 “10
{
| Length in front . *19 19 "19 | “18 “16 “17
In addition to the differences in the form of the head, in the
cephalic index, and in the male copulatory apparatus, small
specific characters may also be seen in the colour (rather variable,
however), in the shape of the abdomen, and the genital mark in
the male.
The Society’s Collection contained two or three specimens of
the typical A. icterodes.
ANATECUS ICTERODES Nitzsch. From Aex galericulata (Linn.).
The Mouth-parts. (Text-fig. 10.)
Mandibles—In A. cygni and A. icterodes, and probably
throughout the genus, the narrow basal process of the left and
the quadrangular process ati the base of the right mandible are
absent, the shape of the mandibles being accordingly different.
656 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
These processes occur and have been described in many species of
Mallophaga, both Amblycerva and Ischnocera (see Part J. and some
of Kellogg’s figures, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. vol. vi., 1896). I find
them absent not only in Anatecus, but in the genus /bidecus, nov.
(see p. 664) and in Bodpia tarsata—probably absent in other
Boopidee as well.
The lyriform organ and “ glands” are modified throughout the
genus, and resemble those of /bida@cus figured on p. 670. The
text-figure shows their typical form.
A, icterodes—Both mandibles are very similar, the right
differing from the left in the acuteness of the apices of its two
branches. In the right there is a minute protuberance sub-
apically on the ventral branch and another lower down on the
cutting-edge. There are a few transverse ridges distally on the
Text-figure 10.
PC
Anatecus icterodes. Mouth-parts. ~< 400. Maxillary lobes not shown.
R. right, and Z. left mandibles. P. “paraglossa.”’ -4C. anterior cornu, and
PC, posterior cornu of lyriform organ, G. “gland.”
dorsal surface of the dorsal branch and a V-shaped groove,
the lower margin of which curves inwards and then down-
wards, showing a notch in its margin just before the latter
slopes inwards in a straight line. Zabiwn: This has clearly
demarcated lateral margins, formed of stronger chitin’ than
the immediately surrounding area. ‘‘ Paraglosse” short, with
long terminal spines. Inner pair of lobes well defined. /so-
pogometric apparatus: The two sprawling posterior cornua of
the lyriform organ run in a dorsal direction, one on each side
of the pharynx. The anterior cornua are two short broad pro-
cesses, rounded in front. The lyriform organ is small and thinly
FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 657
chitinised, invisible without dissection. Zhe basal pieces (or
** glands”) are small circular areas, each framed in a chitinous
plate which goes forward to the labial margin as anterior hypo-
pharynx. Posteriorly are attached the usual narrow tendons,
one to each “gland.” ‘ Ducts” or chitinous chords apparently
absent.
A. cygni.—In the form of the mandibles, lyriform organ, basal
pieces, anterior hypopharynx, and in the absence of ducts this
species agrees closely with the preceding, and I am unable to
find any obvious differences. The mandibles are perhaps more
powerful.
Text-figure 11.
- Male copulatory apparatus of the genus Anatecus. X 150.
1. A. ferrugineus. 2. A.cygni. 3. A. obtusus.
BP. basal plate. R&R. retinacular comb. HP. endomeral plate. FP. paramere.
Ps.P. pseudopenis. #. effractor. 1a. side view of effractor.
The small sac cannot be shown.
The Male Copulatory Apparatus in the Genus Anateecus.
(Text-figs. 11 & 12.)
Group A. Those with the effractor.
A. ferrugineus.— Basal plate: Longer than broad, with a rather
deep and broad V-shaped white mark debouching on the anterior
margin, looking like a split, the result of an accident in dissection ;
658 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
it is present in all the species except A. cygni. The plate and
parameres are fused in one piece, there being no articulation and
no trace even of a suture. Parameres: Distally these appendages
bend in to meet one another and embrace the median pseudo-
penis, which is probably endomeral. The parameres are fused
with the base of the pseudopenis, but not with one another, the
tips being quite discrete. Parameres and pseudopenis lie dorsally
and curve upwards at the end. Below, in the mesosomal space,
is the sac—an interesting structure, slightly expansible (in
copulation), and carrying dorsally at its distal end a great
number of minute finger-shaped papille. Behind these are
seen numbers of minute circular spines. On its ventral surface
in the hypomeral area is a remarkable retinacular apparatus,
consisting of a semicircular row (with the apices pointing back-
wards) of ten elongate powerful teeth, those in the middle
as long as the pseudopenis; it is uncertain whether this comb
of teeth can be moved forward or not. Below the sac is the
endomeral plate, which, like the parameres; is continuous with
the basal plate. Fixed upon the posterior margin dorsally is
the densely chitinised effractor. It is a little, more or less oval
piece of dark-brown shiny chitin, running out into two limbs
behind—a, dorsal and a ventral, the one immediately above the
other. The ventral limb is blunt at its tip, the dorsal more
acute, the two together recalling a tin-opener without the
handle.
A. obtusis.—Very similar to the apparatus of the preceding
species, so that it is sufficient to signal the differences. The basal
plate is different in shape in the neighbourhood of the effractor ;
the teeth of the retinacular comb are shorter and more numerous,
being fifteen or sixteen or more in number; and, lastly, the
effractor has a different shape, being distinguished by the narrower
and more elongate dorsal limb, which is set in the ventral process
of pyriform outline as in a sort of pedestal.
Group B. Those without the effractor. Correlated with its
complete absence, is the complete absence of the retinacular
comb.
A. cygni.—Basal plate: Short and broad, posterior V-shaped
mark absent. Parameres: Broad at the base, at the apex blunt
and fused closely with the pseudopenis, which is quite short.
Two minute white circles on the posterior margin of the endo-
meral plate—probably the relatively large alveoli of minute
sensory hairs.
A. wcterodes.—Basal plate: Short and broad; the V-shaped
mark present. Parameres: Longer than the basal plate, and
enclosing a space of different shape from that of A. branneiceps,
with which it must be compared.
A. brunneiceps.—In this species the apparatus, very similar to
FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 659
the preceding, is nevertheless characterised by the possession of
an elongate, thin, chitinous splint lying dorsally on the sac and
projecting a little beyond it. This probably is the penis, and
is particularly easy to see in some specimens from Somateria
mollissiema *. f
A. difficilis, sp. n.—The penis-splint is present. The apparatus
appears to me to be quite indistinguishable from the preceding.
e
Text-fi gure 12.
Anatecus icterodes. Male reproductive system and copulatory apparatus.
X 160.
VS, vesicula seminalis. D. ductus. BP. basal plate. HP. endomeral plate.
P. paramere. Ps.P.pseudopenis. 7. testis. WD. vas deferens.
Sac not shown.
Male Reproductwe System in Anatecus. (Text-fig. 12.)
This was examined in 4A. icterodes and A. brunneiceps and
found to be the same. It is noteworthy for the extremely
* Tt nvay exist in other species and yet escape detection, if the chitin be hyaline
and transparent.
660 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
short ejaculatory duct, the large testes, and the curious locular
character of the vesicula seminalis, which, as usual, consists of a
right and a left ventricle fused into an organ of the shape seen in
the text-figure.
Tuer PHILOPTERI OF STORKS AND IBISES.
Two new genera are diagnosed below-—the one represented by.
Philopterus tricolor N. and found upon the Ciconiide, and the
other represented by P. platalew D. and found upon the Ibidide.
These two genera stand fairly elose to one another. bidecus,
gen. nov., contains the species designated “ Bisignati” by Piaget
and characterised by the large double signature ; NVeophilopterus,
gen. noy., contains the forms which Piaget collected under the
heading ‘Setosi,” and is characterised by the fusion of the
double signature into one plate. Other well-defined characters
are recounted under the respective diagnoses of these two
genera.
NEOPHILOPTERUS, gen. nov.
Head, especially in the female, relatively small ; on the dorsal
surface of the pre-antennal area, a transverse suture marks the
posterior margin of the signature. In the new genus /bidecus
each element of the double signature ends behind in an acute
angle. In the present genus two acute angles are present poste-
riorly, suggesting fusion of an originally double plate *. Each of
these posterior angles is situated more laterally than in Zbidecus,
and the plate on each side extends further, so as to overlie the
clypeal band so prominent in /bidawcus. By focussing down,
the clypeal band is seen crossing the suture and thus uniting the
clypeal region with the skull (as in other Philopteri). Thorax
longer than broad, with a strong, transverse, acetabular bar
running in from each side between the first and second pairs
of legs and giving attachment to the former. Clavicles present.
Abdomen with two transverse rows of silky hairs on the tergum
of each segment. Two tergites on each segment situated late-
rally and leaving a bare median field except in the terminal seg-
ment, where they meet across the middle. The male copulatory
apparatus is also fairly characteristic, and may probably prove
diagnostic for the whole genus,
Genotype: WV. tricolor Nitzsch (5, p. 96).
Parasites of the Ciconiide.
The following good species can with certainty be referred to
this genus :—W. tricolor N., NV. indicus P., N. incompletus N.,
AV. unifasciatus P., and \. episcopi Kelloge.
NEOPHILOPTERUS INCOMPLETUS Nitzsch (5, p. 97).
This is the only member of the new genus included in the
* T have no evidence to show tiat Neophilopterus is a derivative of Ibidecus.
Evolution, therefore, may have gone the other way.
FROM THE SOCIELY’S GARDENS. 661]
collection. It was represented by many specimens from
ELuxenura maguari (Gmel.).
Giebel described a Neophilopterus from this same host, calling
it V. subsncompletus. But to this species, so far as it is possible
to understand it from Giebel’s description, the present specimens
do not belong.
Male Reproductive System (text-fig. 13).—Testes pyriform as
usual, The ductus is short, there being only two bends in it
from the mesosome to the vesicula. The vesicula seminalis is
elongate, narrow, with a longitudinal median groove indicating
the double origin of this organ. The ductus, on leaving it,
bends backwards for a little way, and for this portion of its
length the duct is a fairly narrow canal. On turning forwards
again after the second bend, it expands into a large canal quite
Text-figure 13.
Pen \
Neophilopterus incompletus. Male reproductive system and copulatory apparatus.
x 100.
VS. vesiculaseminalis. D.ductus. HA. ejaculatory ampulla. BP. basal plate.
#. endomere.. Pen. penis. P. paramere. 7’. testis. VD. vas deferens.
as broad and long as the vesicula itself, and no doubt functioning
as an ejaculatory ampulla, as its walls are well supplied with
transverse muscle-fibres, which run in from opposite, sides and
appear to become plaited together in the middle.
Male Copulatory Apparatus (text-fig. 13).—Basal plate: Longer
than the parameres, broader behind than in front, posterior margin
very convex. Hach lateral margin has a broad band. Between
662 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
these lateral bands the median area of the plate is trough-shaped.
Just behind the mesosome lies a small median plate, which sends
off a branch on each side behind into each lateral region of the
basal plate. Parameres: Quite evenly rounded rods, tapering
somewhat towards the distal end and curving slightly inwards,
Mesosome: Fused into one piece, shaped as in text-fig. 16. Half-
way down on each side, projecting in a forward direction, is
Text-figure 14.
Neophilopterus tricolor. Male copulatory apparatus. X< 140.
BP, basal plate. LE. lower endomere. HH. endomere. P. paramere.
Pen. penis.
a strong bristle set in a well-marked alveocius. These two
bristles mark the end of the endomeral portion of the mesosome ;
between it and the distal half or telomeral portion a distinet
suture can be observed. In the dissection of a new species of the
genus collected on Carphibis spinicollis (Jameson) the endomeral
FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 663
or proximal half of the mesosome is large; the two forwardly-
directed spines are present, one on each side at its posterior
end; while the distal or telomeral half, strongly chitinised,
is telescoped up within the endomeral. Similarly with another
new species from Abdimia abdimii (Licht.).
Comparison with the Apparatus of Neophilopterus tricolor
(text-fig. 14).—This apparatus, while resembling the preceding
in its basal plate and parameres, differs from each of the three
forms mentioned above in features of the mesosome and in the
presence of a small process or plate at the base of the mesosome
which I regard as an upper endomeral chitinisation. The part
marked Pen., apparently telomeral, is white and more or less
membranous, and appears to beheld by the basal endomeral
portion shaped something like a pair of pincers.
The Receptaculum Seminis of the Female of N. incompletus
(text-fig. 21 (3), p. 672)—This should be compared with the
receptaculum ot Ibidecus (text-fig. 21 (1 & 2)). From a minute
opening into the genital cavity, a delicate narrow duct runs up
to a jarge semicircular sac borne upon a short circular calyx,
brown in colour, with its rounded outer surface longitudinally
striate.
Mouth-parts of N. tricolor and N. incompletus.—It is worthy
of record that, while the lyviform organ and basal pieces of
iV, mcompletus are normal, in WV. tricolor the same parts are
greatly modified. ‘The lyriform organ resembles that of [bidacus
platalew. Reference to the isolated modification of the isopogo-
metric apparatus im species of certain genera is referred to in
Part I. of this paper (p. 273), and is again discussed further on,
where the genus /bid@cus is discussed.
JRipacus, gen. nov.
Head with a double signature, consisting of two oblong plates,
each plate usually with a small ‘embossed area on the posterior
end, which runs out into an angle. Clypeal bands very well
marked ; -behind, they pass beneath each signatural plate and
jarmands: to be attached to the skull. rience long, with an
especially long second segment. Abdomen large, broad, with
a lateral tergite on each side of each segment, so as to leave
a clear median area. A single row of hairs across the tergum
of each segment.
Genotype: Lhidecus platalee Denny (8, p. 100).
The type of Denny’s species is in the British Museum.
The following species can certainly be referred to the new
genus :—J. vans G., I. bisignatus N., 1. longiclypeatus Piaget,
and I, bimaculatus Mjob.
The collection of the British Museum contains several un-
described species, including one from that interesting South-
American bird, Aramus scolopaceus.
Neophilopterus and [bidecus appear to be related rather closely.
664 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
Ipipa@cus PLATALE® Denny.
A single female among some Clolpocephalum material from
Lbis molucca Curven (ey siz: rictipennis) a straggler, probably, as
I, platalee parasitises Platalea leucorodia Linn, The obser-
vations which follow were made on specimens kindly lent by
Mr. Waterston.
Male Reproductive System.—This closely resembles that of
I, flavus, sp. n., about to be described. The elongate form
of the vesicula may prove to be a generic character.
Through lack of material, the male copulatory apparatus cannot
be satisfactorily described here e.
Mouth-parts.—The modified isopogometric apparatus was de-
scribed and figured in 1913 (9, p. 135, text-fig. 27) for this
species under the name Docophorus sphenophorus. The mandibles
are very interesting on account of their large size, the absence of
basal processes in each mandible, and the unusual development
of the curious process shaped like a bird’s head on the cutting-
edge halfway up between the tip and the base of each mandible
(see text-fig. 15). The mandibles of the genus /bidwcus resemble
Text-figure 15
Ibidcecus platalee. Mandibles. X 180.
L.left. R.right. a. avicularian process.
closely those of the genus Anatecus not only in the avicularian
process, in the absence of basal process and quadrangular pro-
cess, but in the distal extremities consisting each of two apices
with one ridged. The species /. platalew is distinguished by
the size and prominence of the avicularian process * and in the
large size of the ridges, which in side view give the tip of the
mandible longitudinally a serrate appearance. When dissected
out and placed face downwards on its cutting surface, the
mandible is found to be as deep dorso-ventrally as it is long from
base to apex.
* CF. avicularia in the Polyzca.
FROM THE SOCIETY S GARDENS. 665
IBIp@cUS FLAVUS, sp. n.
This species does not form part of the collection on which the
report is based, but for the purpose of comparison it is useful to
include it here, especially as many specimens—male, female, and
larvee—are available for study, being part of a valuable con-
signment of Mallophaga presented to the British Museum by the
Hon. N. C. Rothschild.
T. flavus was collected on Platibis flavipes (Gould) (the Yellow-
billed Spoonbill of Australia) from ‘‘Serpentine, Melbourne,” on
August 3rd, 1911, the label being endorsed ‘A. Coles.” It isa
handsome yellow parasite, recognisable by the shape of the pre-
antennal region of the head, which is longer than in J. platalea
and more truncate at the front margin, but not so long as in
T. hians and the other members of the long-headed section of the
genus. The male genital plate is also a ready means of identifying
this form (text-fig. 16).
Text-figure 16.
Thidecus flavus. Male genital mark. X 90,
External form.—Maue. fHHead (text-fig. 17): Large; pre-
antennal region elongate, each signatural plate long, parallel-
sided. Line of the temple from the antenna to the anterior
lateral angle of the pronotum very convex. Occipital line straight,
an exoccipital thickening on each side. Two dark brown, slightly
diverging rafters run across the roof of the skull. A small gular
plate present, in front gracefully narrowing to an acute apex. A
single median occipital apodeme running into the prothorax.
Tentorium absent. Zhorax: Much narrower than the head,
almost parallel-sided and rectangular. Spiracle opens laterally
Proc, Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XLVI. 46
666 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
just beneath the posterior lateral] angle. Clavicles present, each
running as a narrow rod from halfway down the lateral margin
inwards and downwards to project beyond the hind margin into
the metathorax as a broad band, which curves down al then
forwards again to be inserted into the transverse acetabular bar
behind the first pair of coxe. The nota of both segments are
divided by a median longitudinal colourless line. Abdomen :
Regularly ovate. The ter minal tergite forms a deep semicircular
pant around the genital opening. Ventrally, the genital plate
with its cheetotaxy forms an easily recognisable navel (see text-
fig. 16).
Text-figure 17.
Ibidecus fiaves. Head of male.
External form.—¥emaus. As in the male, except for the usual
sexual differences of the abdomen.
Chetotaxy.—For differentiating species, the chzetotaxy in this
genus probably will prove of little value, as it 1s almost identical
in the male and female both of this species and of J. platalea
(except for the usual sexual differences at the end of the abdomen).
For example, on the second segment of the antenna there is one
elongate bristle and a shorter one beside it ; the signatural plates
are bare dorsally ; on the ventral surface is a single bristle in the
middle of each plate. On the clypeal band at the base there is
one bristle dorsally, one projecting laterally, and one on the
ventral surface. At the distal end of the band there are three
more bristles similarly arranged. In both sexes of both species,
also, there is a bristle on the dorsal surface of the skull just.
FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 667
behind the posterior acute angle of each signatural plate, a spine
on the corneal surface of each eye, and a spiny hair behind and
the same minute spines dotted sparsely over the postantennal
dorsal area *, The cheetotaxy of the abdomen calls for no special
mention.
Text-figure 18.
Ibidecus flavus. Central nervous system.
Infra.Oes. infra-esophageal ganglion. Sup.Oes. supra-cesophageal ganglion.
Ist, 2nd, 3rd. thoracic ganglia. S¢.N. stomatogastric nerves.
Alimentary Canal.—Mr. Waterston has pointed out to me
some minute teeth on the chitinous lining of the pharynx in a
Lemobothrion. Similar pharyngeal teeth in Lipewrus ferox were
figured without comment in 1913 (9, p. 131, text-fig. 24). I now
find similar teeth in the pharynx of other genera, including the
present species, in which they are very minute and occur in small
rows, each tooth directed backwards. The patch of teeth in the
anterior cecum of the crop is present in its usual extent; and the
* Tt is likely that the chetotaxy, at least of the head, just as in Lathes, will
prove to conform to the same plan throughout the whole genus. It is the same in
two other species (unnamed) which I have examined, making four in all.
46%
668 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
rest of the alimentary tract requires no detailed description,
except perhaps a reference to the swollen base of each Malpighian
tube.
Nervous System (text-fig. 18).—The state of preservation forbade
any satisfactory dissection of the nervous system. The brain and
main ganglia have been figured by Snodgrass for Hurymetopus
tawrus (1, pl. xvi. fig. 7). From this, the central nervous system
differs in its general form. The supra-cesophageal ganglion is
Text-figure 19.
y.
Tbhidecus flavus. Male reproductive system and copulatory apparatus. 90.
T. testis. VD. vas deferens. BP. basal plate. #.endomere. P. paramere.
Pen. penis. D. ductus. VS. vesicula seminalis.
much broader and the bay in front less deep. The sub-
cesophageal is narrower; the first thoracic ganglion is also
long and narrow and a little narrower in front than behind.
The second or mesothoracie ganglion is roughly triangular in
shape, the apex pointing forward. The metathoracic is the
- largest of the three, and more or less circular in shape. Behind,
two extraordinarily large stomato-gastric nerves come off and
supply the viscera.
Male Reproductive System (text-fig. 19).—Testes: Relatively
FROM THE SOCIETY S GARDENS. 669
small, the commissure between them weak, so that in dissection
the two are commonly separated *, Vesicula seminalis: This is a
long narrow sac, with the usual longitudinal median division.
The anterior end is a little truncate, broader than it is behind,
where it decreases almost to the bore of the issuing ductus.
Ejaculatory ampulla absent ov only slightly developed.
Male Copulatory Apparatus (text-fig. 19).—Basal plate: Lateral
margins well chitinised, parallel-sided except for the posterior
third of their length, where the plate broadens out. Posterior
margin concave. Parameres: At the base these are broad, thin,
and transparent bands which fold in around the stout densely
chitinous endomeres. Distally, the parameres curve in towards
one another, so as to embrace the tip of the remarkable penis.
Beyond the end of the penis they are produced forwards and
become more strongly chitinous and brown in colour, Sub-
apically, on the outside margin of each, there is a small directive
hair. Hndomeres: These remarkable appendages are much
shorter than the parameres, strongly chitinised, deep brown
in colour, and slightly curved, the convex side of the curve
being on the outside of their length. The distal end is enlarged
and displays two large ridges, forming distinct cutting-edges,
each ridge with a separate apex. Between the distal ends lies
the main body of the penis. At the base they articulate with
almost the whole articular surface of the posterior lateral angles
of the basal plate. Mesosome: The penis is a large bulky piece
of chitin, the form of which is delineated in the text-figure.
Behind it lies the curiously-shaped piece labelled X. This is
clearly endomeral—whether upper or lower, I am not prepared
to say. The outline of the central portion of this piece is shaped
something like a bowl on a pedestal. There are two long back-
wardly projecting spines, one on each of the two outwardly
curving cornua: and behind, on each lateral angle at the base of
the bowl, a short peg-like spine.
Measurements (mallimetre-scale).
; \)
Length. | Greatest Breadth. ! Length of Antenna.
| | eae
|
a
|
(ss eee
ae OF | Bo | We I sesinemie | ere | QO.
—_——— aa
Werden HOGS) a, OC amt LOOM mectonp||as ei 09 | “10
Pal WP ahion Saye eilz
| Pro- ne vary ene van (a Gown lata yAl. || |
| Meta- ‘ thorax ...... 60 | 80 1-90 1:05 | ay | 08 07
| Abdomen AG. Aes) V2SN OPO LPAOMMNALeRAN | ih at oP hoes
| | i 5. 095 | °09 |
Poa | “|= | See
| Totals | 2845 | 3:96 | | Total ...| -495 | -51 |
* Perhaps due to the condition of the tissues,
670 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICK
The Mouth-parts in the Genus Ubideecus. (Text-fig. 20.)
It’ is necessary to revert once more to the subject of the
pharyngeal sclerite (or lyriform organ) referred to on p. 273 of
Fart J. and on p. 656 of the present instalment, inasmuch as
within this single genus /bidwcus may be found species with
these organs modified (as they occur in scattered instances
throughout the Order), at least one species in which the parts
are normal as in most Mallophaga, and in the species 7. flavus a
valuable intermediate stage.
Text-figure 20
PC
Tbidecus flavus. Isopogometric apparatus. X 290.
G@. “gland.” AC. anterior cornu, PC. posterior cornu, and NV. “nucleus”
of the lyriform organ.
This isopogometric apparatus, as Armenante (10) called it (on
the theory that it was a contrivance for measuring the barbules
into equal lengths for cutting) *, was supposed by Snodgrass (1)
to be absent in some Mallophaga, such as Lemobothrion, An-
cistrona, Nitzschia, Physostomum, Trinoton, and. others. In
* The fact that a similar apparatus is present in the Psocids, which do not feed
on feathers, does not necessarily disprove Armenante’s theory, as its present function
may be a new one, involving the adaptation of old parts. It is certainly difficult to
beheve that the so-called “ glands” (now apparently wholly chitinous) were not once
glandular, which they may still be m part.
FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 671
1913 (9) I described them as present though modified in these
five genera (and in others) and figured them, at the same time
expressing the opinion that the apparatus was probably present
throughout the Mallophaga. Up to the present, after many
more dissections, there is no reason for changing this opinion.
Recently (11, p. 393) Mi. Harrison has stated that the lyriform
organ is ‘ totally absent ” in Ornithobius. But it is still present
in this genus, though atrophied and very difficult to dissect out.
Although in such genera as Lemobothrion, Menopon, and Colpo-
cephalum the apparatus shows differences in the lengths of the
posterior and anterior cornua (often to a very great extent) and
in the shape of the “glands,” the characteristic form of lyriform
organ and *‘ glands” is preserved and is immediately recognisable.
In the following Amblyceran forms, however, very extensive
modifications have been brought about :—Bodpia and Hetero-
doxus (and probably the whole of the family Bodpide), Gyropus
(probably all the Gyropidee), Psewdomenopon, Nitzschia, Trinoton,
Tetrophthalmus (belonging to the Menoponide), Physostomum,
Trimenopon, Ancistrona. Among the Ischnocera, the following
genera must be included :—Ornithobius, Anatecus, most of the
genus /bidewcus probably, and the species Trichodectes hemitragt
Cummings and Veophilopterus tricolor. Other forms, such as
Philopterus pertusus, are indicated by Snodgrass, but these
require investigation.
Modification proceeds by way of the gradual disappearance of
the “ nucleus” or rounded central portion of the lyriform organ,
the reduction of the “gland” in size and its ultimate dis-
appearance, and the transformation of “duct” and “ glands”
into hypopharyngeal sclerites. In text-fig. 20 is shown the
lyriform organ of Jbidwcus flavus modified, but with the still
persistent remains of the “ nucleus,” consisting of a clear “ pin-
hole” surrounded by a cirele of dense chitin. After bifurcating,
each branch of the ‘“ duct” enters a small, delicate, oval ‘‘ gland,”.
which lies rather loosely encircled within a plate of chitin; this,
behind, tails out in a narrow strip, and in front runs forward as
a broad hypopharyngeal plate in outline shaped like a human
thumb bent outwards with the “ball” of the thumb facing the
corresponding structure on the opposite side. Between these two
plates longitudinally runs a narrow chitinous strip, Just as in
Lipeurns ferow and others. A sheet of transparent chitin crosses
between the two “glands,” and in the centre of this may be
seen a small circular clear space, possibly a hole.
As compared with this apparatus, that of J. platalew is
decidedly more modified, all sign of “nucleus” having dis-
appeared; while in a species from Aramvus scolopaceus, appa-
rently undescribed, it is quite normal as in the majority of
Mallophaga *.
* Mr. Harrisom informs: me that he possesses a species of Tbidacus from an
Australian host with a normal lyriform organ,
672 MR. B. F, CUMMINGS ON LICE
Spermatophores in tbideecus. (Text-fig. 21.)
Lbidecus platalee.—The receptaculum seminis is an irregularly
shaped sac at the end of an extremely fine chitinous duct which
opens by a small aperture through the chitinous intima of the
genital chamber. The duct is finer than in Veophilopterus incom-
pletus and the calyx is of a very different shape, being bent back
around the top of the duct. Inside the sac may be seen the
spermatophores—hard, thick-walled follicles containing nests of
spermatozoa. In some of these no opening could be discovered.
Text-figure 21.
Receptaculum seminis of 1. [bidecus platalee, 2. I. flavus, and 3. Neophilopterus
incompletus. X 70.
S.spermatodome. C.calyx. D. duct. NV. nest of spermatozoa.
Lbidecus flavus.—The receptaculum resembles that of /. platalece
and gives the same suggestion of a hydroid on its stalk. Just
within the calyx, however, the canal opens into an atrium, absent
in the preceding species. ‘The flask-shaped spermatophores, five
in one female and eight in another, lying loose and disposed
irregularly, somewhat recall the form of the spermatophore
figured by Von Siebold (13) for the Locustid Decticus verruci-
vorus, but the mouth is much larger and the neck broader. In
each spermatophore in the first specimen was a nest of sperma-
tozoa. In the second they were absent and had probably been
discharged. ;
Cholodkovsky (14 and 15) divides the spermatophores in insects
into four distinet types—(1) True spermatophores arising from
the sexual organs of the male and facilitating the transference of
FROM THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 673
spermatozoa into the female organs. Outside the Insecta this is
the typical spermatophore well known by zoologists to occur in
Urodeles, Cephalopods, Decapods, Myriapods, and elsewhere.
Among insects true spermatophores are possessed by G'rillus (16),
Dytiscus marginalis (17), and others. (2) Spermatodosen or
structures which arise in the female sexual organs and serve “zur
Dosierung des Samens bei der Befruchtung der abzulegenden Hier.”
To this group belong the flask- and retort-shaped bodies in the
receptaculum seminis of many Locustids, where they were first
discovered so long ago as 1791 by Gabriel Brunelli (18), and first
accurately deser ibed by Carl T. von Siebold in 1845 (13) in Decti-
cus verrucivorus. To this category belong also the spermatophore-
shaped structures discovered by Cholodkovsky in Trichoptera (19)
and the “ spermatophores ” of certain Lepidoptera. (3) Spermato-
phragmen, or masses of gland secretion, serving as a medium for
the transference of the spermatozoa from the male to the female,
for the maintenance of the spermatozoa during copulation, or for
the closing up of the female genital opening. Examples : some
Locustid females and the “ Sackchen ” of Parnassius. (4) Sperm-
atodesmen * or bundles of spermatozoa united to form feather-
shaped structures, and so on.
The so-called spermatophores of the Mallophaga are spermato-
dose, and were discovered in Lipewrus jeyunus by Kramer in
1869 (12), in a valuable and careful memoir which has since been
neglected by writers on the Mallophaga as well as by Cholod-
kovsky, Ballowitz, Blunck, and others engaged in the study of
insect spermatophores. Kramer noticed a number of flask-shaped
vessels lying loose in the receptaculum seminis of the female, and
as they were too large to permit of their passage up the narrow
chitinous duct, Kramer concluded that they arose within the
receptaculum, and claimed to have detected the necks of half-
formed flasks in a special layer of epithelial cells within the
receptaculum.
Cholodkovsky’s summary of the reasons for thinking that these
interesting spermatodose arise within the female is very sugges-
tive, and it is to be hoped that the problem may be satisfactorily
elucidated by an examination of further parasites frem the
Zoological Gardens, well fixed and carefully preserved.
Rather than be classed under the general term spermatophore,
the three new terms introduced by Cholodkovsky should be used
in contradistinction to it, spermatozeugma being substituted for
spermatodesmen.
THE PHILoprert oF NUMENIUS.
Henry Denny, who, with Nitzsch and Giebel, shares the honour
of laying the foundations of our knowledge of the Mallophaga,
describes in his remarkable Monograph of British Lice, published
in 1840, two species of Philopterus from the Curlew (Nwmenius
arquata (Linn,)), viz. P. testudinarius and P. humeralis, In
* This is the spermatozeugma of Ballowitz (20).
674 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
‘ Les Pédiculines’ (1880, p. 83), Piaget allows P. testudinarius to
stand, and after stating that he does not know D. humeralis D.,
goes on to say “ je n’ai jamais rencontré sur cet oiseau que le testu-
dinarius dont je joins ici la description.” The types of these two
Species, now in the British Museum, prove them to be perfectly
distinct. Both species oceur commonly on both the Curlew
(Numenius arquata) and the Whimbrel (V. pheopus); the
characters of P. testudinarius ave divergent from the rest of its
allies and necessitate the constitution of a new genus.
Text-figure 22.
BP
Philopterus humeralis. Male copulatory apparatus. 120.
BP. basal plate. LE. lower endomere. E.endomere. 1. telomere. Pen. penis.
P. paramere.
PHILOPTERUS HUMERALIS D. (8, p. 88). (Text-fig. 22.)
One ¢ from NVumenius arquata (Linn.).
Male Copulatory Apparatus.—Basal plate: The anterior half
FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 675
is brown, flat. The posterior half possesses well-marked lateral
margins, with a transverse band across the base. Parameres:
Elongate curved rods, in cross-section circular. At its base each
paramere possesses a large circular condyle which is turned
inwards like the head of the femur in man. In front it is arti-
culated with the posterior lateral angles of the basal plate, and
behind, it lends a surface for attachment to the mesosome.
Mesosome: The upper endomere consists of two square “ wings cae
each “ wing” ae a straight outer lateral margin and a ehae ac-
teristic ‘“ nick” the posterior margin, after which the margin
curves Inwards oa backwards towards the forked base of the
elongate penis. The lower endomere is a small plate lying
between the condyles of the parameres. Under the penis is a
median elongate piece, bifid at the tip, representing telomeral
chitinisations.
DOoLLABELLA, gen. Nov.
The diagnostic characters are few, but sufficient. ‘They are the
shape of the head taken in conjunction with the tergites of the
abdomen, which in both sexes stretch right across and are on
each side fused with the pleurites. Philopterids living with
P. humeralis on Numenias.
Genotype : Doillabella testudinarius Denny.
DOLLABELLA TESTUDINARIUS D. (8, p. 96). (Text-fig. 23.)
Several specimens from Vumenius pheopus (Linn.).
Male Reproductive System.—In proportion to the vesicula the
testes are very large, roughly pyriform, nearly as broad as long.
The vesicula seminalis is elongate, pear-shaped, with a median
longitudinal groove. The rahen elongate accessory glands, one
on ene side, lie alongside of it in the posterior portion, and ences
the top of the ductus. The ductus ejaculatorius is long and
narrow, with several loops.
Male Copulatory Apparatus.—Basal plate: In front for a little
more than a third of its length it is evenly chitinised and of a
uniform brown colour. Behind, strong lateral margins with a
clear membranous area between. At each lower lateral angle
the articular surface is oblique, passing downwards from within
outwards. A small angular process projects a little beneath the
base of each paramere. Parameres: Slender, elegantly moulded
rods, which a little after halfway turn inwards in a pronounced
bend, and then run straight forwards to the distal end. The base
of each paramere is characteristic in shape, being roughly quadri-
lateral, with two sharply defined posterior angles. . Halfway
down, in the middle of its dorsal surface a minute hair on each
paramere; subapically on the outside another minute hair.
Mesosome : This includes the endomeres, an upper and a lower, of
complex form, the upper ene possessing ‘subapica lly on each of its
676 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
two limbs two directive hairs in large alveoli. Between lies the
penis, a rod with a large wing-like telomere on each side com-
posed of rather transparent delicate chitin.
Text: figure 23.
Dollabella testudinarius. Male reproductive system and copulatory apparatus.
Xx 75.
7. testis. VS. vesicula seminalis. AG. accessory gland. D. ductus. BP. basal
plate. SP. median splint. F. paramere. H. endomere. TJ. telomere.
Pen. penis. VD. vas deferens.
Tue Rest oF THE PHILOPTERI.
The species of Philopterws in the collection remaining to be
considered are five in number :—
PHILOPTERUS ComMUNIS N. (5, p. 85).
A single 9 in company with Virmus cyclothorax N. from Passer
domesticus (Linn.).
PHILOPrERUS SEMI-sTGNATUS N. (5, p. 80).
Two 2 2. Host’s name not given.
The difficult question of the Corvine Philopteri is discussed by
Waterston (21).
FROM THE SOCIETY’ 3 GARDENS. 677
PHILOPTERUS LARI Denny (8, p. 89).
Five 2 2 from Numenius arquata (Linn.). <A straggler from
Gulls.
The male copulatory apparatus is figured by Snodgrass (1,
jolly San HS, 8).
PHILOPTERUS LEONTODON N. (5, p. 90).
A single male from Psaroglossa spiloptera (Vigors).
A common parasite on Starlings, occurring in several different
forms ; probably a new genus should he established.
Text-figure 24.
Philopterus acanthus. Male copulatory apparatus. X 150.
BP. basal plate. L#H.lower endomere. P. paramere. . endomere.
Pen. penis. T. telomere.
PHILoprerus AcANTHUS C. (5, p. 101). (‘Text-fig. 24.)
Two 2 9 in company with Nirmus ochropygus on Hematopus
ostralegus (Linn.).
678 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
Tam able to describe the male copulatory apparatus from a
preparation kindly lent me by Mr. Waterston. ‘This belongs to
much the same type as that in P. humeralis.
Male Copulatory Apparatus. —Basal plate: The characteristic
feature is its small width in proportion to the dimensions of
the parameres and mesosome, which are attached to it. Basal
transverse band very convex. Parameres: Large powerful rods,
with large. circular condyles working over the tiny articular
surface offered by the posterior lateral angles of the basal plate.
Distally they bend in somewhat towards one e another. Subapically
a minute hair. J/esosome: There are two endomeres, a lower and
an upper, the former being a small deeply bifid plate, each limb
of the fork running out ‘behind into an attenuated tip. The
upper endomere has two wings, narrower at the distal end than
in P. humeralis, and here solely consisting of the lateral tooth
or notch pointing outwards. ‘The penis is a delicate rod with a
large bulbous base (hypomere) ; above lie the “ winged” telomeres,
which together look like a javelin’s hea a
A comparison between text-figures 22, 23 & 24 clearly indicates
the homologies between the parts in the three species.
Family LiPpEURID4.
Tue LIrpeuRI oF Srrutruious Birps.
Degeeriella asymmetrica N. is found on the Emu (Dromeus
novee-hollandice (Lath.)), Lipeuwrus asymmetricus P. on two species
of Rhea (Pterocnemia pennata (D’Orb.) and Rhea macrorhyncha
Scl.), Lipeurus quadrimaculatus P. on Struthio camelus Linn. and
Rhea americana, Lipeurus latus P.on R. americana. There can be
but little doubt that these four species are related to one another
and should be grouped together. Subsequent research and the
rediscovery of Piaget’s ZL. latuws will probably result in the
establishment of three new genera placed together in a new
subfamily.
Harrison (22) has already suggested that D. asymmetrica,
L. asymmetricus, and L. quadr imaculatus should be regarded as
congeneric. From the new genus established below to include
L. asymmetricus and L. quadr inaeulaties I have omitted D. asym-
metrica, aS in my opinion it should stand in a genus by itself. It
is a curious and significant fact that in three of these species
parasitising Struthious birds the margin of the anterior part of
the head is from some cause by no means evident asymmetrically
developed. The asymmetry in the anterior incrassation of the
head is least developed in L. quadrimaculatus, while in the larva
of this species, as well as in the larva OR I. asymmetricus, the
asymmetry is absent even in Stage IT. That D. asymmetrica, in
which the adult asymmetry is most developed, the whole of the
FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 679
preantennal region being bent over on itself to form a longitu-
dinal channel, is a derivative of the other two species seems clear
from the observation made by Harrison that the larve of
Jd), asymmetr ica possess asymmetrical heads of *‘a precisely similar
structure ” to that found in the adults of the other two.
A great deal more collecting and investigation are necessary
before any satisfactory conclusions can be drawn upon the rela-
tionship of the Mallophaga parasites to their Struthious hosts.
STRUTHIOLIPEURUS, gen. nov.
Lipeuroid: antennz sexually dimorphic. Incrassations of
anterior margin of head placed asymmetrically. Left mandible
with an enormous basal process almost as large as the mandible
itself. In the thorax clavicles present as thin splints running
inwards and backwards from the antero-lateral angles to join a
band which goes vertically downwards to be inserted into the
transverse acetabular bar. Abdomen with thinly chitinised
transverse tergites. Two transverse rows of fairly long silky
hairs on each tergite. * Hairs at the sides numerous and fairly
long. Male copulatory apparatus characteristic.
Genotype: Struthiolipeurus asymmetricus Piaget (23, p. 54).
The genus to include S. quadrimaculatus P. (3, p. 298).
STRUTHIOLIPEURUS ASYMMErRICUS P. | (‘Text-fig. 25.)
I collected several specimens of this species personally on a
live Rhea in the Gardens.
Male Copulatory Apparatus.—Lasal plate: Dorsally brough:
shaped, with a longitudinal median keel. At the posterior end
the sides of the trough become steep, and a bridge runs across
from side to side in the form of a fairly narrow transverse band,
from the middle third of which a parallel-sided plate runs forward
between the parameres, ending in a straight truncate margin, to
which the upper endomeres are attached. Beneath this transverse
band is anotber running across the floor of the trough from side
to side. Like the dorsal one this sends forward a median piece
between the parameres, and near the end of it the penis arises.
The posterior lateral angles of the basal plate are much produced,
deep dorso-ventrally, and square. Parameres: long tapering
rods, the apex curiously formed (see text-fig. 25, P). Mesosome :
Each upper endomere is roughly triangular, being broad at the
base and narrowing towards the tip, where it is slightly decurved.
The piece may best be likened to the rhamphotheca of some bird
of prey when macerated off the skull; it is actually double,
being bent upon itself, the two leaves gaping wide enough to
admit of the introduction of the dissecting-needle. In this way
each upper endomere ‘“‘ gapes”’ outwards. The lower endomeres
take origin further back, one on each side of the base of the
680 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
penis. They are slender and wedge-shaped, rather long. The
penis is a long, narrow, elongate rod, with a somewhat ‘swollen
base, which lies almost buried between the dorsal and the ventral
median processes of the basal plate.
Text-figure 25,
Struthiolipeurus asymmetricus. Male copulatory apparatus. XX 140.
BP. basal plate. IK. median keel. 7'B. transverse band. MP. median piece.
Pen. penis. LE. lower endomere. P. paramere. UE. upper endomere.
Tue Rest or tHE Lrerurt.
LipeuRUS suBsIGNATUS Giebel (5, p. 232).
Several specimens, including a male, from Phenicopterus roseus
Pall.
LIpEuRUS JEJUNUS Nitzsch (5, p. 240). (Text-fig. 26.)
Males, females, and larve from Branta leucopsis (Bechst.).
Male ‘Repr oductive System.—This was carefully figured and
described by Kramer as long ago as 1869 in the «Zeitschrift fiir
wissenschaftliche Zoologie’ “(12). Testes and vas deferens as
usual, The vesicula seminalis is an elongate double-chambered
sac, the median partition indicated externally by a longitudinal
groove,
‘FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 681
Male Copulatory Apparatus.—Basal plate: Rather long, narrow,
of uniform thinness, the lateral margins indistinct, and the colour
dull greyish. dMesosome: Attached to the posterior margin of
the basal plate is a large, broad, trowel-shaped plate—the meso-
some. When the apparatus is withdrawn, as shown in the figure,
the parameres, slender rods shorter than the mesosome, lie dorsally
Text-figure 26.
BP
Lipeurus jejunus. Male copulatory apparatus. xX 139,
BP. basal plate. P. paramere. HP. endomeral plate. Pen. penis.
and inside the lateral margins of the mesosomal plate. When the
apparatus is 1n action, however, the base of the mesosome swells
up and broadens out, carrying the parameres with it, so that the
latter come to le laterally in their normal position. The penis is
a perfectly straight elongate tube, with an aperture at its tip and
with a forked base.
Lipeurus HETEROGRAMmICUS N. (5, p. 220).
Plenty of material of this minute species was sent, collected on
Caccabis chukar Gray.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. XLYII, a7
682 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
LpEuRus antitocus N. (5, p. 223).
Males, females, and larve in numbers from Lupodotis edwardsi
(Gray & Hardw.).
The specimens were identified from Piaget’s description and
figure (3, p. 374, pl. xxx. fig. 3), with which, however, they did
not entirely agree. After examination of anionic ie antilogus
the Society’s specimens may emerge as a new form.
Lireurus varrasitts N. (5, p. 219).
Several specimens of both sexes from Phasianus scintillans
Gould.
This is a difficult species, of which several varieties have been
described. All the material badly needs overhauling and dissec-
tion in conjunction with allied species.
Lierurus BurNertt Packard (24). (Text-fig. 27.)
Two ¢ ¢ and 4 @ 9 trom Polyplectron chinguis (Miill.).
The deseription which follows is incomplete, as the material
was insufficient to settle the question of the preputial sac, which
is therefore omitted.
Male Copulatory Apparatus.—Lasal plate: Unusually broad,
with very narrow, lateral, marginal bands. Anterior margin very
convex. Parameres: Quite short and inwardly curved. Hndo-
meral plate: ‘This is much longer than the parameres and at the
base almost as broad as the basal plate. Behind, 16 sends forward
a narrower parallel-sided portion shaped something like a duck’s
bill (see text-fig. 27). Note the peculiar sculpturing of the inner
surface of the paramere.
LIPEURUS SECRETARIUS G. (5, p. 213).
Many specimens from Serpentarius serpentarius (Miller).
This species belongs to a well-defined group of large handsome
Lipeurids infesting birds of prey and characterised by the four
or six curious, more or less circular inerassations on the front
margin of the head. They undoubtedly form the material for a
new generic grouping.
Lireurvs rorricunatus N. (5, p. 238).
A goodly number of specimens of both sexes and larve from
the Rede backed Pelican (Pelecanus r ufescens Gmel.).
This species, readily distinguished from ZL. bifasciatus P. by the
shape of the antenne in the male, is found on P. onocrotalus
Gmel. The present specimens were paler in colour than is usual
in this species. .
Larve.—Two stages, probably I. and II., have been figured by
Kellogg without any comment (25). The chetotaxy of the abdo-
men in Stage I.(%) shows the common and perhaps primitive
arrangement of two hairs on each dorsum in the middle field. In
i
FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 683
Stage IT. (?), the only stage included in this collection, there are
two hairs on the dorsum of each segment, two on each pleura
(very short on segments I. and II.), and on segments VI. and
VII. a long hair behind each spiracle. On the sterna there are
four hairs in each segment excepting on the last two segments,
where there are only two. As compared with Stage I. (2) there
Text-figure 27.
Lipeurus burnetti. Male copulatory apparatus. X 180.
BP. basal plate. P. pavamere. HP. endomeral plate.
Note the sculpturing of the paramere.
is a slight difference in the grouping of the hairs on each side of
the hind margin of the metanotum.
Male Reproductive System (text-fig. 28).—The testes and vasa
deferentia require no special mention. The rest of the parts are
47*
684 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
complex in structure, consisting of an oval end-sac—the true
vesicula seminalis—which leads by a narrow neck into a second
well-defined portion, for convenience of description called the
middle-sac. Further, elongate reservoirs, elegantly flask-shaped,
Text-figure 28.
Lipeurus forficulatus. Male reproductive system and copulatory apparatus.
x 105.
a. seen from above; 0b. seen from the side. Testes not shown.
BP. basal plate. P. fused parameres. D. ductus. Pl. strip of narrow chitin
along ventral surface. S. extrusible sac. R. reservoir. H. end-sac of vesicula
seminalis. Jf. middle-sac. AG. accessory gland. -Pa. cone-shaped papilla.
V. vas deferens.
When in situ the vesicula and associated parts lie much further forward in the
body-cavity in front of the basal plate, and the sac when extended in copulation
curls oyer the back of the abdomen.
FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 685
lie, one on each side of the middle-sac, and enter by a narrow
neck into the narrow section between the end-sac and middle-
sac. . The text-figure shows the connections at this point
with the vas deferens. The ductus ejaculatorius for a consider-
able portion of its course on leaving the middle-sac is large and
glandular and almost as broad as the middle-sac itself. The
narrow canal between the latter and the ductus projects into the
lumen of the ductus as a minute cone-shaped protuberance.
The broad upper part of the ductus, after two bends, giving the
tube an S-shaped form, narrows into a small canal of several
coils, which enters lower down into the upper part of the
retracted preputial sac.
Text-figure 29.
Lipeurus forficulatus, 8. Transverse section through the abdomen at the
level of the middle-sac of the vesicula. (Diagrammatic.)
Rt. rectum. TZ. testis. I. muscles. FC. fat cells. VD. vas deferens.
R. veservoir. JS. middle-sac.
Séctions of these parts reveal some important points (see text-
figs. 29 & 30). Externally the end-sac is marked by a median
longitudinal groove. In cross-section the mid-sac, as in the
vesicula seminalis of other insects, is seen to be double, consisting
of two distinct tubes closely applied one to the other. Similarly,
the middle-sac is also double. Whereas the end-sac contains
sperm, the two “reservoirs,” the middle-sac, and the two minute
vesicles, one on each side at the lower end of the latter, contain a
coagulable white secretion, which possibly plays the part of sper-
matophragmen, serving for the maintenance of the spermatozoa
during copulation.
The walls of the end-sac are fairly thin. Those of the middle-
686 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
sac are thicker, the cells being of varying lengths and their ends
projecting irregularly into the lumen. The walls of the flask-
shaped reservoir are very thin, consisting of a clear hyaline .
external membrane and an inner epithelium of short cells. The
walls of the upper portion of the ductus eyaculatorius ave very
thick, consisting of extremely high cells, the shape of which is not
clear in the preparations on account of unsatisfactory fixation.
For the same reason the histology of other parts remains obscure.
Text-figure 350.
Lipeurus forficwlatus, §. Transverse section through the abdomen, behind
the middle-sac of the vesicula. (Diagrammatic.)
R. rectum. D.dectus. Res. reservoir (lower end). —DV.M. dorso-ventral
muscles. HC. fat-cells.
Male Copulatory Apparatus (text-fig. 28).—The copulatory
apparatus belongs to the simple type, consisting of basal plate
and parameres and an extrusible membranous sac (see Part I.,
p- 257). Fortunately in the collection were two males with the
sac extruded, and, as usual, when in this condition turned
upwards and backwards over the terminal segments of the abdo-
men. A detailed account is therefore included of the sac when
extruded and when retracted, with some remarks upon the
mechanism of extrusion and retraction.
The basal plate is rather long and narrow, of a dull grey
colour, the lateral margins a little concave. The parameres at
their distal ends are fused with one another. The text-figure
shows that the fused parameres are dorsal to the sac which shoots
outwards and upwards from under the chitinous arch formed by
the parameres. The sac proximally possesses two characteristi¢
transverse rolls caused by two deep furrows. Distally it is
studded with a number of minute denticles and its opening is
FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 687
subterminal on the dorsal surface. From between the parameres
and continuous at that point with the basal plate is a small
endomeral plate continued backwards as a long, narrow, thick,
parallel-sided, chitinous strip which supports the sac on its lower
side along the middle tine. The ductus can be seen through the
wall of the sac running backwards into the abdomen, where it hes
on the dorsal side of the basal plate.
Text-figure 31.
Lipeurus forficulatus, §. Transverse section through the abdomen showing the
copulatory sac lying retracted within the body-cavity above the basal plate.
* (Diagrammatic.)
R. rectum. TJ. trachea. S.sac. PL. narrow chitinous strip on ventral surface of
sac. J. muscles. FC. fat-cells. BP. basal plate, showing the rift.
The Apparatus when retracted.—During retraction the sac is
continuously invaginated until the distal end with its denticles
comes to lie farthest forward within the abdominal cavity a little
anterior to the fore end of the basal plate. The thick endomeral
strip on its lower wall, of course, curls upwards and travels in
with the rest, so as to form in the retracted state an enigmatic
loop difficult to interpret until an extruded sac is examined. In
cross-section, therefore, the endomeral strip forms the lower wall
of the iner tube (see text-fig. 32). A similar endomeral loop
with a similar history was described in Part I., p.271, for Z’richo-
dectes latus. ‘The diagram should make the relation of the parts
quite clear.
It should be clearly understood that the parameres are at no
place rods or appendages discrete from the sac. At their distal
end (text-fig. 33) a membrane crosses between them dorsally and
another membrane crosses ventrally. If the parameres became
shorter these two membranes would become continuous with
one another and with the dorsal wall of the outer tube, and if,
finally, they disappeared we should have a simple exsertile tube.
Sections anywhere across the length of the parameres all show
688 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
them to be local chitinisations one on each side of a membranous
tube—the outer tube. In text-fig. 832 a section is shown of this
outer tube contained within the genital chamber, and the hasal
plate and parameres are seen merely as local thickening in the
continuous wall of the sac.
Text-figure 32.
Lipeurus forficulatus, g. Transverse section through the genital chamber,
with the copulatory apparatus retracted. (Diagrammatic.)
R. rectum. WM. muscles. PZ. chitinous strip on ventral surface of the sac.
BP. basal plate between the base of the parameres (P.). GC. genital chamber,
Text-figure 33.
P BP
Lipewus forficulatus, 8. Longitudinal section through the end of the abdomen.
(Diagram.)
R. rectum. GC. genital cavity. S.sac. P. paramere. BP. basal plate.
Now, if reference be again made to the diagram (text-fig. 35)
it is evident that the dorsal sector of the genital chamber ends
much sooner than the ventral. Reading the sections forwards
FROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS, 689
establishes beyond doubt the interesting character of the basal
plate. The sole remaining ventral part of the genital chamber
becomes smaller and smaller until it is no more than a narrow
cleft below the basal plate. Next, its lower wall becomes chiti-
nous and is approximated to the basal plate, which is for the rest
of its course a circle of chitin squashed perfectly flat into a plate
with only a narrow rift between (text-fig. 31).
The interest in this observation centres in the fact that it
explains the nature of the basal plate. At the base (near the
parameres) this begins as an ordinary squamiform apodeme on
the lower wall of the sac within the genital chamber. It runs
back (7. e. in the direction of the head) as an ordinary tubular
apodeme formed as an invagination of the ectoderm in the lower
part of the genital chamber. This “tube” is compressed into a
flat plate and its lumen reduced to a thin rift—continuous with
the genital chamber.
,
Text-Sgure 54.
Pi
Bapeuris fonieulatats, g. Cross-section through the extruded sac just
behind the opening.
D. ductus. MM. muscle mass. Pl. narrow chitinous strip on ventral surface.
Fxtrusion and Retraction.—On the ventral surface of the basal
plate there is a series of longitudinal muscles which arise in front
from the anterior portion of the basal plate and are inserted
behind into the terminal sternite of the abdomen, serving to
thrust the plate forward and expose the parameres through the
terminal abdominal opening. ‘Text-fig. 28 a shows that the para-
meres along their dorsal margin curve in somewhat. Underneath
this overhanging ledge smail muscle-fibres run back along the
length of the parameres and are attached to the base of the basal
plate, doubtless serving to draw the tip of the fused parameres
upwards in a dorsal direetion, which is its usual position when in
690 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
copulation. On each side of the basal plate is a large-bellied
muscle arising from an abdominal sternite some way forward and
inserted by a delicate tendon into the lower end of the basal
plate. These are retractor muscles, withdrawing the apparatus
within the body after copulation. The Continuous invagination
of the sac is brought about by the contraction of a eveat many
small muscles arising from the dorsal surface of the basal plate
and inserted successively along the walls of the sac. They are
particularly numerous above the ductus at the distal end of the
sac, being inserted just behind the opening (text-fig. 34),
Extrusion of the sac is probably caused by blood-pressure upon
contraction of the powerful dorso-ventral abdominal musvles
segmentally arranged.
The above is not offered as a complete account of the mechanism
of this complicated apparatus. The manifest lacune in the
description must be filled in only after a great deal more study of
the parts.
Text-figure 35.
Sub.0.G
Lipeurus forficulatus, 8. Transverse section through the head behind the
antenne. (Diagrammatic.)
CT. chitinous tendon for attachment of mandibular muscles (17.). P. pharynx.
T. trachea. Swb.O.G. subcesophageal ganglion. F. eye.
Mouth-parts.—Labium: The labial sclerite is present merely as
a narrow transverse band near the anterior margin. J/sopogo-
metric Apparatus: Lyriform organ without posterior cornua.
Anterior cornua are broad and flat, convex on the outer margin,
and in length equal to that of the “nucleus” itself; from each
side a chitinous bar runs up the wall of the pharynx, which is
further supported dorsally by a short median longitudinal splint.
Behind the lyriform organ the chitinous intima of the pharynx
hears a number of minute teeth. As in Lipeurus ferox (9, text-
fig. 24) there is acompound hypopharynx consisting of a narrow,
short, median piece, and on each side a longer rectangular strip.
The pharynx (see text-fig. 35) is supplied with numerous small
muscles—cireular, longitudinal, and transverse. The latter are
developed further forward, and consequently do not appear in the
FROM THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS, 691
text-figure. There are two pairs, one running from the ventral
and the other from the dorsal side of the skull.
Genus Prctinopyeus Mjéberg.
Prcrinopreus puLLatus Nitzsch (5, p. 236).
From time to time a considerable amount of material of this
species from Sula bassana (Linn.) and from the Cape Gannet
(Sula capensis (Licht.)) was sent in.
Text-figure 36,
Pectinopygus pullatus, 8. 1. reproductivesystem. 2. copulatory apparatus. X90.
,2a. paramere enlarged. 270. ‘Testes and vasa deferentia not shown.
VS. vesicula seminalis. a. 6.c¢. lobes. D. ductus. BP. basal plate.
P. paramere. #, vetinaculum. 1-5. sclerites on the sac.
Male Reproductive System (text-fig. 36).—The vesicula seminalis
is complex. It consists of a large, swollen, two-chamberéd sac
692 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON LICE
of somewhat irregular contour and outline. At the anterior end
are two small, closely united offshoots from the central chambers,
and at the posterior end, where the vesicula joins the ductus, are
two pairs of accessory lobes each attached to the vesicula by
scarcely any appreciable neck or constriction, The first pair of
lobes are quite small and lie postero-ventr: ally. The second pair
run backwards side by side above the issuing ductus, and are
nearly half as long as the vesicula and together almost as broad.
The ductus ejaculatorius is broad at its upper end and rather
short. About midway towards the copulatory apparatus there is
a small bend where a pair of small glands are attached.
Male Copulatory Apparatus.—Throughout the Mallophaga, as
indeed in Insects generally, the structure of the male apparatus
for copulation displays a remarkable variety. In the Mallophaga
the strangest condition is found in Pectinopygus pullatus (see
text-fig. 36). Mjoberg (6, -p. 246. fig. 139), who established the
genus, in purporting to describe and figure the apparatus describes
only the basal plate, parameres, and ductus. The whole long
extrusible sac, with its complex chitinisations, is omitted—swept
away in dissection possibly in mistake for the rectum or rectal
fecal matter. A propos of the sac, Mjoberg states that, although
present, it is “jedoch nicht gut entwickelt.” And of the ductus
ejaculatorius: ‘“ Kr zeigt in der Innerwand ein in einer Spirale
verlaufendes Chitinband.” But the ductws contains no such
spiral band, and as it is difficult to suppose Mjoberg mistook the
extrusible “ preputial sac” for the ductus, there may be here a
question of a distinct but unrecognised species.
Basal plate.—This is long and narrow, with a longitudinal
median keel upon its lower surface. The two peculiar processes
(P), which probably represent parameres, do not articulate with
the basal plate, but are attached to its dorsal surface along
the length of the whole “stalk” or unpectinated portion. The
distal end is band-like and curves outwards. On the inner
surface of each are about thirteen denticles like sessile buds on
a stalk, graduated in size from the base to the tip. Below and
quite continuous with the basal plate lies an endomeral plate,
formed of a rather clear chitin, the upper surface presenting
a tesselated appearance. In regard to the “ preputial sac,” the
text-figure lays no claim toa representation of this in the natural
position. Unfortunately no male specimen was obtained with
the sac extruded. Consequently the remarkable sclerites 1, 2, 3,
4 and 5 are shown lying in no very intelligible position. How-
ever, the shape of the pieces is seen together with the structure
of the large “ retinacular comb” at the distal end, recalling a
similar structure figured for Anatacus. The “comb” in Pectino-
pygus consists of a row of about nine elongate bands. Each band
at the base has square angles, is fairly broad and parallel-sided
for a short distance up before it divides into: two, forming a fork
with two elongate prongs. All the nine forks are really one
PROM THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 693
continuous piece, the divisions between being filled by a sort of
amalgam of thin transparent chitin.
The whole of these pieces, as well as the basal plate and para-
meres, which in their ensemble Berlese conveniently collects
under the name Perifallo (26), are, it must be remembered,
simply chitinous plaques developed upon the outside tube of the
apparatus. In Pectinopygus these are remarkable from their
miscellaneous character, whereas in other Mallophaga the meso-
somal parts are usually capable of ready classification into the
endomeres and telomeres and penis.
LIvERATURE.
(1) Snoparass, R. E.—Oceas. Pap. Cal. Acad. Sci. vi. 1899.
(2) Harrison, L.—Parasitology, vii. No. 3, Jun. 1916, p. 338.
(3) Prager, E.—Les Pédiculines. Leide, 1880.
(4) Ketioee, V. L.—Science, n.s., xxxvii. No. 943, 1913, p. 154.
(5) Greset, C. G.—Insecta Epizoa. Leipzig, 1874.
(6) Mséserc, E.—Arkiv for Zoologi, Stockhoim, Bd. 61, No. 13,
TOMO:
(7) Cummines, B. F—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Jan. 1916.
(8) Denny, H.—Monographia Anoplurorum Britanniz. London,
1842.
(9) Cummines, B. F.—Proe. Zool. Soe. 1913.
(10) Armenante, K.—Boll. Soc. Nat. in Napoli, xxiv., ii. (vol. iv.
Anno xxiv.), 1911.
(11) Harrison, L. —Parasitology, vii. No. 4, March 1915.
(12) Kramer, P.—Zeit. wiss. Zool. Bd. 19, 1869, p- 452.
(13) Von Sresoxp, C. T.—Nov. Act. Jed Crs. Leop.-Car. Nat.
Cur. vol. xxi. Part 1, 1845, p. 249.
(14) CHoLopKoysky, N.—Trav. Soe. Imp. des Nat. de St. Péters-
bourg, vol. xli. Nos. 2-3, 1910.
(15) CHoLopKoysky, N.—Zool. Anz. Bd. 41, 1913, p. 615.
(16) Lesp#s, C.—Annales Sci. Nat. (Zoologie) (4) tom. iii. 1855,
300.
(17) eee H.—Zeit. wiss. Zool. Bd. 102, 1912, p. 169.
(18) Brunenur, G.—De Bononiensi Scientiarum et Artium In-
stituto atque Academia Commentarii. ‘Tom. vii. 1791.
Opuscula Gabrielis Brunellii de Locsustarum Anatome,
203.
(19) Casmonkonsae. N.—Zool. Anz. Bd. 42, 1913, p. 531.
(20) Baniowitz H.—Zeit. wiss. Zool. Bd. 50, SOS Fo, Sl
(21) Warersron, J.—Trans. Perths. Soe. Nat. Se. vol. v. pt. 4,
ISA, Fo, WKS.
(22) Hanne, L.—Austral. Zool. vol. 1. pt. i. 1914, p. 3.
(23) Prager, H. —lLes Pédiculines. Supplement, 1885, p. 54.
(24) Packarp, A. 8—Amer. Natur. vol. iv. 1870, p. 83.
(25) Kettoce, V. L.—Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. (2) vol. vi. 1896,
p. 129, pl. ix. figs. 5 & 6.
(26) Beriusz, A.
Milan, vol. i. 1906, p. 312.
Reis 3 ,
Sars
ete He
ON TWO NEW TAPEWORMS. 695
On Two new Species of Westodes belonging respectively
to the Genera Linstowia and Cotugnia. By Fran HE,
Bepparb, M.A., D.Sc. (Oxon.), F.R.S., F.Z.8.
[Received June 5, 1916: Read November 7, 1916. }
(Text-figures 1-4.)
INDEX.
SYSTEMATIC :— Page
IO BESOUHIG? VORDUPUD, BVo We sascooces cep coossocasceandscossoocesoon O86)
(COUR TAG OIREEGs So Wo conesseanseseggspoucnecmooasccococne — FAO)
I. Description of Linstowia lemuris, sp. 7.
Sexual Tapeworms from Lemurs being but little known, J was
specially interested to obtain from the small gut of an example
of the Slow Lemur (Vycticebus tardigradus) two complete
specimens of a Cestode, besides a large fragment which was
found to belong to the same species. | refer this new worm to
the genus Linstowia—at any rate, for the present,—giving reasons
later after a due consideration of its anatomy.
The worms are about three inches in length, the varying
contraction rendering it impossible to give an accurate measure-
ment in either case. The greatest diameter is 4 mm. The
scolex 1s almost spherical in form and of some size (1 nun.); it is
succeeded by a short neck, where no strobilisation is visible.
The seolex is quite unarmed as to the suckers, and there is no
rostellum at all. The sackers are closely 21 -ouped on the anterior
face of the scolex, and not in the least lateral in position. The
only other external character of systematic importance, the
position of the generative orifices, was not apparent until the
worm was investigated by sections. They alternate from .side
to side, being mainly massed upon one side, as many as ten being
sometimes successively upon the same side of the body. There
is thus nothing distinctive as to the systematic position of the
worm to be gained by an examination of the external characters
only, as is monly always the case with Cestodes—a very few can
be identified without recourse to anatomical study.
In transverse sections the cortex is seen to be of about the
same diameter as the medulla. The longitudinal muscles have a
characteristic arrangement which is in one way peculiar. In
addition to transverse fibres which bound the longitudinal layer
internally, as in most other Cestodes, the present species shows
similar fibres between the innermost of the longitudinal fibres
themselves, an arrangement which is, of course, well known
as characteristic of the Acoleide and of the genus Cotugnia
among the Davaineide (see p. 700). This transverse layer be-
tween the inner and outer layers of the longitudinal sheet
consists of single delicate fibres, which are, however, quite
696 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON
obvious, and in being singly distributed remind us of Cotugnia,
and not of the Acoleidee where the layers are stronger. I have
re-examined other species of Linstowia to ascertain whether this
peculiarity is or is not confined to Linstowia lemuris. I find the
same delicate transverse fibres between the longitudinal bundles
in L. ameive and also in Oochoristica marmose, a species which,
as I have already pointed out in describing it*, is hard to
refer decisively to either Linstowia or Oochoristica, a matter
to which I recur later. However, ina Linstowia from Kchidna,
the specifie identity of which I am not certain, there» was no
supplementary transverse layer of muscles. Nor did I find
anything of the kind in Oochoristica from Tamandua_ tetra-
dactyla, the structure of the body-wall of which would, however,
render this arrangement impossible, as may be seen from my
figure of the same 7.
The longitudinal muscles are disposed in an inner and an
outer series. As to the former, there is a layer of thick fibres,
sometimes two or three or even five or six massed together.
Outside this there lies another layer of the same kind, but
imperfectly defined. The outer layer of longitudinal muscles
consists merely of scattered fibres of less size than those already
dealt with. There is here no sharply defined formation of
layers. The additional transverse fibres already mentioned are
associated with the inner layer of stouter muscle-fibres.
The excretory system is, like that of some other species referred
to the two genera Oochoristica and Linstowia, chavacterised by a
network quite easy to detect but not easy to map accurately.
I have found at least three branches arising from the ventral
vessel and extending towards the middle of the proglottid. —
These do not, however, cross as unbroken tubes, but are dis-
solved into a network.
The testes lie dorsal to the ovary and vitelline gland and
lateral of the same. They extend from side to side of the
proglottid, but do not invade the cortex. I counted about
nineteen in a single row. There are two of these rows in a
transverse section, and horizontal ones show also two rows, in
parts inereased to three. The evrrus-sac in this species is small
and extends a little way beyond the nerve-cord—in fact, as far as
the lateral vessel. This might appear to mean that it is after all
not so small; but the width of the proglottids is such that the
sac occupies but a short space of the transverse diameter, and it
is thus relatively small. The sac lies at the bottom of a deep
genital cloaca; this involution from the exterior narrows abruptly
internally to a narrow passage which opens into a wider sac,
which receives the male and female ducts and is a common male
and female atrium. Such an arrangement is common among
* P.Z.S. 1914, p. 269.
+ Ibid. p. 270, text-fig. 4, D. It will be noticed that there is no marked gap
between the longitudinal layers allowing of the intercalation of a transverse layer as
in Linstowia lemuris.
TWO NEW TAPEWORMS. 697
Cestodes, and occurs for instance, in the present genus, in
Linstowia ameive. The cirrus-sac itself is oval in longitudinal
section, and at times almost circular. It has a thickish external
muscular layer, and is not differentiated into regions as is
sometimes the case with the cirrus-sac, where the internal region
is thinner-walled and occasionally swollen. Owing to the small
size of the cirrus-sac, the contained cirrus and vas deferens are
not much coiled, and the lack of room has brought about quite a
short cirrus, which is of about the same length as the section of
the vas deferens which lies within the cirrus-sac. As in other
Cestodes, the contents of the cirrus-sac (which together with
the external muscular layer forms the wall of the cirrus) and a
section of the vas deferens can be extruded with the cirrus.
To this complex it is perhaps convenient to give the name of
penis, as I have elsewhere suggested.
The vas deferens on emerging from the cirrus-sac forms a
loosely arranged coil which les to the ventral side of the cirrus-
sac, the interstices between the coils being filled with glassy
cells—the so-called prostate. Upon this ensues a_ straight
course of vas deferens, which lies upon the dorsal side of the
cirrus-sac in relation to the dorsal position of the testes.
The ovary is seen in transverse sections to lie dorsally of the
vitelline gland. It has a structure common in Cestodes, ending
laterally in numerous drawn-out processes which are often club-
shaped at the free extremities. The ovary extends further
laterally than the vitelline gland, which it thus completely over-
laps. It is, of course, also anterior in position.
The vagina of this Cestode shows the same subdivisions in its
course that are shown in other Cestode worms, though the
relative development of the different sections differs in various
genera and species. In the present species the general course of
the tube is fairly straight until it divides into the oviduct
and the second branch. In mature segments, in which the
uterus is still present, though many eggs are scattered through
the parenchyma, it can be seen that tho) vagina consists of four
separable regions. The proximal section, opening into the
common genital duct before the latter debouches into the cloaca
genitalis, is very short, with thick walls and a narrow lumen.
The next section occupies the greater part of the vagina, and
consists of a tube which gradually widens and ends in the
neighbourhood of the ovary in a dilated extremity. This section
is covered externally with a layer of deep-staining glandular
cells which mark it out from the preceding section. This part
of the vaginal tube is specially developed in the present Cestode,
and in fully mature proglottids, where the parenchyma is entirely
occupied by the scattered embryos encircled with their mem-
branes, is the most conspicuous region of the vagina ; it presents
here the appearance of a large sac. It is, in fact, here almost
divisible into two regions: a narrower part which is proximal,
and which—wide itself—dilates suddenly into a large oval sae
Proc, Zoon, Soc.—1916, No. XLVIII, A8
698 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON
which appears to be the termination of the vagina, and is
practically so since the remaining part has dwindled away.
It presents, in fact, the appearance of a large spermatheca in
an Oligochetous annelid, and is very unlike the usual form of
this part of the vagina in tapeworms, though there are forms
which show some likeness to it. It never lodges ova. I shall
recur to the structure of this sac in comparing it with the
corresponding region of the vagina in other Cestodes. After
this middle region of the vagina the tube suddenly narrows to a
fine canal*, which emerges quite abruptly from its distal and
dilated end. This latter tube is of some length and ends in
quite an unusual fashion. Instead of opening into a dilated sac,
the receptaculum seminis, as in so many tapeworms, the tube
opens into a wider horseshoe- shaped tube, of which the two ends
become respectively the duct going to the ovary and that ending
in the shell-gland. This region is crammed with spermatozon,
and seems to be undoubtedly a cleft receptaculum seminis—that
is to say, the ultimate separation of this region of the female
efferent apparatus into oviduct and duct communicating with
the vitelline gland through the shell-gland, occurs earlier than
is usual and concerns the receptacuium itself. This inter-
pretation is, [ think, justified by a comparison of the present
species with Oochoristica marmose, a description of which I have
lately communicated to this Society r. It will be noticed that
the vagina of Oochoristica marmose shows the same regions as
that of the species with which I am concerned here, but that the
relative development of the regions differs. Thus the middle
region covered externally with gland-cells is short but dilates at
the distal end, though to a much less extent than in the present
Species. a euhie proximal section is very long, and the recept-
aculum seminis is a more or less cylindrical widish tube not
divided longitudinally as in the new worm described in the
present paper. I have mentioned that in fully mature pro-
glottids the middle region is much altered. It occupies more
than half the breadth of the proglottid, and the end which
appears to end blindly sometimes curves rather backwards.
This part is very much more swollen than the more tubular
section which runs towards the external pore.
The uterus of this worm is like that of other members of the
genera Linstowia and Oochoristica in its broad features; but
there are some differences that require description. The uterus
is, on the whole, very like that of O. marmose%; it is in the
same way ventral in position, underlying the ovary but ex-
tending Jaterally more towards the dorsal surface. Here there
is certainly a branched condition of the tubes and spaces to be
* Very rarely (only in one out of a large number examined) ave ova found here,
and their presence dilates the tube.
¥ P.Z.S. 1914, p. 274.
t P.Z.S. 1914, p. 278, text-fig. 5.
TWO NEW TAPEWORMS. 699
observed, and to some extent a retiform condition obtains,
though not so clear as in some other tapeworms. ‘The cavities
contain many ova. The walls of the cavities are distinct and
nucleated. The suggestion is of flattened eells, and the edges of
the cavities which are the actual walls are differentiated from the
surrounding parenchyma by a firmness which is marked by a
deeper staining. In the greater development of what is obviously
a uterus, the present species is plainly nearer to O. marmose
than to ZL. ameive. It differs from both in the fact that the
ripe embryos, when scattered through the parenchyma after
the disappearance of the uterus itself, are not so closely packed.
In sections the ripe proglottids seem to contain fewer embryos.
Moreover, the individual embryos lie more loosely in the spaces
which they occupy. These spaces show no nucleated walls of
their own. The embryos extend into the cortex. I could only
detect two membranes surrounding the embryo. The embryos
appear to be larger than those of O. marmose.
Systematic Position of Linstowia lemuris.
The species which has just been described must be, as I think,
referred to one of the two genera Linstowia and Oochoristica. The
combination of characters shown in the possession of a totally un-
armed scolex, single generative organs, a uterus of more or less
detached cavities, the final imbedding of the embryos singly in
the parenchyma, is unknown elsewhere than in these two genera.
I have already, in describing Linstowia ameivee and Oochoristica
marmose, pointed out the impossibility, or at least great diffi-
culty, in rationally distinguishing between these two genera
and need not recapitulate here the reasons there given. I may,
however, point out what I did not there mention, except by
implication, that the founders of the two genera defined them at
very nearly the same time (either at the end of 1898 or at the
beginning of 1899). Furthermore, neither Zschokke (who 1S
responsible for Linstowia*) nor Liihe T (who defined Oochoristica)
mentions the work of the other. It is doubtful, therefore,
whether both genera would be accepted now by these two
authors, were they founding them afresh with knowledge of
each other’s work. JI am, however, obliged to admit that
Zschokke in a more recent { communication accepts Oochoristica
without comment, and contrasts its distribution with that of
Linstowia. I myself believe, on further consideration, that
Oochoristica will be found to differ by the condition of the
uterus—a suggestion which I have already made, but which
requires confirmation by an examination of the other species
* The genus was actually defined by Zschokke in Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. Ixy.
p- 441, not in his account of two species in Semon’s ‘ Forschungsreise, which is
sometimes quoted as the reference for the genus.
+ Zool. Anz. Bd. xxi. p. 650.
*~ Zool. Anz. Bd. xxvii. p, 290.
49%
700 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON
alleged to be of this genus. So important in classification is the
condition of the uterus that little doubt, I fancy, will be felt in
this matter.
Il. Description of Cotugnia inargareta, sp. 7.
The genus Cotugnia is usually regarded as of the family
Davaineide, from all the other genera of which it differs by
the possession of a double sexual apparatus in each proglottid.
The only other character of importance which, so far as is
already known, serves to separate Cotugnia from other Davai-
neide, ig the complicated and Acoleid-like disposition of the
longitudinal muscle-layer. The examination of examples of a
species of this genus from the gut of Caccabis melanocephala
enables me to add to our knowledge of the genus and to describe
a new species thereof.
A large number of examples of this worm occurred in the
Caccabis 1m company with an //ymenolepis, which is either
identical with, or at the least very closely allied to, Hymenolepis
villosa (known from Bustards). I did not find it associated
(except for the doubtful case of one individual) with Rhabdo-
metra cylindrica, a parasite from the same species of Caccabis,
which I have lately described in these ‘ Proceedings ’*.
The extreme length of the worm is about 33 inches, and it is
rather broad, measuring 3°5 mm. The segments are not long
and never as long as they are broad. The scolew is 1 mm. ora
little less in breadth; it is followed by a strobila, which is at
first of equal breadth, and in which the segmentation is visible
at once. ‘There is, at any rate, no long and well-marked neck.
The suckers are large and unarmed, and demand no special
description.
The rostellum of this species shows some interesting characters.
In examining the living worm fresh fyom the body of its host,
the rostellum is not at all obvious. It is apparently represented
by a mere dimple much smaller in extent than the large suckers.
The conditions, indeed, reminded me of certain Ichthyoteniide,
where the rostellum is represented by httle more than an apical
pit. In one specimen which I thus examined there was this
dimple alone; in another, however, a fringe of minute hooks
encircled the pit. These hooks are in a double row and of the
Davaineid pattern. In a third specimen, examined after preser-
vation in aleoholand glycerine, the apical pit is quite obvious and
encircled by a row of hooks arranged i a double series, which
is dumbbell-shaped, being of less diameter mm the middle. The
whole area surrounded by the hooks is very much less in extent
than that of the suckers.
The smallness of the area occupied by the rostellum in this
species is the first point to which I wish to direct attention.
* P.Z.5. 1914, p. 859.
TWO NEW TAPEWORMS. 701
If my figure (text-fig. 1, p. 702) be compared with Fuhrmann’s*,
illustrating Cotugnia polyacantha, it will be seen that in the
latter species the conditions are the exact reverse of that just
described. In Cotugnia polyacantha the area of the rostellum is
much greater than that of any one of the suckers, which are thus
small by comparison. The second point to which I draw atten-
tion is the apparent occasional absence of hooks. As I have seen
these structures, it is fair to suppose that where they were not
seen they did not exist. This is a very important matter in the
discrimination of Cestodes; it is obviously not yet certain that
all hookless genera are really so, except through loss of hooks in
individuals.
In transverse and longitudinal sections the rostellum is seen to
be a relatively very small structure, which entirely bears out the
appearances to be noted when the scolex is seen as a whole, either
fresh or, after preservation in alechol, in glycerine. The re-
tracted rostellum is shown in text-fig. 1, where it is seen to be
a very sucker-like structure, although, as already stated, it is
very much smaller than the actual suckers.
It isa cup-shaped organ, along the edges of which the hooks
can be seen to be implanted. “The rostellum, in fact, is very
small and simple. Its substance chiefly shows muscular fibres
running across its short diameter, 7. e. in the longitudinal axis of
the body of the worm. Outside of this is a layer of much less
diameter, which suggests a subeuticular layer. The simplicity
Hnducmallicice obnlic vostellera is so far like that of Tenia
suginata, as figured and described by Leuckart +. It is, perhaps,
more to the point to compare the rostellum of the present species
with that of more nearly related forms.
Within the genus Cotugnia itself the rostellum appears to be
usually large. In structure that of C. colline is said by Fuhrmann
to resemble that of a species of Davainea. There are, however,
in Davainea, as Fuhrmann himself has pointed out £, considerable
differences among the species. There is, however, a remarkable
likeness between the present species of Colugnia and Ophryo-
cotyle insignis, which may well be of significance. This latter
Cestode has, in the first place, a lens-shaped rostellum proper,
which, as Lihe has pointed out §, is at least often characteristic
of Davainea. That is much the same form as I figure here in
Cotugnia margareta, where, however, it is more cup-shaped and
thus sucker-like.
Liihe, however, speaks of the rostellum of Davainea struthionis
as having a very short antero-posterior diameter and as being
concave anteriorly, thus approximating in shape to a sucker.
T did not, however, find this to be the case with a species of
Darainea from Struthio masaicus, which is very probably identical
Centralbl. f. Bakt. nu. Paras. xlix. 1909, p. 121, fig. 38.
‘The Faranites of Man’ (Engl. trans. by Hoy. le), Edinb. 1886, p. 435, fig. 247.
Cf. e.g. in Centralbl. Bakt. u. Paras. xlix. fig. 10, p. 101 & fig. 24, p. 113.
Zool. AG, Bd. xvii. 1894, p. 280.
mitt *
702 DR. F, E, BEDDARD ON
with Davainea struthionis*. ‘The rostellum proper and neigh-
bouring structures of Ophryocotyle insignis, with which I am
about to compare the corresponding structures of Cotugnia
margareta, were thus described by Fuhrmann t:—‘ Das muskulése
Rostellum ist sehr weit vorstiilpbar, wobei es der vordere Teil der
Skolex ist, der den gréssten Teil des michtigen scheitelstindigen
Haftorganes darstellt.” The figure given by Fuhrmann? of a
longitudinal section through the entire “ Haftorgane” (and the
rest of the scolex) agrees, as will be seen, very closely with the
Text-figure Ll.
Longitudinal section through scolex of Cotugnia margareta.
R. rostellum, in which the hooks are not shown. SS. suckers.
annexed drawing (text-fig. 1) of the same region of Cotugnia
margareta. The folded apical region of the scolex is present in
both, and there is an evident contrast in this with the conditions
observable in a congener of my species, viz. Cotugnia polyacantha
—which latter species appears to resemble more closely various
species of Davainea§ in having a clear-cut and smooth region of
* “On Tenia struthionis (Parona) and allied Forms,” P. Z.S8. 1915, p. 589.
+ “Neue Davaineiden,” Centralbl. Bakt. u. Paras. xlix. p. 94.
a Loe. cit. p. 95, fig. 1.
§ P.Z.S. 1915, p. 592, text-fig. 1.
TWO NEW TAPEWORMS. 703
the scolex surrounding the rostellum proper. A highly charac-
teristic feature of the genus Cofugnia is emphasised by Fuhrmann
in words and in several drawings. This is the presence of
several layers of longitudinal muscles, each of which is divided
from the neighbouring layer by transverse fibres. There is, in
addition, the usual transverse layer bounding the medullary
region of the proglottid on the outside. This, as Fuhrmann has
remarked, is a point of likeness to the Acoleide, and, I may
add, to the remarkable genus Dasyurotcnia, lately described by
myself *. The number of layers of longitudinal bundles is not,
according to Fuhrmann, the same for all species of Cotugnia.
ing general way, my examination of Cotwgnia margareta enables
me 60 confirm Fuhrmann. But my new species shows certain
important differences. In the first place, the aspect of the worm
is thin and delicate, which argues a feeble longitudinal muscu-
lature; and this is proved to be a fact by transverse and
longitudinal sections. The cortical layer, if this layer is to be
regarded as extending inwards so as to include all of the longi-
tudinal muscle-bundles, is in the posterior region of the body of
rather less diameter-than the medullary layer. Anteriorly it is,
on the other hand, rather greater. I throw some doubt upon
this, the customary delimitation of the cortical and medullary
layers, because I cannot find a distinct layer or even single line
of transverse fibres separating the inner layer of longitudinal
bundles from the medulla. Such a layer is, however, figured by
Fubrmann*. Here and there I do find a single fibre in this
situation which may be traced for some distance ; but there is
certainly no continuous layer. The innermost layer of longi-
tudinal muscles consists of a single row of bundles which are
placed at unequal distances from each other and are of unequal
sizes, though for the most part much larger than the bundles
belonging to this system which occur more superficially. In
other species it would appear that this inner layer of bundles
consists of more than one row.
Outside of this inner row of bundles there is an area of rather
greater width which is sparsely traversed by transverse fibres,
between which lie occasionally here and there a single longi-
tudinal fibre or two or three together—they are not sufficiently
numerous to be described as forming a row or layer; there are
in this region no dense rows such as are figured by Fuhrmann in
other species of Cotugnia. Outside of this again is the outer row
of bundles. ‘These are also irregular in the number of fibres
which each bundle contains, and in the distance separating
individual bundles. They are, however, on the whele, con-
siderably smaller than the bundles of the innermost layer and
lie closer together. Between this layer and the subcuticular
layer are a ‘few longitudinal fibres irregularly arranged and
sometimes associated two or three together. Transverse fibres
* P.Z.S. 1912, p. 686, text-fig. 98.
+ Loe. cit. p. 119, fig. 37 & p. 121, fig. 39.
704 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON
occur to the outside of the outer layer of bundles; but the
subcuticular layer is not divided off from the rest of the cortex
by any such fibres.
As to the water-vascular tubes the larger ventral vessel lies
beneath and to the inside of the very small dorsal tube.
Text-figure 2.
Cirrus-sac of Cotugnia margareta.
C. cirrus lying within the elongated cirrus-sac. R.S. receptaculum seminis.
W.V. ventral water-vascular tube. . orifice of cirrus-sac.
Double generative organs characterize this as they do other
Species of the genus Cotwgnia. Upon some of these organs I have
notes to offer. There is hardly any genital cloaca (text-fig. 2);
rather there appears to be a kind of plug of soft tissue which blocks
the end of the cirrus-sac and the vagina, and can be pushed aside
TWO NEW TAPEWORMS. — 705
when the former is extruded. The civrws-sac is short, in that it
extends only to the nerve-cord and not as far as to the dorsal and
more external of the water-vascular tubes. It appears, however,
to be long, because it is thin and with thinnish walls. The vas
deferens is coiled and the coil lies partly in the cortex. The
vagina ends in a dilated receptaculum seminis; but this species
differs from the other described in the present paper in that the
narrow region into which the vagina usually contracts before
entering the receptaculum is quite absent. If there be a
rudiment of this narrow region it must be at the very point
of opening into the receptaculum.
Text-figure 3.
Section (horizontal) through two adjacent segments of Cotugnia margareta,
showing the embryos scattered through the medullary parenchyma.
E. embryos. ’. spaces from which an embryo has fallen out.
A very important character of the genus Cotugnia has not
been illustrated by figures in previous accounts *, though it is
known and used in the definition of the genus. As, however,
there is no particular description, and merely the bare statement
* The illustration given by Baczynska (Biudes anatomiques et histologiques sur
quelques nouvelles espéces de Cestodes oiseaux. Neuchatel, 1914, p. 203. fig. 32)
is only diagrammatic.
10 Ga ON TWO NEW TAPEWORMS.
in various definitions, it is so far not clear what the asserted
implantation singly of the ripe embryos means. The examination
of mature segments allows me to clear up this matter as to the
main facts of classificatory importance, at any rate. In com-
paring these conditions with those already referred to in Linstowia
there is at first sight some difference in general appearance, which
is really due to the laxity of the ground-tissue of Linstowia, as
compared with the denser medullary tissue of Cotugnia. But
there is no morphological difference that I can detect. In both
the embryos are scattered not very closely (text-fig. 3) through
the medullary parenchyma and extend into the cortex. Each
Text-figure 4.
Peon
A more highly magnified representation of the embryos of Cotugnia margareta.
A. the thick outer shell. B. the indistinct middle shell. ©. the inner shell
immediately surrounding the embryo.
embryo fits its cavity completely, and I have never seen more
than one lying in one space of the parenchyma. This cavity,
moreover, has no. definite walls of its own. The uterus in
younger stages consists of scattered spaces, in each of which may
lie several ova, though sometimes only one. The uterus of this
Davaineid seems, shenehace. to be similar to that of Linstowia.
The fully ripe embryos are surrounded by three ege-shells (text-
fig. 4). The outermost is very thick and often locally thickened
to form boss-like prominences which may be even narrow and
prolonged. The embryo itself is immediately encircled by a thin
shell, and between the two a third shell is often to be detected.
PLoS on Fawcett. Flee
10 ee | 36
MENPES PRESS, WATFORD. We M. Faweett, del.
HETEROCERA FROM BRITISH EAST. AFRICA.
ON MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. 707
33. Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W.
Feather in British Hast Africa, 1911-13. By Lt.-Col.
J. M. Fawcerr*.
[ Received September 27, 1916; Read November 21, 1916. ]
(Plate I. +)
INDEX.
GEOGRAPHICAL : Page
Localities at which collections were made ...........6..0c00000 eens 708
SYSTEMATIC:
CR OMCVTASIOES (FBG Va | ong dos bocbasese cob pnd obobEs dob en ubosAbeehaanaesabascouen YAKS
(GROPOUIS (RING Tada panne Ae SG eos Ae AR Gin EAT ORIN. pein eae Se Sea ale
ERA UELOM CTE IN sees Rees el yee aR ERE eae port eee ene, neon CTA
EEO MI PICE ES CIMA Testa say PRE PEM me Rea In Y Chee eee OD
AIDE CO SLO MOET, Sahar tae te erat Me Er ies Cane dca iN Ae a tO
EMU Lud naa Mo ene cee ee tee reo ete eee ance tas Moat ow steno a TES
Ca PenaNeen anes e eee ae eee Tea ee aes eat ee ee eens 732
. Page ; Page
Pericallia hecate, sp. W...-...--+ ++: OD | Calpencenn. eS pelemnnsesa ee sece se ices
Deilemera glauce, sp.u............. 709 | Lecasia othello, sp. ni. .........00...... 794
Athetis horus, sp. 0M. ......-.+--+--- 710 | Phalera lavinia, sp. n. ............... 725
Ail, JVAVAOOMRs FD Ws soocsessscovso-ess VL |) Seramoten caiaeiiiiy Rts We sescensgscescee PAS
Giaura astarte, sp. 0. .......-+--- 711 | Stauropus critobulus, sp. n. ......... 726
Leocyma candace, sp. .......------ 712 | Peridela berengaria, sp.n. ......... 727
Ctenusa rectilinea, sp. n. ....-..-. 713 | P. novaria, sp. M. ..........0..00.-.-.. G27
C. r. psamatha, FoR ee. 714 | Fulvaria striata, sp.n................ 728
Euphiusa hermione, sp.u.......... 714 | Boarmia perse, sp. ....-..-........ aoa a3
Eh. ochreata, form. n. ............ 714 | Cidaria asteria, sp. n. ............ +5. 729
Cortyta minyas, sp.n. ............ 715 | C. proene, sp. 0.... ...: iradeiene teats 730
C. m. griseacea, form... .......-- TAB: =| TENG ODD Sh 0B 11” Sho 4none seo oto 88680 730
Galactomoia berenice, sp. N....... 717 | Heterorachis idmon, sp.n. ......... 731
Giria bubastis, sp. n............... "718 | Debedodes nevius, sp.n. ............ 732
Taveta syring, sp. N. ....-..-....... 718 | Selagdia narses, sp. i. ............... 732
Catephia sciras, sp. 0. ......-..--- 719 | Duomitus pindarus, sp.n............. 733
C. sospita, sp: i. .............-....... 720 | Dattinia aurora, sp. 0. ............... 734
C. Soya, SP. Me... ee esse ene seeees 720 | D. perstrigata tithonus, form. n.... 734
(Ob SGRGHDIS; EfD> Bo coascaspncabeosecoces WIL || ID CHOOSE Wo Seoosuscoeneo seo ceosoo dor 735
Poppea sabina, sp. Meeps: se sees 722 | Lygropia pasithea, sp.n. ............ 735
Plecoptera polymorpha pole Pionia nigripunctalis, sp. N.......... 736
nia, form. n. fe Sacco RA || JEs GranOtADGKIS) Oe Woscan-t oodbopocnnaacon USO
Brevipecten clear -chus, sp. Mei cies 723 | Melittia hematopis, sp. n............. 736
In my former memoir on this subject (P. Z. 5. 1915, p. 91)
I mentioned that there were a good many species of the Feather
Collection which still remained to be examined, and that I
hoped to be able to give in another memoir the result of my
enquiries into some of them. This I propose to do in the pre-
sent paper, but, owing to pressure of space in the forthcoming
number of P. Z.8., I am only able to deal with a certain per-
centage of the material in my possession. Meanwhile, a most
interesting paper has been published by Professor Poulton
(P. Z. S. 1916, p. 91), dealing with Mr. Feather’s Collection in
Somaliland, in which a large number of new species are described,
* Communicated by the SECRETARY.
7 For explanation of the Plate see p. 737.
708 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCELT ON
some of which I also find in the Feather Collection from B. E.
Africa, a circumstance which is accounted for by the contiguity
of the two districts. The forms represented in both collections
are mostly those characteristic of the drier steppes, as was to be
expected, owing to the very dry climate of Somaliland.
The insects recorded in this memoir were, I understand,
almost entirely taken at light on wet nights, the great majority
of them at Kedai and Masongaleni. in hee already given the
approximate elevation of these places in my former paper on this
subject, but it may be as well to repeat it here :—
(1) Kedai, British East Africa. Altitude 2500 feet, 120 miles
from the coast.
(2) Masongaleni, — ditto. Altitude 3000 feet, 182 miles
up Uganda Railway.
Practically all the captures were made in the months of
November, December, January, March, April, and a few in June.
It is curious that I have no records for the other months of the
year. Perhaps the months mentioned are the rainy seasons of
the year. A record of the rainfall and temperature at Kedai
would have been most interesting, and I regret that I cannot
supply it.
Out of 124 forms dealt with in this paper, 45 appear to be
new, so far as I have been able to ascertain, not having had
access to foreign literature on the subject, and this seems a large
proportion. Some of the described forms have not previously
been recorded from Africa, and others are only represented by
the type-specimen in the B. M. Collection.
My friend Lady Colvile made a fine collection of lepidoptera at
Meru, but she mainly devoted herself to butterflies, with a stray
moth or two thrown in; it 1s therefore remarkable that I should
have found some undescribed forms amongst these solitary speci-
mens, and it shows what can be done in this region by anyone
who will really take up collecting there and work at it. F
The numbers prefixed to the names of species carry on my
previous record on the subject in P. Z. 8S. 1915, and thus start
at 125.
In this memoir, B. M. stands for British Museum, and C. L. P.
for Hampson’s ‘ Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phaleenze.’
The figures have been drawn and painted by myself to exact
Sizeu el Taw e not had space to figure all the new forms described,
but I hope to do so in a future paper.
HETEROCERA.
Family AMATID &.
125. Apisa CANESCENS Walker, Cat. iv. p. 917 (1855).
Habitat. Masongaleni, 25th June, 1911, 1 9; Kedai, 5th Jan.
1913,14 ; Kisanaia, Lake Albert, 19th Trae: 1911, lod.
MOTHS FROM B. I. AFRICA. 709
The above specimens are smaller, the antenne of the males
less highly pectinated than in a specimen in my collection from
Natal. The specimen from Kisanaia is white, the others hyaline,
diffused with fuscous. Also recorded from Somaliland.
Family ARCTIAD 4.
Subfamily ARcTIANA.
126. EsTiGMENE GRISEATA Hampson, P. Z. 8. 1916, p. 103.
Habitat. Kedai, 30th Nov. 1912,1¢.
Described from Somaliland. Agrees fairly well with Hampson’s
figure, but is yellow, and has no marginal spots on fore wing.
127. PerIcaLLrA HECATE, So, iM, (IE, AL, ie, 8).))
Description.— $. Head and thorax pale brown. Abdomen
scarlet above, with transverse black dorsal stripes on the somites :
yellow on the underside, with a lateral row of black spots between
the red and yellow areas. Legs with tibie red, tarsi black and
ochreous. Fore wing pale brown covered by various waved lines
composed of fuscous irroration; a black spot at end of cell.
Subbasal, antemedial, and medial lines indistinct, excurved on
median nervure. Postmedial and submarginal lines crenulate,
angled outwards between the veins. <A series of indistinct
marginal black spots. Hind wing pale yellow, almost trans-
parent basally ; a black spot above end of cell between veins 5
and 6, and a dentate discal line from vein 4 almost to inner
margin. Three submarginal black patches, viz., one at angle,
one, larger, on each side of vein 2, and one on each side of vein 5.
Cilia of hind wing yellow, of fore wing brown.
Underside of both wings pale yellow, almost hyaline basally,
with the markings of the upperside reproduced.
Habitat. Kedai, 29th Nov. 1911. Exp. 50 mm.
This form is nearest to P. nephelistis Hampson, from which it
differs in the postmedial and subterminal lines of the fore wing
being crenulate, and not broken up into spots, as in nephelistis.
128. Secusro srricaTa Walker, Cat. i. p. 559 (1854).
Habitat. Masongaleni, 6th and 9th June, 1911,1¢,19.
129. Lacyprs Graciuis Butler, P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 417, pl. xxxii.
fig. 4.
Habitat. Kedai, 12th Jan. 1912, 1 9.
Subfamily NycremMprips. ‘
130. DEILEMERA GLAUCE, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 11.)
Description.— 2. Head and thorax bluish grey, with black
markings on the tegule. Abdomen blue-grey, with black trans-
verse stripes at the junction of the somites and a dorsal and
710 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
lateral row of black spots; the anal somite pale yellow. Fore
wing hyaline, dusted with fuscous atoms, with a broad sub-
terminal brown band, excurved from before apex of cell to near
tornal angle. Hind wing hyaline white, with greenish irides-
cence in certain lights, with a broad fuscous marginal band,
excurved between veins 3 and 5, and recurved on vein 2. Cilia
fuscous. Underside similar to upperside.
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colville. Exp. 44 mm.
This form is nearest to D. fallaw Holland.
131. Diora rasctara Aurivillius.
Habitat. Msala, B. E. Africa, Nov. 1904, 1 g$; Kedai, 13th
Jan. 1912, 1 ¢ ; Masongaleni, 25th and 30th April, 1911; 6th
June, 19,26.
Family AGARISTID &.
132. AdcocrRA BREvivITTA Hampson, C. L. P. iii. p. 600 (1901).
Habitat. Masongaleni, 25th Dec. 1911,1 ¢.
Also recorded from Somaliland.
Family Nocruip &.
Subfamily AcRrorin#,
133. Trwora FisstrasciA Hampson, C. L. P. iv. p. 110 (1903).
Hab. Kedai, 12th Dec. 1911, 1 6.
134. TimorA LeucosticrA Hampson, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. ii.
p. 256 (1902).
Habitat. Masongaleni, 25th March, 19; 30th April,1¢; 25th
Sept ice eee athe Dec Oller
Subfamily Hapenina&.
135. OpontesTRA ALBIvIITA Hamyson, C. L. P. v. p. 206,
pl. Ixxxiv. fig. 6 (1905).
Habitat. Kedai, 26th Noy. 1911, 1 3.
Subfamily AcRoNycTINA.
136. ATHETIS HORUS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 36.)
Description.— 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ochreous;
palpi dark brown. Fore wing ochreous; antemedial and post-
medial lines red-brown, starting from red-brown fascie on the
costa an@ continuing as interrupted and indistinct waved lines
to the inner margin. A red-brown submarginal band from apex,
incurved between veins 4 and 6, and then straight to a point
just before tornal angle. Inside this band is an irregular black
submarginal line, also from apex, and also incurved on vein 4,
MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA, alll
and excurved to the margin, which it meets below vein 3;
beyond this line the marginal area is paler. Hind wing ochreous,
with a red-brown submarginal band, the inner edge of which
runs straight from costa before apex to anal angle. Cilia brown.
Underside pale ochreous.
Habitat. Kedai, 10th July, 1912,1¢ ; 18th Nov. 1911, 1 ¢.
Exp. 30 mm.
137. ATHETIS PENTHEUS, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 27.)
Description.— 3. Head, palpi, and tegule red-brown; thorax
yellow, abdomen ochreous. Fore wing yellow, a red-brown spot
on costa before apex, and a black point at end of cell; a red-
brown submarginal band from apex to near tornal angle, in
which is a row of white spots en the veins. Hind wing pale
ochreous, with a pale fuscous submarginal band, in which is a
marginal row of whitish spots. Cilia pale red-brown. Under-
side pale red-brown except inner margin of fore wing below
vein 1 and inner margin of hind wing, which are pale ochreous.
Habitat. Kedai, 12th April, 1912,1 g. Exp. 24mm.
Subfamily SARROTHRIPIN A.
138. GIAURA ASTARTE, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 6.)
Description.— 3. Head and thorax grey, antenne fuscous,
abdomen pale ochreous. Fore wing with the basal area grey,
and on it a red-brown irregular spot between costa and sub-
median fold, defined outwardly by an irregular black line. Ante-
medial line black, irregular. Medial area of wing brown, darkest
inwardly. An elongated grey patch along the costa to before
apex, on which are placed three costal black strige. The post-
medial line defines the inner edge of this spot, and runs sharply —
oblique outwardly to vein 4, is incurved on vein 2, and then
straight to inner margin, being defined outwardly by a white
line below vein 4. Subterminal area darker brown, on which is
placed a grey spot, dentate outwardly on veins 2 and 3. Margin
greyish, with a black terminal line. Hind wing white, with a
narrow fuscous border from apex to vein 2, with the outer ends.
of the veins dark brown; a dark marginal line. Cilia of both
wings white. Underside of fore wing pale fuscous, of hind wing
as on upperside, with an indistinct fuscous spot on middle
of costa.
Habitat. Meru, B. E. Africa, Taken by Lady Colvile.
This form is nearest to Giawra minor Hmpsn., from Ceylon. It
is quite a differently coloured insect from G. lewcotis Hmpsn.,
from B. E. Africa, which is, perhaps, nearest in structure.
139. Risopa opstructa Moore, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 328.
Habitat. Kedai, 27th Nov. 1912,1 ¢.
The specimens in the B. M. Collection are all from India.
712 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
Subfamily Erasrrian a.
140. TaracHE PsALIPHORA Hampson, C. L. P. x. p. 781,
pl. clxxiii. fig. 21.
Habitat. Kedai, 1st Jan. 1912, 1 ¢ ; Masongaleni, 19th May,
WHI, We.
The Masongaleni specimen has pinkish ochreous hind wings,
the Kedai specimen has white hind wings with a narrow fuscous
border. Only one specimen in B. M. Collection.
141. TARACHE OPALINOIDES Guen. Noct. 11. p. 219 (1852).
Habitat. Kedai, 28th Nov. 1911, 1 ¢; Masongaleni, 25th May,
iil, Qe
142. TaracHE UMBRIGERA Felder, Reise Nov. pl. eviil. fig. 34
(1874).
Habitat. Kedai, 15th Nov. 1912, 1 ¢ ; 24th Nov. 1911, 1 6.
143. EustemmMa apmota Felder, Reise Nov. pl. evii. fig. 31
(1874).
Habitat. Masongaleni, 18th May, 1 ¢: 6th June, 1911, 1 9.
144, Amyna octo Guén. Noct. i. p. 233 (1852).
Habitat. Masongaleni, Ist March, 1912, 1 ¢ ; 7th June, 1 9.
145. Amyna punctum Fabr. Hnt. Syst. 11. 2, p. 34 (1794).
Habitat. Kedai, 15th Dec. 1912, 2 ¢.
Subfamily AconrTrIAN «A,
146. Maurizia arcuata Walker, Cat. xii. p. 779 (1857).
Habitat. Kedai, 4th Jan. 1912, 1 6.
147, AconriA MALV Esper, Schmett. iv. (2) p. 63, pl. exev.
fig. 4 (1796).
Habitat. Kedai, 25th Nov. 1911, 2 g ; 9th Jan. 1912, 1 Sg.
Masongaleni, 25th Dec. 1911, 1 6.
Recorded by Hampson from Somaliland as 4. albago Fabr.
148. LEocyMA CANDACE, sp. n.
Description.— 3. Head and thorax pale yellow, abdomen
ochreous ; antennz pale brownish white. Fore wing pale yellow
with a few red-brown points. No antemedial line. A pale
renifcrm whitish spot surrounded by a narrow indistinct red-
brown line in submedian interspace. Subterminal area red-
brown, darkest inwardly, with a pale purplish band from costa
to tornal angle insideit. The inner edge of this red-brown area
is much more incurved than in L. camilla Druce, being inwardly
oblique from costa to vein 7, then widely incurved to vein 3, and
MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. 713
from that point straight to inner margin before tornus. Hind
wing semihyaline white, ochreous along the costal margin to
apex.
This form is clearly a connecting-link between camilla, on the
one hand, which it resembles in the outer red-brown area, anid
discophora Hampsn., on the other, which it resembles in having
a discal spot, which is absent in camilla.
Habitat. Kedai, 18th Nov. 1911,1¢. Exp. 30 mm.
I hope to figure this form in a subsequent paper.
Subfamily HuTELIAN#,
149. Eurenra piscisrricA Walker, Cat. xxxiil. p. 823 (1865).
Habitat. Kedai, 30th Dec. 1911, 2 g; Ist to 12th Jan. 1912,
4A 9; 5th Jan. 1912,1 9.
Subfamily GonopTERIN”.
150. ANomis sABULIFERA Guen. Noct. ii. p. 404 (1852).
Habitat. Kedai, 1912, lst Jan., 19 ; 5thJan.,1 2 ; 8th Jan.,
IQs Isiin dam, I ge Wen “Ayal des ula Dec, WSs
1913, dth Jan., 1 ¢.
Very variable. Some ef the specimens agree with the type of
propingua Butler, from Aden, and others are typical sabulifera,
with black suffusion between the postmedial and subterminal
lines. ;
Subfamily Carocauina.
151. AUDEA MELANOPLAGA Hampson, Ann. 8. Afr. Mas. i.
p- 328 (1902).
Habitat. Masongaleni, 19th May, 1911, 1 ¢.
152. CTENUSA RECTILINEA, Sp. n.
Description.— 9. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreeus ; tegule
dark red-brown, antenne echreous. Fore wing ochreous, irrovated
with pale pinkish brown, the terminal area suffused with the
same colour; antemedial line obsolete. Reniform pale red-
brown, with a red-brewn striga on the costa above it. Post-
medial line represented by another red-brown striga on the cesta,
and a row of black points on the veins to inner margin. Sub-
terminal line ochreous, defined en each side by red-brewn frem
costa straight to vein 2, where it is only represented by a pale
spot. A series of brown submarginal spots between the veins.
Cilia red-brown. Hind wing with base and centre of wing
ochreous white; terminal area ochreous, with a series of spots
between the veins. Underside of both wings ochreous white,
with a subterminal series of dark spots from costa to vein 2
on the fore wing and a small spot at end of cell.
Habitat. Kedai, 14th April, 1912,19. Exp. 50 mm.
This form is nearest to C. curvilinea Hamps: C. L. P. xu.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. X LIX. AY
714 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
p. 378 (1913), Ab. 1, from which it differs in the absence of
ante- and postmedial lines, and in the subterminal line being
straight from costa to vein 2, instead of curved to tornus. It
could not be described as “ curvilinea.”
Form 2. psAMATHA, nov. (PI. I. fig. 21.)
Description. 2. Similar to rectilinea, but fore wing pale
ochreous throughout, with only the red-brown strige on the
costa, and the reniform faintly indicated by red. The terminal
area is not suffused with red-brown, and the subterminal line is
straight and is only faintly defined by that colour.
Habitat. Kedai, 29th March, 1912,19. Exp. 51 mm.
153. ANUA TETTENSIs Hopff. Konig. Akad. Wissen. 1857,
p. 422.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 8th June, 1911, 1 ¢.
154. KurpsrusA HARMONICA Hampsn. Ann. S. Afr. Mus. ii.
p- 335 (1902).
Habitat. Kedai, 25th Nov. 1911,1¢, 29; 5th March, 1912,
VO: 17th April, 1912) 1 O> 24th Nov. 1992) Ig:
This seems a very variable species; all the specimens have the
medial area suffused with dark brown before the postmedial line,
but the extent of the suffusion is variable in breadth; two
specimens, taken on 24th and 25th Nov. have the band very
narrow, and the antemedial line and rufous suffusion before it
obsolete. The March and April specimens are normal.
155. EupHIUSA HERMIONE, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 3.)
Description.— 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ochreous.
Fore wing: basal area pale violet ; antemedial line represented by
a red-brown striga on the costa, but obsolete below it, inside
which is an ochreous band from costa to inner margin. Rest of
wing pale violet from antemedial line nearly to outer margin,
where it is greyish violet. Postmedial line represented by a
short red-brown line, before which is a diffused red-brown costal
patch from costa to vein 6; beyond this line a bright ochreous
subapical patch. A marginal series of black points between the
veins. Cilia ochreous. Hind wing bright ochreous, greyish
towards the margin, with distal and subterminal darker bands
from costa to av angle. A dark brown marginal band. Cilia
ochreous, with white patches between veins 1 and 2 and 4 and 6.
U nderside pale ochreous with dark spots at end of cell, and traces
of a fine postmedial line.
Form 2. OCHREATA. nov.
Similar to hermione in size, shape, and markings, but with the
pale violet replaced by pale ochreous beyond the antemedial line,
up to the subterminal line (which in this form is clearly detined
=
MOTHS FROM B. BE. AFRICA. 115
by bright ochreous). Subterminal area of hind wing in some
specimens with a broad fuscous band, inwardly much diffused.
Underside of fore wing with diffused fuscous subterminal band.
Habitat, Hermionn, Kedai, 1911, 9th Nov., 1 go, 25th Nov., 1¢
(type); 1912, 9th March, 2¢, 15th March, 2¢. Masongaleni,
1911, 25th April, 1¢.
OcHreEATA, Kedai, 1911, 24th Nov., 3 ¢ (incl. type). Mason-
galeni, 1911, 28th March, 1 9, 2nd April, 1 9.
Exp. 38 mm.
156. Grammopss stoLipa Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 599 (1775).
Habitat. Kedai, 12th Dee. 1911, 1 <¢.
157. RemiciopEs ReMIGINA Mabille, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg.
XXVlil. p. exci. (1884).
Habitat. Kedai, 12th Dec. 1911,1 9. Masongaleni, 14th May,
1911, 1 go; 25th Nov. 1911, 1S (the last is a very black
specimen).
158. Pericyma umBrina Guen. Noct. iti. p. 4 (1852).
Habitat. Kedai, 10th Dec. 1912, 1¢. Hitherto only recorded
from India.
2 (1913).
159. CortyTa REMIGIANA Hampson, C. L. P: xu. p. 3
IN@Wa; Jb Se
Habitat. Kedai, 24th Nov. 1911, 1 93; 28th
4th Jan. 1913, 1 ¢.
1
Oo
160. Corryra BALNEARIA Distant, A. M. N. H. (7) i. p. 228
(1898).
Habitat. Kedai, 25th Dec. 1911, 1 9.
Hitherto recorded only from the Transvaal and Mashonaland.
161. Cortryra vetusta Walker, Cat. xxxili. p. 875 (1865).
Habitat. Kedai, 12th Nov. 1911, 1 9.
162. CorTyTA MINYAS, sp. n.
Description 6 2. Head and thorax greyish ochreous. Abdo-
men ochreous. Fore wing: basal area pale ferruginous; subbasal
line represented by an indistinct black striga from costa to vein 1.
Antemedial line black and waved, with a bright ferruginous band
inside it on the basal area. Medial area between ante- and post-
medial lines grey, with indistinct waved bands of fuscous irroration.
Reniferm ochreous indistinctly defined. Postmedial line black,
outwardly oblique below costa, sharply angled outwardly at veins 6,
4, and 3, and inwardly on discal fold and interspace 2, and thence
straight to inner margin. Subterminal area pale ferruginous,
with two fuscous subapical spots between veins 6, 7, and 8 in the
interspaces, one between veins 3 and 4, and one on inner margin
before tornus. Two diffused grey subterminal patches between
49*
716 LY’.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
veins 6 and 4 and 3 and 1. A fine crenulate black terminal
line. Cilia of both wings ochreous.
Hind wing bright ochreous, the terminal half with very indis-
tinet diffused brown strize between veins 4 and 2, and on vein 1.
An interrupted terminal line of black Iunules. Underside pale
ochreous; a davk reniform annulus at end of cell, obsolete in
some specimens.
Habitat. Masongaleni. 31st March, 1911, 1 9. Kedai, 29th
Dec. 1912,1 ¢. Exp. 30-34 mm.
Form 2. GRISEACEA, nov.
Differs from minyas in the whole of the fore wing bevond the
antemedial line being grey, with a subterminal ferruginous
irregular band, brightest below apex. Otherwise as in that
species on upperside; underside white striated with fuscous on
costal and apical areas; a black spot at end of cell.
Habitat. Kedai, 15th Dec. 1911,1 9; 15th Jan. 1912,1 2.
Exp. 30 mm.
These forms are clearly intermediate between C. dispar Piing.,
from Palestine, on the one hand, and C. fasciolata Warr., from
the Sudan, on the other.
163. CorrytTa Fascrouata Warr. Nov. Zool. xii. p. 24, pl. iv.
figs. 11, 21 (1905).
Habitat. Kedai, 5th Jan. 1912,1 ©.
Subfamily PHyTroMErRIn&.
164. PuHyromerra cHaLcyres Esper, Schmett. iv. p. 447,
pl. exl. fig. 3(1789).
Habitat. Kedai, 7th April, 1912, 1 6.
Not recorded from Africa in C, L. P.
Subfamily Nocrurn®.
165. PANpEsMA ANySA Guen. Noct. 11. p. 439 (1852).
Habitat. Kedai, 25th Nov. 1911,1 3 ; 7th Jan. 1912,1 @.
Also recorded from Somaliland.
166. PoLypESMA COLUTRIX Geyer.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 25th June, 1911,1 9.
Also recorded from Somaliland.
Genus GALACTOMOTA, noy.
(yaka=milk, dpoios, a, ov=like.)
Type, G. berenice, sp. n.
Proboscis aborted ; palpi stout, reaching top of head, clothed
with thick hair. Eyes large, round; top of head covered with
MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA, 717
thick hair. Antenne of male bipectinated for two-thirds of length,
filiform at extremity; female filiform throughout. Thorax
clothed with thick hair. Abdomen with paired dorsal tufts on
the somites. Legs clothed with long hair on femora and tibie,
especially the fore legs. Fore wing: apex rounded, the termen
crenulate. Veins 3, 4, 5 from lower angle of cell, 6 from upper
angle. Hind wing: veins 3, 4 from angle of cell, 5 from a little
above it, 6 and 7 stalked from upper angle of cell.
167. GALACTOMOIA BERENICE, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 15.)
Description.— $ . Head and thorax creamy white, tinged with
red-brown ; palpi red-brown ; extremities of tegule and patagia
dark red-brown. Antenne red-brown, bipectinated for two-
thirds of length, filiform on outer third. Abdomen red-brown
except the two anal segments, which are creamy white, and the
vertex of the first two on which are two dorsal creamy-white
tufts, the remainder of the dorsal tufts red-brown. Fore wing
creamy white, basal area dark brown, narrowly on costa, and
continued obliquely outward to a point on vein 1, where it is
cut by the antemedial line, where it forms an angle before
bending downwards to inner margin. Two red-brown patches
on the costa, terminated by the antemedial and postmedial lines
inwardly. These two lines are obsolescent and only indicated
1) where the antemedial line meets the brown area on vein 1,
and (2) where the postmedial line crosses interspaces 1, 4, 5,
and 6, where it is indicated by traces of a black line. Hind wing
creamy white, with a red-brown spot at end of cell, and another
at anal angle, round, and defined above by a blackish spot on
inner margin. Cilia white, except below vein 3 on fore wing,
where it is red-brown. Underside white, costa ochreous, marked
as on upperside, except that the basal spot is absent and there
is a spot at the end of cell.
2 much paler, almost white. The black postmedial line com-
plete, dentate, excurved to points in the interspaces. Hind wing
with an indistinct red-brown submarginal line.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 21st March, 1911, 19. Kumasi,
W. Afriva, 1 3 (A. Norris).
The male specimen from Kumasi is a good deal darker in
coloration. There is a specimen of this form in the B. M.
Collection, but it has not yet received a name.
Genus GIRIA, nov.
Type, G@. bubastis, sp. n.
Proboscis fully developed. Palpi upturned, long, third joint
reaching well above vertex of head. Legs with the tibiz covered
with long hair. Abdomen without crests. Antenne filiform.
Fore wing comparatively short; outer margin non-crenulate,
excurved to an angle at vein 4; a tuft of long hairs in cell on
underside; veins 3, 4 from lower angle of cell, 5 from just above
718 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
it, 6 from upper angle; 9, 10 anastomosing with 8 to form the
ar feolet Hind wing: welll half the length is wing; veins 3, 4
from lower angle of cell, 5 from just above it, 6 from upper end
of cell, 8 anastomosing with cell near base.
168, Girra BuBastis, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 14.)
Description.— 9. Head and thorax red-brown ; abdomen
reddish ochreous dorsally, underside pale ochreous with a lateral
series of black spots. Palpi ochreous, the third joint long,
fuscous, with a white spot at extremity. 'Pibie ochreous, with
long hair; tarsi brown banded with ochreous, Fore wing with
the space between the base and the postmedial line dark red-
brown, tle outer area beyond this line ochreous, thickly irro-
rated with red-brown atoms, on which the ochreous veins show
up prominently. A red-brown subapical patch on the costa,
outwardly bordered with grey. Two basal dark brown spots
defined outwardly by a grey line, one on costa, and one just
below it at base of cell. Antemedial line fuscous, defined in-
wardly by a grey line, waved to inner margin. Stigma repre-
sented by a black point; reniform indistinetly defined by a black
line. Postmedial line pale ochreous, outwardly oblique to vein 6,
then angled sharply inwards and straight to inner margin. Two
black spots in submedian interspace close to tornal angle. Cilia
red-brown. Hind wing fuscous, darkest towards apex; outer
margin and cilia ochreous. Underside pale ochieous, irrorated
with black atoms. Fore wing with a large submarginal black
patch between veins 2 and 5,
Habitat. Mombasa, 31st March, 1911, 1 9. Exp. 46 mm.
This form is not very near to anything I could find in the
B. M. Collection; perhaps the nearest is Plecoptera lacinia
Saalm., from Madagascar.
Genus TAVETA, nov.
Type, 7. syrinx, sp.
Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, long, third jomt
reaching well above vertex of head; mid and hind tibie spined,
without long hair. Abdomen with hairy crests on first three
segments only. Wings with the outer margin crenulate. Fore
wing with a tuft of long hair on underside of cell. Veins 2,
3, 4 from lower angle of cell, 5 almost touching the origin of 4,
6 and 7 from upper angle, 8 and 9 stalked to form the areole.
Hind wing: cell one-third the length of wing; veins 2, 3, 4 as in
fore wing, 6 and 7 from upper angle of cell, 8 meeting cell close
o base.
169) TAVETA SV RIN sp. nm. 8 (Plo dT sies 135)
Description. 3. Head, body, abdomen, and wings bright
ferrmginous brown ; palpi fuscous. Underside of body and legs
ochreous, Wore wing striated profusely before antemedial line.
MOTHS FROM B. EH. AFRICA, 719
Subbasal line indistinct, incurved below subcostal nervure. Ante-
medial line a double pale waved line with ferruginous centre
from costa to Inner margin. Postimedial line fine, black, and
dentate, inwardly defined by white, and situated on a prominent
black dentate band, strongly ineurved below vein 4 to inner
margin. <A pale whitish subterminal line, dentate on the veins.
A terminal series of black spots. Cilia red-brown (both wings).
Hind wing striated on basal area. Two parallel black dentate
lines across the disc from vein 6 to inner margin, highly angled
outwardly between veins 4 and 5, the inner lime defined i ipwar tdly
by white. A subterminal white ‘dentate line and mar ginal black
spots. Underside ochreous, with fuscous inrorations wad) double
fuscous subterminal bands.
Habitat. Kedai, 5th Jan: 1912, bg = 30th Jan., 12.
There are four specimens from Nyasaland (unnamed as yet) in
the B. M. Collection which are near this species, but they lack
the red suffusion and are fuscous black throughout.
170. Prorvaca RECURRENS Hampson, Ann.8. Afr. Mus. 11.
p- 360 (1902).
Habitat. Kedai, 20th Nov. 1912, 1 ¢ ; 4th March, 1912, 1 ¢.
Only the type-specimen is in the B. M. Collection.
171. Cargeruta eoLtiocHRoa Hampson, P. Z. 5. 1916, p- 130,
Plane tice ATO
Habitat. Kedai, 27th Nov., 1911, 2 @.
The above specimens agree practically with the figure of polt-
ochroa (which was described from Gaol saree *n coloration,
172. CaTEPHIA scIRAS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 35.
Description.— 3. Head, thorax, abdomen, i fore wing light
grey. Palpi, pectus, and legs with pinkish suffasion. Antenne
red, ciliated. Fore wing: subbasal line black from costa to
vein 1. Antemedial line incurved on subcostal nervure, oblique
to submedian fold, then angled inwards at vein 1 ; before this
line there is a black area below median nervure to inner margin.
Claviform red-brown, defined by black, and connected at its
extremity with postmedial line. Orbicular and reniform whitish
defined by black, where they are joined by lines to blackish
patches on the costa. The area between the reniform and _ post-
medial line whitish. The postmedial line black, running some
distance along subcostal nervure, incurved at discal fold, angled
outwards at veins 4 and 3, then incurved to submedian fold, and
thence straight to inner margin. Subterminal line angled
sharply outwards on veins 7,6, 4, and 3, then incurved to inner
margin, and beyond it a pale j sel low tornal spot. Between the
postmedial and subterminal lines is a prominent greyish fuscous
band almost reaching the former ne. A fine waved black
terminal line, Cilia grey. Hind wing hyaline white with strong
iridescent gloss; cilia white,
720 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
@. Antenne fuscous. Fore wing similar to that of male, but
the ground-colour is greyish brown, and the subterminal band is
more prominent and blacker. Hind wing with the terminal area
fusecous brown. Underside white; fore wing with brown dis-
coidal spot, a postmedial line to vein 2 and fuscous area beyond
it. Costa of both wings irrorated with pinkish.
Habitat Kedar, 19kt, 26th) Nov wig. deth, Dees ieae
25th Nov.,1 9. Exp., ¢ 40, 9 42 mm.
This form differs from C. poliochroa in the male in being much
lighter coloured and in having a distinct subterminal fuscous
band, and in the hind wing being pure white, without a sub-
marginal band. In the female it differs in having a prominent
subterminal fuscous band on fore wing.
I may be wrong in putting these two specimens together as
male and female of the same species, but as poliochroa was
described from a single female specimen, we cannot tell what its
male is like. The male of the nearly allied C. pericyma Hmpsn.
from Somaliland has a fuscous band to the hind wing, according
to the description.
173. CATEPHIA sospiTA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 32.)
Description.— $. Head, thorax, pectus, and legs grey-brown.
Antenne minutely ciliate. Abdomen ochreous, with raised
brown crests on the first three segments. Fore wing brown ;
subbasal line black, angled inwardly on median nervure, and
beyond it an ochreous spot margined with black. Antemedial
line black and sinuous to inner margin, and inside it a black
shade on inner margin. Claviform represented by an oval brown
spot margined with black. Orbicular and reniform white, mar-
gined with black, except above. The area between the ante- and
postmedial lines is white above vein 2, dark brown below it.
Postmedial line black, double, enclosing a red-brown space ; it is
angled outwardly on veins 5 and 3, and incurved below vein 2 to
inner margin. A dark brown subterminal shade angled out-
wards on veins 7, 6, 4, and 3, and enclosing some grey spots. A
fine black marginal line. Cilia grey. Hind wing hyaline white,
with a strong iridescent gloss; cilia white. Underside white;
fore wing with brown discoidal spot and subterminal shade.
Habitat. Kedai, 27th Nov. 1912,1 ¢. Exp. 38 mm.
There is nothing very near this form in the B. M. Collection.
174. CATEPHIA SCYLLA, sp.n. (PI. i. fig. 33.)
Description.— 2. Head and thorax dark brown, with some
grey hairs on the tegule and patagia. Abdomen fuscous.
Antenne filiform; pectus and legs pale fuscous. Fore wing
dark brown, irrorated with grey atoms. Subbasal and ante-
medial lines obsolete. Some black in cell, on which the orbicular
and veniform, which are grey, show up prominently. Claviform
represented by a red-brown shade, between which and the
MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. (Ol
reniform is a white spot partly irrorated with ochreous. Post-
medial line black, of the usual form in Catephia. Subterminal
line obsolete, and only represented by some grey spots. A fine
black terminal line. Cilia brown and ochreous chequered.
Hind wing white, with broad submarginal black band. Under-
side (both wings) white, with broad submarginal fuscous bands,
and a brown discoidal spot on the fore wing.
Habitat. Kedai, 18th Jan. 1912, 1 9. Exp. 42 mm.
This form is nearest to C. iridiocosma Beth.- Baker, Ab. 2.
175. CATEPHIA SERAPIS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 34.)
Description.— 9. Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous brown ;
antenne filiform. Patagia with some grey hairs. Palpi fuscous,
pectus and legs whitish. Fore wing fulvous, thickly irrorated
with fuscous and grey atoms to the postmedial line. Subbasal
and antemedial lines obsolete. Orbicular black with a white
ring. Reniform indistinct, defined by an interrupted white
line and with a white spot above it on the costa. Between it
and the postmedial line is a bright fulvous patch; the post-
medial line of the usual Catephia form. Beyond this line, the
subterminal area is suffused with bright pinkish fulvous. Sub-
terminal band represented by a few brown spots. A _ fine
marginal black line. Cilia ochreous and brown chequered.
Hind wing white, with a broad submarginal black band; cilia
white. Underside of both wings white, with broad subterminal
fuscous bands ; fore wing with a black discoidal spot.
Habitat. Kedai, 16th Jan. 1912,1 9. Exp. 32 mm.
This form is nearest to C. oligomelas Mab., from Madagascar,
which is nearly black and without fulvous suffusion on the
fore wing. Of four specimens in the B. M. Collection, three
have no white on the hind wing and the fourth hardly any.
176. CATEPHIA MESONEPHELE Hampson, P. Z. 8. 1916, p. 131,
pl. i. fig. 48, g.
Habitat. Kedai, 3rd and 16th Jan. 1912, 2 ¢.
Described from Somaliland. The Kedai specimens are more
fulvous on the disc and much darker below it, perhaps owing
to the difference in climate.
177. CavEPHIA PYRAMIDALIS Hampson, P.Z.S. 1916, p. 129,
pl. i. fig. 45, 3.
Habitat. Kedai, 26th Nov. 1911,1 <6.
The Kedai specimen has an elongated black band from ante-
to postmedial lines im interspace 1, which is not shown on the
figure.
178. Lyncesris AMpHIx Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. cxxxiv. fig. C
(1779).
Habitat. Kedai, 25th Nov, 1911, 1 ¢.
OP LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
179. Lyncrestis uniLInEA Swinhoe, P.Z.8. 1885, p. 452,
lin, OVA LOR
Habitat. Kedai, 22nd April, 1912, 1 3.
At the present time there is only the type-specimen in the
B. M. Collection, from Poona, India.
Genus Poppa, nov.
Type, P. sabina, sp. n.
Proboscis absent. Palpi short, not reaching vertex of head.
Antenne minutely ciliate, rather thick; legs moderately clothed
with hair; hind legs with two spurs. Thorax covered with
thick hair; abdomen with dorsal crests on two basal segments
and some Jong hairs at anal, extremity. Fore wing rather
narrow, apex rounded, termen evenly curved and crenulate.
Veins 3, 4 from lower angle of cell, 5 given off from just
below the middle; 6 from upper angle; 7 and 8 stalked, and
anastomosing with 9. The whole underside of cell of fore wing
filled with a patch of raised scales, which project beyond and
below it. Hind wing with cell half the length of wing. Veins
3, 4 from lower angle of cell, 5 from just below centre of apex ;
6 and 7 stalked, from upper angle ; 8 joining cell about one-third
of its length from base.
180. Poppma sABINA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 5.)
Description.— 3. Head and tegule grey; thorax red-brown
with a pinkish suffusion, Abdomen pale brown, with some
ochreous hairs at anal extremity. Palpi, pectus, and legs
suffused with pinkish. Fore wing divided into two longi-
tudinal areas by a prominent black-brown line, which somewhat
recalls the line in Lyncestis unilinea. The upper area from
costa to median nervure and along vein 5 grey, thickly irro-
rated with dark grey scales along the costa, with some brown
stripes on the veins and in the interspaces in the terminal
area. A dark brown line along the median nervure, with a
fork on vein 2 and continued to the termen along vein 5. The
area below this line red-brown with pink suffusion. A black
terminal wedge-shaped spot below the apex, and a black terminal
line, interrupted at the veins. Cilia red-brown. Hind wing
white. Underside: fore wing white, with the costa and sub-
apical area pinkish ; hind wing white.
Habitat. Kedai, 26th Nov. 1912, 1g. Exp. 40 mm.
181. PLrecoprera PoLyMoRPHA Hampson, P. Z. 8. 1916, p. 134,
pl. u. fig. 3. (Described from Somaliland.)
Form 3. POLYMNYA, nov.
Description. 9. Differs from the figure and description of
polymorphe in the wings being ochreous (instead of white)
and irrorated with red-brown scales. Postmedial line consisting
MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. 723
of two ochreous lines of same shape as in polymorpha, divided
by a ferruginous line, and defined outwardly by a prominent
black line from costa to inner margin, and inwardly by a broad
diffused red-brown band. The “ fine red-brown terminal line”
of polymorpha represented in this form by a fuscous inwardly
diffused band. Hind wing with the distal and terminal areas
suffused with red-brown and much darker than in polymorpha.
Habitat. Wedai, 12th Nov. 1911, 1 95 7th April, 1912, 1 9.
Exp. 34 mm.
182. ANTICARSIA IRRORATA Fabricius.
Habitat. Kedai, 11th April, 1912, 1 ¢. Masongaleni, 5th
June, 1911,1¢3 ; 3rd June, 1@.
A very variable species. The Masongaleni specimens are
suffused with fuscous.
This genus has until recently been known as Thermesia
Hiibner.
183. BREVIPECTEN cornuta Hampson, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. i.
p. 404 (1902). _
Habitat. Kedai, 8th Dee. 1912, 1 @.
184, BREVIPECrEN CLEARCHUS, sp.n. (PI.-I. fig. 31.)
Description.— 9. Head and thorax greyish ochreous, abdomen
ochreous ; palpi red-brown above, whitish beneath and at ex-
tremity of third joint; pectus and legs whitish. Fore wing
greyish ochreous with a pinkish suffusion. Antemedial line
outwardly oblique to submedian interspace, where it runs
parallel with inner margin to meet the postmedial line. Reni-
form outwardly indistinct, but defined inwardly by the outer
edge of a dark red-brown costal spot. A medial incurved line
from below reniform to inner margin. Postmedial line pale,
defined by fine black lines, outwardly excurved to vein 5, then
recurved to Inner margin, and immediately beyond it a dark
red-brown subapical spot on the costa, from the outer edge of
which arises a straight indistinct subterminal line. A series
of black terminal points on the veins. Cilia bright ochreous.
Hind wing pale ochreous, darker towards the apex and along
the termen to vein 2. Underside pale ochreous, with indistinct
postmedial lines and a dark discoidal spot on hind wing.
Habitat. Kedai, (th April, 1912, 1 9; 27th Nov. 1912, 1 9.
Exp. 32 mm.
Differs from cornuta mm its larger size, want of pearly irro-
ration, and in the postmedial line not being angled cutwaidly
on vein 4 as in that species.
185. CALPE CERNE, sp.n. (PI. J. fig. 22.)
Description. 9. Head and tegule orange red-brown, the
head with some fiery orange crests at base of antenne, Thorax
724 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCEIT ON
abdomen, and fore wing mouse-colour, the bands dark brown
shot with a coppery iridescence. Costal area dark brown from
base to middle, this brown patch extending through base of cell
to submedian interspace and being outwardly defined (except
along the costa) by the subbasal line; two fine black medial
lines. Postmedial line represented by a broad brown band angled
outwards at vein 3, from costa to inner margin. Reniform
indistinet, defined by a brown line. <A double black subterminal
line, oblique outwardly from costa to termen below apex, then
inwardly oblique to inner margin. These lines are succeeded by
a brown shade from vein 6 to tornus. A marginal dark brown
line. Cilia greyish. Hind wing fuscous grey. Underside of
both wings fuscous with ochreous margins.
Habitat. Kumasi, Ashanti, 1 9 (4. Norris). Exp. 64 mm.
This form is nearest to Calpe emarginata Fabr., from India.
There is one specimen, as yet unnamed, in the B. M. Collection.
Genus LmcasiA, nov.
Type, L. othello, sp. n.
Proboscis fully developed; palpi long, reaching well above
vertex of head, second joint densely scaled; legs without hair,
the middle pair with two spurs, the hind pai with three.
Antenne filiform. Fore wing with apex more or less acute,
outer margin evenly curved. A tuft of long hairs below base of
cell on underside. Abdomen without crests. Veins 3 and 4
from lower end of cell, 5 from just above it; 6 from upper
angle; 8 and 9 stalked near apex of wing.
186. LecasiaA OTHELLO, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 4.)
Description.— 3. Vertex of head, palpi, and tegule orange-
ferruginous ; thorax and abdomen fuscous. Both wings fuscous
black, thickly irrorated with pale ochreous atoms except imme-
diately before the subterminal line, where the irroration is
sparse, giving the appearance of a black subterminal band on
the fore wing. Subbasal, ante- and postmedial lines obsolete.
Orbicular represented by a minute whitish spot; reniform with
a white spot in its lower lobe. Subterminal line represented by
an irregular row of seven white spots. Hind wing with faint
indications of a subterminal line; cilia fuscous. Underside
fuscous irorated with ochreous.
Q. Larger and much browner in coloration. Postmedial
line distinct, angled sharply inwards on vein 3, below the disco-
cellular spot, and thence straight to inner margin. ‘The spots
of subterminal line obsolescent and formed into an nregular
indistinct ochreous subterminal band. Hind wing with an
ochreous subterminal band. Otherwise as in male.
Habitat. Kedai, 19th Nov. 1911,1 36. Durban, Natal, 18th
Dec. 1899, 1 9. Exp. g 40, 9 42 mm.
MOTHS FROM _B. E. AFRICA. LOS
187. Fopina PENTAGONALIS Butler, P.Z.S. 1894, p. 589,
pl. xxxvui. fig. 8.
Habitat. Kedai, 28th Nov. 1911, 1 @.
Subfamily Hypenip#.
188. GRACILODES CAFFRA, Guen.
Habitat. Kedai, 10th July, 1912,1 3.
189. Hyprna DERASALIS Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 27, pl. iv. fig. 2
(1854).
Habitat. Kedai, 27th and 30th Dec. 1911, 1 3,1 9 (grey
form); 25th Nov. 1911, and 5th Jan. 1912, 2 ¢ (brown form).
The above four specimens represent two forms—a grey and a
brown—which I found to be nearest in markings to derasalis
Guen. when I was trying to identify them in the British
Museum. Derasalis, however, is a red form, distinguished by
having the oblique mark from the apex ochreous. One of these
forms is violet-grey, with the exceptron of the medial brown
triangle; the other is fuscous brown throughout, with very
indistinct grey markings. I must reserve them for further
examination later on.
Family NoTODONTID2.
190. PHALERA LAVINIA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 20.)
Description.— $6 2. Head, antenne, and palpi red-brown ;
tibizw with red-brown hairs; tegule bright fulvous with brown
edges; thorax grey (recalling bucephala); abdomen fulvous.
Fore wing with the basal area, costa, cell, and apical area grey
down to vein 6, the remainder of the wing pale brown. Sub-
basal line double, black, starting from two black spots on the
costa, excurved to costal nervure, then straight to inner margin.
Antemedial line also double and starting from two black spots
on the costa (the inner one of which is large and triangular),
excurved in discoidal cell, then straight to inner margin. Reni-
form greyish white, marked by four black points. A fine
postmedial line starting from a virgula on the costa, highly
dentate on the veins. Subterminal line represented by a series
of dark brown sagittate marks from below apex, defined out-
wardly by grey spots. A terminal series of black points between
the veins. Hind wing pale fuscous, with an indistinct white
distal line; cilia light brown. Underside very pale red-
brown, hind wing white towards inner margin.
Habitat. Kedai, 26th Nov. 1912, 1 3; Ist Dec. 1911, 1 @.
Exp., ¢ 40, 9 44 mm.
191. Scrancia AMATA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 28.)
Description.— 3. Vertex of head, thorax, and abdomen
ochreous brown; palpi, pectus, and legs white. Fore wing
726 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
ochreous brown, the costa and a patch before the apex grey.
Subbasal line represented by some black spots. Antemedial line
black, execurved to submedian fold, where it is sharply angled
inwardly and then straight to inner margin. Reniform white,
enclosing a black-lined reniform stigma with a white centre.
Postmedial line black, slightly exeurved from costa to vein 3;
a black terminal line interrupted at the veins. Cilia ochreous.
Hind wing pale ochreous, darker towards the termen, with
an indistinct distal line. Underside: fore wing pale brown,
with some white spots on the costa before apex; hind wing
ochreous white, marked as on upperside.
FHfabitat. Kedai, 13th Jan. 1912, 1 0. Exp. 42 mm.
192. CHADISRA NUBIFERA Hampson.
Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 23rd Nov., 1 29; 26th Noy., 2 g; 25th
INOW Ue 4 WSs WOU, Narang oven ID,
I have not seen the description of this insect, but to me
it seems to be very variable. Two of the above females have
the basal area of fore wing deep black. In the males the basal
area is concolorous with the rest of wing.
193. STAUROPUS CRITOBULUS, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 12.)
Description.— 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey. Antenne
crimson. Fore wing white irrorated with grey atoms, the irro-
ration being thickest in the subterminal area; veins white,
marked by prominent black spots. A black basal spot. Ante-
medial line represented by black spots on the costa, median
nervure, and vein 1. Orbicular a large grey spot. Postmedial
line represented by black spots on the costa and on veins 6, 5, 4,
3, 2, 1. Beyond this row of spots are two parallel rows of black
spots on the same veins. Hind wing white, with a black mar-
ginal line from anal angle to vein 1; cilia white. Underside
white; fore wing with a black marginal line.
‘Habitat. Kedai, 25th Nov. 1911, 2 ¢. Exp. 44 mm.
Family GEOMETRIDA,
The arrangement of Sir George Hampson, in Faun. Brit. Ind.
vol. 11., has been followed here as nearly as possible when
dealing with species from a different region.
Subfamily Boar».
194, ACADRA RECTISTRIARIA, Herr.-Schiff.
Habitat. Teita Hills, 14th May, 1912,1 3.
195, SEMIOTHISA CRASSILIMBARIA Malille.
Habitat. Kedai, 9th June, 1912, 1 3. :
J
tS
~q
MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA,
196. SmeMIOTHISA LATARTIA Walker.
Habitat. Kedai, 19th Dec. 1911, 1 2.
197. SeMIorHiIss OBLIQUILINEATA Warren.
Habitat. Kedai, 18th Nov. 1911, 1 9°.
198. SEMIOTHISA SEMIALBIDA Prout.
Habitat. Kedai, 17th Dec. 1911, 1 @.
199. PERIDELA BERENGARIA, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 26.)
Description.— 3. Reddish grey irrorated with fuscous, with a
broad postmedial ochreous band striated with fuscous across both
wings. Palpi, pectus, legs, and underside of abdomen pale yellow ;
anteune pectinated. Fore wing: antemedial line virtually
obsolete; an oblique red-brown medial band from costa to inner
margin. Hind wing with red-brown antemedial line. A dark
red-brown point at end of cell, and red-brown patches at anal angle
between veins 3 and 4. Underside pale yellow striated ina
fuscous, and with medial and subterminal fuscous bands; cilia
reddish ochreous.
Habitat. Kedai, 22nd Nov. 1911, 1 ¢ ; 25th Jan., 1913, 1 ¢
(type). Exp. 42 mm.
This form is nearest to P. arhoparia Swinhoe, but differs
in the ante- and postmedial lines being obsolete on the fore
wing. The November specimen is paler and has only a faint
indication of the subterminal band, the other markings being
obsolete.
200. PERIDELA NOvARIA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 17.)
Description.— 9. Pale ochreous, irrorated and striated with
fuscous. Palpi, pectus, legs, and underside of abdomen pale yellow.
Antenne filiform. Fore wing: antemedial line obsolescent be-
tween red-brown spots on costa and inner margin. Reniform
defined inwardly by a dark red-brown striga starting from costa.
Indications of a postmedial line between veins 3 and 4 and on
inner margin. Subterminal line represented by red-brown spots
on costa, between veins 3 and 4 and | and 2, connected by an
obsolescent fuscous band. Hind wing with a fuscous antemedial
band and a black point at end of cell. An indistinet HmseeUs sub-
terminal band with dark red- brow: n spots between veins 3 and 4
and above anal angle.
Underside pale wollen irrorated and striated with fuscous ; an
indistinct reddish medial line, which is antemedial in the hind
wing; subterminal line fuscous and prominent, enclosing some
indistinct grey patches ; a black point at end of cell. Cilia
ochreous.
Habitat. Kedai, 12th April, 1912,1 2. Exp. 42 mm.
This form is also nearest to P. arhoparia Swinhoe, but differs
in its paler coloration and in the bands being more or less
728 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
obsolescent. These two forms present » somewhat similar facies,
but Mr. Prout considers them to be distinct and showing variation
in different directions.
201. TEPHRINA BUTARIA Swinhoe.
Habitat. Kedai, 29th Dec. 1912, 1 $; 14th Dec. 1911, 1 9.
202. TepHRina pecrartA Walker.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 2nd June, 1911, 1 9.
903. ZAMARADA SECUTARIA Guen.
Habitat. Kedai, 29th Dec. 1912, 1 9; 2nd April, 1911,1 ¢.
Recorded from Somaliland.
Genus FULVARIA, nov.
Type, Lulvaria striata, sp. n.
Proboscis minute; palpi hairy ; antenne ciliate for two-thirds
of length. Mid tibia with one spur; hind tibia with one
proximal and a pair of terminal spurs in female. Fore wing
with vein 3 from angle of cell; veins 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 11 free.
Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell.
Allied to Hyperythra Guen., in which the apex of fore wing is
acute and outer margin of hind wing erenulate. In this genus
the outer margins are evenly curved and apex of fore wing
rounded.
204. FULVARIA STRIATA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 10.)
Description.— 9. Pale yellow thickly striated with fuscous,
and with a pinkish suffusion in certain lights. Fore wing:
antemedial line ebsolete ; a blackish spot at end of cell; post-
medial line represented by a broad diffused fuscous band from
costa to inner margin. Hind wing with the costal area much
paler, a black spot at the end of cell, and the postmedial band
narrower and more linear. Cilla with a reddish tinge. Under-
side similar to upperside, with the postmedial line more dis-
tinct and with pink suffusion beyond it towards apex of fore
wing.
Habitat. Kedai, 27th Nov. 1911,1 2. Exp. 34 mm.
205. CLEORA PROXIMARIA, subsp. ALBESCENS Prout, Nov. Zool.
xxii. 1915, p. 361.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th Nov, 1911, 1 g; 20th April, 1912,1 ¢.
In Faun. Brit. Ind. vol. i. this genus is placed under
Boarmia.
206. BoARMIA PERSE, sp. n. . (PI. I. fig, 18.)
Description.— 3. Antenne minutely ciliate for two-thirds of
length. Head, thorax,and body ochreous brown. Fore wing
bright fulvous; antemedial line black, defined inwardly with
MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA, 729
white, execurved to submedian fold, then waved to inner margin.
A broad black band at end of cell, below which it becomes
indistinct, and is incurved to vein 1. Postmedial line black,
outwardly defined with white, straight from costa to vein 4, then
incurved to vein 1. Subterminal line represented by a very
indistinct row of whitish patches. Hind wing ochreous, whitish
on costa and base of wing, fulvous towards anal angle. A. black
spot at end of cell. A black postmedial line- outwardly defined
with white, angled outwardly at vein 4, with a dark striga above
it from inner margin to vein 2. A fine black terminal line.
Underside ochreous, with black discoidal spots on both wings ;
postmedial line obsolescent, and mostly defined by its white outer
margin.
Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 24th Nov., 1 ¢; 15th Dec., 1 §. Exp.
34 mm.
207. BoARMTIA SUBALBATA Warren.
Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 26th Nov., 2 ¢; 1912, 5th Jan., 1 6;
13th Jan., 1 9; 15th March, 1 9; 12th Dec., 1 9.
208. BoARMIA OCLOMACULATA Warren.
Habitat. Kedai, 15th Jan. 1912, 1 9.
209. GIRPA CIRCUMDATA Walker.
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 3.
210. PirrHEa TRIPLAGIATA Warren.
Habitat. Mombasa, 30th Oct, 1910, 1 3.
‘Subfamily Larentrin«.
211. OrrHonrrHa MonotEctA Butler.
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 ¢.
212. KUcESTIA NEDDARIA Swinhoe.
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 3.
213. CIDARIA ASTERIA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 7.)
Description.— 3. Head and thorax red-brown; abdomen
ochreous, with transverse fuscous bands on the somites. Fore
wing: basal area pale brown up to the antemedial line, which is
white. Medial area of wing, between the ante- and postmedial
lines, fuscous brown, with an indistinct paler medial band. Post-
medial line white, angled outwardly between veins 2 and 3 and
3and 4, Subterminal area pinkish brown, with a bright fulvous
apical patch. An indistinct dentate subterminal line, and a row
of submarginal white spots with dark patches inside them.
Hind wing ochreous, deepening to fulvous at the termen, with a
dark patch at anal angle and brown irroration above it towards
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1916, No. L. 50
les LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
inner margin. Underside coloured the same as upperside, but
much paler ; subapical area of fore wing bright pink.
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile,1 9. Exp. 34 mm.
214, CrpARIA PROcNE, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 8.)
Description. 6. Head and thorax red-brown; abdomen
ochreous, with fine blackish transverse bands on the somites.
Fore wing: basal area pale ochreous up to the antemedial line,
which is a double white line, evenly curved from costa to inner
margin. Medial area of wing between ante- and postmedial
lines red-brown. Postmedial line consisting of double white
lines angled outwardly between veins 3 and 4, the outer line of
which is so broad that it gives the appearance of a broad white
band. A dark red-brown subapical patch, followed by a small
ochreous apical spot. ‘Terminal area ochreous, with an indistinet
row of white spots. Hind wing pale ochreous, with some traces
of a postmedial line on the Inner margin above anal angle.
Underside ochreous ; medial area of fore wing fuscous.
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 ¢. Exp. 30 mm.
These two forms, which present some analogy to one another,
are nearest to C. inolata Felder.
215. Ruopomerra sacrariA Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. 2, p. 863
(1767).
—labda Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. p. 129, pl. elxxxi. fig. D (1777).
Habitat. Kedai, 1912, 15th Jan., 1 Q (sacraria); 11th Mareh,
1 @ (labda); 7th March, 1 g (/abda). Masongaleni, Ist March,
1 & (labda); 24th May, 1 2 (sacraria).
The sacraria form has the fore wing ochreous, with a brown
band from apex to middle of inner margin; in the labda form
the wing is pale primrose and the band is crimson.
216. RHABDOMETRA PLECTARIA Guen.
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 ¢.
217. CAMPTOGRAMMA NATALATA Walker.
Habitat. Kedar, V9i2) 2th Jane do. 3) Oth rdianse Or
Masongaleni, 1912, 2nd April, 1 g; 14th June, 1 9.
Subfamily AcIDALIIN a.
218. Ipa#A NIOBE, sp. 2.
Description.— 9. Pale ochreous irrorated with fuscous scales.
The frons red-brown. Fore wing: antemedial line indistinct,
angled outwardly on median nervure. A fuscous striga at end
of cell. Postmedial line outwardly oblique to vein 6, thence
incurved and irregularly dentate to inner margin. A prominent
subterminal line excurved on veins 7 and 6, and thence irre-
eularly dentate to inner margin, with two indistinct diffused
MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. 731
waved bands beyond it. A black marginal line interrupted
at the veins; cilia crenulate and ochreous. Hind wing with
black point at end of cell, a dentate postmedial line, and two
indistinct waved bands beyond it; a dark terminal line; outer
margin crenulate; cilia pale ochreous.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 26th June, 1911,1 9. Exp. 26 mm.
This form is nearest to ignobilis Warren, from China. It
differs from Craspedia remotata Guen., from India, in the post-
mediai and subterminal lines being outwardly oblique to vein 6
in the fore wing, and in the margins being crenulate.
219. PrRosBiLeests vestALis Butler.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 2nd June, 1911, 1 9.
220. INDUNA ALBIDA Warren.
Habitat. Kedai, 1912, 4th Jan. 1 6; 7th Jan., | g; 12th
ApEn ely Oe 2ndsDecs 17 Ox
221. INDUNA LACTEA Warren.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 1912, 24th March, 1 ¢ ; 2nd April,
ou zocheAoril, Io Oe) 19Gb Mays OF
One of the above females represents a variety with very
heavily marked bands, which Mr. Prout has never seen before.
222. 'TRAMINDA VIRIDARIA Walker.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 24th May, 1911, 1 3; Ist March, 1912,
IP Oey Kedar) 28th Dee: VONZ. eae:
The May specimen is much smaller than the other two.
Subfamily GEoMETRIN &.
223. PRASINOCYMA UNIPUNCTA Warren.
Habitat. Kedai, 19th Jan. 1912, 1 9. Masongaleni, 20th
April, V9t2, bo:
224, HETERORACHIS IDMON, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 9.)
Description.— $. Bright grass-green. Antenne, palpi, pectus,
and legs pinkish ochreous. Fore wing with the costa ochreous,
striated with rust-brown. A broad marginal ochreous band
highly inecurved on vein 2, to vein 1, and then straight to inner
margin ; on this band there is a row of rust-brown spots between
the veins, that between veins | and 2 being the largest. Hind
wing with the ochreous marginal band broadest in the apical
area, the rust-brown spots indistinct except towards anal
angle. Underside very pale green, with ochreous margins; cilia
ochreous.
Habitat. Kedai, 26th Nov. 1911,1 ¢. Exp. 26 mm.
This form is nearest to Heterorachis lunatimargo Prout, but
differs from it in the ochreous border being broader and more
irregular and the termen of the hind wing more rounded.
50*
OY LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCELT ON
9295. Wypopoxa EREBUSATA Walker.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 22nd April, 191i, 1 3.
Family SATURNIADS.
Genus CAPENA, nov.
Type, Capena crenulata Fawcett, P.Z.S. 1915, p. 103, pl. i.
fig. 27.
Fore wing with the costa almost straight, slightly curved before
apex. The apex produced and acute; the outer margin crenulate.
highly excised in the interspaces between veins 6,7, and 8. Hind
wing with the costa long, straight, the apex produced. Outer
margin more highly crenulate than the fore wing; tornus angu-
late, inner margin concave. Neuration as in Vudawrelia.
In my former memoir I described this species under the genus
Ludia Wallengren, as the onty form [ could find near it in the
British Museum was Hiibner’s figure of Heniecha grimmie. As
it is so very different in facies from that and the other species
of Ludia and Heniocha, I consider it best to erect a separate genus
for 1b.
Family ARBELID&.
926. LEBEDODES Na&vIUS, sp. n. (Pl. I. fig. 24.)
Description.— 3. Head, tegule, pectus, and legs brownish grey ;
thorax dark red-brown ; abdomen brownish grey, the three basal
somites with brown dorsal tufts or crests. Wings brownish grey
thickly striated with pale brown, the striation being more or less
circular, enclosing round grey spots. Fore wing with a black
wedge-shaped oblique patch below vein |, from near base to
middle of inner margin, that part of the wing immediately above
it being pale grey without striation. Hind wing with the stria-
tion much paler. A pale brown marginal line; cilia brownish
grey. Underside as on upperside, but paler.
Habitat. Kedai, 26th Nov. 1911,1 3. Exp. 38 mm.
This form is nearest to Lebedodes cossula Holland, but is much
smaller, the striation is thicker, and there are no postmedial lines
on the fore wing.
227. SELAGDIA NARSES, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 25.)
Description — . Head and thorax ferruginous, pectus and
legs paler: legs with the tibize covered with thick blackish hair.
Abdomen ferruginous above, paler underneath, covered with
long hair, and with thick dorsal ferruginous crests on the
somites, and a thick upturned tuft of hair at the anal extremity.
Fore wing ferruginous, suffused with pink reflections, thickly
striated with dark red-brown, the striation being circular and
enclosing round ochreous spots. A dark brown patch at end of
cell, and near base below median nervure, caused by the striation
being blacker and thicker at those points. Cilia red-brown,
MOTHS FROM B. BE. AFRICA, {ow
chequered with a marginal series of round ochreous spots.
Hind wing ochreous, inclining to fulvous along inner margin,
with faint traces of striation. Underside of both wings ochreous,
striated on and near the costa. ;
2. Very similar to male, rather larger, and with the pink
suffusion more prominent; legs not so thickly clothed with hair ;
underside of abdomen pale ochreous with a dark lateral longi-
tudinal streak.
Habitat. Kedai, 8th Dec. 1911, 1 9; 15th Jan. 1912, 1 ¢.
Exp., ¢ 30, 2 36 mm.
This form is nearest to Selagdia transversa Holland, from the
Gold Coast, but differs from it in the striation being spotted and
not streaked, and in there being no fulvous patches.
Family Cossip &,
228. DUOMITUS PINDARUS, sp. n.
Description.— 3. Head, thorax, antenn, and legs pale red-
brown. Thorax and metathorax sprinkled with white hairs;
abdomen pale red-brown, with some dorsal crests on three basal
somites. Fore wing pale red-brown, the inner area irrorated
with black strige. A black patch on the costa from base to near
middle, extending downwards through the cell to median nervure.
Immediately below this patch a prominent deep black band in
the shape of a tent-peg (¢claviform) runs along median nervure
and below vein 2, ending in a quadrilateral black spot between
veins 2 and 1, and touching both veins. Below this streak is a
white spot with a few striations on it. A long black spot on
costa above end of cell, which becomes an indistinct diffused
patch between veins 6 and 2. Outer half of cell and costal area
above it (between the two black spots) whitish. Some black
streaks between the nervures on the subterminal area. Hind
wing white, with a narrow fuscous terminal band; cilia fuscous.
Underside of fore wing pale fuscous, with some raised white scales
at base of cell. Hind wing white, the costa fulvous, no striation.
Q. Larger than male, similarly marked except that the black
longitudinal band of the male is divided into two parts by a
white spot.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th Nov. 1911, id, 1 @. Exp. g 40,
° 44mm.
This form is allied to Duomitus steniptera Hampson, P.Z.S.
1916, p. 166, described from Somaliland, but differs from it in a
good many ‘points, the chief being (1) its larger size, (2) the
eround-colour being red-brown, not white, and (3) the presence
of the prominent longitudinal black band below the median
neryure.
Family LAs1ocaAMPIDS.
229, CHILENA DONALDSONI Holland.
Habitat. Meru, taken by Lady Colvile, 1 ¢.
734 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCETT ON
Family PyRALIDA.
Subfamily PYRALINA.
230. DATTINIA AURORA, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 29.)
Description.— 3. Antenne red, bipectinate with long branches
to near apex. Head and thorax ochreous yellow, the patagia
with red fringes; abdomen ochreous, suffused with pink dorsally.
Palpi very long, ochreous above, red beneath ; legs ochreous, the
tarsi crimson. Fore wing ochreous yellow, the costa crimson at
base, with a crimson Tae running along the subcostal nervure
for three-fourths its length. A crimson band along vein 1, and
veins 4 and 5 from end of cell to the subterminal area until the
end of the bands is in line with a subterminal series of crimson
spots on the veins from costa to vein 2. The apex of wing and
outer and inner margins defined by a crimson terminal line.
Hind wing white, with silvery iridescence, the veins crimson,
and a broad inwardly diffused crimson terminal band; cilia
ochraceous.
Underside of fore wing ochreous yellow, the veins and
margins pale pink, Hind wing ochreous white, the costal area
and outer margin diffused with pink.
2. Antenne filiform, red. Fore wing, upperside as in male,
hind wing crimson, cilia ochreous.
Jekilvndis Meter. NIN, ANcde Wow, I 6s 24d 3Nlow, J 2
25th Nov., 3 ¢; 1912, 14th April,1d. Exp., ¢ 43, 9 46 mm.
231. DATTINIA PERSTRIGATA Hampson.
_D. perstrigata Hmpsn. P. Z.8. 1916, p. 172, pl. 1. fig. 40, 3.
Form 2. titHoNUS, nov. (PI. I. fig. 23.)
Description.— 3. Differs from the figure of perstrigata, quoted
above, in the fore wing being irrorated with pale crimson, with
the exception of the costal and apical areas. A thin red line
round the apex, a black terminal line on both fore and hind wings
interrupted at the veins.
Q@. Larger than the expanse given for perstrigata, and differing
from the female in the B. M. Collection in that the latter has the
hind wing and dise of the fore wing fuscous, and no interrupted
black marginal line.
In this form the hind wing and cilia are pale pink, the cell of
the fore wing more or less white, a prominent black curved line
on the submedian fold (which is not mentioned in the description
on p. 172), and a black terminal line on both wings as in male ;
it also exceeds perstrigata in size, and is the largest Dattinia in
British Hast Africa.
Habitat. Kedaig 1 Oia 4th) Nove. lao 2 Ot Nowa Se
13th Dec, 1 G5 19127 29th Dec 1 oy Exps Gi40799)50 mm:
~I
AA
MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA.
232. DATYINIA ORION, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 30.)
Description.— 3. Antenne bipectinate almost to the apex.
Head, palpi, thorax, and legs white, irrorated with black atoms.
Abdomen ochreous above, white underneath. Fore wing white,
irrorated with black atoms; an oblique black band (formed by
more intense black irroration) from costa at middle to inner
margin at one-third from base of its total length. Two small
black spots, one in lower and one in upper angle of cell. A sub-
terminal brown band, formed as in the other, straight from costa
before apex to vein 4, where it is angled outwardly, and thence
oblique to inner margin. Beyond this band the veins are marked
with indistinct black streaks; a terminal line of black points ;
cilia whitish. Hind wing semihyaline white ; cilia white.
Underside of fore wing ochreous; a fuscous patch in cell, and
a patch of raised scales at base of cell. Hind wing semihyaline
white, the costa ochreous.
Habitat. Kedai, 14th Dec. 1911, 1 ¢. Exp. 28 mm.
233. ANOBOSTRA RADIALIS Hampson.
Habitat. Kedai, 29th Jan. 1912, 1 6.
Subfamily Pyraustrn am.
234. GLYPHODES INDICA Saund.
Habitat. Kedai, 8th Dec. 1912, 2 3.
235, GLYPHODES SINUATA Fabrieius.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 23rd April, 1911, 1 ¢.
236. ZINCKENTA FASCIALIS Cramer.
Habitat. Kedai, 25th Nov. 1911, 14; Masongaleni, 29th March,
LON Tee
237,.. AGATHODES MUSCIVALIS Guen.
Habitat. Kedai, 13th Dec. 1911, 1 ¢.
238. FILODES COSTIVITRALIS Guen.
Habitat. Kedai, 8th April, 1911, 1 $3; 5th June, 1 3.
239. PHLYCLENODES CASTALIS Warren.
Habitat. Kedai, 16th Nov. 1911, 1 ¢.
240. MercyNA POLYGONALIS Hiibner.
Habitat. Kedai, 16th March, 1912, 1 ¢.
241. LiyGRoPIA AMYNTUSALIS Walker.
Habitat. Kedai, 8th Dec. 1911, 1.5 ; 9th Jan. 1912, 1 9.
242. LYGROPIA PASITHEA. sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 16.)
Description.— 3 @. Very pale ochreous yellow. Head and
thorax slightly marked with brown ; abdomen with some brown
736 LT.-COL, J. M. FAWCETT ON
dorsal streaks. Fore wing: base of costa dark brown to ante-
medial line. ‘wo basal brown spots, one below costa and on
inner margin. Antemedial line dark brown, straight to inner
margin, where it meets an oblique brown line from the large
discocellular reniform mark. Postmedial line straight to vein 2,
where it is met by an outwardly oblique line from the disco-
cellular reniform spot. A brown terminal line enlarged to a spot
at tornal angle; cilia white.
Inner area of hind wing white. Antemedial line prominent,
from a black spot in end of cell to inner margin at middle. Post-
medial line angled outwardly at vein 4, and stopping at vein 2,
below which there i is a dark spot on the brown terminal line.
Underside iridescent white, marked as on upperside, but much
fainter.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 1911, 5th Dec. 1 g. Kedai, 1911,
13th Dee, 17S; 1912; 4th April, 12. Exp. 18 mm
This form differs from amyntusalis in its much smaller size
and pale coloration. Fore wing without the apical and tornal
brown patches; hind wing without the apical patch, and the
antemedial line meets the inner margin at middle and is not
oblique towards the tornus.
243. PIONEA NIGRIPUNCTALIS, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 2.)
Description.— 3. Bright yellow. Fore wing angled at apex,
but not acute. Costa with a black basal spot, a black antemedial
spot, and a black subapical spot. A black spot at end of cell.
Hind wing with indications of postmedial and subterminal lines.
Underside paler, unmarked except for a black spot at end of cell.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 2nd June, 1911,1 ¢. Exp. 22 mm.
244, PIONEA XANTHALIS, sp. Nn.
Description.— ¢. Bright orange- yellow ; ; fore wing rounded at
apex. An indistinct Puceous spot at end of cell, and two on sub-
median fold, of which one is antemedial and one postmedial.
Hind wing paler ; the cilia very long and pale ochreous. Under-
side of fore wing with a fuscous spot at end of cell and a curved
postmedial fuscous band. Hind wing unmarked.
ffabitat. Kedai, 7th March, 1912,1 g. Exp. 22. mm.
245. PyrRAUSTA INCOLORALIS Guen.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 8th March, 1911, 1 ¢.
246. PyRAUSTA STHENIALIS Hmpsn. P. Z.8. 1916, p. 176, pl. ii.
fig. 47, 3.
Habitat. Masongaleni, 6th June, 1911, 1 @.
Deseribed from Somaliland.
Family AUGERIDA,
247, MELITTIA H&MATOPIS, sp.n. (PI. T. fig. 1.)
Description.— 3. Head red-brown, hairy ; antenne ciliate in
MOTHS FROM B. E. AFRICA. (ee
both sexes, much dilated before the tip, which is pointed ;
palpi brown above, white beneath. Thorax and pectus creamy
white ; legs brown, the femora, tibize, and part of the tarsi—
especially the hind pair, which are very long—covered with long
white hair, mixed with tufts of red and black hairs. Abdomen
creamy white, with brown transverse bands at the intersection of
the somites, except the two somites nearest the anal extremity,
which are entirely brown. A tuft of ferruginous hairs at the
extremity. Each somite is decorated with prominent blood-red
spots (hence the name hematopis),and also with some black spots,
ali of irregular ‘size and shape.
Fore wing ochreous, the costa, veins, and inner margin red-
brown. Some black spots or patches on the basal area, especially
at base of inner margin, and a few blood-red scales Tees with
them. Cell filled with large blood-red scales, and with a bunch
of black scales forming a patch at the apex. Another bunch of
black and blood-red scales mixed forms a second ‘patch in, the
postmedial area. A brown marginal line along the cilia, which
are very long and red-brown. Hind wing hyaline, shot with
brilliant blue, the veins dark brown; cilia long and red-brown.
Underside of fore wing pale fuscous without red scales; hind
wing as on upperside.
oF Similar to male, but a good deal larger.
Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 25th Noyar2nos) lose Dees, by.
Exp., d 26-34, 9 50 mm.
Considered by Mr. Durrant, who suggested the name
“hematopis,’ to be one of the most remarkable forms he has
seen.
Family TINEID &.
248. MELASINA RECoNDITA,Durrant, P. Z.S8. 1916, p. 181.
Habitat. Kedai, 1911, 19th Nov., 1 ¢.
Another of the forms described recently from Sdmaliland.
EXPLAN: ATION OF THE PLATE.
Fig. | Fig
1. Melittia hematopis, 2. 2 19. Pericallia hecate, 6.
2. Pionea nigripunctalis. 3. 20. Phalera lavinia, 2.
3. Euphiusa hermione, g. | 21. Ctenusa rectilinea psamatha, 2.
4. Lecasia othello, @. 22. Calpe cerne, 6.
5. Poppea sabina, 3g. 23. Dattinia perstrigata tithonus, 2.
6. Giaura astarte, g. 24. Lebedodes nevius, @.
7. Cidaria asteria, ¢. 25. Selagdia narses, 6.
8. Cidaria procne, g. 26. Peridela berengaria, ¢.
9. Heterorachis idmon, 6. 27. Athetis pentheus, 3.
10. Fulvaria striata, ¢. 28. Serancia amata, 3.
11. Deilemera glance, 2. 29. Dattinia aurora, ¢.
12. Stauropus critobulus, 3. 30. Dattinia orion, ¢.
13. Taveta syrinx, ¢. 31. Brevipecten clearchus, 2.
14. Giria bubastis, go. 32. Catephia sospita, 3.
15. Galactomoia berenice. ¢. 33. Catephia scylla, 2.
16. Lygropia pasithea, g. 34. Catephia serapis, 2.
17. Peridela novaria, 2. 35. Catephia sciras, o.
18. Boarmia perse, &. - 36. Athetis horus, é.
ae ey on.
ay > ‘pi ee ee li ee
fi, ‘ditt a set}
aie es
BeOS Ca tis red aif ay ae aver Wine.
“I
ise)
is)
THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE.
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
October 24th, 1916.
Dr. A. SmrrH Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Secrerary read the following report on the Additions
made to the Society's Menagerie during the months of May,
June, July, August, and September, 1916 :—
May.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of May were 129 in number. Of these 81 were acquired
by presentation, 8 were received on deposit, 24 by purchase, 6 in
exchange, and 10 were born in the Gardens.
The number of departures during the same period, by death
or removals, was 117.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed
(60) =
A Kashmir Deer (Cervus hanglu) 2, from Kashmir, presented
by H.G. The Duke of Bedford, K.G., Pres.Z.S.,on May 17th.
A Reindeer (Rangifer tarandus) 2 , born in the Menagerie on
May 22nd.
1 Galapagan Dove (Nesopelia galapagoensis), new to the Col-
lection, from Hood Island, Galapagos, presented by Fleet-Surgeon
EK. B. Pickthorn, F.Z.S., on May 31st.
4 Grey-necked Crowned Cranes (Lalearica regulorwm), from
Northern Rhodesia, presented by H.G. The Duke of Abercorn,
F.Z.8., on May 8th.
3 Great Bustards (Otis tarda), from Spain. presented by E. J.
H. Eldred on May 29th.
1 Holbrook’s Terrapin (Chrysemys mobiliensis) and 1 Horned
Lizard (Phrynosoma brevicornis), from N. America, both new to
the Collection, presented by Dr. H. G. F, Spurrell, F.Z.S., on
May 3rd.
JUNE.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of June were 87 in number. Of these 34 were acquired
by presentation, 8 were received on deposit, 1 by purchase, 1 in
exchange, and 43 were born in the Gardens.
The number of departures during the same period, by death
or removals, was 102.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed
to :—
1 Red-eared Cercopitheque (Cercopithecus erythrotis), from the
Cameroons, presented by Mrs. Philip Bayer on June 28th.
1 Black Mangabey (Cercocebus aterrimus), from the Belgian
Congo, purchased on June 29th.
740 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE.
1 Lion Cub (felis leo), from Western India, presented by Lieut.
W. Pole Carew on June 12th.
2 Andean Geese (Chloephaga melanoptera), bred in the Mena-
gerie on June 30th.
2 Colombian Crested Colins (Hupsychortyx leucopogon), from
Colombia, presented by Master Anthony Chaplin on June 22nd.
JULY.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of. July were 99 in number. Of these 46 were acquired
by presentation, 11 were received on deposit, 9 by purchase, 5 in
exchange, and 28 were born in the Gardens.
The number of departures during the same period, by death
or removals, was 94.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—
2 Fennec Foxes (Vulpes zerda), from North Africa, received in
exchange on July 24th.
1 Grizzly Bear (Ursus horribilis), from Wyoming, presented by
Ellis Ashmead-Bartlett on July Ist.
1 Kiang (Hquus kiang) 3, born in the Menagerie on July 9th.
1 White-bearded Gnu (Connochetes albojubatus), born in the
Menagerie on July 24th.
2, Common Trumpeters (Psophia crepitans), from Guiana, and
1 Green-winged Trumpeter (P. viridis), from the Amazons, pur-
chased on July 13th.
5 Common Rheas (hea americana), bred in the Menagerie on
July 20th.
AUGUST.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of August were 75 in number. Of these 52 were acquired
by presentation, 18 were received on deposit, and 5 in exchange.
The number of departures during the same period, by death or
removals, was 93.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—
1 Fishing Cat (Felis viverrina), from India, received in
exchange on August 18th.
1 Siberian Wild Dog (Cyon alpinus), from Central Asia,
received in exchange on ‘August 30th.
2 Arctic Foxes (Vulpes lagopus, blue variety), from Iceland,
presented by Commander V. L. Bowring, R.N., on August 5th.
2 South American Mudfish (Lepidosiren paradoxa), from Para,
presented by G. Brocklehurst on August 8th.
SEPTEMBER. ;
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during
the month of September were 56 in number. Of these 46 were
acquired by presentation, 8 were received on deposit, 1 in
exchange, and 1 was born in the Gardens.
The number of departures during the same period, by death or
removals, was 146.
EGGS FROM THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 741
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—
1 Bornean Gibbon (/7/ylobates mwuelleri), from British North
Borneo, deposited on Sept. 21st.
1 Southern River-Hog (Potamocherus cheropotamus) 9 , from
Mozambique, presented by Capt. William Dyer on Sept. 19th.
1 Pink-winged Rose-Finch (2hodospiza obsoleta), from Central
Asia, new to the Collection, presented by Alfred Hzra, F.Z.S., on
Sept. 8th.
Yellow Varieties of Green Parrakeets.
Mr. Aurrep Hzra, F.Z.S., exhibited living examples of three
rare lutino Parrakeets, and made the following remarks :—
“The three lutino Indian Parrakeets I am exhibiting were
sent to me by my brother from India a few weeks ago. They
represent three species—the Alexandrine (Palwornis nepalensis),
the Ring-neck (P. forquatus), and the Plum-head (P. cyano-
cephalus). In all three birds the yellow is pure and perfect,
being of a delicate sulphur shade common in these lutinos. The
Alexandrine has the usual red patch on the wing, and the wing-
coverts adjacent to it are also edged slightly with red, making
the bird very beautiful. Neither the Alexandrine nor the Ring-
neck has a ring, but the Plum-head has a pink head. As they all
have the fuli long tail they must be more than a year old. The
Ring-neck and the Plum-head both have red eyes and _ flesh-
coloured feet, but the Alexandrine’s eyes are normal in colour
and the feet are light: however, some races of the Alexandrine
have pale-coloured feet naturally. All these birds are rare, but
the Alexandrine, which is the finest-looking bird, is also the rarest
of the lot, and is the first lutino of the species I have ever seen.”
Eggs from the Society's Gardens.
Y
Mr. D. Setra-Surru, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds, gave an exhibition
of Birds’ eggs which had been laid in the Society’s Gardens
during the last few years. He explained that every endeavour
was made to induce the birds under his charge to reproduce their
kind in captivity, and fertile eggs were incubated where possible ;
but, nevertheless, in any large coilection of birds there was always
a number of eggs laid that did not hatch, and very often
unpaired female birds laid eggs as. freely as paired birds, these
being of course infertile.
During recent years eggs that were not likely to hateh had
been kept, with the result that a fair series was now in the
possession of the Society.
Amongst the eggs of special interest shown were those of four
species of Tinamous, two species of Cassowary, three species of
Crane, three species of Zurnia, the remarkable eges of Apterya,
and such rarities as those of ARhinechetus jubatus, Manucodia
keraudreni, and Sarcorhamphus gryphus, x8 well as a number of
species of Pheasants, Waterfowl, and Passerine birds.
742 NESTLING BIRDS FROM THE SOCIELY’S GARDENS.
November 7th, 1916.
Dr. S. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
Nestling Birds from the Society's Gardens.
Mr. D. Sera-Suirn, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds, exhibited a series
of skins of nestling birds of over seventy species. He called
attention to the striped colour-pattern which was found in such
very distinct species as Rheas, Sheldrakes, and Pheasants, and
remarked that this pattern was evidently of very great antiquity,
and inherited from some common ancestor. Where it had proved
effective for the preservation of the species by its protective
resemblance to surroundings it had been retained, but in other
cases 1t had been modified or had even disappeared altogether.
In the case of most of the ducks, the stripes had been broken up
into spots, but showing more or less the same pattern as in the
striped type of markings. In the Gulls, Waders, and others the
stripes had been further broken up into spots, and in the Swans,
Geese, and Rails all markings had disappeared.
Mr. Seth-Smith called attention to the young of the Coscoroba
Swan (Coscoroba coscoroba), and remarked that this was the only
swan, if, indeed, it was a swan, which showed a distinct colour-
pattern in the nestling down.
Scent-Glands in Mammals.
(Text-figures 1-12.)
Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals,
exhibited a series of lantern-slides to illustrate the position and
structure of some new and little-known cutaneous scent-glands
in various mammals, and made the following remarks :—
The Inguinal Glands of Orycteropus.
My search for special scent-glands in Orycteropus was insti-
gated by the strong smeil given off by the living animal, and was
rewarded by the discovery, first in a female and then in a male,
of a pair of large glands upon the genital eminence. In the
female they lie one on each side of the vulva, and in the male
just behind the prepuce and the short conical glans penis.
The orifice of each gland is an elongated shit, which, when
constricted and closed, may easily be overlooked. It leads into
a short wide sac filled with yellow secretion, smelling like that
of the anal glands of a Polecat (J. putoriws). The layer of
glandular cells is thick and envelops the lower portion of
the wall of the sac, which is provided with a strong constrictor
muscle. In the male these two glands, imbedded in the integu-
ment just behind the penis and with their orifices tolerably
close together, cause a swelling which superficially resembles a
scrotum. In the female there is a somewhat similar swelling
with the vulva in the centre and the glands, which are widely
separated, on each side of it.
Since these glands, so far as can be judged from the material
examined, are equally well developed in the two sexes, they
Text-figure l. 743
AVA ANA
t
i
=
<<
4
(4)
=
\
f,,
Tnguinal glands of Orycteropus capensis.
A. Glands of the female. a., anus; em., genital eminence ; v-, vulva; o.. orifices of
the glands.
B. The same of the male with the gland of the right side (left of figure) laid open
to show the reservoir or sac (gl.) and the secreting layer of cells (s.);
p., penis ; ¢., base of tail; a., em, o., as in fig. A,
744 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON
cannot be included in the category of secondary sexual cha-
racters, although their scent may enable individuals of
Orycteropus to find one another; and since these animals are.
otherwise unprovided with means of self-defence, I suspect that
the secretion of the glands is protective like those of the anal
glands of Mephitis and Mustela, which it resembles in odour.
Text-figure 2.
!
“ ——~ ~,
v= BQO, se
oe —— <a
x De
Y Vy im
yo Ace TY)
=
cA
\
wh ie
\ N SS
We & YU pr
Wy SS ay LANG Po)
mil “4 \ |, “Life --Se
1 \Le- Ge
a\\\ ) * Ef
\ Ds; C Li
- “))
ss
SX
w
so
\ 4 Bit
NSS Wee Ge
AN : a SH Las
WS =a Ry Le
\\ ‘ “2g NS Wie
A V\\ > ZN Ao
SH ANS :
VY = iss S S,
ANS CS g Gy
NN NG Ri We
SOY > [Zi 2
The preputial gland of Sus scrofa.
A. The gland dissected from the ventral side, the flaps of abdominal integument
and of the sheath of the penis turned aside. The glans penis also turned
aside to show the orifice of the gland in the prepuce.
B. Lateral view of the same, partly diagrammatic.
C. Transverse section through the sac of the gland showing its extension above the’
penis.
P.» penis; pr., prepuce; o., orifice of gland; s., sac of gland; sh., cut edge
of sheath of penis; sk., cut edge of skin of abdomen.
SCENT-GLANDS IN MAMMALS. 745
The Digital Glands of Potamocherus and other glands
in the Suide.
Several genera of Suidze are provided with special cutaneous
glands, all of which, with the exception of the digital glands of
Potamocherus, were described long ago.
In the Pecearies (Zayassu or Dicotyles) there is on the fore-
part of the lumbar region a median dorsal gland, normally
Text-figure 3.
SS Oe
vy WES
Ww “tos \Y Ae
P STAYIN S
4 Aiur 3
Beatie Aes
Ea
Carpal gland of Sus scrofa, 3.
A. Inner side of right fore foot, showing the series of apertures of the gland.
B. Section through one of the pockets. =
concealed beneath the bristles, which discharges secretion re-
sembling concentrated human perspiration in scent. It was
known to Cuvier, and was described and figured by Owen*.
Both male and female possess it. ’
Owen also described a facial gland between the eye and the
* Anat. Vert. 111. Mammals, p. 636, 1868.
Proc, Zoou. Soc..-1916, No. LI, HL
746 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON
snout in the Wart-hog (Phacocherus). This gland, which I have
not seen, resembles, apparently, the analogous gland of many
Ruminant Artiodactyles.
In males of the genus Sws there is a voluminous preputial
gland, the sac of which lies above the distal end of the penis and
Text-figure 4.
wy
aay
ee '
c
Sry
. ES To
SS Se
=
Tet yrds
a at us yy > &
Non (is =
tS Ss 2a,
A 7a /,
0 . Iii, Gy
[2
Wh NA
WR) Wy (Lig
W A \ TY io
Cc
The digital glands of Potamocherus cheeropotamus, 3.
A. Lower view of hind foot, showing the apertures of the glands in the lateral
digits and between the third and fourth digits of the foot.
B. Vertical longitudinal section between the third and fourth digits of the same
foot, showing the gland. ;
C. Lower side of the fore foot of the same animal, showing the presence of the
lateral and the absence of the median gland. R
D. Vertical longitudinal section of one of the lateral glands of the same foot.
o., orifice; s., sac of gland.
SCENT-GLANDS IN MAMMATS. TA7
the median aperture opens in the dorsal wall of the prepuce.
I have examined this gland in Sus scrofa; but its presence or
absence in other genera and species of Suide has yet to be
established.
In Sus scrofa also there is a subvertical series of small glands
on the postero-inner side of the carpus and known as the carpal
glands. he carpal and preputial glands have long been known
in domestic swine, the carpal glands being present both in boars
and sows.
Digital Glands of Potamocherus.—These glands, which do not
appear to have been previously recorded, 1 discovered on the fore
and hind feet of a male example of the South African River-hog
or Bush-pig (Potamocherus cheropotamus), which died in the
Gardens, Oct. 30th, 1911.
On the fore foot there is a pair of these glands, one of them
opening upon the skin of the lower side of the second digit, a
little above the base of the hoof, and the other in a corresponding
position on the fifth digit. Each is marked externally by a small
pore with a thickened circular rim. ‘The sac of the gland, filled
with white, waxy secretion, is tolerably capacious and flask-
shaped, the neck of the flask being represented by a short,
narrow duct leading to the pore and bent nearly at right angles
to the long axis of the gland, which projects upwards within the
digit. By pressure the secretion can be squeezed from the orifice
of the gland.
The hind foot has two precisely similar glands on the second
and fifth digits and, in addition, a third unpaired gland nearly
resembling them and opening in the centre of the sole of the
foot, a short distance behind the cleft between the second and
third digits. The flask-shaped sac of the gland, filled like the
others with waxy secretion, lies in the foot between the bones of
these digits.
1 do not know whether these glands are confined to the male
or not; but no trace of them was to be discovered in a young
female of the West African species (P. porcus). Seeing that two
distinct species are here concerned, it is clearly impossible to
draw any sure conclusion as to the absence of these glands in the
female of P. chwropotamus and to their presence in the male
of P. porcus. Nevertheless, the constancy in the occurrence of
similar glands in nearly related species of ruminant Artio-
dactyles justifies, by analogy, the expectation that these digital
glands will be found to be a secondary sexual character confined
to the male in the genus Potamochwrus.
The Metatarsal Glands of Lama vicuna.
On each side of the metatarsus Llamas have an elongated naked
patch of skin with which everyone who has kept these animals is
probably acquainted.
In a female example of Zama viewna this area, pink in colour
51*
748 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON
and situated in the upper part of this portion of the leg, was
broadest in its upper half, pointed below and bluntly rounded
above. It was almost concealed by the thick coating of woolly
hair surrounding it. Its surface was depressed into the hollow
Text-figure 5.
GEES, ep Sn" Se Pesce. :
STAT
EOS TNE
AVA Ny
PIB Ay Gy ING i
Aas OTE RINSE
&
Metatarsal gland of Lama vicuna.
to)
A. Vertical transverse section through right metatarsus passing through the
glandular area. a., space on left side for holding the secretion between
the partly separated upper and lower fringes of hair; g/., naked skin with
its layer of secreting cells; b., metatarsal bone; ¢7., extensor, and ft., flexor
tendons of the foot.
B. Upper part of same portion of limb, before being cut, seen from the inner side,
with the hairs clipped short to expose the glandular area (g/.).
marking the point of contact between the metatarsal bone and
the strong flexor tendons of the foot. A secreting layer of
SCENT-GLANDS IN MAMMALS. 749
dermal cells everywhere underlies the naked area, which was
covered with waxy secretion.
The Preputial Gland of Nototragus.
Up to the present time Moschus is the only Ruminant Artio-
dactyle in which a preputial gland has been discovered. I found
a gland similarly situated in the Grysbok (Wototragus melanotis),
a small African Antelope.
The sac of the gland was 14 inches long and 1-inch wide and
narrowed anteriorly towards the orifice, which was situated in
the prepuce just above the tip of the glans penis. The sac,
extending backwards parallel with the penis, had its liming
integument ridged and wrinkled and covered with long hairs,
the tips of which were directed towards the orifice. The strong-
smelling secretion, filling the sac, was dark green in colour and
waxy 1m consistency.
Text-figure 6,
Preputial gland of Nolotragus melanotis.
gl., sae of gland filled With hairs; p., penis retracted; o., preputial orifice
comimion to gland and penis.
Since discovering the gland IT have had no opportunity of
examining male examples of Ourebia, Rhaphiceros, and other
antelopes related to Vototragus.
The Dorsal Gland of Dendrohyrax.
In the Hyracoidea the presence of a dorsal gland, marked
externally by a patch of white, yellowish, or black hairs, has long
been known to systematic zoologists.
In Dendrohyrax dorsalis the glandular area is an elongated
strip of naked skin, rather more than twice as long as broad,
widest across the middle, gradually narrowed and pointed in
front, more abruptly narrowed and blunter behind. The hairs
surrounding it are long, black at the base and white distally.
The lateral portions of the naked strip are bluish grey, minutely
en
750 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON
and sparsely speckled with hair follicles, and show a pair of
larger follicles in the anterior half, one set on each side close to
the median portion of the area, when is marked off from the
rest by its pinkish-yellow tint. Beneath this pink portion the
dermal layer is thickened by the enlargement of its secretory
cells,
When stimulated by fear or anger Dendrohyrax raises the
hairs over the glandular area, displayi ing their whiteness as a
conspicuous patch . The action irresistibly recalls the expansion
of the rump patches by some deer and antelopes when put to
flight.
Text-figure 7.
Photograph of Dendrohyrax dorsalis showing the white patch of hairs
overlying the dorsal gland.
The Temporal Gland of Elephas and Loxodonta.
The presence of a gland on each side of the face in Elephants
has long been known. Owen succinctly described it as follows :—
‘In the Elephant a large gland of a flattened form and multi-
lobate structure lies beneath the skin of the face, in the temporal
reeion: the secretion exudes from a small orifice situated about
half-way between the eye and the ear. The gland enlarges in
751
a =
—
RSIS Bs ee a = ——
Ses : ———
az MR. R. I. POCOCK ON
Text-figure 9.
Photog raph of young Malayan Elephant showing position of temporal gland
between the eye and ear,
~ ’
©
SCENT-GLANDS IN MAMMALS. 753
the male at the rutting season, and the secretion then has a
strong musky odour” (Anat. Vert. i. p. 634, 1868). ;
In an African Elephant, about twenty years old, the orifice of
the gland wasa vertical slit, about 4 inch long, opening six inches
behind, and a little higher than, the eye. The main sac of the
gland, into which a few subsidiary sacs opened, was about two
inches deep and filled with strong smelling secretion. The wall
Text-figure 10.
Enlarged view of the gland of young Malayan Elephant, showing tuft of
hairs projecting from the orifice.
of the sac was composed of thick white skin, and its lining was
hairless but covered with coarse papille.
In a young Malayan Elephant, about three years old, on the
other hand, the sac of the gland, about 4 an inch deep, was
eovered with hairs packed together with sour smelling secretion
and long enough to project beyond the orifice of the gland as a
754 SCENT-GLANDS IN MAMMALS.
distinct black tuft very noticeable in the living animal. In two
young Indian Elephants of approximately the same age, the
gland was marked by no such tuft, and was invisible in the
Z
THY
ry ~
AS
Q
apy, 7: SSS s
ab Sif
Temporal glands of Elephants.
A. Vertical section of sac of gland of the African Elephant (Zoaodonta). 0., orifice
of gland; d., orifice of a diverticulum opening into the main sac.
B. The same of young Malayan Elephant (H/ephas), showing the sac of the gland
filled with hairs protruding from the orifice (0.) as a facial tuft.
Text-figure 12.
Sketch of the head and fore-quarters of the La Madelaine Mammoth, showing the
supposed gland between the eye and the ear. (Copied from ‘Cave Hunting,’
by W. Boyd Dawkins, p. 346, fig. 120.)
wrinkled chin unless carefully looked for. It is also normally
invisible in adult and immature cow elephants of the Indian
ON A SHOOTING EXPEDITION IN CENTRAL ASIA. 755
species except at times when the secretion overflows and forms
a dark streak down the side of the face. I have never seen a
full-grown bull in rut, and am unable to speak as to the quantity
of secretion discharged at that period.
In the paleolithic engraving of a Mammoth on a fragment of
tusk found in the cavern of La Madelaine, by Lartet & Christy,
there are between the eye and ear distinct scars, with streaks
passing downwards from them over the jaws. These scars and
streaks represent, I believe, the gland and the hairs on the face
beneath stuck together with secretion. It will be noticed that
the streaks are thicker than those shown elsewhere on the body
and head, which are always interpreted as hairs; and it may be
supposed that they were engraved in this way to depict hairs
adherent with the sticky substance. If this interpretation be
correct, the conclusion suggests itself that in the mammoth the
gland may have been larger than in modern elephants, and
possibly provided during life with hairs protruding through the
orifice.
November 21st, 1916.
Dr, S. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Secrerary read the following Report on the Additions
made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of October,
1916 :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of October were 77 in number. Of these 51 were acquired
by presentation, 11 were received on deposit, 12 by purchase, and
3 were born in the Gardens.
The number of departures during the same period, by death
or removals, was 139.
Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :—
A pair of Wild Boars (Sus scrofa), from the forest of Lhuyére-
Sevigny, Oise, France, presented by Capt. Maurice Portal, F.Z.8.,
on Oct. 23rd. !
1 Sclater’s Ovange-headed Tanager (Calospiza lunigera) and
1 Golden Tanager (Calospiza aurulenta), both from Kcuador,
presented by Alfred Ezra, F.Z.8., on Oct. 12th,
A Shooting EKapedition in Central Asia.
Mr. Aurrep Ezra, F.Z.8., exhibited a large series of lantern-
shides illustrating a shooting expedition in Central Asia, and
made the following remarks :—
The pictures I am showing were taken by me on a shooting
expedition in Central Asia in 1902. Starting from Calcutta, I
travelled by train to Rawalpindi, and from there a drive of
St
756 ON A SHOOTING EXPEDITION IN CENTRAL ASIA.
200 miles brought me to Srinagar, the capital of Kashmir. Here
I made all arrangements for food, followers, and transport. Soon
after leaving Srinagar we successfully tackled two mountain
passes. These were the Tragbal Pass, 11,700 ft., and the Burzil
Pass, 13,500 ft. On the way to Gilgit I spent a few days after
markhor, ibex, and bears. We did the journey of 150 miles, from
Gilgit to the Pamirs, in 15 days, the progress being so slow on
account of the difficult nature of the country. The mountain-
tracks in places were most precipitous and dangerous. These
tracks were often conducted round the edge of precipices over-
hanging the river by artificial ladders and ledges built out from
the cliff, with stones laid upon supports of branches fitting into
holes in the rocks. The most unsafe looking bit was where a log
not more than 6 inches wide was thrown across, with one end of
it resting on a rock jutting out 20 feet above, and the lower end
on some stones. Under this there was a sheer drop of about
2000 feet into an angry river. Without the help of the fine
Hunza men who were sent with us, we should have had the
greatest difficulty in getting over this terrible country safely.
We had our first view of the Pamir region from the top of the
Killik Pass (16,700 ft.). Here we stood at the point where three
“great Empires meet— Russia to the north, to the east the boun-
daries of the Chinese Empire, and British India to the south.
After shooting a few Ovis poli in some of the valleys in the
Chinese Pamirs, I went on to the Russian Pamirs, where [ shot
some more. As no one ever shoots in the latter place, game was
most plentiful, and one day I saw as many as 200 Ovis poli rams
in a small valley. From here I worked my way down to the
plains of Kashgaria, and it was a treat to come down from those
awful altitudes and to see trees and flowers again. For over six
weeks I had not been lower than 12,000 ft., and most of the time
well over 14,000 ft. Leaving Kashgar at the beginning of August,
I went to the Thian Shan Mountains in search of Wapiti—
travelling through Maralbashi, Aksu, and Koksu—a distance of
576 miles. After shooting the Asiatic Wapiti in the Koksu
Valley I went on to Kuldja, from where a drive of 850 miles in
a tarantass (a four-wheeled carriage without springs) brought me
to Tashkent in Russian Turkestan in 15 days. Since leaving the
railway at Rawalpindi and reaching the railway at Tashkent
I travelled 2583 miles in seven months, having walked and
ridden 1533 miles and driven 1050 miles. Of course this does
not include the enormous distances covered in search of game.
From Tashkent I took the train to Samarcand and Bokhara,
spending a couple of days at each of these interesting old places.
A journey of 40 hours from Bokhara by train brought me to
Krasnovodsk. Here I crossed the Caspian Sea to Baku in about
16 hours, and there I visited some interesting naphtha wells.
From Baku I took the express to Moscow and Petrograd, making
a stay of a few days at each place. Thence to Paris and home,
bringing to an end a most interesting and enjoyable expedition.”
No. 160.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
LOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*
October 24th, 1916.
Dr. A. Smits Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.
The SECRETARY read a Report on the Additions made to the
Society's Menagerie during the months of May, June, July,
August, and September, 1916.
Mr. AurreD Ezra, F.Z.S., exhibited living examples of three
rare lutino specimens of Alexandrine (Paleornis nepalensis),
Ring-neck (P. torguatus), and Plum-head (P. cyanocephalus)
Parrakeets recently received from India. In all these birds the
yellow is pure and perfect, being of a delicate sulphur shade.
The Alexandrine is the rarest of the three, and the first lutino
of this species Mr. Ezra has seen.
Mr. D. Sers-Smiru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, exhibited a
number of birds’ eggs which had been laid in the Society’s
Gardens during the last few years. The specimens shown in-
cluded eggs of Tinamous, Cassowaries, Cranes, Turnix, Apteryx,
and the Kagu, as well as species of Pheasants, Waterfowl, and
Passerine birds.
* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,
Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on
the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free
for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance.
38
Mr. S. Mauuix, B.A., F.E.S., read a paper on Cryptostome
Beetles in the collection of the Cambridge University Museum.
The collection is a representative one, containing species from all
parts of the world. Three new genera, one new subgenus, and
two new species are described.
Mr. H.G. Newrn, A.R.C.S., F.Z.8., gave a preliminary account
of his investigations into the early development of the Echino-
derm Cucumaria. The larval life is very short as compared
with that of the Auricularia. It takes place at the expense of
the yolk, and is complete in about five days. Formation of the
celomic vesicles occurs by the bending and constriction of the
archenteron. No separate anterior celom appears. The hydrocel
ring closes in the left dorsal interradius, and the radial canals
and five primary oral tentacles arise directly from it, alternating
with one another. The internal madreporite arises as a secondary
differentiation of the walls of the stone-canal.
Mr. R. E, Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S., communicated a paper on
the Wasps of the genus Pison. 109 species are dealt with, of
which 15 are described as new. Reasons, drawn from the nume-
rical distribution of the species in different areas, are given for
supposing the genus to be in a declining state—fifty of the total
number of species being from the continent of Australia, In
addition to Pison the small allied genera Aulacophilus and Pison-
opsis are dealt with, one new species of the former being
described.
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be
held on Tuesday, November 7th, 1916, at 5.80 p.m., when the
following communications will be made :—
D. Sers-Smiru, F.Z.S8.
Exhibition of specimens of various nestling Birds.
R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.8.
Exhibition showing some undeseribed or little-known Scent-
glands in Mammals.
39
¥. E. Bepparp, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
On Two new Species of Cestodes belonging respectively to
the Genera Linstowia and Cotugnia.
James F. Gemuity, M.A., M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.S.
Notes on the Development of the Starfishes Asterias glacialis
O. F. M., Cribrella oculata (Linck) Forbes, Solaster endeca
Retzius (Forbes), Stichaster roseus (O. F. M.) Sars.
The following Papers have been received :—
B. F. Cummines.
Studies on the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a Report
upon a Collection from the Mammals and Birds in the Society’s
Gardens.—Part IT.
Lt.-Col. J. M. Fawcert.
Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W. Feather
in British East Africa, 1911-13.
L. A. Borrapaite, M.A., F.Z.S.
On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts of the
Palemonid Prawns.
A. pe C. Sowrrsy, F.Z.8.
On Heude’s Collection of Pigs, Sika, Serows, and Gorals in
the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai.
Sir Grorce F. Hampson, Bt., F.Z.S8.
On the Classification of the Tineinz, a Subfamily of Moths
of the Family Pyralide.
The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of
those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great
increase in-the cost of paper and printing. This will render it
necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and
be limited so far as possible to the description of new results.
40
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should
be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
ZOOLOGICAL Society oF Lonpon,
Recent’s Pann, Lonpon, N.W.
October 31st, 1916.
No. 161.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*
November 7th, 1916.
Dr. S. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.
Mr. D. Seru-Smrru, F.Z.S8., Curator of Birds, exhibited a series
of skins of nestling birds representing more than seventy species.
He called attention to the striped colour-pattern in such very
distinct species as Rheas, Sheldrakes, and Pheasants, and remarked
that this pattern was evidently of very great antiquity and in-
herited from some common ancestor. He also drew attention to
the young of the Coscoroba Swan, which was the only swan——if,
indeed, it was a swan—that showed a distinct colour-pattern in
the nestling down.
Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals,
exhibited a series of lantern-slides to illustrate the position and
structure of some new and little-known cutaneous scent-glands
in Mammals, and drew special attention to the presence of
inguinal glands in Orycteropus, digital glands in Potamocherus,
metatarsal glands in Zama, and a preputial gland in Nototragus,
which apparently had not been previously described.
Dr. F. E, Bepparp, M.A., F.R.8., F.Z.S., read a paper con-
taining the descriptions of two new species of Cestodes. The
first species was obtained from a Slow Lemur and was referred to
the genus Linstowia; the second occurred in a Black-headed
Partridge and was placed in the genus Cotugnia.
* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,
Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the
day of publication at the price of Si«pence, or, if desired, sent post-free for
the sum of Siw Shillings per annum, payable in advance.
42
Dr. J. F. Gemini, M.A., M.D., F.ZS., gave an account of his
paper on the development of some Starfishes.
Asterias glacialis—A small solid outgrowth from the stomach-
wall is found in nearly all early larve, and a brood occurred in
which this outgrowth was larger, developed a central cavity, and
fused with the backwardly growing ccelomic cavity of the left
side. It is interpreted as a rudimentary posterior enteroccelic
outgrowth.
Cribrella oculata.—It is shown that the perihemal pouch
belonging to the madreporic interradius arises from the dorsal
horn of the left posterior ccelom, that the aboral skeleton arises
in the form of scattered plates without definite radial and inter-
radial arrangement, and that the terminals are formed by fusion
of several of these plates.
Solaster endeca.—The author’s previous description is supple-
mented in various points, including the following :—(1) All the
periheemal pouches arise from the posterior coelom; (2) there are
outgrowths from the posterior ccelom to form the preoral ccelom
in all the interradii ; (3) closure of the hydroceele-ring takes place
in interradius viii./ix.; (4) the mouth-angle plates and anterior
processes of the first ambulacrals arise as single continuous
calcifications.
Stichaster vroseus.--The early development of this species
resembles that of Asterias rubens, and, although the larve were
not reared to their later stages, it is inferred as almost certain
that the final larval form will prove to be a brachiolaria
attaching itself at metamorphosis.”
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be
held on Tuesday, November 21st, 1916, at 5.30 p.m., when the
following communications will be made :—
ALFRED Ezra, F.Z.S.
Lantern Exhibition illustrating a Hunting Trip in Central
Asia.
Prof B. Prtnonrevics & Dr. A. Surrn Woopwarp, F.RS.,V-P.ZS.
On the Pectoral and Pelvic Arches of the London specimen
of Archeopteryx.
43
B. F. CumMInes.
Studies on the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a Report
upon a collection from the Mammals and Birds in the Society’s
Gardens.—Part IT.
Lt.-Col. J. M. Fawcert.
Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W.
Feather in British East Africa, 1911-13.
The following Papers have been received :—
L. A. BorrapaiLe, M.A., F.Z.8.
On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts of the
Palemonid Prawns. .
A. DEC. SowErsy, EZ:
On Heude’s Collection of Pigs, Sika, Serows, and Gorals in
the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai.
Sir Grorce F. Hampson, Bt., F.Z.S. :
On the Classification of the Tineine, a Subfamily of Moths
of the Family Pyralide.
The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of
those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great
increase in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it
necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and
be limited so far as possible to the description of new results.
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should
be addressed to
P, CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
ZooLoGIcAL SociETY oF Lonpon,
Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W.
November 14th, 1916.
No. 162.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*
November 21st, 1916.
Dr. 8. F. Harmer, M.A., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed.
The Secrerary read a Report on the Additions made to the
Society’s Menagerie during the month of October.
Mr. Atrrep Hzra, F.Z.8., gave an account of a shooting
expedition in Central Asia, and illustrated his remarks with a
very fine series of lantern-slides.
Dr. B. Prrronrevics and Dr. A. Smrra Woopwarp, F.R.S.,
V.P.Z.S., read a paper on some new jarts of the pectoral and
pelvic arches lately discovered in the London specimen of Archeo-
pteryx. The coracoid bone most closely resembles that of the
ratite birds and the Cretaceous LHesperornis. The pubic bones
are twice as long as the ischia and meet distally in an extended
symphysis, gradually tapering to a point, which seems to have
been tipped by a mass of imperfectly ossified cartilage.
Mr. B. F. Cummines contributed a paper entitled ‘Studies on
the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a Report upon a Collection
from the Mammalsand Birds in the Society’s Gardens—Part II.”
This paper continues the account of the Mallophaga, and contains
descriptions of five new genera and two new species. Some
observations are made upon the spermatophores in a genus
parasitizing the Ibises, and emphasis is laid on the frequently
* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,
Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the
day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for
the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in adyance.
46
remarkable differences found in the structure of the internal
organs, especially those of the male reproductive system.
Lt.-Col. J. M. Fawcrerr communicated a paper on a collection
of Heterocera made by Mr. W. Feather in British Kast Africa.—
Of the 124 forms dealt with, 45 are described as new, together
with 7 new genera.
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be
held on Tuesday, February 6th, 1917, at 5.30 p.m.
The agenda will be announced early in January.
The following Papers have been received :—
_ L. A. Borrapatte, M.A., F.Z.S.
On the Structure and Function of the Mouth-parts of the
Palemonid Prawns.
A. DE C. SowErsy, F.Z.S.
On Heude’s Collection of Pigs, Sika, Serows, and Gorals in
the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai.
The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of
those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great
increase in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it
necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and
be limited so far as possible to the description of new results.
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should
be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
ZOOLOGICAL Socrety or Lonpon,
Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W.
November 28th, 1916.
Papers (continued).
29. Notes on the Wasps of the Genus Pison, and some allied Genera. By Rowrayp Hi.
Adapenay,, A yShIaHSis= Ga s5 Gudoudds a aise OR Go eT Me vais, karen eee Ry vaierastintaye es
30. The Early Development of Cucumaria: Preliminary Account. By H. G. Newrn,
A.R.C.S., F.Z.S., Demonstrator of Zoology at the Imperial College of Science and
Mechnolosy. (Plates lds Ek., amd Dext-neurel.) ss. cae vied eore « culeee «+
31, Studies on the Anoplura and Mallophaga, being a Report upon a Collection from the
Mammals and Birds in the Society’s Gardens.—Part II. By Bruce F. Cumsines,
British Museum of Natural History, (Text-figures 1-36.) ......0e.c00.eseecees :
32, On Two new Species of Cestodes belonging respectively to the Genera Linstowia and
Cotugnia. By Frank H. Bepparp, M.A., D.Se.(Oxon.), F.R.S., F.Z.S. (Text-
i MUTE ial A®) eagaretteestellctevers olagetejorslelsycloletere#faici’s « Sameretincs
Ce Oe eC eC Ce
33. Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr, W. Feather in British East Africa,
ROIS = Cole da Mi Mawionpt as (late ln)yt. avr salc-cc als lesatsinl s)sielons etoleriane
Vitlepage ...:..-.. SUOINT EULA ogg coo ose Oooo s DORON cor avenspeasioncee eke aNetetens ales
Histo Councleamd OMcenrss vse aes optel dey cee ad griinerite at sce oenel d's cle tecovosle’e Wi svevel avait ales
List of Contents
Mlpaetical Mist (Ot ConmbriDMtOrs co creel oe) ans hee eMicA She alnreltce lea ecnle wer ele'e's n> BA cupid
WRndeRe ea Seniets anasto
Page
591
643
li
Vil
XLil
LIST OF PLATES.
1916, Parr LV. (pp. 553-756).
Page
GeMMILL: Pls. I. Asterias glacialis peas cee
IL. 6-10. Cribrella oculata. ll. ‘Silasi enlae oy 4
Newrn: Pls. I. & 11. Development of Cucumaria ......:......: “631
RM cmuny bel: Heterocera from British Hast Africa ...... 707
\
NOTICE.
‘The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in fowr parts, paged consecutively,
so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8. 1916, p...+ The Distribution
is usually as follows :—
Part I. issued in March,
Sheol Ul aaa June.
yi WB Deca oe ss September.
Pe oe EN ae December,
‘ Proceedings,’ 1916, Part III. (pp. 449-551), were published on
August 380th, 1916.
The Abstracts of the ‘ Proceedings,’ Nos. 160- oe are
contained in this Part.
i ali
i,
i 7
Nap Ley
AL
i
WeGhiee
fy ae
yn)
Me
see
ia
Sh
: am Pup. Panga Hid Me 5h
i EEE. DERE pay AAnab ae ial doen ode
en LAs ou NIRS batt hive a) pp 4 yy4 Laletinda le
7 aS "> «ee a) eae al IT 529 Ap! Ung Tir? Sia
. és Ra May ae a nat! Ave \ wid E Prey) nae Ramble
a A. | | ¥, eas a ay ces “eum spall? Ww Waee Ven SS ~ had RP: pee nein ;
ag a r ij ‘@ ‘iO 4g y a 2 Ther Aas 7 oe my) wow oY
_ i. un abil Wy fat fa inane nda re yt) Dice 24h maanconny roe
me bat War aire 226 a @ 1a N mach \xe \‘ ) Da, as oS , 4: aS 25 AE NB tay { aplel te
om Aes Bane nee a, a | q (Yreanire IV wy ULE NC ih Vay ¥¥
Brotiiis Ania’ Sera Wwe
RT RM Silt peas LEN eat ete
EL LAY net £ he palin grusinrsig’:
wants Rd : | ana int . aes
Aaig Tay wauHiliey pamaame Bprehot ona ae sly | NV
aN a Bona” 7426 laaca ry YN \ee : Ci 4 plese
a “ aaa a Bie on DS
Am Vea it he .
Gane:
P
Tate easy
; it
A) abel hg i I|
Rial: av Rats “ tan Ce
$eMq WA itt a, < - ld Wea in”
Ma cinew: many Jf bye Pe Piste VLIW i
Bal 14> eee
LOL
4 :
‘p fire a2 2 ahem
ma 1 9 1
+4 EEL veh hl A) a
hese BEG
Se aah
on
*y7- Nita er 4
pe A awa. k ere x
4 : aL = 7 ant Tip te
Wayaae naan oe
Te
. ceeee bam
ela | ie “ali iN
Pane wos | iin, |
i Velelac: ay A Ba uit Perel
an nbanaRt TEMES, Gk
Yr
Ty pileanbadn AY jp taer ns
Ley. |
are ‘| we a NR OF ara’?
1 | AE ing ».. eo
—-*.
To! | A 1. Ly a wOON vvs cua ‘f
a ae PN MT : WHY Ty PS as fi
$50. - 4 f paw ow, ween VIO J Wo
ua 5 om iy MN \ a cecum cat ot anion ee if
Pa geal OUI EC NSE Pee Cp ir ale
Gi 2 D Wigs ape: vor"y : o . Malay aan i ttTyE Aapgsaubaian ets a
1 Ane COON GRR a Sedge? me
o> 4 Yad | 14 Th Pres 7. UW Rh
TAP Et pots ne aA pennant gue Wi rt
=~ , = es x 2 S ~
Aang” sk g Ba eerie HET ul }
‘ OTTO RLY el LR
y y ° us =O e j — sa,
a goign me ipeare 4 : alng <0
a2! vi. 23; aT Shige
Pye hs ’
he a HALL Hine me oe DMA uanununins wl
a rere et Ler hile rena
« YY ee Tria) | few VV
a
DUse
fast seyret baal aa
=e ; WAIN
lie ia Cec nsancertnannes NM yl a 7 q) ’ Peony
|e Parr MT : ee
yf aay Atos 1) |
Are terrs <
mar Vw: Nyy Yi ca
Pmiithue AGH PAN PET Tee Ey tad egy whe a
aaa reaili pee NN VARA yet? Siete Reese: apannler a /tan ping plldestl!
Ders., “NN uy at pl arta’ nl bylann ee
fe shy Pt as 4 gars: de oS id yagi Waa Po. ae
ae Ve eek aGoe yb aaiad rh De Gee aia Pian dn vat Ny I
‘eh PO LaeeeeaeS Eee i putida’. ae
SUPT EN WEL beat Maiti hil olan | TLE.
aye’ ja NS bapa), abe. at ‘npr puree. le putes |
ANA "AREOLA LTT TY Ww.
aged AL pnaninyrre” rvs.) oa 2 Abe; fe" Teil
in > Aha,
nn aniaita.
SS a
Ma. - <u LLY Mier de
~~» Z
D-< "hed
Ran. Toe wi
mae
os
Poa, 4